TM - 1 1680 377 13&P 1 - HGU 56 - Mar - 12 1

*TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
T.O. 14P3-4-201
NAVAIR 13-1-6.7-3-1
TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATORS, UNIT, AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST
FOR
ENSEMBLE
PART NO. 1005802-1 NSN 1680-01-510-1596 (EIC: H7A)
HELMET SYSTEM, AIRCREW INTEGRATED
HGU-56/P
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-6 NSN 8415-01-394-6474
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-5 NSN 8415-01-394-8035
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-4 NSN 8415-01-394-8034
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-3 NSN 8415-01-394-8036
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-2 NSN 8415-01-394-8033
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-1 NSN 8415-01-394-8032 (EIC: NA)
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-12 NSN 8415-01-522-5364
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-11 NSN 8415-01-522-5348
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-10 NSN 8415-01-522-5347
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-9 NSN 8415-01-522-5344
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-8 NSN 8415-01-522-5339
PRIMARY SURVIVAL GEAR CARRIER (PSGC)
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 (EIC: NA)
BODY ARMOR OVERLAY SYSTEM (BAOS)
PART NO. 1028611-1 (EIC: NA)
*TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1 dated 23 March 2012 supersedes TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1 dated 09 October 2009, including all changes.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies and their contractors to protect technical or operational
information.to protect critical technology This determination was made on 2 January 2002. Other requests for this document will be referred to:
Department of the Army, Program Executive Office, Aviation, Air Warrior, ATTN: SFAE-SDR-AW, Redstone Arsenal, Alabama 35898.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

23 MARCH 2012
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
WARNING SUMMARY
This warning summary contains safety warnings that must be understood and applied during operation and maintenance of the Air Warrior system. Failure to observe these warnings could result in serious injury or death to personnel.
For information concerning First Aid refer to FM 4-25.11.
AIRCREW INTEGRATED HELMET SYSTEM (AIHS) WARNINGS
The following warnings are for the Air Warrior Aircrew Integrated Helmet System (AIHS).
WARNING
When donning helmet, ensure that nape strap pad is completely pulled down and that the
keeper tab is taut. Failure to do so will decrease helmet stability and may cause injury to the
wearer.
WARNING
Do not force the earplug into the ear. This may cause the foam tip to be pushed back,
exposing the plastic tube inside. This will diminish hearing protection and may cause
injury to the ear canal.
Ensure that the proper foam tip is attached to each earplug before inserting the earplug
into the ear. If proper foam tip is not attached to each earplug, may cause injury to the ear
canal.
WARNING
Ensure that the volume level of the audio sent to the CEP is reduced. Damage to the wearers
ears may result if the volume level is not reduced.
WARNING
ALWAYS wear the helmet with the chin-strap properly attached and adjusted. Failure to secure
the chin strap will decrease helmet stability and may cause injury to the wearer.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
WARNING SUMMARY Continued

WARNING
(FOR LASER-PROTECTIVE VISORS)
Due to serious limitations imposed by the laser-protective visors on visual acuity outside the
aircraft as well as on flight displays within the cockpit, the laser-protective visors will only be
used when actual laser hazards exist. For day or night VFR flights at altitudes below low-level
flight, the pilot will analyze the current situation and decide whether flight should continue with
laser-protective devices in use. Considerations include local laser hazards, ambient light levels,
and terrain. Approval for use must be annotated on the flight crews mission brief.
The dark (bronze) laser-protective visors are not compatible with aircraft or ground support
night lighting and are not safe for twilight or night flights. DO NOT USE THE BRONZE LASERPROTECTIVE VISORS DURING TWILIGHT OR AT NIGHT.
The bronze laser-protective visors will change the appearance of and possibly eliminate some
red and/or green light sources. Testing indicates that some red lights take on an orange hue,
some cockpit warning lights are difficult to read though still visible, and some cockpit gauges
are illegible. DO NOT USE THE BRONZE LASER-PROTECTIVE VISORS FOR IFR FLIGHT.
The light (green) laser-protective visors will change the appearance of and possibly eliminate
some red light sources. Testing indicates that some red lights take on an orange hue, some
cockpit warning lights are difficult to read though still visible, the distance some exterior red
lights are visible is reduced, and red cockpit map light are virtually unusable. USE EXTRA
CAUTION AT NIGHT.
Do not attempt to use more than one laser visor at a time. Use of multiple laser filtering visors
will not permit adequate vision to perform the required tasks.
If laser hazard occurs, do not stare at the laser source. Some lasers have secondary wavelengths that may cause eye damage; the laser-protective visors may not filter these wavelengths.
The laser-protective visors are not intended to protect against broad-spectrum bright light. Do
not use the laser-protective visors to view solar eclipses, electric welding equipment, or other
potentially eye-damaging light sources.
Do not use the laser-protective visors as a substitute for other types of laser eye protection.
During maintenance or servicing of specific types of laser systems, wear correct eye protection
as specified in the appropriate technical manual.
The laser-protective visors reduce ambient light levels available to the eye. Allow eyes to
accommodate to reduced light before operations at dusk or dawn.
WARNING
When using the anti-fogging solution described below, avoid getting the liquid solution into the
eyes. Solution will irritate and may burn the eyes. In case of eye contact, flush with fresh water
for 15 minutes. Contact physician if irritation persists. See package for other directions.
b
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WARNING
Do not repair or use any helmet that is damaged beyond the limits set forth in the PMCS charts.
Injury or death may result if you do.
WARNING
Do not remove any plastic layer form the lining, helmet, shock (TPL). Removal of plastic layers
will result in decreased helmet stability and may cause injury or death.
Do not add loose plastic layers to the lining, helmet, shock (TPL). Adding loose plastic layers
will result in decreased helmet stability and may cause injury or death.
WARNING
When the helmet shell is drilled, the drill bit may penetrate the shell very quickly. To avoid injury,
keep hands away from the inside of the helmet when drilling.
WARNING
Wear eye-protective goggles when drilling holes in helmet to prevent eye injury.
When drilling helmet, use the 2x4 block of wood to prevent hand injury.
WARNING
Wear eye-protective goggles when trimming the MFS, chips from the MFS may injure the
eyes.
Wear a respirator when trimming the MFS, harmful airborne particles may be inhaled.
WARNING
Exercise care when using the soldering gun, burns can cause serious burns or death.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WARNING
Chin strap must be adjusted securely under the Operator/Wearers chin at all times when
the helmet is worn. DO NOT allow the oxygen mask to be placed between the strap and the
Operator/Wearers chin; warn the Operator/Wearer not to fasten the chin strap over the oxygen
mask. Failure to heed this warning will result in a loss of helmet stability and may cause injury to
the Operator/Wearer.
WARNING
To minimize health risks and safety concerns, always wear eye protective goggles and a
respirator (and appropriate protective clothing when sanding, mixing or spraying primer or
paint.
WARNING
Do not position the tap connectors between the earphone element and earcup wall, doing so
could affect lateral impact protection.
WARNING
It is imperative that each crewmember is familiar with the donning, fitting, care, and operation of
the CEP system used in the aircraft. Failure to complete the following procedures could result
in personal injury to the crewmember.
WARNING
To prevent injury to the ears, turn the volume settings of your ICS radio to a lower position before
you plug your helmet into the communication system. From the low, volume setting, raise
volume and adjust to desired level.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

PRIMARY SURVIVAL GEAR CARRIER (PSGC) WARNINGS
The following warnings are for the Air Warrior Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC).
WARNING
Utilization of PSGC Leg Straps is Mandatory. Failure to properly secure leg straps will degrade
the PSGC extraction/restraint capabilities and may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
Do not place survival items on the back, aligned with the spine of the wearer, this may cause
spinal injuries during a crash sequence.
WARNING
In a Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical (NBC) environment, DO NOT use water or attempt to
drink from the water storage bag. DESTROY the bag and contents. It CANNOT be decontaminated.
WARNING
Ensure familiarity with medicine dosing prior to takeoff. Unfamiliarity of medication can cause
injury to crewmember.
WARNING
Safety Restraint Tether (SRT) is for external attachment to helicopter only. The SRT is not rated
for hoisting, crewmember may be injured.
WARNING
Do not point a loaded launcher at personnel. Distress flares burn at a temperature of 5000
degrees F and can cause serious burns or death.
e
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WARNING
Never approach an operating rotary-wing aircraft from the rear! Death or severe injury
could occur if the pilot does not see you and rotates the aircraft. Always approach an
operating aircraft from the front or side and only when signaled to do so by the pilot or
crewmember. Minimize exposure to the front of any weapons systems.
Pilots must take into consideration lateral center of gravity (CG) when attempting any
externally carried rescue. Pilot must retain enough cyclic force to counter the weight of the
rescuee. Externally carried rescues will be flown the shortest practical distance to remove
the rescuee from immediate extreme danger.
Pilots should limit forward airspeed to 60 knots and only exceed this speed if required by
the tactical situation. Pilots/crew should monitor the status of the rescuee. If the rescue
falls from his/her seating he/she will be retained by the SRT, however the rescuees lower
body/legs may be lower than the landing gear. Ensure he/she is clear of the landing gear
before landing.
The Safety Restraint Tether is ONLY FOR USE IN EMERGENCY SITUATIONS and must
be kept in serviceable condition. Aircrew practice of SRT attachment to the aircraft will
be limited to nonoperating aircraft, parked in an approved landing or tiedown area. The
SRT is intended to be used with the extraction harness of the AIRSAVE and PSGC (or
the SARVIP and the SRU-21/P when modified with extraction harness). Use with other
systems may result in injury.
The Safety Restraint Tether has a rated strength of 3000 pounds and an one-time pull
test strength of 5000 pounds. Do not use the tether if any of the bar tacks is loose, frayed,
or missing. Do not use the tether if the nylon webbing is worn, frayed, cut, or has been
soaked by POL (Petroleum, Oil Lubricant) products. Turn it in and get a new tether.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES/WORK PACKAGES
INSERT LATEST UPDATED PAGES/WORK PACKAGES. DESTROY SUPERSEDED DATA.
Dates of issue for original and changed pages/work packages are:
Original .. 0 ... 23 Mar 2012
THE TOTAL NUMBER OF PAGES FOR FRONT AND REAR MATTER IS 173 AND THE TOTAL NUMBER OF WORK PACKAGES IN THIS MANUAL IS 737 CONSISTING OF THE FOLLOWING:
Page / WP
*Change
No.
No.
WP 0001 00 .................. 0
WP 0002 00 .................. 0
WP 0003 00 .................. 0
WP 0004 00 .................. 0
WP 0005 00 .................. 0
WP 0006 00 .................. 0
WP 0007 00 .................. 0
WP 0008 00 .................. 0
WP 0009 00 .................. 0
WP 0010 00 .................. 0
WP 0011 00...................0
WP 0012 00 .................. 0
WP 0013 00 .................. 0
WP 0014 00 .................. 0
WP 0015 00 .................. 0
WP 0016 00 .................. 0
WP 0017 00 .................. 0
WP 0018 00 .................. 0
WP 0019 00 .................. 0
WP 0020 00 .................. 0
WP 0021 00 .................. 0
WP 0022 00 .................. 0
WP 0023 00 .................. 0
WP 0024 00 .................. 0
WP 0025 00 .................. 0
WP 0026 00 .................. 0
WP 0027 00 .................. 0
WP 0028 00 .................. 0
WP 0029 00 .................. 0
WP 0030 00 .................. 0
WP 0031 00 .................. 0
WP 0032 00 .................. 0
WP 0033 00 .................. 0
WP 0034 00 .................. 0
WP 0035 00 .................. 0
WP 0036 00 .................. 0
Page / WP
*Change
No.
No.
WP 0037 00 .................. 0
WP 0038 00 .................. 0
WP 0039 00 .................. 0
WP 0040 00 .................. 0
WP 0041 00 .................. 0
WP 0042 00 .................. 0
WP 0043 00 .................. 0
WP 0044 00 .................. 0
WP 0045 00 .................. 0
WP 0046 00 .................. 0
WP 0047 00 .................. 0
WP 0048 00 .................. 0
WP 0049 00 .................. 0
WP 0050 00 .................. 0
WP 0051 00 .................. 0
WP 0052 00 .................. 0
WP 0053 00 .................. 0
WP 0054 00 .................. 0
WP 0055 00 .................. 0
WP 0056 00 .................. 0
WP 0057 00 .................. 0
WP 0058 00 .................. 0
WP 0059 00 .................. 0
WP 0060 00 .................. 0
WP 0061 00 .................. 0
WP 0062 00 .................. 0
WP 0063 00 .................. 0
WP 0064 00 .................. 0
WP 0065 00 .................. 0
WP 0066 00 .................. 0
WP 0067 00 .................. 0
WP 0068 00 .................. 0
WP 0069 00 .................. 0
WP 0070 00 .................. 0
WP 0071 00 .................. 0
WP 0072 00 .................. 0
Page / WP
*Change
No.
No.
WP 0073 00 .................. 0
WP 0074 00 .................. 0
WP 0075 00 .................. 0
WP 0076 00 .................. 0
WP 0077 00 .................. 0
WP 0078 00 .................. 0
WP 0079 00 .................. 0
WP 0080 00 .................. 0
WP 0081 00 .................. 0
WP 0082 00 .................. 0
WP 0083 00 .................. 0
WP 0084 00 .................. 0
WP 0085 00 .................. 0
WP 0086 00 .................. 0
WP 0087 00 .................. 0
WP 0088 00 .................. 0
WP 0089 00 .................. 0
WP 0090 00 .................. 0
WP 0091 00 .................. 0
WP 0092 00 .................. 0
WP 0093 00 .................. 0
WP 0094 00 .................. 0
WP 0095 00 .................. 0
WP 0096 00 .................. 0
WP 0097 00 .................. 0
WP 0098 00 .................. 0
WP 0099 00 .................. 0
WP 0100 00 .................. 0
WP 0101 00 .................. 0
WP 0102 00 .................. 0
WP 0103 00 .................. 0
WP 0104 00 .................. 0
WP 0105 00 .................. 0
WP 0106 00 .................. 0
WP 0107 00 .................. 0
WP 0108 00 .................. 0
* Zero in this column indicates an original page or work package

A
Page / WP
*Change
No.
No.
WP 0109 00 .................. 0
WP 0110 00...................0
WP 0111 00...................0
WP 0112 00...................0
WP 0113 00...................0
WP 0114 00...................0
WP 0115 00...................0
WP 0116 00...................0
WP 0117 00...................0
WP 0118 00...................0
WP 0119 00...................0
WP 0120 00 .................. 0
WP 0121 00 .................. 0
WP 0122 00 .................. 0
WP 0123 00 .................. 0
WP 0124 00 .................. 0
WP 0125 00 .................. 0
WP 0126 00 .................. 0
WP 0127 00 .................. 0
WP 0128 00 .................. 0
WP 0129 00 .................. 0
WP 0130 00 .................. 0
WP 0131 00 .................. 0
WP 0132 00 .................. 0
WP 0133 00 .................. 0
WP 0134 00 .................. 0
WP 0135 00 .................. 0
WP 0136 00 .................. 0
WP 0137 00 .................. 0
WP 0138 00 .................. 0
WP 0139 00 .................. 0
WP 0140 00 .................. 0
WP 0141 00 .................. 0
WP 0142 00 .................. 0
WP 0143 00 .................. 0
WP 0144 00 .................. 0
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Page / WP
No.
*Change Page / WP
No.
No.
WP 0145 00 .................. 0
WP 0146 00 .................. 0
WP 0147 00 .................. 0
WP 0148 00 .................. 0
WP 0149 00 .................. 0
WP 0150 00 .................. 0
WP 0151 00 .................. 0
WP 0152 00 .................. 0
WP 0153 00 .................. 0
WP 0154 00 .................. 0
WP 0155 00 .................. 0
WP 0156 00 .................. 0
WP 0157 00 .................. 0
WP 0158 00 .................. 0
WP 0159 00 .................. 0
WP 0160 00 .................. 0
WP 0161 00 .................. 0
WP 0162 00 .................. 0
WP 0163 00 .................. 0
WP 0164 00 .................. 0
WP 0165 00 .................. 0
WP 0166 00 .................. 0
WP 0167 00 .................. 0
WP 0168 00 .................. 0
WP 0169 00 .................. 0
WP 0170 00 .................. 0
WP 0171 00 .................. 0
WP 0172 00 .................. 0
WP 0173 00 .................. 0
WP 0174 00 .................. 0
WP 0175 00 .................. 0
WP 0176 00 .................. 0
WP 0177 00 .................. 0
WP 0178 00 .................. 0
WP 0179 00 .................. 0
WP 0180 00 .................. 0
WP 0181 00 .................. 0
WP 0182 00 .................. 0
WP 0183 00 .................. 0
WP 0184 00 .................. 0
WP 0185 00 .................. 0
WP 0186 00 .................. 0
WP 0187 00 .................. 0
*Change Page / WP
No.
No.
WP 0188 00 .................. 0
WP 0189 00 .................. 0
WP 0190 00 .................. 0
WP 0191 00 .................. 0
WP 0192 00 .................. 0
WP 0193 00 .................. 0
WP 0194 00 .................. 0
WP 0195 00 .................. 0
WP 0196 00 .................. 0
WP 0197 00 .................. 0
WP 0198 00 .................. 0
WP 0199 00 .................. 0
WP 0200 00 .................. 0
WP 0201 00 .................. 0
WP 0202 00 .................. 0
WP 0203 00 .................. 0
WP 0204 00 .................. 0
WP 0205 00 .................. 0
WP 0206 00 .................. 0
WP 0207 00 .................. 0
WP 0208 00 .................. 0
WP 0209 00 .................. 0
WP 0210 00 .................. 0
WP 0211 00...................0
WP 0212 00 .................. 0
WP 0213 00 .................. 0
WP 0214 00 .................. 0
WP 0215 00 .................. 0
WP 0216 00 .................. 0
WP 0217 00 .................. 0
WP 0218 00 .................. 0
WP 0219 00 .................. 0
WP 0220 00 .................. 0
WP 0221 00 .................. 0
WP 0222 00 .................. 0
WP 0223 00 .................. 0
WP 0224 00 .................. 0
WP 0225 00 .................. 0
WP 0226 00 .................. 0
WP 0227 00 .................. 0
WP 0228 00 .................. 0
WP 0229 00 .................. 0
WP 0230 00 .................. 0
*Change Page / WP
No.
No.
WP 0231 00 .................. 0
WP 0232 00 .................. 0
WP 0233 00 .................. 0
WP 0234 00 .................. 0
WP 0235 00 .................. 0
WP 0236 00 .................. 0
WP 0237 00 .................. 0
WP 0238 00 .................. 0
WP 0239 00 .................. 0
WP 0240 00 .................. 0
WP 0241 00 .................. 0
WP 0242 00 .................. 0
WP 0243 00 .................. 0
WP 0244 00 .................. 0
WP 0245 00 .................. 0
WP 0246 00 .................. 0
WP 0247 00 .................. 0
WP 0248 00 .................. 0
WP 0249 00 .................. 0
WP 0250 00 .................. 0
WP 0251 00 .................. 0
WP 0252 00 .................. 0
WP 0253 00 .................. 0
WP 0254 00 .................. 0
WP 0255 00 .................. 0
WP 0256 00 .................. 0
WP 0257 00 .................. 0
WP 0258 00 .................. 0
WP 0259 00 .................. 0
WP 0260 00 .................. 0
WP 0261 00 .................. 0
WP 0262 00 .................. 0
WP 0263 00 .................. 0
WP 0264 00 .................. 0
WP 0265 00 .................. 0
WP 0266 00 .................. 0
WP 0267 00 .................. 0
WP 0268 00 .................. 0
WP 0269 00 .................. 0
WP 0270 00 .................. 0
WP 0271 00 .................. 0
WP 0272 00 .................. 0
WP 0273 00 .................. 0

B
*Change
No.
WP 0274 00 .................. 0
WP 0275 00 .................. 0
WP 0276 00 .................. 0
WP 0277 00 .................. 0
WP 0278 00 .................. 0
WP 0279 00 .................. 0
WP 0280 00 .................. 0
WP 0281 00 .................. 0
WP 0282 00 .................. 0
WP 0283 00 .................. 0
WP 0284 00 .................. 0
WP 0285 00 .................. 0
WP 0286 00 .................. 0
WP 0287 00 .................. 0
WP 0288 00 .................. 0
WP 0289 00 .................. 0
WP 0290 00 .................. 0
WP 0291 00 .................. 0
WP 0292 00 .................. 0
WP 0293 00 .................. 0
WP 0294 00 .................. 0
WP 0295 00 .................. 0
WP 0296 00 .................. 0
WP 0297 00 .................. 0
WP 0298 00 .................. 0
WP 0299 00 .................. 0
WP 0300 00 .................. 0
WP 0301 00 .................. 0
WP 0302 00 .................. 0
WP 0303 00 .................. 0
WP 0304 00 .................. 0
WP 0305 00 .................. 0
WP 0306 00 .................. 0
WP 0307 00 .................. 0
WP 0308 00 .................. 0
WP 0309 00 .................. 0
WP 0310 00 .................. 0
WP 0311 00...................0
WP 0312 00 .................. 0
WP 0313 00 .................. 0
WP 0314 00 .................. 0
WP 0315 00 .................. 0
WP 0316 00 .................. 0
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Page / WP
No.
*Change Page / WP
No.
No.
WP 0317 00 .................. 0
WP 0318 00 .................. 0
WP 0319 00 .................. 0
WP 0320 00 .................. 0
WP 0321 00 .................. 0
WP 0322 00 .................. 0
WP 0323 00 .................. 0
WP 0324 00 .................. 0
WP 0325 00 .................. 0
WP 0326 00 .................. 0
WP 0327 00 .................. 0
WP 0328 00 .................. 0
WP 0329 00 .................. 0
WP 0330 00 .................. 0
WP 0331 00 .................. 0
WP 0332 00 .................. 0
WP 0333 00 .................. 0
WP 0334 00 .................. 0
WP 0335 00 .................. 0
WP 0336 00 .................. 0
WP 0337 00 .................. 0
WP 0338 00 .................. 0
WP 0339 00 .................. 0
WP 0340 00 .................. 0
WP 0341 00 .................. 0
WP 0342 00 .................. 0
WP 0343 00 .................. 0
WP 0344 00 .................. 0
WP 0345 00 .................. 0
WP 0346 00 .................. 0
WP 0347 00 .................. 0
WP 0348 00 .................. 0
WP 0349 00 .................. 0
WP 0350 00 .................. 0
WP 0351 00 .................. 0
WP 0352 00 .................. 0
WP 0353 00 .................. 0
WP 0354 00 .................. 0
WP 0355 00 .................. 0
WP 0356 00 .................. 0
WP 0357 00 .................. 0
WP 0358 00 .................. 0
WP 0359 00 .................. 0
*Change Page / WP
No.
No.
WP 0360 00 .................. 0
WP 0361 00 .................. 0
WP 0362 00 .................. 0
WP 0363 00 .................. 0
WP 0364 00 .................. 0
WP 0365 00 .................. 0
WP 0366 00 .................. 0
WP 0367 00 .................. 0
WP 0368 00 .................. 0
WP 0369 00 .................. 0
WP 0370 00 .................. 0
WP 0371 00 .................. 0
WP 0372 00 .................. 0
WP 0373 00 .................. 0
WP 0374 00 .................. 0
WP 0375 00 .................. 0
WP 0376 00 .................. 0
WP 0377 00 .................. 0
WP 0378 00 .................. 0
WP 0379 00 .................. 0
WP 0380 00 .................. 0
WP 0381 00 .................. 0
WP 0382 00 .................. 0
WP 0383 00 .................. 0
WP 0384 00 .................. 0
WP 0385 00 .................. 0
WP 0386 00 .................. 0
WP 0387 00 .................. 0
WP 0388 00 .................. 0
WP 0389 00 .................. 0
WP 0390 00 .................. 0
WP 0391 00 .................. 0
WP 0392 00 .................. 0
WP 0393 00 .................. 0
WP 0394 00 .................. 0
WP 0395 00 .................. 0
WP 0396 00 .................. 0
WP 0397 00 .................. 0
WP 0398 00 .................. 0
WP 0399 00 .................. 0
WP 0400 00 .................. 0
WP 0401 00 .................. 0
WP 0402 00 .................. 0
*Change Page / WP
No.
No.
WP 0403 00 .................. 0
WP 0404 00 .................. 0
WP 0405 00 .................. 0
WP 0406 00 .................. 0
WP 0407 00 .................. 0
WP 0408 00 .................. 0
WP 0409 00 .................. 0
WP 0410 00 .................. 0
WP 0411 00...................0
WP 0412 00 .................. 0
WP 0413 00 .................. 0
WP 0414 00 .................. 0
WP 0415 00 .................. 0
WP 0416 00 .................. 0
WP 0417 00 .................. 0
WP 0418 00 .................. 0
WP 0419 00 .................. 0
WP 0420 00 .................. 0
WP 0421 00 .................. 0
WP 0422 00 .................. 0
WP 0423 00 .................. 0
WP 0424 00 .................. 0
WP 0425 00 .................. 0
WP 0426 00 .................. 0
WP 0427 00 .................. 0
WP 0428 00 .................. 0
WP 0429 00 .................. 0
WP 0430 00 .................. 0
WP 0431 00 .................. 0
WP 0432 00 .................. 0
WP 0433 00 .................. 0
WP 0434 00 .................. 0
WP 0435 00 .................. 0
WP 0436 00 .................. 0
WP 0437 00 .................. 0
WP 0438 00 .................. 0
WP 0439 00 .................. 0
WP 0440 00 .................. 0
WP 0441 00 .................. 0
WP 0442 00 .................. 0
WP 0443 00 .................. 0
WP 0444 00 .................. 0
WP 0445 00 .................. 0

C
*Change
No.
WP 0446 00 .................. 0
WP 0447 00 .................. 0
WP 0448 00 .................. 0
WP 0449 00 .................. 0
WP 0450 00 .................. 0
WP 0451 00 .................. 0
WP 0452 00 .................. 0
WP 0453 00 .................. 0
WP 0454 00 .................. 0
WP 0455 00 .................. 0
WP 0456 00 .................. 0
WP 0457 00 .................. 0
WP 0458 00 .................. 0
WP 0459 00 .................. 0
WP 0460 00 .................. 0
WP 0461 00 .................. 0
WP 0462 00 .................. 0
WP 0463 00 .................. 0
WP 0464 00 .................. 0
WP 0465 00 .................. 0
WP 0466 00 .................. 0
WP 0467 00 .................. 0
WP 0468 00 .................. 0
WP 0469 00 .................. 0
WP 0470 00 .................. 0
WP 0471 00 .................. 0
WP 0472 00 .................. 0
WP 0473 00 .................. 0
WP 0474 00 .................. 0
WP 0475 00 .................. 0
WP 0476 00 .................. 0
WP 0477 00 .................. 0
WP 0478 00 .................. 0
WP 0479 00 .................. 0
WP 0480 00 .................. 0
WP 0481 00 .................. 0
WP 0482 00 .................. 0
WP 0483 00 .................. 0
WP 0484 00 .................. 0
WP 0485 00 .................. 0
WP 0486 00 .................. 0
WP 0487 00 .................. 0
WP 0488 00 .................. 0
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Page / WP
No.
*Change Page / WP
No.
No.
WP 0489 00 .................. 0
WP 0490 00 .................. 0
WP 0491 00 .................. 0
WP 0492 00 .................. 0
WP 0493 00 .................. 0
WP 0494 00 .................. 0
WP 0495 00 .................. 0
WP 0496 00 .................. 0
WP 0497 00 .................. 0
WP 0498 00 .................. 0
WP 0499 00 .................. 0
WP 0500 00 .................. 0
WP 0501 00 .................. 0
WP 0502 00 .................. 0
WP 0503 00 .................. 0
WP 0504 00 .................. 0
WP 0505 00 .................. 0
WP 0506 00 .................. 0
WP 0507 00 .................. 0
WP 0508 00 .................. 0
WP 0509 00 .................. 0
WP 0510 00 .................. 0
WP 0511 00...................0
WP 0512 00 .................. 0
WP 0513 00 .................. 0
WP 0514 00 .................. 0
WP 0515 00 .................. 0
WP 0516 00 .................. 0
WP 0517 00 .................. 0
WP 0518 00 .................. 0
WP 0519 00 .................. 0
WP 0520 00 .................. 0
WP 0521 00 .................. 0
WP 0522 00 .................. 0
WP 0523 00 .................. 0
WP 0524 00 .................. 0
WP 0525 00 .................. 0
WP 0526 00 .................. 0
WP 0527 00 .................. 0
WP 0528 00 .................. 0
WP 0529 00 .................. 0
WP 0530 00 .................. 0
WP 0531 00 .................. 0
*Change Page / WP
No.
No.
WP 0532 00 .................. 0
WP 0533 00 .................. 0
WP 0534 00 .................. 0
WP 0535 00 .................. 0
WP 0536 00 .................. 0
WP 0537 00 .................. 0
WP 0538 00 .................. 0
WP 0539 00 .................. 0
WP 0540 00 .................. 0
WP 0541 00 .................. 0
WP 0542 00 .................. 0
WP 0543 00 .................. 0
WP 0544 00 .................. 0
WP 0545 00 .................. 0
WP 0546 00 .................. 0
WP 0547 00 .................. 0
WP 0548 00 .................. 0
WP 0549 00 .................. 0
WP 0550 00 .................. 0
WP 0551 00 .................. 0
WP 0552 00 .................. 0
WP 0553 00 .................. 0
WP 0554 00 .................. 0
WP 0555 00 .................. 0
WP 0556 00 .................. 0
WP 0557 00 .................. 0
WP 0558 00 .................. 0
WP 0559 00 .................. 0
WP 0560 00 .................. 0
WP 0561 00 .................. 0
WP 0562 00 .................. 0
WP 0563 00 .................. 0
WP 0564 00 .................. 0
WP 0565 00 .................. 0
WP 0566 00 .................. 0
WP 0567 00 .................. 0
WP 0568 00 .................. 0
WP 0569 00 .................. 0
WP 0570 00 .................. 0
WP 0571 00 .................. 0
WP 0572 00 .................. 0
WP 0573 00 .................. 0
WP 0574 00 .................. 0
*Change Page / WP
No.
No.
WP 0575 00 .................. 0
WP 0576 00 .................. 0
WP 0577 00 .................. 0
WP 0578 00 .................. 0
WP 0579 00 .................. 0
WP 0580 00 .................. 0
WP 0581 00 .................. 0
WP 0582 00 .................. 0
WP 0583 00 .................. 0
WP 0584 00 .................. 0
WP 0585 00 .................. 0
WP 0586 00 .................. 0
WP 0587 00 .................. 0
WP 0588 00 .................. 0
WP 0589 00 .................. 0
WP 0590 00 .................. 0
WP 0591 00 .................. 0
WP 0592 00 .................. 0
WP 0593 00 .................. 0
WP 0594 00 .................. 0
WP 0595 00 .................. 0
WP 0596 00 .................. 0
WP 0597 00 .................. 0
WP 0598 00 .................. 0
WP 0599 00 .................. 0
WP 0600 00 .................. 0
WP 0601 00 .................. 0
WP 0602 00 .................. 0
WP 0603 00 .................. 0
WP 0604 00 .................. 0
WP 0605 00 .................. 0
WP 0606 00 .................. 0
WP 0607 00 .................. 0
WP 0608 00 .................. 0
WP 0609 00 .................. 0
WP 0610 00 .................. 0
WP 0611 00...................0
WP 0612 00 .................. 0
WP 0613 00 .................. 0
WP 0614 00 .................. 0
WP 0615 00 .................. 0
WP 0616 00 .................. 0
WP 0617 00 .................. 0

D
*Change
No.
WP 0618 00 .................. 0
WP 0619 00 .................. 0
WP 0620 00 .................. 0
WP 0621 00 .................. 0
WP 0622 00 .................. 0
WP 0623 00 .................. 0
WP 0624 00 .................. 0
WP 0625 00 .................. 0
WP 0626 00 .................. 0
WP 0627 00 .................. 0
WP 0628 00 .................. 0
WP 0629 00 .................. 0
WP 0630 00 .................. 0
WP 0631 00 .................. 0
WP 0632 00 .................. 0
WP 0633 00 .................. 0
WP 0634 00 .................. 0
WP 0635 00 .................. 0
WP 0636 00 .................. 0
WP 0637 00 .................. 0
WP 0638 00 .................. 0
WP 0639 00 .................. 0
WP 0640 00 .................. 0
WP 0641 00 .................. 0
WP 0642 00 .................. 0
WP 0643 00 .................. 0
WP 0644 00 .................. 0
WP 0645 00 .................. 0
WP 0646 00 .................. 0
WP 0647 00 .................. 0
WP 0648 00 .................. 0
WP 0649 00 .................. 0
WP 0650 00 .................. 0
WP 0651 00 .................. 0
WP 0652 00 .................. 0
WP 0653 00 .................. 0
WP 0654 00 .................. 0
WP 0655 00 .................. 0
WP 0656 00 .................. 0
WP 0657 00 .................. 0
WP 0658 00 .................. 0
WP 0659 00 .................. 0
WP 0660 00 .................. 0
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Page / WP
No.
*Change Page / WP
No.
No.
WP 0661 00 .................. 0
WP 0662 00 .................. 0
WP 0663 00 .................. 0
WP 0664 00 .................. 0
WP 0665 00 .................. 0
WP 0666 00 .................. 0
WP 0667 00 .................. 0
WP 0668 00 .................. 0
WP 0669 00 .................. 0
WP 0670 00 .................. 0
WP 0671 00 .................. 0
WP 0672 00 .................. 0
WP 0673 00 .................. 0
WP 0674 00 .................. 0
WP 0675 00 .................. 0
WP 0676 00 .................. 0
WP 0677 00 .................. 0
WP 0678 00 .................. 0
WP 0679 00 .................. 0
WP 0680 00 .................. 0
*Change Page / WP
No.
No.
WP 0681 00 .................. 0
WP 0682 00 .................. 0
WP 0683 00 .................. 0
WP 0684 00 .................. 0
WP 0685 00 .................. 0
WP 0686 00 .................. 0
WP 0687 00 .................. 0
WP 0688 00 .................. 0
WP 0689 00 .................. 0
WP 0690 00 .................. 0
WP 0691 00 .................. 0
WP 0692 00 .................. 0
WP 0693 00 .................. 0
WP 0694 00 .................. 0
WP 0695 00 .................. 0
WP 0696 00 .................. 0
WP 0697 00 .................. 0
WP 0698 00 .................. 0
WP 0699 00 .................. 0
WP 0700 00 .................. 0
*Change Page / WP
No.
No.
WP 0701 00 .................. 0
WP 0702 00 .................. 0
WP 0703 00 .................. 0
WP 0704 00 .................. 0
WP 0705 00 .................. 0
WP 0706 00 .................. 0
WP 0707 00 .................. 0
WP 0708 00 .................. 0
WP 0709 00 .................. 0
WP 0710 00 .................. 0
WP 0711 00...................0
WP 0712 00 .................. 0
WP 0713 00 .................. 0
WP 0714 00 .................. 0
WP 0715 00 .................. 0
WP 0716 00 .................. 0
WP 0717 00 .................. 0
WP 0718 00 .................. 0
WP 0719 00 .................. 0
WP 0720 00 .................. 0

E/F blank
*Change
No.
WP 0721 00 .................. 0
WP 0722 00 .................. 0
WP 0723 00 .................. 0
WP 0724 00 .................. 0
WP 0725 00 .................. 0
WP 0726 00 .................. 0
WP 0727 00 .................. 0
WP 0728 00 .................. 0
WP 0729 00 .................. 0
WP 0730 00 .................. 0
WP 0731 00 .................. 0
WP 0732 00 .................. 0
WP 0733 00 .................. 0
WP 0734 00 .................. 0
WP 0735 00 .................. 0
WP 0736 00 .................. 0
WP 0737 00 .................. 0
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
T.O. 14P3-4-201
NAVAIR 13-1-6.7-3-1
HEADQUARTERS
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington, D.C., 23 March 2012
TECHNICAL MANUAL
OPERATORS, UNIT, AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST
FOR
PART NO. 1005802-1
ENSEMBLE
NSN 1680-01-510-1596 (EIC: H7A)

HGU-56/P
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-6 NSN 8415-01-394-6474
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-5 NSN 8415-01-394-8035
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-4 NSN 8415-01-394-8034
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-3 NSN 8415-01-394-8036
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-2 NSN 8415-01-394-8033
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-12 NSN 8415-01-522-5364
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-11 NSN 8415-01-522-5348
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-10 NSN 8415-01-522-5347
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-9 NSN 8415-01-522-5344
PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-8 NSN 8415-01-522-5339
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 (EIC: NA)
PART NO. 1028611-1 (EIC: NA)
REPORTING ERRORS AND RECOMMENDING IMPROVEMENTS
You can improve this manual. If you find mistakes or if you know of a way to improve procedures, please let us know. Mail
you letter or DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) located at the back of this manual, directly to: Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command, ATTN: AMSAM-MMA-NP, Redstone Arsenal,
AL 35898-5000. A reply will be furnished to you. You may also provide DA Form 2028 information to AMCOM via e-mail,
fax or the World Wide Web. Our fax number is: DSN 788-6546 or Commercial (256) 842-6546. Our e-mail address is
2028@redstone.army.mil. Instructions for sending an electronic 2028 may be found at the back of this bulletin immediately preceding the hard copy 2028. For the World Wide Web use: https://amcom2028.redstone.army.mil.
CURRENT AS OF 23 MARCH 2012

*TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1 dated 23 March 2012 supersedes TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1 dated 09 October 2009, including all changes.
DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT C Distribution authorized to U.S. Government agencies and their contractors to protect technical or operational
information. to protect critical technology This determination was made on 2 January 2002. Other requests for this document will be referred to:
Department of the Army, Program Executive Office, Aviation, Air Warrior, ATTN: SFAE-SDR-AW, Redstone Arsenal, Alabama 35898.
DESTRUCTION NOTICE Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or reconstruction of the document.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WP Sequence No.
WARNING SUMMARY, Vol 1

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
ENSEMBLE
CHAPTER 1 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND THEORY OF OPERATION , Vol 1
GENERAL INFORMATION, Vol 1 ............................................................................. ..........................0001 00
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA, Vol 1 ....................................................... ..........................0002 00
CHAPTER 2 OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS , Vol 1
CONTROL AND INDICATORS, Vol 1..................................................................................................0003 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS, Vol 1............................................................................0004 00
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS, Vol 1.......................................................................0005 00
CHAPTER 3 AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 1
AIR WARRIOR ENSEMBLE SUBASSEMBLIES, Vol 1.......................................................................0006 00
CHAPTER 4 SUPPORTING INFORMATION, Vol 1
REFERENCES, Vol 1..........................................................................................................................0007 00
SUPPORT ITEMS, Vol 1........................................................................................... ..........................0008 00
HELMET SYSTEM, AIRCREW INTEGRATED (HGU-56/P)
DESCRIPTION AND DATA, Vol 1........................................................................................................0010 00
THEORY OF OPERATION, Vol 1.............................................................................. ..........................0011 00
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS, Vol 1 ..................................................................... ..........................0012 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR DONNING/REMOVING
HELMET, Vol 1 ................................................................................................. ..........................0013 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR CEP-EQUIPPED HELMETS
ONLY, Vol 1.................................................................................................................................0014 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR COMMUNICATION
ENHANCEMENT AND PROTECTION SYSTEM (CEPS), Vol 1.................................................0015 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR HELMET
ADJUSTMENTS, Vol 1...............................................................................................................0016 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR HELMET EQUIPMENT, Vol 1 .... ..........................0017 00
CHAPTER 7 OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES, Vol 1
OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING, Vol 1 ............................................................... ..........................0019 00
CHAPTER 8 AVIATION UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES, Vol 1
UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING, Vol 1.....................................................................................................0020 00
ii
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

WP Sequence No.
CHAPTER 9 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 1
OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
INTRODUCTION, Vol 1..............................................................................................................0021 00
OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES
(PMCS), Vol 1.............................................................................................................................0022 00
CLEANING, Vol 1................................................................................................................................0023 00
SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIEL, Vol 1...............................................................................0024 00
HELMET SIZING, Vol 1.......................................................................................................................0025 00
FITTING PROCEDURE, Vol 1.............................................................................................................0026 00
FITTING PROCEDURE WITH M45 CB MASK, Vol 1 ................................................ ..........................0027 00
CUSTOM FITTING THERMOPLASTIC LINER (TPL), Vol 1................................................................0028 00
SIZING AND FITTING PROCEDURES FOR ZETA II LINER, Vol 1........................... ..........................0029 00
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
AVIATION UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES
(PMCS), Vol 1.............................................................................................................................0031 00
THERMOPLASTIC LINER (TPL) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, Vol 1 ................ ..........................0032 00
BROW PAD M45 REPLACEMENT, Vol 1.................................................................. ..........................0033 00
ZETA II LINER REMOVAL, INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT, Vol 1..............................................0034 00
ENERGY ABSORBING LINER (EAL) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, Vol 1....................................0035 00
RETENTION ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, Vol 1 ........................... ..........................0036 00
EARCUP ASSEMBLY WITHOUT CEP, Vol 1 ............................................................ ..........................0037 00
CAP PLUG, PROTECTIVE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, Vol 1 ......................... ..........................0038 00
DUAL VISOR ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, Vol 1.....................................................0039 00
ANVIS MOUNT ON DUAL VISOR ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION, Vol 1................................................0040 00
MICROPHONE AND SWIVEL ASSEMBLY, BOOM (SAB) REMOVAL AND
INSTALLATION, Vol 1.................................................................................................................0041 00
COMMUNICATIONS ASSEMBLY WITHOUT CEP REMOVE AND REPLACE, Vol 1...........................0042 00
MAXILLOFACIAL SHIELD (MFS) INSTALLATION AND REPLACEMENT, Vol 1 ...... ..........................0043 00
MIKE LITE (LIP LIGHT) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, Vol 1............................... ..........................0044 00
LIP LIGHT BATTERY HOLDER INSTALLATION, Vol 1.......................................................................0045 00
OXYGEN MASK RETENTION STRAP INSTALLATION, Vol 1............................................................0046 00
OXYGEN MASK BAYONET RECEIVERS INSTALLATION, Vol 1.......................................................0047 00
CEP MODIFICATION KIT (NON CEP-EQUIPPED HELMETS ONLY)
CEPS INSTALLATION, Vol 1...............................................................................................................0049 00
NASAL CANNULA MOUNTING CLIP INSTALLATION, Vol 1..............................................................0050 00
COMMUNICATIONS ASSEMBLY WITH CEP REMOVE AND REPLACE, Vol 1.................................0051 00
REPLACING COBRA VISOR MODULE WITH STANDARD DUAL VISOR
ASSEMBLY, Vol 1.......................................................................................................................0052 00
COBRA DUAL VISOR MODULE REMOVAL, ASSEMBLY AND
COBRA DUAL VISOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, Vol 1................................. ..........................0054 00
REMOVING STANDARD HEADSET AND INSTALLING TEMPEST
HEADSET, Vol 1.........................................................................................................................0055 00
EDGE BEADING REPAIR, Vol 1 ............................................................................... ..........................0056 00
iii
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
TRIMMING MFS FOR ANVIS COMPATIBILITY, Vol 1.........................................................................0057 00
HELMET SHELL REPAIR AND SPOT PAINTING, Vol 1 ........................................... ..........................0058 00
INSTALLING HGU-56/P FIELD CHANGE KIT, Vol 1 ................................................. ..........................0059 00
MANUFACTURED ITEMS, Vol 1.........................................................................................................0060 00
REFERENCES, Vol 1..........................................................................................................................0061 00
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC) INTRODUCTION, Vol 1 .................. ..........................0062 00
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR AIHS, Vol 1 ........................................ ..........................0063 00
INTRODUCTION TO REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL), Vol 1...........................0064 00
REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL), Vol 1.............................................................0065 00
Group 00
Aircrew Integrated Helmet System (AIHS)................................................................0065 00
Group 01
Helmet, Flyers..........................................................................................................0065 00
Group 0101
Helmet, Retention Assembly.......................................................... ..........................0065 00
Group 0102
Shell, Earphone Assembly ............................................................. ..........................0065 00
Group 0103
Communications System ............................................................... ..........................0065 00
Group 0104
Swivel Assembly, Boom (SAB).................................................................................0065 00
Group 0105
Dual Visor Assembly ...................................................................... ..........................0065 00
Group 02
Dual Visor Assembly, Cobra........................................................... ..........................0065 00
Group 03
Communication Enhancement and Protection System (CEPS)................................0065 00
Group 04
Hardware, Kit, Mechanic Equip ...................................................... ..........................0065 00
Group 05
Maxillofacial Shield (MFS)........................................................................................0065 00
Group 06
Lip Light....................................................................................................................0065 00
NSN INDEX, Vol 1...............................................................................................................................0066 00
PART NUMBER INDEX, Vol 1.............................................................................................................0067 00
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII)
LISTS, Vol 1................................................................................................................................0068 00
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL), Vol 1.............................................................................0069 00
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS, Vol 1.....................................................................................0070 00
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS FOR EXTENDED EQUIPMENT POUCH (EEP),
GEN I/II, Vol 1................................................................................................... ..........................0073 00
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS FOR PSGC LEFT HAND POCKET, GEN I/II AND
GEN III, Vol 1.................................................................................................... ..........................0074 00
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS FOR FIRST AID PLATFORM, GEN I/II AND GEN
III, Vol 1.......................................................................................................................................0075 00
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS FOR PSGC RIGHT HAND POCKET, GEN I/II AND
GEN III, Vol 1.................................................................................................... ..........................0076 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR AVIATION SURVIVAL AND
EGRESS KNIFE (ASEK), GEN I/II AND GEN III, Vol 1................................................................0077 00
iv
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR MAGAZINE/AMMO POUCH,
GEN I/II AND GEN III, Vol 1.........................................................................................................0078 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR DONNING PSGC, GEN
I/II, Vol 1......................................................................................................................................0079 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR DONNING PSGC, GEN III, Vol 1...........................0080 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR PISTOL HOLSTER RIGGING,
GEN III, Vol 1.................................................................................................... ..........................0081 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR CYCLIC SWEEP, GEN I/II AND
GEN III, Vol 1.................................................................................................... ..........................0082 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR AIRCREW RESTRAINT
ASSEMBLY, GEN I/II AND GEN III, Vol 1.......................................................... ..........................0083 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR INSERTION AND EXTRACTION
OPERATIONS, GEN III, Vol 1.....................................................................................................0084 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR EXTENDED EQUIPMENT
POCKET (EEP), GEN I/II, Vol 1 ........................................................................ ..........................0085 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR FIRST AID PLATFORM, GEN
I/II AND GEN III, Vol 1.................................................................................................................0086 00
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR RIGHT HAND POCKET
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS FOR AIRCREW EXTRACTION,
GEN I/II AND GEN III, Vol 1.........................................................................................................0088 00
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS FOR SAFETY RESTRAINT
TETHER (SRT), GEN I/II AND GEN III, Vol 1.................................................... ..........................0089 00
PROCEDURES INTRODUCTION, Vol 1....................................................................................0090 00
OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES, GEN I/II
AND III, Vol 1 .................................................................................................... ..........................0091 00
CLEANING PROCEDURES, GEN I/II AND GEN III, Vol 1...................................................................0092 00
UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES PROCEDURES
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES, GEN I/II AND III, Vol 1 . ..........................0094 00
PSGC FITTING, GEN I/II, Vol 1................................................................................. ..........................0095 00
PSGC FITTING, GEN III, Vol 1.................................................................................. ..........................0096 00
BODY ARMOR OVERLAY SYSTEM (BAOS) FITTING, Vol 1................................... ..........................0097 00
BASTING STITCH ADJUSTMENT, GEN I/II AND GEN III, Vol 1 ............................... ..........................0098 00
PSGC AND COMPONENTS REPAIR, Vol 1 ............................................................. ..........................0099 00
PSGC REPLACEMENT, Vol 1.............................................................................................................0100 00
PSGC FLASHLIGHT POUCH DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT
AND ASSEMBLY, GEN I/II AND GEN III, Vol 1............................................................................0101 00
PSGC RADIO POUCH DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT AND
AWIS DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT AND ASSEMBLY, GEN
III, Vol 1.......................................................................................................................................0103 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
PSGC SIGNALING PLATFORM DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT
AND ASSEMBLY, GEN I/II, Vol 1 ...................................................................... ..........................0104 00
PSGC SIGNALING PLATFORM DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT
AND ASSEMBLY, GEN III, Vol 1 ....................................................................... ..........................0105 00
SAFETY RESTRAINT TETHER DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT
PSGC FIRST AID PLATFORM DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT
EXTENDED EQUIPMENT POUCH (EEP) DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION,
REPLACEMENT AND ASSEMBLY, GEN I/II, Vol 1.....................................................................0108 00
LEFT AND RIGHT FRONT PSGC POCKETS, REMOVE AND REPLACEMENT,
GEN I/II, Vol 1................................................................................................... ..........................0109 00
PSGC TOURNIQUET POUCH DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT
AND ASSEMBLY, GEN I/II and GEN III, Vol 1 ................................................... ..........................0110 00
ADAPTER PLATFORM INSTALLATION, GEN III, Vol 1............................................ ..........................0111 00
FIRST AID PLATFORM LH POCKET EXTENSION REPLACEMENT, GEN I/II AND
GEN III, Vol 1.................................................................................................... ..........................0112 00
PSGC FIRST AID PLATFORM ELASTIC KEEPER REPLACEMENT, GEN I/II AND
GEN III, Vol 1.................................................................................................... ..........................0113 00
BINDING TAPE REPAIR, Vol 1............................................................................................................0114 00
HOOK AND PILE FASTENER TAPE REPLACEMENT, Vol 1.................................... ..........................0115 00
PSGC POCKET ZIPPER REPLACEMENT, GEN I/II AND GEN III, Vol 1.............................................0116 00
POCKET PULL TABS, REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT, GEN I/II AND GEN III, Vol 1...........................0117 00
BEAD SLIDER PULL REPLACEMENT, GEN I/II AND GEN III, Vol 1......................... ..........................0118 00
SNAP FASTENER REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT, Vol 1 ......................................... ..........................0119 00
DEFECTIVE GROMMET REPLACEMENT, Vol 1 ..................................................... ..........................0120 00
4-GROMMET TAB REPLACEMENT, Vol 1 ............................................................... ..........................0121 00
EEP CONNECTOR STRAP REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT, Vol 1.....................................................0122 00
POUCH RETAINING STRAP FABRICATION, Vol 1............................................................................0123 00
STRAP END KEEPER FABRICATION, Vol 1............................................................ ..........................0124 00
TORSO STRAP, LEFT UPPER OR LOWER, REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT, Vol 1. ..........................0125 00
LEG STRAP ASSEMBLY, REMOVE AND REPLACEMENT, Vol 1......................................................0126 00
LEG STRAP PAD REPAIR, GEN III, Vol 1 ................................................................. ..........................0127 00
GENERAL VACUUM-SEAL PLASTIC BAG ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 1...............................0128 00
BOWLINE KNOT TYING INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 1................................................................................0129 00
MODIFICATION OF AIR WARRIOR PRIMARY SURVIVAL GEAR CARRIER
(PSGC), GEN II/III, Vol 1.............................................................................................................0130 00
REFERENCES, Vol 1..........................................................................................................................0131 00
INTRODUCTION MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC), Vol 1 .................. ..........................0132 00
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR THE PSGC, Vol 1.........................................................0133 00
INTRODUCTION TO RPSTL, Vol 1.....................................................................................................0134 00
vi
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
Group 00
Primary Survival Gear Carrier, GEN I/II .......................................... ..........................0135 00
Group 01
Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), GEN III........................................................0135 00
Group 02
Body Armor Overlay System (BAOS)............................................. ..........................0135 00
Group 03
Extended Equipment Pouch (EEP) Components, GEN I/II............. ..........................0135 00
Group 04
PSGC/BAOS First Aid Components.........................................................................0135 00
Group 05
PSGC/BAOS Signaling Components............................................. ..........................0135 00
Group 06
PSGC/BAOS Additional Components............................................ ..........................0135 00
Group 07
Knife System............................................................................................................0135 00
Group 08
Holster Assembly, GEN III.............................................................. ..........................0135 00
NSN INDEX, Vol 1...............................................................................................................................0136 00
PART NUMBER (P/N) INDEX, Vol 1....................................................................................................0137 00
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST, Vol 1.............................................................................0139 00
Volume 2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL, Vol 2
RADIO SET (AN/PRC-90)
OPERATIONAL CHECKOUT AND TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE, Vol 2..... ..........................0145 00
SERVICE UPON RECEIPT, Vol 2 ............................................................................. ..........................0146 00
TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT, Vol 2.............................................................................. ..........................0147 00
PMCS PROCEDURES INTRODUCTION, Vol 2 ....................................................... ..........................0148 00
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (ARMY ONLY), Vol 2..............................0149 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 2 ......................................................... ..........................0150 00
CHAPTER 21 AVIATION INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 2
AVIM MAINTENANCE OF AN/PRC-90, Vol 2......................................................................................0151 00
REFERENCES, Vol 2..........................................................................................................................0152 00
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC), Vol 2.........................................................................0154 00
vii
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST, Vol 2............................................................................0156 00
Group 00
Radio Set AN/PRC-90..............................................................................................0156 00
Group 30
Special Tools............................................................................................................0156 00
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) INDEX, Vol 2.............................................................................0157 00
RADIO SET (AN/PRC-90-2)
CHAPTER 24 AVIATION INTERMEDIATE TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES, Vol 2
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE, Vol 2 ............................................................ ..........................0162 00
SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIEL, Vol 2...............................................................................0163 00
VOLUME CONTROL KNOB REPLACEMENT, Vol 2...........................................................................0164 00
REPAIR OF ANTENNA RUBBER PROTECTIVE COVER, Vol 2.........................................................0165 00
FUNCTION SWITCH AND KNOB REPLACEMENT, Vol 2........................................ ..........................0166 00
PC BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Vol 2....................................................................................0167 00
ANTENNA COUPLER PC BOARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Vol 2................................................0168 00
SPEAKER/MICROPHONES REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Vol 2.........................................................0169 00
EARPHONE SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION, Vol 2...................................................................0170 00
REED SWITCHES REPLACEMENT, Vol 2 ............................................................... ..........................0171 00
REFERENCES, Vol 2..........................................................................................................................0172 00
Group 00
Radio Set AN/PRC-90-2...........................................................................................0174 00
Group 01
Case, Subassembly....................................................................... ..........................0174 00
Group 02
Special Tools List......................................................................................................0174 00
RADIO SET (AN/PRC-90-2)
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATORS CONTROLS AND INDICATORS, Vol 2.........................................0180 00
viii
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES INTRODUCTION, Vol 2...........................0183 00
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES, Vol 2......................................................0184 00
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE, Vol 2 ......................................................................... ..........................0185 00
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, Vol 2..............................................................................................0189 00
BATTERY MAINTENANCE, Vol 2.......................................................................................................0190 00
BATTERY SERVICE LIFE TEST, Vol 2................................................................................................0191 00
EARPHONE REPAIR AND/OR REPLACEMENT, Vol 2............................................ ..........................0192 00
ANTENNA REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION, Vol 2.............................................................................0193 00
PERFORMANCE TEST, Vol 2.............................................................................................................0194 00
REFERENCES, Vol 2..........................................................................................................................0195 00
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR AN/PRC-90-2, Vol 2.....................................................0197 00
LISTS, Vol 2................................................................................................................................0198 00
RADIO SET (AN/PRC-112) AND PROGRAM LOADER (KY-913/PRC-112)
INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL INFORMATION, Vol 2...................................................................0200 00
EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES (ARMY,
NAVY, AIR FORCE ONLY), Vol 2................................................................................................0201 00
TECHNICAL PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, Vol 2 .................................................. ..........................0202 00
INTRODUCTION TO OPERATOR PMCS, Vol 2 ....................................................... ..........................0207 00
OPERATORS PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES, Vol 2..............................0208 00
CLEANING, Vol 2................................................................................................................................0209 00
ix
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (ARMY
ONLY), Vol 2...............................................................................................................................0212 00
MAINTENANCE OF RADIO SET AND PROGRAM LOADER, Vol 2 ......................... ..........................0213 00
RADIO AND PROGRAM LOADER MAINTENANCE, Vol 2.................................................................0214 00
INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, Vol 2...................................................................0215 00
TRANSMITTER POWER TEST, TRANSMITTER MODULATION PERCENTAGE
TEST, RECEIVER DISTORTION TEST, AND SINAD TEST, Vol 2..............................................0216 00
PROGRAM LOADER TEST, Vol 2.......................................................................................................0217 00
REFERENCES, Vol 2..........................................................................................................................0218 00
Group 00
Radio Set AN/PRC-112.................................................................. ..........................0222 00
Group 01
Program Loader KY-913/PRC-112 BOI: 1 per 10 Radio Set
AN/PRC-112 .................................................................................. ..........................0222 00
LISTS, Vol 2................................................................................................................................0225 00
BA-5112/U LITHIUM SULFUR DIOXIDE BATTERIES, Vol 2...............................................................0227 00
Volume 3
ELECTRONIC DATA MANAGER (EDM)
THEORY OF OPERATION, Vol 3........................................................................................................0230 00
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 3...................................................................................................0232 00
PHASES OF OPERATION, Vol 3 .............................................................................. ..........................0233 00
USING ISAS-AW, Vol 3 ............................................................................................. ..........................0234 00
LAYER SPECIFIC INFORMATION, Vol 3............................................................................................0235 00
AMPS INTERFACE, Vol 3......................................................................................... ..........................0236 00
TACOPS SUPPORT KIT, Vol 3............................................................................................................0237 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES, Vol 3....................................................................................0239 00
PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT, Vol 3 ........................................... ..........................0240 00
REFERENCES, Vol 3..........................................................................................................................0241 00
Group 00
Electronic Data Manager (EDM)...............................................................................0243 00
Group 01
Cable Assy, Special Purpose....................................................................................0243 00
ISAS-AW KEYBOARD COMMANDS, Vol 3 .............................................................. ..........................0247 00
ISAS-AW KNOWN ISSUES, Vol 3.......................................................................................................0248 00
AMPS INTERFACE, Vol 3......................................................................................... ..........................0249 00
BIOS SETTINGS- SPIRAL 2, Vol 3 ........................................................................... ..........................0250 00
NL2024A22 SMART BATTERY, Vol 3 ....................................................................... ..........................0251 00
THE CH5000A DESKTOP SMART CHARGER, Vol 3.........................................................................0252 00
Volume 4
ANTI-EXPOSURE ASSEMBLY (AEA) (A/P22P-6)
CLEANING THE ANTI-EXPOSURE ASSEMBLY, Vol 4 ............................................ ..........................0260 00
SIZING THE CWU-62/P SERIES COVERALL, Vol 4...........................................................................0262 00
EQUIPMENT FITTING INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 4 ........................................................ ..........................0263 00
xi
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
STORAGE OF THE ANTI-EXPOSURE ASSEMBLY, Vol 4..................................................................0266 00
REFERENCES, Vol 4..........................................................................................................................0267 00
LOW-PROFILE FLOTATION COLLAR (LPFC) (LPU-39/P AND LPU-40/P)
LPFC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES, Vol 4..........................................................................0276 00
RIGGING THE LPFC TO THE PSGC, GEN I, Vol 4................................................... ..........................0277 00
RIGGING THE LPU-39 TO THE PSGC, GEN II AND GEN III, Vol 4.....................................................0278 00
RIGGING THE LPU-40 TO THE PSGC, GEN II AND GEN III, Vol 4.....................................................0279 00
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS), Vol 4.............. ..........................0280 00
MATERIAL REQUIRED FOR CLEANING THE LPFC, Vol 4................................................................0282 00
LPFC INSPECTION, Vol 4 ........................................................................................ ..........................0285 00
LPFC ANNUAL INSPECTION, Vol 4...................................................................................................0286 00
LPFC FUNCTIONAL TEST, Vol 4........................................................................................................0287 00
LPFC LEAKAGE TEST, Vol 4..............................................................................................................0288 00
INSTALLATION OF CO2 INFLATION ASSEMBLY PROTECTIVE COVER, Vol 4................................0289 00
PACKING AND REPAIRING THE LOW PROFILE FLOTATION COLLAR
(LPFC), Vol 4..............................................................................................................................0290 00
PACKING AND REPAIRING THE LOW PROFILE FLOTATION COLLAR
(LPU-40), Vol 4...........................................................................................................................0291 00
CEMENTING THE LPFC, Vol 4...........................................................................................................0292 00
MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR PATCHING THE LPFC, Vol 4 ................................... ..........................0293 00
REPLACING LPFC BLADDER, Vol 4..................................................................................................0294 00
REPAIRING INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 4...................................................................................................0295 00
ZIPPER SAFETY STITCH, Vol 4.........................................................................................................0296 00
xii
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
REFERENCES, Vol 4..........................................................................................................................0297 00
Group 00
Flotation Collar Assy ...................................................................... ..........................0301 00
Group 01
Flotation Collar Assy ...................................................................... ..........................0301 00
NSN INDEX, Vol 4...............................................................................................................................0302 00
MOBILE REFILL SYSTEM FOR THE AQUALUNG SEA (SURVIVAL EGRESS AIR) (MRS III)
MRS III MAINTENANCE, Vol 4............................................................................................................0311 00
GAUGE CALIBRATION, Vol 4.............................................................................................................0312 00
FILL VALVE (YVA3010A), Vol 4...........................................................................................................0313 00
SUPPLY CYLINDER VALVE (VAL1) REBUILD PROCEDURES, Vol 4................................................0314 00
MRS III REGULATOR, Vol 4................................................................................................................0315 00
REFERENCES, Vol 4..........................................................................................................................0316 00
Group 00
Front of Unit, Side View, and End View........................................... ..........................0320 00
Group 01
Supply Cylinder Valve and Supply Cylinder Overhaul Kit..........................................0320 00
Group 02
Regulator and Regulator Overhaul Kit......................................................................0320 00
Group 03
Adapter and Adapter Overhaul Kit............................................................................0320 00
Group 04
Fill Valve Assembly and Fill Valve Overhaul Kit.........................................................0320 00
xiii
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
OVER WATER GEAR CARRIER (OWGC)
OPERATIONS UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS, Vol 4 ............................................... ..........................0327 00
OPERATIONS UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS, Vol 4.......................................... ..........................0329 00
SECOND STAGE, Vol 4............................................................................................ ..........................0330 00
FIRST STAGE / VALVE, Vol 4..............................................................................................................0331 00
FITTING THE S.E.A., Vol 4 ....................................................................................... ..........................0332 00
FITTING THE LUMBAR SUPPORT, Vol 4...........................................................................................0333 00
OWGC PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS), Vol 4............................0334 00
(PMCS), Vol 4.............................................................................................................................0335 00
CLEANING PROCEDURES, Vol 4......................................................................................................0336 00
ACCEPTANCE INSPECTION OF OVER WATER GEAR CARRIER (OWGC) AND
COMPONENTS, Vol 4................................................................................................................0337 00
FITTING THE OVER WATER GEAR CARRIER AND COMPONENTS, Vol 4 ........... ..........................0338 00
OWGC PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
AVUM PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS), Vol 4 ... ..........................0340 00
ACCEPTANCE/PERIODIC INSPECTION OF HGU-32/P HOOD AND HAU12/P
MITTENS, Vol 4..........................................................................................................................0341 00
RIGGING AND PACKING LRU-18/U LIFE RAFT, HOOD AND MITTENS, Vol 4..................................0342 00
REPAIR/REPLACEMENT OF OVER WATER (OWGC) AND COMPONENTS, Vol 4...........................0343 00
REPLACE INFLATION LANYARD (IL) INITIAL SETUP, Vol 4 ................................... ..........................0344 00
LEAK TEST FOR THE HOOD AND MITTENS, Vol 4...........................................................................0345 00
GENERAL VACUUM-SEAL PLASTIC BAG INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 4...................................................0346 00
ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS, Vol 4..................................................................0347 00
REFERENCES, Vol 4..........................................................................................................................0348 00
INTRODUCTION TO MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART, Vol 4........................ ..........................0349 00
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART, Vol 4.......................................................... ..........................0350 00
Group 00
Raft Carrier Assembly .................................................................... ..........................0352 00
Group 01
Raft Integration.........................................................................................................0352 00
Group 02
OWGC Raft Items .......................................................................... ..........................0352 00
xiv
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
NSN INDEX, Vol 4...............................................................................................................................0353 00
LIFE RAFT, ONE-MAN, VEE (LRU-18/U)
LRU-18/U TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES, Vol 4 ......................................... ..........................0362 00
OPERATOR PMCS PROCEDURES INTRODUCTION, Vol 4.............................................................0363 00
(PMCS), Vol 4.............................................................................................................................0364 00
AVUM PMCS PROCEDURES INTRODUCTION, Vol 4.......................................................................0367 00
AVUM PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS), Vol 4 ... ..........................0368 00
SERVICING THE LRU-18U, Vol 4.......................................................................................................0369 00
SERVICE INFLATION ASSEMBLY AND CO2 CYLINDER, Vol 4.........................................................0370 00
LRU-18/U LIFE RAFT FUNCTION TEST, Vol 4...................................................................................0371 00
LRU-18/U LEAKAGE TEST, Vol 4............................................................................. ..........................0372 00
LRU-18/U AND CONTAINER MARKINGS INSPECTION, Vol 4..........................................................0373 00
REPAIR/REPLACE LRU-18/U COMPONENTS, Vol 4.............................................. ..........................0374 00
PATCHING THE LRU-18/U LIFE RAFT, Vol 4......................................................................................0375 00
REPLACE LRU-18/U ORAL INFLATION VALVES, Vol 4.....................................................................0376 00
REPLACE INFLATION ASSEMBLY CHECK VALVE ASSEMBLY, Vol 4..............................................0377 00
REPLACE BEADED HANDLE AND LANYARD PULL TEST, Vol 4......................................................0378 00
REPLACE CONTAINER ASSEMBLY BUCKLE-MALE AND FEMALE, Vol 4 ............ ..........................0379 00
REPAIR CO2 PROTECTIVE COVER, Vol 4 .............................................................. ..........................0380 00
REPAIR/FABRICATE CONTAINER ASSEMBLY TETHER LINE, Vol 4...............................................0381 00
ASSEMBLY OF LRU-18/U AND CONTAINER, Vol 4...........................................................................0382 00
TORQUE LIMITS, Vol 4.......................................................................................................................0384 00
REFERENCES, Vol 4..........................................................................................................................0385 00
xv
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
Group 00
Life Raft and Container Assembly .................................................. ..........................0389 00
Group 01
Crass Strap Container Assembly..............................................................................0389 00
Group 02
LRU-18/U Assembly.................................................................................................0389 00
NSN INDEX, Vol 4...............................................................................................................................0390 00
SURVIVAL EGRESS AIR (S.E.A.)
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 4...................................................................................................0396 00
S.E.A. SECOND STAGE, Vol 4 ................................................................................. ..........................0398 00
S.E.A. FIRST STAGE/VALVE ASSEMBLY, Vol 4.................................................................................0399 00
INITIAL INSPECTION PROCEDURE OF THE S.E.A., Vol 4..................................... ..........................0404 00
PRE-FLIGHT CHECKOUT, Vol 4 .............................................................................. ..........................0405 00
CARE AND MAINTENANCE, Vol 4.....................................................................................................0406 00
TESTING PROCEDURES, Vol 4.........................................................................................................0407 00
PREPARATION AND SETUP, Vol 4 .......................................................................... ..........................0408 00
DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES, Vol 4...............................................................................................0409 00
CLEANING AND LUBRICATION OF S.E.A., Vol 4 .................................................... ..........................0410 00
FIRST-STAGE REASSEMBLY PROCEDURES, Vol 4.............................................. ..........................0411 00
FIRST-STAGE TESTING, Vol 4...........................................................................................................0412 00
SECOND-STAGE REASSEMBLY PROCEDURES, Vol 4...................................................................0413 00
FINAL TESTING, Vol 4........................................................................................................................0414 00
REFERENCES, Vol 4..........................................................................................................................0417 00
xvi
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
Group 00
First Stage With Cylinder Assembly..........................................................................0421 00
Group 02
Second Stage Assy..................................................................................................0421 00
Group 03
Second Stage Assy..................................................................................................0421 00
Volume 5
HELICOPTER OXYGEN SYSTEMS (HOS)
PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION, Vol 5 ....................................................................... ..........................0427 00
ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR USE, Vol 5 .................................................. ..........................0429 00
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES, Vol 5.................................................................................................0430 00
OPERATOR PMCS PROCEDURES INTRODUCTION, Vol 5.............................................................0433 00
OPERATOR PMCS, Vol 5 ......................................................................................... ..........................0434 00
CLEANING THE HOS, Vol 5 ..................................................................................... ..........................0435 00
AVUM PMCS PROCEDURES INTRODUCTION, Vol 5.......................................................................0437 00
CREW PMCS, Vol 5.................................................................................................. ..........................0438 00
EQUIPMENT/USER ALTERATIONS AND FITTING INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 5......................................0439 00
AVUM MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, Vol 5......................................................... ..........................0440 00
CONSOLE OXYGEN DISCHARGING PROCEDURES, Vol 5 .................................. ..........................0441 00
CONSOLE OXYGEN PURGING PROCEDURES, Vol 5.....................................................................0442 00
LEAK CHECK, Vol 5............................................................................................................................0443 00
TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOUR HIGH PRESSURE CHECK, Vol 5..........................................................0444 00
TWENTY-FOUR (24) HOUR LOW PRESSURE CHECK, Vol 5...........................................................0445 00
DISASSEMBLY OF THE HOS, Vol 5...................................................................................................0446 00
xvii
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY OF OXYGEN CYLINDER ASSEMBLY, Vol 5...................................0447 00
REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY OF PRESSURE REDUCER ASSEMBLY, Vol 5...............................0448 00
REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY OF ON/OFF VALVE, Vol 5...............................................................0449 00
REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY OF GAUGE MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY, Vol 5.....................................0450 00
REMOVAL AND DISASSEMBLY OF CONNECTOR MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY, Vol 5...........................0451 00
DISASSEMBLY OF OXYGEN CHARGING ASSEMBLY, Vol 5............................................................0452 00
AIROX CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE, Vol 5.................................................................................0453 00
INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS, Vol 5...............................................................................................0454 00
REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF HOS COMPONENTS, Vol 5...........................................................0455 00
PAINTING HOS COMPONENTS, Vol 5 .................................................................... ..........................0456 00
LUBRICATION OF THE HOS, Vol 5.......................................................................... ..........................0457 00
ASSEMBLY OF THE HOS, Vol 5.........................................................................................................0458 00
ASSEMBLY OF REDUCER ASSEMBLY, Vol 5 ......................................................... ..........................0459 00
ASSEMBLY OF ON/OFF VALVE, Vol 5 ..................................................................... ..........................0460 00
ASSEMBLY OF GAUGE MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY, Vol 5.....................................................................0461 00
ASSEMBLY OF OXYGEN CYLINDER ASSEMBLY, Vol 5...................................................................0462 00
ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION OF CONNECTOR MANIFOLD
ASSEMBLY, Vol 5.......................................................................................................................0463 00
ASSEMBLY OF CONSOLE PANELS, Vol 5 .............................................................. ..........................0464 00
ASSEMBLY OF EXTENSION SUPPLY HOSE, Vol 5 ................................................ ..........................0465 00
ASSEMBLY OF SUPPLY HOSE WITH REGULATOR, Vol 5..................................... ..........................0466 00
ASSEMBLY OF PROTECTIVE CASE, Vol 5............................................................. ..........................0467 00
ASSEMBLY OF OXYGEN CHARGING ASSEMBLY, Vol 5..................................................................0468 00
PREPARATION FOR USE, Vol 5.........................................................................................................0469 00
REFERENCES, Vol 5..........................................................................................................................0473 00
Group 00
Oxygen Console System..........................................................................................0477 00
Group 01
End Panel Assembly ...................................................................... ..........................0477 00
Group 02
Connector Manifold Assembly..................................................................................0477 00
Group 03
Gauge Manifold Assembly ............................................................. ..........................0477 00
Group 04
Supply Hose Assemblies..........................................................................................0477 00
Group 05
Protective Case........................................................................................................0477 00
Group 06
Bayonet Receiver Assembly .......................................................... ..........................0477 00
Group 07
Oxygen Charging Assembly.....................................................................................0477 00
Group 08
Airox VIII Oxygen Regulator Assembly.....................................................................0477 00
Group 09
Tie-Down Strap .............................................................................. ..........................0477 00
NSN INDEX, Vol 5...............................................................................................................................0478 00
xviii
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
PRESSURE-DEMAND OXYGEN MASK (MBU-12/P)
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS DESCRIPTION, Vol 5......................................................................0484 00
TROUBLESHOOTING, Vol 5..............................................................................................................0487 00
REPAIR OF MBU-12/P, Vol 5...............................................................................................................0491 00
DISASSEMBLY, Vol 5..........................................................................................................................0492 00
CLEANING, Vol 5................................................................................................................................0493 00
ASSEMBLY, Vol 5................................................................................................................................0494 00
COWLING KIT TO OXYGEN MASK INSTALLATION, Vol 5 ...................................... ..........................0495 00
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 5 ................................................................... ..........................0496 00
REFERENCES, Vol 5..........................................................................................................................0498 00
Group 00
MBU-12/P Pressure-Demand Oxygen Mask............................................................0500 00
NSN INDEX, Vol 5...............................................................................................................................0501 00
TOOL IDENTIFICATION LIST, Vol 5....................................................................................................0504 00
Volume 6
MASK BLOWER AND POUCH ASSEMBLY
xix
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
DESCRIPTION AND USE OF CONTROLS AND INDICATORS, Vol 6................................................0507 00
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES, Vol 6....................................................................................0510 00
REFERENCES, Vol 6..........................................................................................................................0511 00
BODY ARMOR
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS DESCRIPTION, Vol 6......................................................................0515 00
OPERATING UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS, Vol 6............................................................................0516 00
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL ENVIRONMENTS, Vol 6...................................... ..........................0517 00
CLEANING OF AIR WARRIOR BODY ARMOR, Vol 6 .............................................. ..........................0520 00
FITTING THE BODY ARMOR, SOFT/HARD ARMOR, Vol 6...............................................................0522 00
SELECTING AND INSERTING THE BALLISTIC UPGRADE PLATES (HARD
ARMOR), Vol 6...........................................................................................................................0523 00
RIGGING AND PACKING BODY ARMOR, Vol 6.................................................................................0524 00
BALLISTIC UPGRADE PLATES (BUP), Vol 6.....................................................................................0525 00
REPAIR/REPLACEMENT OF AIR WARRIOR BODY ARMOR AND
COMPONENTS, Vol 6................................................................................................................0528 00
AIRCREW PERSONNEL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT (BODY ARMOR)
RADIOGRAPHIC INSPECTION, Vol 6............................................................. ..........................0529 00
REFERENCES, Vol 6..........................................................................................................................0530 00
INTRODUCTION TO AVIATION MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART, Vol 6 ....... ..........................0531 00
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR THE BODY ARMOR, Vol 6...........................................0532 00
xx
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
Group 01
Air Warrior Body Armor Assy.......................................................... ..........................0534 00
CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE CLOTHING (CPC)
DESCRIPTION AND USE OF CONTROLS AND INDICATORS, Vol 6................................................0540 00
PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
INTRODUCTION (ARMY ONLY), Vol 6 ............................................................ ..........................0543 00
(ARMY ONLY), Vol 6...................................................................................................................0544 00
LAUNDERING THE MCPU, Vol 6 ............................................................................. ..........................0545 00
INSPECTION-ACCEPTANCE AND REJECTION CRITERIA, Vol 6....................................................0546 00
FITTING THE MODIFIED CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE UNDERGARMENT, Vol 6................................0547 00
REFERENCES, Vol 6..........................................................................................................................0549 00
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR THE CHEMICAL PROTECTIVE
CLOTHING, Vol 6.......................................................................................................................0551 00
MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL (M45)
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX, Vol 6 ........................................................................ ..........................0556 00
INSUFFICIENT AIR TO USER, Vol 6 ........................................................................ ..........................0557 00
FACEPIECE FAILS TO SEAL, Vol 6....................................................................................................0558 00
EYELENSES FOG EXCESSIVELY, Vol 6............................................................................................0559 00
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INOPERATIVE, Vol 6................................................. ..........................0560 00
DRINKING SYSTEM INOPERATIVE, Vol 6 .............................................................. ..........................0561 00
xxi
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
DRINKING SYSTEM LEAKS, Vol 6.....................................................................................................0562 00
CHECKING FOR LEAKS, Vol 6...........................................................................................................0564 00
CHECKING DRINKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS, Vol 6.........................................................................0565 00
SIZING, FITTING AND CHECKING THE FACEPIECE, Vol 6..............................................................0568 00
CANISTER REPLACEMENT CRITERIA, Vol 6...................................................................................0569 00
HEAD HARNESS REPLACEMENT, Vol 6...........................................................................................0570 00
MICROPHONE CABLE REPLACEMENT, Vol 6..................................................................................0571 00
OUTLET VALVE COVER REPLACEMENT, Vol 6 ..................................................... ..........................0572 00
OUTLET VALVE DISK REPLACEMENT, Vol 6....................................................................................0573 00
SIDE VOICEMITTER AND GASKET REPLACEMENT, Vol 6..............................................................0574 00
INTERNAL DRINK TUBE REPLACEMENT, Vol 6...............................................................................0575 00
NOSECUP ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT, Vol 6 ....................................................... ..........................0576 00
INLET VALVE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT, Vol 6................................................... ..........................0577 00
FACEBLANK ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT, Vol 6..............................................................................0578 00
MICROPHONE ASSEMBLY REPAIR, Vol 6........................................................................................0579 00
EXTERNAL DRINK TUBE REPAIR, Vol 6................................................................. ..........................0580 00
EXTERNAL DRINK TUBE REPLACEMENT, Vol 6..............................................................................0581 00
HOSE ASSEMBLY REPAIR, Vol 6 ............................................................................ ..........................0582 00
BAFFLE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT, Vol 6 ........................................................... ..........................0583 00
HOSE REPLACEMENT, Vol 6.............................................................................................................0584 00
HOOD ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT, Vol 6 .............................................................. ..........................0585 00
IDENTIFYING AN INDIVIDUALS MASK, Vol 6...................................................................................0586 00
MASK DISASSEMBLY AND CLEANING, Vol 6...................................................................................0587 00
MASK SANITIZING: DISASSEMBLY, Vol 6.........................................................................................0588 00
MASK SANITIZING, Vol 6......................................................................................... ..........................0589 00
DELIBERATE DECONTAMINATION, Vol 6.........................................................................................0590 00
REFERENCES, Vol 6..........................................................................................................................0592 00
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART INTRODUCTION, Vol 6 ............................. ..........................0593 00
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR MASK, CHEMICAL-BIOLOGICAL;
AIRCRAFT, M45, Vol 6 ..................................................................................... ..........................0594 00
Group 00
Mask, Chemical-Biological: M45..............................................................................0596 00
Group 01
Facepiece Assembly................................................................................................0596 00
Group 0101
Microphone Assembly..............................................................................................0596 00
Group 0102
Drink Tube Assembly ..................................................................... ..........................0596 00
Group 02
Hose Assembly.............................................................................. ..........................0596 00
NSN INDEX, Vol 6...............................................................................................................................0597 00
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZED ITEMS, Vol 6.........................................................................................0599 00
xxii
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS, Vol 6.....................................................................................0600 00
MICROCLIMATE COOLING GARMENT (MCG)
EQUIPMENT FITTING INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 6 ........................................................ ..........................0607 00
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES INTRODUCTION
(ARMY ONLY), Vol 6...................................................................................................................0608 00
LAUNDERING THE MCG, Vol 6..........................................................................................................0610 00
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 6 .................................................................. ..........................0611 00
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES INTRODUCTION
(ARMY ONLY), Vol 6...................................................................................................................0612 00
REPAIR OF DELAMINATED COOLING PANEL, Vol 6........................................................................0614 00
REPAIR MCG BINDING, Vol 6 .................................................................................. ..........................0615 00
REPAIR OF PILE STRAP, Vol 6...........................................................................................................0616 00
REPAIR OF HOOK FASTENER, Vol 6 ...................................................................... ..........................0617 00
REPAIR OF MANIFOLD POCKET, Vol 6.............................................................................................0618 00
REPLACE SUPPLY/RETURN TUBING AND ABRASION SLEEVE, Vol 6................ ..........................0619 00
REPLACE LIQUID QUICK DISCONNECT (L-QD) ASSEMBLY, Vol 6.................................................0620 00
FIELD EXPEDIENT REPAIR OF SUPPLY/RETURN UMBILICAL SLEEVE OR
SHRINK WRAP, Vol 6.................................................................................................................0621 00
MIXING COOLANT FOR USE, Vol 6...................................................................................................0622 00
ADDING COOLANT (GARMENT CHARGING), Vol 6.........................................................................0623 00
REMOVING COOLANT (GARMENT PURGING), Vol 6......................................................................0624 00
REFERENCES, Vol 6..........................................................................................................................0625 00
Group 00
Microclimate Garment..............................................................................................0629 00
NSN INDEX, Vol 6...............................................................................................................................0630 00
xxiii
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
PART NUMBER (P/N)INDEX, Vol 6.....................................................................................................0631 00
Volume 7
AIRCRAFT MODULAR SURVIVAL SYSTEM (AMSS)
AMSS RIGID CONTAINER, Vol 7........................................................................................................0639 00
GENERAL MAINTENANCE, Vol 7............................................................................ ..........................0643 00
GO-BAG BUCKLE REPAIR AND REPLACE, Vol 7.............................................................................0644 00
GO-BAG (SKRAM) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (UH-60), Vol 7 ........................ ..........................0645 00
GO-BAG (SKRAM) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION (CH-47), Vol 7 ........................ ..........................0646 00
INSPECTION OF STORED AMSS, Vol 7............................................................................................0647 00
GENERAL CLEANING OF THE AMSS CONTAINERS AND EQUIPMENT
BAGS, Vol 7................................................................................................................................0648 00
REMOVAL OF THE AMSS (EXCEPT TOW TUBE), Vol 7 ......................................... ..........................0649 00
REMOVAL OF AMSS COMPONENTS (EXCEPT TOW TUBE), Vol 7.................................................0650 00
REMOVAL OF SKRAM COMPONENTS, Vol 7......................................................... ..........................0651 00
REPLACEMENT OF LID ASSEMBLY CORDING GASKET, Vol 7.......................................................0652 00
REPLACEMENT OF CATCHES, STRIKES, AND HINGES, Vol 7.......................................................0653 00
REPLACEMENT OF HANDLES, Vol 7................................................................................................0654 00
REPLACEMENT OF VALVE, SAFETY RELIEF, Vol 7............................................... ..........................0655 00
REMOVAL OF THE TOW TUBE AMSS COMPONENTS, Vol 7...........................................................0656 00
REPAIR OF TOW TUBE, Vol 7............................................................................................................0657 00
REPAIR OF EQUIPMENT BAGS (EXCEPT TOW TUBE), Vol 7..........................................................0658 00
REPAIR OF TOW TUBE EQUIPMENT BAGS, Vol 7................................................. ..........................0659 00
REPAIR OF INNER CASE, Vol 7.........................................................................................................0660 00
REPAIR OF TENT, Vol 7......................................................................................................................0661 00
REPAIR OF TARPAULIN, Vol 7...........................................................................................................0662 00
xxiv
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
REPAIR OF PONCHO, WET WEATHER NYLON, CAMOUFLAGE, Vol 7...........................................0663 00
REPAIR OF HAT, REVERSIBLE COTTON, Vol 7................................................................................0664 00
POCKET STOVE ALTERATION, Vol 7................................................................................................0665 00
REFERENCES, Vol 7..........................................................................................................................0667 00
Group 01
Two-Crewmember AMSS.........................................................................................0671 00
Group 02
Three-Crewmember AMSS......................................................................................0671 00
Group 03
Four-Crewmember AMSS........................................................................................0671 00
Group 04
TOW Tube AMSS.....................................................................................................0671 00
Group 05
Approved AMSS Equipment List .................................................... ..........................0671 00
Group 06
MROD Assembly......................................................................................................0671 00
Group 07
Components of Rigid Containers..............................................................................0671 00
Group 08
Approved Quick-Disconnect Adapters Floor Fitting..................................................0671 00
Group 09
Survival Kit, Ready Access, Modular (SKRAM).............................. ..........................0671 00
NSN INDEX, Vol 7...............................................................................................................................0672 00
Volume 8
AIRCREW INTEGRATED RECOVERY SURVIVAL ARMOR VEST AND EQUIPMENT (AIRSAVE)
INTRODUCTION, Vol 8.......................................................................................................................0675 00
ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR USE, Vol 8 .................................................. ..........................0679 00
CONFIGURATION, Vol 8 .......................................................................................... ..........................0680 00
EMERGENCY EVACUATION PROCEDURES: USING THE SAFETY RESTRAINT
TETHER, Vol 8................................................................................................. ..........................0681 00
PMCS INTRODUCTION, Vol 8............................................................................................................0682 00
PMCS, INCLUDING LUBRICATION INSTRUCTIONS, Vol 8..............................................................0683 00
CLEANING AND PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT
PROCEDURES, Vol 8 ...................................................................................... ..........................0684 00
xxv
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
FITTING THE AIRSAVE, Vol 8 .................................................................................. ..........................0686 00
WEARING THE LEATHER SHOULDER HOLSTER WITH THE CMU-33A/P AND
CMU-36/P AIRSAVE SURVIVAL VESTS, Vol 8..........................................................................0687 00
FITTING THE SMALL ARMS PROTECTIVE SOFT ARMOR,
PRU-60A/P22P-15, Vol 8 ................................................................................. ..........................0688 00
FITTING THE SMALL ARMS PROTECTIVE HARD BODY ARMOR,
PRU-61A/P22P-15, Vol 8 ................................................................................. ..........................0689 00
FITTING ARMY .50 CALIBER ARMOR, Vol 8........................................................... ..........................0690 00
CLEANING, Vol 8................................................................................................................................0691 00
REPAIR OF SURVIVAL VEST ATTACHMENT WEBBING, Vol 8.........................................................0692 00
REPAIR OF VEST HARNESS KEEPER, Vol 8....................................................................................0693 00
REPAIR OF RASCHEL KNIT NYLON MESH, Vol 8.............................................................................0694 00
REPAIR/REPLACEMENT OF LPU-21/P AND LPU-23/P COLLAR LOBE
ATTACHMENT STRAP, Vol 8 ........................................................................... ..........................0695 00
ATTACHMENT OF THE SEA/SRU-40/P (HABD) HELICOPTER AIRCREW
BREATHING DEVICE MOUTHPIECE COVER, Vol 8.................................................................0696 00
REPAIR/REPLACEMENT OF THE SURVIVAL VEST WAIST BELT LOOPS, Vol 8.............................0697 00
REPAIR/REPLACEMENT OF CMU-33A/P VEST LOOPLOCS, Vol 8.................................................0698 00
REPAIR/REPLACEMENT OF HOISTING HARNESS, Vol 8..................................... ..........................0699 00
INSTALLATION OF LEG STRAP QUICK RELEASE FITTINGS, Vol 8 ...................... ..........................0700 00
REPAIR/REPLACEMENT OF MODULAR POCKETS, Vol 8...............................................................0701 00
REPAIR OF KNIFE POCKET, Vol 8.....................................................................................................0702 00
REPAIR OF SURVIVAL VEST AND MODULAR POCKETS ATTACHMENT
CORD, Vol 8...............................................................................................................................0703 00
INSTALLATION OF THE EXPANSION PANEL AND QUICK ADJUSTMENT
STRAPS, Vol 8................................................................................................. ..........................0704 00
RIGGING AND PACKING, Vol 8..........................................................................................................0705 00
MODIFICATIONS, Vol 8......................................................................................................................0706 00
VERTICAL ATTACHMENT OF THE HABD/SEA POCKET, Vol 8 .............................. ..........................0707 00
REPAIR/REPLACEMENT OF SLIDE FASTENER, Vol 8.....................................................................0708 00
ATTACHMENT OF LPU-21/P, LPU-23/P, AND LPU-27/P LIFE
PRESERVERS, Vol 8....................................................................................... ..........................0709 00
LPU-34/P AND LPU-37/P LOW PROFILE FLOTATION COLLAR (LPFC)
ATTACHMENT, Vol 8..................................................................................................................0710 00
LPU-36/P LOW PROFILE FLOTATION COLLAR (LPFC) ATTACHMENT, Vol 8 ....... ..........................0711 00
MODIFICATION FOR ACCOMMODATION OF A HANDS-FREE HYDRATION
SYSTEM, Vol 8...........................................................................................................................0712 00
MODIFICATION FOR CONFLICTING FITS WITH THE COUNTER PRESSURE
VEST, Vol 8.................................................................................................................................0713 00
MODIFICATION FOR INSTALLATION OF JOINT HELMET MOUNTED CUEING
SYSTEM (JHMCS), QUICK MOUNTING BRACKET ACCESS, Vol 8.........................................0714 00
ATTACHMENT OF U.S. ARMY MK-48 LIGHTWEIGHT MOTOR BLOWER
(LWMB), Vol 8.............................................................................................................................0715 00
ATTACHMENT OF U.S. ARMY MK-49 LIGHTWEIGHT BLOWER MOTOR
(LWBM), Vol 8.............................................................................................................................0716 00
xxvi
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

WP Sequence No.
MAINTENANCE OF THE SMALL ARMS PROTECTIVE SOFT AND HARD BODY
ARMOR, PRU-60A/P22P-15 AND PRU-61A/P22P-15, Vol 8........................... ..........................0717 00
CLEANING THE SMALL ARMS PROTECTIVE SOFT AND HARD BODY ARMOR,
PRU-60A/P22P-15 AND PRU-61A/P22P-15, Vol 8.......................................... ..........................0718 00
CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE, Vol 8................................................................................................0719 00
CASING ASSEMBLY, SOFT AND HARD ARMOR, Vol 8 .......................................... ..........................0720 00
HOOK AND PILE FASTENER TAPES, Vol 8.......................................................................................0721 00
SNAP FASTENERS, Vol 8 ........................................................................................ ..........................0722 00
ELASTIC COTTON WEBBING, REPAIR AND REPLACE, Vol 8.........................................................0723 00
REPAIR/REPLACEMENT OF BACK HARD ARMOR SUPPORT STRAP, Vol 8..................................0724 00
STORAGE, Vol 8.................................................................................................................................0725 00
U.S. ARMY RIGGING AND PACKING, Vol 8.......................................................................................0726 00
REFERENCES, Vol 8..........................................................................................................................0728 00
INTRODUCTION TO REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL), Vol 8...........................0729 00
REPAIR PARTS LIST, Vol 8.................................................................................................................0730 00
Group 0101
Protective Assy, Aircrew Survival - Armor A/P22P-18(V)................ ..........................0730 00
Group 0102
Airsave Survival Vest, CMU-33A/P...........................................................................0730 00
Group 0103
CMU-36/P Airsave Survival Vest.................................................... ..........................0730 00
Group 0104
Small Arms Protective Soft Body Armor, PRU-60A/P22P-15....................................0730 00
Group 0105
Small Arms Protective Hard Body Armor, PRU-61A/P22P-15 ........ ..........................0730 00
NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX, Vol 8 ............................................................. ..........................0731 00
LISTS, Vol 8................................................................................................................................0733 00
TOOL IDENTIFICATION LIST, Vol 8....................................................................................................0736 00
U.S. ARMY PROGRAM DATA, Vol 8...................................................................................................0737 00
xxvii
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

This manual covers the functional aspects of the Air Warrior system, including system description, safety, disassembly,
assembly, operation interface, field operations, data recording, field maintenance and support.
The Air Warrior manual is organized into 8 Volumes and each volume is made up of numbered chapters. The chapters divide the TM into major components that comprise the Air Warrior system and then into specific functional information for that component such as: General Information, Operating Instructions, Troubleshooting Information, Maintenance Information, Parts and Supporting Information. Each of the chapters is then divided into multiple Work Packages (WPs).
The Table of Contents (TOC) lists the operator and maintenance tasks for Air Warrior. Each volume has its own TOC,
except for Volume 1 which contains a TOC for the entire Air Warrior system.
Status of work package revisions is found in the List of Effective Pages preceding the Table of Contents.
USE OF SHALL, SHOULD, AND MAY
Within this technical manual, the word shall is used to indicate a mandatory requirement. The word should is used to
indicate non-mandatory but preferred method of accomplishment. The word may is used to indicate an acceptable
method of accomplishment.
Work Packages are intended to be all-inclusive miniature "books" that contain all the information required to complete
a task: Initial Setup (Tools and Special Tools, Materials/Parts, References), required steps/paragraphs, figures, and
tables. All task descriptions will lead the user step-by-step through the procedure. Before beginning a task, the user
should read through the procedure completely to determine the procedures goal, then go back and follow the steps as
written.
There is a Repair Parts Special Tools List (RPSTL) for each major component of the Air Warrior system. Each volume of Air Warrior will contain more than one RPSTL. The RPSTL is comprised of Introduction work package and the
RPSTL itself which is divided into the following work packages.
REPAIR PARTS LIST WORK PACKAGES - Work packages containing lists of spares and repair parts authorized by this RPSTL for use in the performance of maintenance. These work packages also include parts
which must be removed for replacement of the authorized parts. Parts lists are composed of functional groups
in ascending alphanumeric sequence, with the parts in each group listed in ascending figure and item number
sequence.
SPECIAL TOOLS LIST WORK PACKAGES - Work packages containing lists of special tools, special TMDE,
and special support equipment authorized by this RPSTL (as indicated by Basis of Issue (BOI) information in the
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column).
CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES WORK PACKAGES - There are two cross reference indexes work packages
in this RPSTL: the National Stock Number (NSN) Index work package and the Part Number (P/N) Index work
package. The National Stock Number Index work package refers you to the figure and item number. The Part
Number Index work package refers you to the figure and item number.
xxviii
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Continued
WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES

The signal words WARNING, CAUTION, and NOTE are used to identify levels of hazard seriousness. These signal
words are used throughout this document to emphasize critical information. Read and follow these statements to ensure personnel safety and prevent product damage. The signal words are defined below.
WARNING
A procedure, practice, or condition, etc. that may result in injury or death if not carefully observed
or followed.
CAUTION
A procedure, practice, or condition, etc. that may damage equipment if not carefully observed
or followed.
NOTE
A procedure, practice, or condition, etc. that is essential to emphasize.
xxix/xxx blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 1
GENERAL INFORMATION,
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND THEORY OF OPERATION
FOR
ENSEMBLE
(PART NO. 1005802-1) (NSN: 1680-01-510-1596)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0001 00
ENSEMBLE
PART NO. 1005802-1 NSN 1680-01-510-1596 EIC: H7A
GENERAL INFORMATION
SCOPE
Purpose of Equipment. The Air Warrior Ensemble is a suite of Aviation Life Support Equipment (ALSE) that increase
the survivability of aircrew in rotary and fixed wing aircraft.
The Air Warrior Ensemble includes:
Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC)

HGU-56/P Helmet
Improved Aircrew Battle Dress Uniform (IABDU) or Army Aviation Combat Uniform (A2CU)
AN/PRC-112 and AN/PRC-90 Radios
Low Profile Flotation Collar (LPFC)
Over Water Gear Carrier (OWGC)
Anti-Exposure Assembly (AEA)
Underwater Breathing Device (UBD)
M45 Chemical/Biological Masks
Chemical Protective Clothing (CPC)
Microclimate Cooling Garment (MCG)
Body Armor (BA)
MBU-12/P Mask
Helicopter Oxygen System (HOS) or Portable Helicopter Oxygen Delivery System (PHODS)
Aviation Night Vision Imaging System (ANVIS)
MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS

Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by (as applicable) DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual; DA PAM 738-751,
Functional Users Manual for the Army Maintenance Management System - Aviation (TAMMS-A); or AR 700-138, Army
Logistics Readiness and Sustainability.
REPORTING EQUIPMENT IMPROVEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS (EIR)
If your Air Warrior Ensemble needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only one who can
tell us what you do not like about your equipment. Let us know why you do not like the design or performance. If you
have Internet access, the easiest and fastest way to report problems or suggestions is to follow the instructions and
links below:
For ALL non-Aviation/Missile Warranty, EIR and PQDRs must be submitted through the Web Product Quality Deficiency Reporting (PQDR) site. Note that all CECOM managed (B16), including aviation, items must also be submitted
through the following site. The Web PQDR Web site is: http://www.nslcptsmh.csd.disa.mil/webpqdr/webpqdr.htm .
New accounts can be established at the following address: http://www.nslcptsmh.csd.disa.mil/accessforms/uarform.htm .
All AMCOM (Aviation and Missile Command) Deficiency Reports (DRs), (Warranty, EIR, and PQDRs) must be submitted through the Joint Deficiency Reporting System (JDRS) at https://jdrs.mil/DR_Initiate.cfm?service=AR .
You may also submit your information using an SF 368 (Product Quality Deficiency Report). You can send your SF 368
using e-mail, regular mail, or fax using the addresses/fax numbers specified in (DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance
Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual OR DA PAM 738-751, Functional Users Manual for the Army Maintenance Management Systems - Aviation (TAMMS-A) for aviation systems). We will send you a reply.
0001 00-1
0001 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC)

Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is important that any corrosion
problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent
the problem in future items.
While corrosion is typically associated with rusting of metals, it can also include deterioration of other materials, such
as rubber and plastic. Unusual cracking, softening, swelling, or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem.
If a corrosion problem is identified, it can be reported using SF 368. Use of key words such as "corrosion," "rust," "deterioration," or "cracking" will ensure that the information is identified as a CPC problem.
The form should be submitted to the address specified in DA PAM 738-751.
OZONE DEPLETING SUBSTANCES (ODS)
The continued use of ODS has been prohibited by Executive Order 12856 of 3 August 1993. The use of ODS in Army
TMs is prohibited. A listing of these substances will be provided by the acquiring activity.
DESTRUCTION OF ARMY MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE
For information concerning destruction of Army materiel to prevent enemy use, refer to TM 750-244-1-5, Procedures
for Destruction of Aircraft and Associated Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use.
PREPARATION FOR STORAGE OR SHIPMENT
Preparation for storage or shipment of the Air Warrior Ensemble can be found in the separate item sections of this TM
1-1500-204-23 (Series).
0001 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0001 00
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS
Term
ALSE
AMSS
ANVIS
ASI
AVIM
AVUM
A2CU
BII
BAOS
CAGEC
COEI
CB
CPC
DA PAM
EEP
EIR
FM
LPFC
HOS
IABDU
L-QD
MAC
MCG
MCS
MCPU
MCU
MTOE
NBC
NSN
ODS
OWGC
PSGC
QRSB
RCM
RPSTL
SBA
S.E.A.
TAMMS-A
TMDE
UBD
Definition
Aviation Life Support Equipment
Aircraft Modular Survival System
Aviators Night Visioning Image System
Additional Skill Identifier
Aviation Intermediate Maintenance
Aviation Unit Maintenance
Army Aircrew Combat Uniform
Basic Issue Items
Body Armor Overlay System
Commercial and Government Entity Code
Components of End Item
Chemical Biological
Corrosion Prevention and Control
Department of the Army Pamphlets
Extended Equipment Pouch
Equipment Improvement Recommendations
Field Manual
Low Profile Flotation Collar
Helicopter Oxygen Systems
Improved Aircrew Battle Dress Uniform
Liquid Quick Disconnect Assembly
Maintenance Allocation Chart
Microclimate Cooling Garment
Microclimate Cooling System
Modified Chemical Protective Undergarment
Aircraft Mounted Cooling Unit
Modified Table of Organization and Equipment
Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical
National Stock Number
Ozone Depleting Substances
Over Water Gear Carrier
Primary Survival Gear Carrier
Quick Release Safety Buckle
Reliability Centered Maintenance
Repair Parts and Special Tools List
Soft Body Armor
Survival Egress Air
The Army Maintenance Management System - Aviation
Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment
Underwater Breathing Device
CALIBRATION
Components, accessories, or instruments that require calibration can be found in the separate item sections of this
manual.
0001 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0002 00
ENSEMBLE
PART NO. 1005802-1 NSN 1680-01-510-1596 EIC: H7A
EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND DATA
EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES
AIR WARRIOR ENSEMBLE (AWE)
The Air Warrior Ensemble (AWE), shown in Figure 1, is a suite of Aviation Life Support Equipment components that integrates and complements each other to improve air crew mission(s) capability by relieving the constraints, stress, fatigue, and discomfort caused by excessive non-integrated ALSE and aircraft equipment. It improves aircrew mission
performance inclusive of, but not limited to: aircraft control tasks, safety of flight, aircraft mission equipment operations,
communications, endurance, situational awareness, routine ground activities, and escape and evasion. The AWE increases the survivability of aircrews in rotary and fixed wing aircraft, in all environments. Its major components are as
follows.
MS100337A
Figure 1.
Air Warrior Ensemble (AWE).
0002 00-1
0002 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

AIR WARRIOR ENSEMBLE MAJOR COMPONENTS
The PSGC (Figure 2 and Figure 3) provides extraction/restraint capability and a mounting platform for survival equipment (WP 0071 00).
MS098722C
Figure 2.
Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), GEN I/II.
MS098818C
Figure 3.
Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), GEN III.
0002 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0002 00
LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS CONTINUED

Body Armor Overlay System (BAOS)
The BAOS (Figure 4) provides extraction/restraint capability and a mounting platform for survival equipment
(WP 0071 00).
MS040477
Figure 4.
Body Armor Overlay System (BAOS).

The OWGC (Figure 5 and Figure 6) provides mounting platform for a one man life raft, survival items, and Under Water
Breathing Device (UBD) (WP 0324 00).
MS038631
Figure 5.
Over Water Gear Carrier (OWGC), GEN I/II.
0002 00-3
0002 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
MS038630
Figure 6.
Over Water Gear Carrier (OWGC), GEN III.
Body Armor (BA)

The Air Warrior Body Armor (Figure 7 and Figure 8) provides small arms and shrapnel protection for aircrews flying over
hostile territory (WP 0513 00).
MS038633
Figure 7.
Body Armor (BA), GEN I/II.
MS038632
Figure 8.
Body Armor (BA), GEN III.
0002 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0002 00

The LPFC (Figure 9 and Figure 10) provides flotation for aircrew and was designed to keep the head above water
(WP 0272 00).
MS038636
Figure 9.
Low Profile Flotation Collar (LPFC), GEN I/II.
MS038635
Figure 10.
Low Profile Flotation Collar (LPFC), GEN III.
0002 00-5
0002 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

The CPC (Figure 11) provides chemical/biological protection against all known chemical agent vapors, liquid droplets;
biological agents; toxins; and radioactive alpha and beta particles (WP 0538 00).
MS098718A
Figure 11.
Chemical Protective Clothing (CPC).

The MCG (Figure 12) provides heat stress relief while in hot temperature environment or while using chemical/biological equipment (WP 0601 00).
MS098719A
Figure 12.
Microclimate Cooling Garment (MCG).
0002 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0002 00

The AEA (Figure 13) provides protection from exposure to cold water temperatures (WP 0253 00).
MS098721A
Figure 13.
Anti-Exposure Assembly (AEA).
AIR WARRIOR CONFIGURATIONS

Table 1 describes the different configurations over land and over water of the Air Warrior Ensemble for the pilot/co-pilot
and non-rated aircrew. For a description of the codes used, refer to Table 2.
Table 1.
Air Warrior Configurations.
COMPONENT
OVER LAND
OVER WATER
PILOT/
CO-PILOT
NON-RATED
AIRCREW
PILOT/
CO-PILOT
NON-RATED
AIRCREW
Soft Armor
Ballistic Upgrade Plate -- Hard Armor (Front)
Ballistic Upgrade Plate -- Hard Armor (Rear)

PSGC
BAOS
Mask Blower Pouch
CB Blower
Pistol Holster
M9 Pistol
Safety Restraint Tether (SRT)
Extraction Strap
Carabiner, Front
Microclimate Cooling System (MCS)
0002 00-7
0002 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

Table 1.
Air Warrior Configurations. Continued
COMPONENT
OVER LAND
OVER WATER
PILOT/
CO-PILOT
NON-RATED
AIRCREW
PILOT/
CO-PILOT
NON-RATED
AIRCREW
CB (Chemical Biological) Protective Suit
EEP
LPFC
10
10
OWCG
10
10
S.E.A. Pouch
10
10
UBD
10
10
Lumbar Support
ASEK
Crew Restraint Assembly (CRA)
R
7
0002 00-8
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0002 00
Table 2.
Key
Key for Air Warrior Configurations.
Description
Required for all aircrew at all times.
Soft armor to be worn in hostile fire areas.
Hard armor (front) to be worn in hostile fire areas requiring greater than small arms protection.
Hard armor (back) to be worn by non-rated aircrew in hostile fire areas requiring greater than small
arms protection.
Required for all aircrew using CB blower as required by mission (Except AH-64 Apache).
Pistol use as directed when issued.
OH-58D aircrew only.
As required by mission.
Lumbar support optional as desired by aircrew.
Optional as desired by aircrew.
10
As required per AR 95-1 (Flight Regulations).
EQUIPMENT DATA
AIR WARRIOR ENSEMBLE (AWE) SUBASSEMBLIES
The Air Warrior Ensemble (AWE) weighs approximately 85 lbs. This weight includes the following subassemblies:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Aircrew Integrated Helmet System (HGU-56/P)
Body Armor (BA)
Army Aircrew Combat Uniform (A2CU)
0002 00-9/10 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 2
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
FOR
ENSEMBLE
(PART NO. 1005802-1) (NSN: 1680-01-510-1596)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ENSEMBLE
PART NO. 1005802-1 NSN 1680-01-510-1596 EIC: H7A
CONTROL AND INDICATORS
CONTROL AND INDICATORS
There are no controls and indicators.
0003 00-1/2 blank
0003 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0004 00
ENSEMBLE
PART NO. 1005802-1 NSN 1680-01-510-1596 EIC: H7A
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS
INITIAL SETUP:
NA
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS
There are no operation under usual conditions for the entire Air Warrior Ensemble. Refer to WP 0006 00 for more information.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0004 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ENSEMBLE
PART NO. 1005802-1 NSN 1680-01-510-1596 EIC: H7A
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS
INITIAL SETUP:
NA
UNUSUAL ENVIRONMENT/WEATHER
There are no operation under unusual conditions
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0005 00-1/2 blank
0005 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 3
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
FOR
ENSEMBLE
(PART NO. 1005802-1) (NSN: 1680-01-510-1596)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE
ENSEMBLE
PART NO. 1005802-1 NSN 1680-01-510-1596 EIC: H7A
AIR WARRIOR ENSEMBLE SUBASSEMBLIES
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0256 00
WP 0541 00
WP 0274 00
WP 0604 00
References (cont.)
WP 0327 00
WP 0077 00
WP 0013 00
INSPECTION OF INSTALLED ITEMS

AIR WARRIOR ENSEMBLE SUBASSEMBLIES OPERATION
Refer to Table 1 for the Air Warrior Ensemble subassembly Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services.
Table 1.
Air Warrior Ensemble Subassemblies.
Subassembly
Work Package
Aircrew Integrated Helmet System (AIHS) (HGU-56/P)
WP 0030 00
WP 0258 00
Body Armor (BA)
WP 0526 00
WP 0543 00
WP 0283 00
WP 0612 00
WP 0339 00
WP 0093 00
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0006 00-1/2 blank
0006 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 4
SUPPORTING INFORMATION
FOR
ENSEMBLE
(PART NO. 1005802-1) (NSN: 1680-01-510-1596)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0007 00
ENSEMBLE
PART NO. 1005802-1 NSN 1680-01-510-1596 EIC: H7A
REFERENCES
SCOPE
This lists all forms and publications referenced in this manual and required by the user to maintain the Air Warrior Ensemble.
ARMY REGULATIONS (AR)
AR 95-1
AR 700-138
Flight Regulations
Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY PAMPHLETS (DA PAM)

DA PAM 710-2-2
DA PAM 738-751
DA PAM 750-8
Supply Support Activity System: Manual Procedures

Functional Users Manual for the Army Maintenance
Management System - Aviation (TAMMS-A)
The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual
STANDARD FORMS (SF)

SF 368
Product Quality Deficiency Report
TECHNICAL MANUALS (TM)

TM 750-244-1-5
Procedures for Destruction of Aircraft and Associated

Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use
0007 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ENSEMBLE
PART NO. 1005802-1 NSN 1680-01-510-1596 EIC: H7A
SUPPORT ITEMS
There are no support items.
0008 00-1/2 blank
0008 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 5
FOR
(HGU-56/P)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-6) (NSN: 8415-01-394-6474)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-5) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8035)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-4) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8034)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-3) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8036)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-2) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8033)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-1) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8032)
(HGU-56/P WITH CEP)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-12) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5364)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-11) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5348)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-10) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5347)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-9) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5344)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-8) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5339)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-7) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5310)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0009 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
GENERAL INFORMATION
SCOPE
Type of Manual Operator and Aviation Unit Maintenance Manual.
Equipment Name and Model Number There is no Integrated Helmet Unit (IHU) model number.
Purpose of Equipment To provide a custom fitted helmet affording acoustic, eye, and head protection for aircrew personnel.
Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by (as applicable) DA PAM 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual; DA PAM 738-751,
IHADSS inspection record keeping will be accomplished by Aviation Life Support Equipment (ALSE) personnel.
If your Aircrew Integrated Helmet System needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR. You, the user, are the only
one who can tell us what you do not like about your equipment. Let us know why you do not like the design or performance. If you have Internet access, the easiest and fastest way to report problems or suggestions is to follow the instructions and links below:
CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC)
Corrosion Prevention and Control (CPC) of Army materiel is a continuing concern. It is important that any corrosion
problems with this item be reported so that the problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent
the problem in future items.
While corrosion is typically associated with rusting of metals, it can also include deterioration of other materials, such
as rubber and plastic. Unusual cracking, softening, swelling, or breaking of these materials may be a corrosion problem.
If a corrosion problem is identified, it can be reported using SF 368. Use of key words such as "corrosion," "rust," "deterioration," or "cracking" will ensure that the information is identified as a CPC problem.
The form should be submitted to the address specified in DA PAM 738-751.
IETMs is prohibited. A listing of these substances will be provided by the acquiring activity.
0009 00-1
0009 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

Refer to TM 750-244-1-5 for methods of destruction.
Instructions for storage or shipment are contained in WP 0030 00, AVIATION UNIT PMCS and TM 1-1500-204-23
(Series), General Aircraft Maintenance Manual.
WARRANTY INFORMATION
Not Applicable.
NOMENCLATURE CROSS-REFERENCE
The following is an alphabetical listing of common names used in this manual cross-referenced by official nomenclature.
Table 1. Nomenclature Cross-Reference.
Common Name
Official Nomenclature
Communication Cable
Tempest Cord Assembly
Earphone
Receiver
Harness Assembly
Wire Harness
IHADSS
Integrated Helmet and Display Sight System
IHU
Helmet Unit, Integrated
Microphone and Boom Assembly
Boom Microphone
Energy Absorbing Liner
Lining, Helmet, Shock (EAL)
Thermoplastic Liner
Lining, Helmet, Shock (TPL)
Term
AAI
AIHS
ALSE
ANVIS
AWIS
BII
CB
CEP
CEPS
COEI
DAP
DVA
EAL
FD/LS
FLIR
HDU
IEA
IHADSS
IHU
MAC
Definition
Additionally Authorized Items
Aircrew Integrated Helmet System
Aviators Night Vision Imaging System
Aircraft Wireless Intercom System
Basic Issue Items
Chemical-Biological
Communication Ear Plug
Communication Enhancement and Protection System
Digital-to-Analog Processor
Dual Visor Assembly
Energy-Absorbing Liner
Fault Detection and Location System
Forward Looking Infrared Radar
Helmet Display Unit
Integrated Electronics Assembly
Integrated Helmet and Display Sighting System
Integrated Helmet Unit
0009 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0009 00
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS/ACRONYMS CONTINUED

MTOE
PHODS
PMCS
RPSTL
SAB
SAU
SCL
S-HDU
SVA
TMDE
TPL
USAARL
Modified Table of Organization and Equipment

Portable Helicopter Oxygen Delivery System
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services
Swivel Assembly, Boom
Sensor Assembly Unit
Super Comfort Liner
Simulated Helmet Display Unit
Single Visor Assembly
Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment
Thermoplastic Liner
United States Army Aviation Research Laboratory
QUALITY ASSURANCE (QA)

Quality assurance information you are required to use is explained in FM 3-04.500, Army Aviation Maintenance.
QUALITY OF MATERIAL
Material used for replacement, repair, or modification must meet the requirements of this manual. If quality of material
requirements are not stated in this manual, the material must meet the requirements of the drawings, standards, specifications, or approved engineering change proposals applicable to the subject equipment.
SAFETY, CARE, AND HANDLING
Aside from the Warnings, Cautions, and Notes listed in this manual, no specific safety, care, or handling procedures apply to the AIHS.
When traveling aboard commercial aircraft, always carry the AIHS with you; do not place it aboard as baggage. The
AIHS will fit in most airline overhead storage compartments.
CALIBRATION
Within the scope of this manual there are no components, accessories, or instruments that require calibration. Special
tools and test equipment shall be calibrated as specified in TB 43-180, Calibration Requirements for the Maintenance
of Materiel.
0009 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0010 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
DESCRIPTION AND DATA
HGU-56/P AIRCREW INTEGRATED HELMET SYSTEM (AIHS) DESCRIPTION
The HGU-56/P AIHS (see WP 0010 00 STANDARD COMPONENTS and WP 0010 00 ADDITIONALLY AUTHORIZED
ITEMS) provides ear, eye, and head protection for aircrew personnel. Through a custom-fitting process, the AIHS provides a stable mounting base for all modules and components. The basic helmet subassembly includes the following
components:
Helmet shell
Energing Absorbing Liner (EAL)
Thermoplastic Liner (TPL)
Retention Assembly
Shell, earphone assembly
Standard communications system
Aviators Night Vision Imaging System (ANVIS) dual visor assembly
Additional Equipment
NOTE
The Cobra dual visor and AH-1 Cobra sight modules are Modified Table of Organization
and Equipment (MTOE) property and will remain with the unit.
The helmet remains with the aviator and is accounted for by the aviator as clothing and
equipment.
In addition, the AIHS supports the integration of various equipment and modules, such as:
Cobra dual visor system module, which features a mounting area for the AH-1 Cobra helmet sighting system
and offset ANVIS mount
Laser-protective visors
ANVIS goggles, which afford enhanced vision for night flying
MBU-12/P oxygen mask cowling device
TEMPEST communications system
Lip Light
Maxillofacial Shield (MFS)
Communication Ear Plugs (CEP)
Communication Enhancement and Protection System (CEPS)
Portable Helicopter Oxygen Delivery System (PHODS)
Weight
The AIHS weighs approximately 3 lbs (1.38 kg.). This weight includes the following subassemblies:
Helmet shell
Chin strap and nape strap pad
Shell, Earphone Assembly
Energy-Absorbing Liner (EAL) and Thermoplastic Liner (TPL)
Communication system
Dual-visor Assembly
0010 00-1
0010 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES CONTINUED

Sizes and Dimensions
The AIHS is available in six sizes: XXS, XS, S, M, L, and XL. By design, only four sizes (S, M, L, and XL) of the helmet
shell are needed. AIHS sizes XXS, XS, and S are accommodated by a size S helmet shell incorporating varying liner
thicknesses. Table 1 indicates the dimensions for each helmet shell size.
Cobra DVA Housing Sizes
Table 2 indicates the sizes of of the Cobra DVA to be used with each size of the AIHS helmet.
Table 1.
Helmet Shell Dimensions.
SIZE
LENGTH inches (cm)
WIDTH inches (cm)
HEIGHT inches (cm)
9.3 (23.7)
10.6 (26.9)
9.5 (24.1)
9.6 (24.5)
10.7 (27.2)
9.6 (24.4)
9.9 (25.2)
10.8 (27.4)
9.7 (24.9)
XL
10.2 (26.0)
10.9 (27.7)
9.8 (24.9)
Table 2.
Cobra Housing Sizes.
HELMET SIZE
COBRA HOUSING NSN
XXS, XS, S
8415-01-394-8027
8415-01-394-8028
8415-01-394-8030
XL
8415-01-394-8029
0010 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0010 00
EQUIPMENT CHARACTERISTICS, CAPABILITIES, AND FEATURES CONTINUED

EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION
The compatibility of the AH-1 Cobra gunsight, ANVIS, oxygen mask and CB mask is shown in Table 3.
Compatibility Chart.
M45 CB MASK
OXYGEN (MBU-12/P)
NIGHT VISION (ANVIS)
AH-1 COBRA GUNSIGHT
Table 3.
X - INDICATES COMPATIBILITY
X1
AH-1 Cobra GUNSIGHT

NIGHT VISION (ANVIS)
X1
OXYGEN (MBU-12/P)
M45 CB MASK
1 Offset ANVIS goggles and the AH-1 Cobra gunsight may be installed on the same helmet, but only one
may be used at a time.
0010 00-3
0010 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

STANDARD COMPONENTS
3
MS098856A
Figure 1.
Table 4.
Standard Components of AIHS.
Standard Components of the AIHS.
Item
No.
Component
Description/Location
Helmet Shell
Protects the head from impact; provides for ventilation
Boom/Microphone
Assembly
Part of communications assembly, which also includes earphones and a communications cord.
Retention
Assembly
Stabilizes the helmet on the head; consists of earcup retaining pads, a chinstrap,
and a nape strap pad with adjustable straps.
Earcups
Protect hearing by reducing noise and absorbing lateral impact.
Energy-Absorbing
Liner (EAL)
Absorbs and reduces impact forces.
Thermoplastic
Liner (TPL)
Optimizes fit and comfort; can be heat-softened and custom-fitted if necessary.
Dual Visor
Assembly
Protects the wearers eyes from sun glare, flash fires, ballistic spall, dust, and
foreign particles; provides a mounting area for ANVIS night vision goggles.
0010 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0010 00

ADDITIONALLY AUTHORIZED ITEMS
17
5
6
16
15
14
13
10
11
CANAL TIPS
12
MS040354
Figure 2.
Additionally Authorized Items of AIHS.
0010 00-5
0010 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

Table 5.
Additionally Authorized Items of AIHS.
Item
No.
Component
Cobra Dual Visor

Assembly Module
Provides all of the features of the ANVIS dual visor assembly; in addition, provides
a mounting area for the AH-1 Cobra helmet sight. It is accountable unit Modified
Table of Organization and Equipment (MTOE) property.
Laser Visors
Provides laser protection; can be used with ANVIS or Cobra dual visor assemblies.
Cowling for
MBU-12/P
Oxygen Mask
Improves helmet/mask retention.
Tempest Headset
Assembly
Provides voice-secure communications.
Zeta II Liner
The Zeta II Liner is a self-molding fit system for the HGU and SPH series flight
helmets, and the parachutist helmet.
Super Comfort
Liner (SCL)
The Super Comfort Liner may be better suited for crewmembers that have hot spots
caused by specific protuberances (i.e. bumps), cranial ridges or elevated scar
tissue.
Anvis Goggles
Enhances night vision; can be used with the dual visor assembly or the Cobra dual
visor assembly module.
HGU-56/P Field
Change Kit
Consists of two adhesive backed vinyl strips that are placed inside the visor housing
to protect the outer visor from scratches.
Lip Light
10
Communication
Enhancement and
Protection System
(CEPS)
Allows the user to listen to surrounding ambient sounds, to communicate face to

face, and to be protected for hazardous sound pressure levels.
11
Maxillofacial
Shield (MFS)
Protects the lower face from flying debris.
12
Communications
Earplug (CEP)
Modification Kit
The following are part of the CEP Modification Kit. Communication Earplugs
channel communications to ears while providing enhanced sound attenuation.
Extension Cable is used when the M45 mask is worn. Interface Harness permits
the CEP to be used with the earlier non-CEP helmet communications cord.
13
Chin Pad
May be used on chin strap assembly for added comfort and stability.
14
Helmet Bag
Enables the crewmember to carry the helmet and related iteMS to and from the
aircraft.
15
Intercommunication Unit (ICU)
The ICU provides a means of communication for dismounted aviators wearing the
CB mask and for testing the communication system.
16
Restrictor, Vision
Used in flight training; forces the crewmember to focus on the instrument panel.
17
Thermoplastic
Liner (M45)
The TPL used with the M45 Mask consists of a layer assembly, cover assembly and
brow pad. It is cut smaller than the standard thermoplastic liner to allow room for
the M45 mask and hood. When the M45 mask is not worn, a brow pad included with
the TPL fills the space normally taken up by the mask.
0010 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
EQUIPMENT DATA
N/A
0010 00-7/8 blank
0010 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0011 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
THEORY OF OPERATION
THEORY OF OPERATION
Helmet Shell
Constructed of graphite and polyethylene, the helmet shell (Figure 1) protects the head from impact and sharp objects.
MS098858A
Figure 1.
Helmet Shell.
Energy Absorbing Liner (EAL)

The polystyrene EAL (Figure 2, Item 1) absorbs and reduces impact forces. Cutouts and channels in the liner allow
space for internal components. The EAL is attached to the inside of the helmet shell via hook and pile fastener.
Thermoplastic Liner (TPL)
The TPL consists of molded polyvinyl acetate sheets (Figure 2, Item 2) attached to a removable, washable, cloth cover
(Figure 2, Item 3). The preformed TPL will fit most head shapes. The TPL can be heat-softened and custom-fitted (refer to WP 0032 00 for procedures). The TPL is attached to the inside of the EAL via hook and pile fasteners.
1
2
EAL
TPL
MS098859A
Figure 2.
EAL/TPL.
0011 00-1
0011 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
THEORY OF OPERATION CONTINUED

Super Comfort Liner (SCL)
The Super Comfort Liner may be better suited for crewmembers that have hot spots caused by specific protuberances
(i.e. bumps), cranial ridges or elevated scar tissue. In these cases the SCL can be heat treated and form fitted around
the cause of the hot spot. Refer to for part numbers and corresponding sizes.
Super Comfort Liner Sizes
Part Number
Size
02D11531-8
XXS
02D11531-9
XS
02D11531-10
02D11531-11
02D11531-12
02D11531-13
XL
Zeta II Liner
The Zeta II Liner is a self-molding fit system for the HGU and SPH series flight helmets, and the parachutist helmet. The
multi-layer construction of the Zeta II Liner consists of a core of visco-elastic foam covered with a fabric designed to adhere to hook fastening strips on the helmets EAL surface and a perspiration wicking fabric on the scalp surface. Once
donned by the crewmember, the foam core of the system reacts to body temperature, forming to the individual cranial
shape. The wicking nature of the inner fabric and the cooling qualities of the confor foam eliminated perspiration problems while reducing skin temperature 1.5 degrees F.
TOP
BACK
FRONT
BOTTOM
MS100114
Figure 3.
Zeta II Liner.
0011 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0011 00

Retention Assembly
The retention assembly consists of two earcup retaining pads, a nape strap pad, and a chin strap.
Earcup Retaining Pads. The earcup retaining pads (Figure 4, Item 1) support the earcups and the earcup
spacer pads.
Nape Strap Pad. The nape strap pad (Figure 4, Item 2) is located at the inside rear of helmet (beneath TPL),
improves helmet stability by reducing forward rotation.
Chin Strap. Constructed of nylon webbing reinforced with aramid tape, the chin strap (Figure 4, Item 3) assists
in holding the helmet in place.
2
3
MS116141
Figure 4.
Strap Assembly, Chin.
Earcups
Each earcup (Figure 5, Item 3 and Figure 5, Item 9) is attached to an earcup retaining pad (Figure 5, Item 10). Spacer
pads (Figure 5, Item 11 and Figure 5, Item 12) may be installed behind each earcup retaining pad (against the helmet
shell) if needed to improve earcup fit. Earseals (Figure 5, Item 5) provide comfort and sound attenuation.
Communication System
The AIHS communication system consists of the following:
A pair of earphones (Figure 5, Item 7), one tucked inside each receiver retainer (Figure 5, Item 6) and backed by
a filler pad (Figure 5, Item 8).
A communications cord (Figure 5, Item 4), attached to the outside of the earcups and microphone and anchored
to the helmet shell.
A boom swivel assembly (Figure 5, Item 2), located on the left side of the helmet, serves as the mount for the
boom and microphone (Figure 5, Item 1).
0011 00-3
0011 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Figure 5.
10
11
12
5
MS098861A
AIHS Earcups and Communication Assembly.
Communication Earplug (CEP) Modification Kit

The Communications Earplug (CEP) Modification Kit (Figure 6)is designed to protect the ears from aircraft noise and
to provide communications. The CEP consists of a standard CEP cable (Figure 6, Item 2) with two earplug modules
(Figure 6, Item 1) and a connector end. The earplug modules feature foam tips that provide sound attenuation comparable to that of foam earplugs. The connector end (Figure 6, Item 6) of the CEP attaches to a connector on the right rear
of the helmet. An interface harness (Figure 6, Item 5) allows the CEP cable to work with the existing helmet communications system and provides a jack permitting connection and detachment of the CEP. The extension cable (Figure 6,
Item 4) connects the CEP to the helmet connector when the M45 mask hood is worn.
1
MS098958A
Figure 6.
CEP Modification Kit.

0011 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0011 00
Communication Enhancement and Protection System (CEPS)

The CEPS is activated only during ground operations. Turn OFF near operating aircraft or when plugged into the aircraft ICS.
The CEPS consists of: microphones, amplifiers circuits, gain/volume control, a rocker On/Off switch, AA battery pack
and CEP interfaces with a wiring harness designed to be installed the HGU-56/P helmet shell. Microphones are placed
at or near each ear to preserve the localization capability of the user in order to maintain situational awareness within
the environment. The sound signals received by the microphones are processed separately in a linear fashion through
the system to maintain fidelity of the received sound. The sound is then output to the communication earplugs interfaced in the helmet to complete the process.
CEP INTERFACE
HARNESS
MICROPHONE
COVERS
EARPHONE
ADAPTER PIN
SINGLE SIDE
CEP
EARPLUGS
MICROPHONE
CEPS
MODULE
BLACK
WIRE
WHITE
WIRE
GAIN/VOLUME
SWITCH
BATTERY
HOLDER
BLACK
WIRE
QUICKDISCONNECT
INTERFACE
WHITE
WIRE
QUICKDISCONNECT
INTERFACE
CEPS
MODULE
BATTERY
PACK
MS116082
Figure 7.
Communication Enhancement and Protection System (CEPS).
0011 00-5
0011 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

Dual Visor Assembly
The dual visor assembly has clear and neutral visor lenses, which are operated via actuating knobs (Figure 8, Item 1).
The housing (Figure 8, Item 2) provides a mounting area (Figure 8, Item 3) for ANVIS goggles.
2
MS098862A
Figure 8.
ANVIS Dual Visor Assembly.
Cobra Dual Visor Assembly Module

The Cobra dual visor housing provides a mounting area (Figure 9, Item 2) for ANVIS night vision goggles; in addition,
it provides a mounting area (Figure 9, Item 3) for the AH-1 Cobra helmet sighting system, as well as an arm (Figure 9,
Item 1) to hold the AH-1 Cobra magnetic coupler. This module is unit MTOE property.
1
MS100410A
Figure 9.
Cobra Dual Visor Assembly Module.
0011 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0011 00

Laser-Protective Visors
The laser-protective visors (Figure 10, Item 1 and Figure 10, Item 2) can be used with either the ANVIS or the Cobra
dual visor assemblies. Included are an inner (light green, 2-notch, night-use) visor (Figure 10, Item 2) and an outer
(bronze, 3-notch, day-use) visor (Figure 10, Item 2).
1
Figure 10.
MS098864A
Laser-Protective Visors.
Cowling for MBU-12/P Oxygen Mask

The cowling improves the retention of the MBU-12/P oxygen mask to the helmet. Included with the cowling are straps,
attaching hardware, and a longer microphone cord.
COWLING
MS098865A
Figure 11.
MBU-12/P Oxygen Mask with Cowling.
0011 00-7
0011 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

TEMPEST Headset
The TEMPEST headset provides shielded communications. This system uses existing AIHS earcups and earphones.
MS098866A
Figure 12.
TEMPEST Headset.
Restrictor, Vision
is the restrictor, vision (Figure 13) which is used in flight training. It blocks the crewmembers side vision, thus forcing
the crewmember to focus on the instrument panel.
MS098868A
Figure 13.
Restrictor, Vision.
0011 00-8
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0011 00

Helmet Bag Assembly
The helmet bag assembly features a removable, adjustable shoulder strap (Figure 14, Item 1) and two sewn-on hand
straps (Figure 14, Item 5), all of nylon webbing. The non-locking top zipper, covered by a protective flap, allows the user
to open the bag by pulling the sides apart. A front tab with a snap hook (Figure 14, Item 2) allows attachment of the bag
to the interior of the aircraft. Two outer front pockets (Figure 14, Item 3) are suitable for holding the kneeboard and flight
charts. The outer left-end pocket (Figure 14, Item 4) is designed to hold a commonly-used L-shaped flashlight. The bag
also has an outer right-end pencil pocket (not shown). A large outside rear pocket (not shown) is suitable for holding
maps, folded clothing, and other large, flat objects. Two inner side pockets (not shown) are designed to hold spare visor lenses.
3
MS098869A
Figure 14.
Helmet Bag.
Oxygen Mask Communications Adapter

The oxygen mask communications adapter (Figure 15) provides an interface between the oxygen mask and the helmet communications system. A switch on the adapter plug allows the operator/wearer to select the helmet boom microphone or the mask microphone without having to disconnect from the aircraft communications system.
ADAPTER
MS098870A
Figure 15.
Oxygen Mask Communications Adapter.

0011 00-9
0011 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Adapter, Microphone
The adapter, microphone (Figure 16) provides an interface between the M45 mask and the TEMPEST communications system. A switch on the adapter plug allows the operator/wearer to select the helmet boom microphone or the
mask microphone without having to disconnect from the aircraft communications system.
ADAPTER
MS098871A
Figure 16.
Adapter, Microphone.
M45 Mask Thermoplastic Liner

Use of the M45 thermoplastic liner (Figure 17) is authorized only when you plan to wear the M45 mask. The brow pad
is used in two situations: While you are on a mission and have removed the M45 mask, and when you are going on a
mission without the M45 mask donned but you expect to don the mask during the mission. When you use the M45 TPL,
the helmet bag should contain either the M45 mask or the brow pad; you should be wearing whichever item is not in the
helmet bag. If you do not plan to use the M45 mask, do not use the M45 thermoplastic liner or the brow pad; use the
standard thermoplastic liner instead.
MS098872A
Figure 17.
Lining, Helmet, Shock, M45 Mask.
0011 00-10
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0011 00

Intercommunication Unit
The Intercommunication Unit (ICU) (Figure 18) provides a means of communication for dismounted aviators wearing
the CB mask and for testing the communication system on the HGU-56/P helmet. It is powered by a 9-volt battery and
has a clip and hook that can be used to carry the unit. A four-position switch provides for control of communication. The
four positions are as follows:
HARDWIRE
TALK/LISTEN
LISTEN ONLY
OFF - Turns the ICU OFF

LISTEN ONLY - This position enables the ICU microphone to supply a communication signal to the helmet
earphones.
TALK/LISTEN - This position enables the ICU microphone to supply a communication signal to the helmet
earphones and to the ICU speaker.
HARDWARE - This position is used when two aviator helmets are connected together through a single ICU,
eliminating most of the background noise. It also allows for clearer communications when aviators are not
connected to the aircraft and/or wearing CB mask.
OFF
FOURPOSITION SWITCH
Figure 18.
Intercommunication Unit.
0011 00-11
MS038668
0011 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

Maxillofacial Shield
The maxillofacial shield (MFS) protects the lower facial area from flying debris. Latches (Figure 19) on the right and left
sides of the MFS attach it to the helmet-mounted strikers (Figure 19). The MFS is designed to match the contour of the
visors when either visor is deployed.
STRIKERS
LATCHES
MS098956A
Figure 19.
Maxillofacial Shield.
Lip Light
Lip lights green and white LEDs have a bright narrow beam to help keep stray light from interfering with another pilots
vision (side scatter). ML-8, uses three green LEDs. ML-14, uses two green LEDs and one Xenon lamp for brightness
and has a toggle switch. ML-18, uses three white LEDs. Lip lights preserve dark adaptation, uses two AA batteries, and
is installed on the boom microphone, or equivalent microphone. Lip lights have a PUSH ON-PUSH OFF switch that can
be actuated by the lip or tongue. A slight push on the switch causes momentary light, while a further push keeps the light
on until another push by the lip or tongue turns the light off.
0011 00-12
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 6
FOR
(HGU-56/P)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-6) (NSN: 8415-01-394-6474)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-5) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8035)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-4) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8034)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-3) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8036)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-2) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8033)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-1) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8032)
(HGU-56/P WITH CEP)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-12) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5364)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-11) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5348)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-10) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5347)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-9) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5344)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-8) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5339)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-7) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5310)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0012 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS
GENERAL
This section provides a functional description of all controls (knobs, straps, etc.) operated by the crewmember.
Cap-Plug, Protective
The cap-plug, protective (Figure 1, Item 3), located on the right rear of the helmet shell, is designed for the future addition of a blown air head cooling system. The adapter features a locking tab (Figure 1, Item 1) that prevents accidental
disconnection of the proposed hose. A hinged cover (Figure 1, Item 2) assists in keeping dust out of the connector assembly when the hose is not in use.
2
1
MS098874A
Figure 1.
Cap-Plug, Protective.
0012 00-1
0012 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS CONTINUED

Chin Strap
The chin strap (Figure 2, Item 5) is attached to the helmet at the right-hand earcup retaining pad. A double D-ring
(Figure 2, Item 3) allows for one-handed adjustment. Tightening the chin strap will also tighten the earcups.
Nape Strap
The nape strap pad (Figure 2, Item 1) features an adjustable cross strap that feeds through two webbing loops, which
are linked to straps extending from each earcup retaining pad. This construction allows the nape strap pad and the earcups to be adjusted at the same time via the adjustment straps (Figure 2, Item 4). A tie-down strap (Figure 2, Item 2)
extending from the top of the nape strap pad secures the nape strap pad to the helmet shell through a cutout in the EAL.
The earcup pads (Figure 2, Item 6) provide an attachment area for the earcups.
6
4
5
Figure 2.
MS100428A
Chinstrap and Nape Strap.
Boom and Microphone

The Swivel Assembly, Boom (SAB) (Figure 3, Item 1) allows for easy adjustment and location of the boom (Figure 3,
Item 2) and microphone (Figure 3, Item 3).
MS098876
Figure 3.
Boom and Microphone.
0012 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0012 00

Visor Knobs and Visors
The outer visor (Figure 4, Item 2) is raised and lowered via the left-hand (as worn) actuating knob (Figure 4, Item 1). The
inner visor (Figure 4, Item 3) is raised and lowered via the right-hand (as worn) actuating knob (Figure 4, Item 4).
Table 1 shows the visor configuration.
Table 1.
Visor Configurations.
STANDARD VISORS
LASER-PROTECTIVE VISORS
Outer
neutral
Outer
bronze (3-notch)
Inner
clear
Inner
light green (2-notch)

2
1
3
MS098845A
Figure 4.
Visor Knobs and Visors.
0012 00-3
0012 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

V-1 ANVIS Center Mount
CAUTION
Ensure that the ANVIS system mounted on your HGU-56/P is working properly in accordance
with TM 11-5855-263-10 prior to using it. Failure to check the ANVIS or to be able to see the low
battery warning light when using the ANVIS may result in a critical loss of equipment use.
The V-1 ANVIS center-mount AN/AVS-6(V) 1 (Figure 5, Item 4) attaches to the dual visor housing (Figure 5, Item 1)
through pre-drilled holes. From this location, the AN/AVS-6 (Figure 5, Item 3) can be deployed or stowed. When the
ANVIS is in the stowed position, either visor can be deployed. The ANVIS power pack is mounted to the rear of the
helmet with hook and pile fastener. The electrical connection is made at the rear of the cover, access (Figure 5, Item
2). (The cover, access houses the ANVIS cable.) For ANVIS operational and maintenance information, refer to TM
11-5855-263-10.
2
MS098846A
Figure 5.
ANVIS Dual Visor Assembly with Center-Mount ANVIS.
Mount for Offset ANVIS Goggles
CAUTION
The AN/AVS-G(V)2 goggles (not shown in the figure) attach to the offset ANVIS mount (Figure 5, Item 3). The mount
is attached to the Cobra housing (Figure 6, Item 1) via pre-drilled holes. The goggles are stowed, deployed, and connected in the same manner as the centermount ANVIS.
0012 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0012 00

AH-1 Helmet Sighting System Module
NOTE
When the AH-l helmet sighting system and the offset-mount ANVIS are both mounted on
the housing, only one of these systems can be deployed at any given time.
When a Cobra aircrew reports to a Cobra unit, the AH-l helmet sighting system module will
be mounted on the helmet. When the aviator leaves the unit, the module will be removed.
The basic dual visor assembly will be re-mounted on the helmet, and the AH-l module will
be retained by the unit. The ALSE technician will perform all visor removal and mounting
as well as mounting/demounting of the sighting system module.
The AH-1 Helmet Sighting System module (Figure 6, Item 4) attaches to the Cobra dual visor housing (Figure 6, Item
1) via pre-drilled holes. The sight assembly mount is installed on the visor housing to the right of the center line. The
magnetic coupler (Figure 6, Item 2) is installed on the rear housing arm at the left of the helmet shell center line. Either
visor can be raised or lowered when the sight is deployed. A cable runs along the rear of the housing to the magnetic
coupler.
2
1
3
4
MS098847A
Figure 6.
Cobra Dual Visor Assembly Module with Offset ANVIS Mount and AH-1 Helmet Sighting System Module.
0012 00-5
0012 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

Cowling for MBU-12/P Oxygen Mask
The MBU-12/P oxygen mask attaches to the AIHS via bayonets (Figure 7, Item 1) inserted into bayonet receivers. The
receivers are mounted below the visor tracks on both sides of the helmet. The receiver placement on the helmet is custom-fitted to an individuals face, ensuring the best possible fit. (Bayonet receiver attachment procedures are detailed
in WP 0047 00) A graphite cowling device (Figure 7, Item 2) is attached to the oxygen mask to increase the offset angle
of the mask straps to the helmet. The increased offset angle improves retention of the mask to the helmet. The visors
on the AIHS helmet have been trimmed to conform to the contour of the MBU-12/P mask.
1
2
MS098855A
Figure 7.
Cowling for MBU-12/P Oxygen Mask.
0012 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0012 00

Communication Earplug (CEP) - Equipped Helmets Only
The foam tipped earplug modules (Figure 8, Item 1) of the CEP are inserted into the ears before the helmet is donned.
If the M45 mask is worn, the plug end of the CEP (Figure 8, Item 2) is connected to the extension cord (Figure 8, Item 3)
before the mask is donned. After the helmet is donned, the plug end of the CEP (or the extension cord) is plugged into
a connector (Figure 8, Item 4) on the right end of the helmet.
1
2
4
3
MS100411A
Figure 8.
Communication Earplug (CEP).
Maxillofacial Shield (MFS) Latches

Latches (Figure 9, Item 3) on the right and left sides of the MFS (Figure 9, Item 2) attach it to the helmet-mounted strikers (Figure 9, Item 1). The latches are flipped against the helmet to attach the MFS, or away from the helmet to remove
the MFS. The helmet can be donned or doffed while the MFS is attached to either side and swung open.
2
MS100412A
Figure 9.
Maxillofacial Shield (MFS).
0012 00-7
0012 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

Intercommunication Unit
The Intercommunication Unit (ICU) provides a means of communication for dismounted aviators wearing the CB mask
and for testing the communication system on the HGU-56/P helmet. It is powered by a 9-volt battery and has a clip and
hook that can be used to carry the unit. A four-position switch provides for control of communication. The four positions
are as follows:
HARDWIRE
TALK/LISTEN
LISTEN ONLY
OFF - Turns the ICU OFF

LISTEN ONLY - This position enables the ICU microphone to supply a communication signal to the helmet
earphones.
TALK/LISTEN - This position enables the ICU microphone to supply a communication signal to the helmet
earphones and to the ICU speaker.
HARDWARE - This position is used when two aviator helmets are connected together through a single ICU,
eliminating most of the background noise. It also allows for clearer communications when aviators are not
connected to the aircraft and/or wearing CB mask.
OFF
FOURPOSITION SWITCH
Figure 10.
Intercommunication Unit.
0012 00-8
MS038668
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR DONNING/REMOVING HELMET
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Crew Member
References
WP 0016 00
EM 0250 Donning Helmet Video
EM 0250 Removing Helmet Video
DONNING HELMET
See Donning Helmet Video, EM 0250.
WARNING
When donning helmet, ensure that nape strap pad is completely pulled down and that the
keeper tab is taut. Failure to do so will decrease helmet stability and may cause injury to the
wearer.
CAUTION
When donning or removing helmet, spread helmet just enough to clear head. Excessive
spreading may damage helmet.
1.
Hook thumbs over earcups and spread helmet slightly.
2.
Position front edge of helmet firmly against forehead; rotate helmet rearward and down onto head.
3.
Press helmet down firmly with both hands to ensure that helmet is properly positioned on head.
4.
Fasten and adjust chinstrap, WP 0016 00, ADJUSTING CHIN STRAP.
5.
Adjust nape strap, WP 0016 00, ADJUSTING NAPE STRAP.
REMOVING HELMET
See Removing Helmet Video, EM 0250.
1.
Loosen chinstrap, WP 0016 00, ADJUSTING CHIN STRAP.
2.
Hook thumbs over earcups and spread helmet slightly.
3.
Rotate helmet off head.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0013 00-1/2 blank
0013 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0014 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR CEP-EQUIPPED HELMETS ONLY
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Foam Tips (WP 0065 00, Figure 2, Item 18)
Personnel Required
Crew Member
DONNING/REMOVING CEP (CEP-EQUIPPED HELMETS ONLY)

DONNING CEP
1.
If not already done, select the correct foam tip size (standard, slim or short) as follows:
a.
For orange or blue triple-flange earplug, select the standard foam tip.
b.
For green earplug, select the slim foam tip
c.
A small percentage of users may require the short foam tip.
d.
If the correct size cannot be determined, ask your flight medical staff for help.
2.
Attach the proper foam tip to each earplug by threading the plastic end of the foam tip onto the ear plug. Do
not tighten too much; tighten only enough to seat the foam tip onto the CEP housing. About one revolution of
the plastic end is usually enough.
3.
Drape the CEP over your shoulders and on either side of your neck from the back so that the earplug attached
to the shorter cord is on your right and the longer cord is on your left. (One way to remember this is "Long
is Left.") This will ensure that the connector end is positioned toward the right in the back so it will reach the
helmet connector.
WARNING
4.
Ensure that the proper foam tip is attached to each earplug before inserting the earplug
into the ear. If proper foam tip is not attached to each earplug, may cause injury to the ear
canal.
Do not force the earplug into the ear. This may cause the foam tip to be pushed back,
exposing the plastic tube inside. This will diminish hearing protection and may cause
injury to the ear canal.
Compress the foam tip (Figure 1, Item 1) of one earplug to about 1/3 of its original diameter by rolling it
between your thumb and index finger. This will ease insertion into the ear. Do not squeeze the foam tip flat.
When compressing the foam tip, do not allow a crease to form. This will diminish hearing protection.
1
2
MS100413A
Figure 1.
Communication Earplug (CEP).

0014 00-1
0014 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
DONNING/REMOVING CEP (CEP-EQUIPPED HELMETS ONLY) - CONTINUED
5.
Hold the earplug housing (Figure 1, Item 2) between the thumb and index finger on your hand on the same
side as the earplug being fitted. With your other hand, reach behind your head and pull your ear on the same
side as the earplug up and away from your head. This will straighten the ear canal to ease earplug insertion.
Carefully insert the foam tip of the earplug into the ear.
6.
Ensure that the earplug is positioned so that the wire rests in the notch at the bottom of the ear canal. Hold
the plug for a few seconds until the foam expands inside the ear and will hold the plug in place.
7.
Repeat Steps 4. through 6. for the other earplug.
8.
Check the fit for each earplug by moving a cupped hand near the ear. The user should not perceive any
change in sound level. If the sound level changes, this indicates an improper seal; repeat Steps 4. through
6. with new foam tips. If the foam tips still do not seal properly, repeat Steps 4. through 6. with the next larger
foam tip size. If the foam tips still do not seal properly, consult the local hearing conservation center.
NOTE
The CEP extension cable (CEP199-X01) should be used only with a CB protective mask. If
you are NOT wearing a CB protective mask, do not perform Steps 9. through 10.
9.
If the M45 mask is to be worn, connect the CEP (Figure 2, Item 1) to the extension cable (Figure 2, Item 2).
Then, don the mask.
MS100415A
Figure 2.
CEP Connected to Extension Cord.
10. If the M45 mask is to be worn, connect the extension cable (Figure 3, Item 2) to the helmet connector (Figure
3, Item 1) before donning the helmet.
0014 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0014 00
MS100414A
Figure 3.
Connecting CEP to Helmet.
11. Don the helmet.

12. If the M45 mask is NOT worn, skip Steps 9. through 10. and grasp the CEP connector end (Figure 3, Item
3) with the right hand. Push the connector end onto the connector (Figure 3, Item 1) on the right rear of the
helmet.
WARNING
Ensure that the volume level of the audio sent to the CEP is reduced. Damage to the wearers
ears may result if the volume level is not reduced.
13. Rotate the aircraft ICS volume level to full OFF.
14. Plug the communications cord into the aircraft ICS. Check for proper operation of the CEP and the receivers
while slowly increasing the volume to a comfortable level.
REMOVING HELMET WITH CEP
1.
If the M45 is NOT worn and the extension cable is NOT being used, disconnect the CEP connector end from
the helmet connector before removing the helmet.
2.
If you are wearing a CB protective mask, remove the helmet.

a.
Disconnect the extension cable from the helmet.
b.
Disconnect the extension cable from the CEP after removing the CB protective mask; and proceed
to Step 4.
0014 00-3
0014 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CAUTION
Squeezing ear plugs causes them to become misshapen and degrade the effectiveness of the
earplug.
3.
Remove the helmet.
NOTE
Do not leave the CEP attached to the helmet when not in use; always store the CEP in the
container provided.
4.
Remove each earplug by grasping the housing and pulling the earplug out of the ear.
5.
Store the CEP in the container provided.
6.
Store the CEP extension cable in a marked container so that it is available when needed.
CARE OF CEP
1.
When foam tips become soiled, remove foam tips from earplugs.
NOTE
Do not wash foam tips more than necessary (about once a week). The more often foam tips are
washed the sooner they will wear out.
2.
Hand wash foam tips with warm water and mild soap and allow foam tips to air dry.
NOTE
Foam tips will last about one month.
3.
Discard foam tips if the foam is degraded or pulled away from the plastic tubes inside.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0014 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0015 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR COMMUNICATION ENHANCEMENT AND PROTECTION
SYSTEM (CEPS)
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required
Helmet, Flyers (WP 0065 00, Figure 2)

Communication Enhancement and Protection
System (CEPS) (WP 0065 00, Figure 9, Item 1)
Battery, Alkaline, AA (WP 0070 00, Item 29)
Crew Member
References
WP 0013 00
OPERATION OF THE CEPS
NOTE
The CEPS is activated only during ground operations. Turn OFF near operating aircraft or when
plugged into the aircraft ICS.
The following steps should be followed in sequence to properly operate the CEPS.
1.
Install two AA Alkaline batteries in the battery holder.
2.
Properly insert the single side CEP into ears.
3.
Don the HGU-56/P Helmet (WP 0013 00).
4.
Plug single side CEP into each helmet interface connector (right on right and left on left).
NOTE
Hearing should be clear and static free, equal on both sides.
5.
Turn the CEPS On/Off switch located on the back of the helmet to ON, refer to Figure 1.
0015 00-1
0015 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
OPERATION OF THE CEPS - CONTINUED
COMMUNICATIONS
JACK
BATTERY
HOLDER
CEPS ON/OFF
SWITCH
ANVIS
PILE
FASTENER
CEPS ON/OFF SWITCH

PILE FASTENER
MICROPHONE
CORD
MS116093
Figure 1.
6.
CEPS On/Off Switch and Battery Pack.
Test volume control by momentarily pressing and holding one of the gain control buttons (Figure 2) on the
right side of the helmet.
GAIN CONTROL
BUTTONS
GAIN/VOLUME SWITCH
(LOWER EDGE OF RIGHT EARDOME)
MS116079
Figure 2.
CEPS Gain Control Switch.
NOTE
When the buttons are pressed and held, the level will change until the upper or lower limit is
reached. It takes about 8 seconds to go from one limit to the other limit when the button is held.
a.
Pressing the forward button increases volume.
0015 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
OPERATION OF THE CEPS - CONTINUED
b.
Pressing the aft button decreases volume.
NOTE
Always reduce the volume level from the CEPS to minimum volume level when in a noisy
environment.
7.
Set volume to desired level.
8.
When not in use, turn the On/Off switch OFF.
9.
Unplug the CEP for each interface connector.
10. Remove the HGU-56/P Helmet (WP 0013 00).

11. Store single side CEP wires in plastic container provided.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0015 00-3/4 blank
0015 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0016 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR HELMET ADJUSTMENTS
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Crew Member
HELMET ADJUSTMENTS
ADJUSTING CHIN STRAP
WARNING
ALWAYS wear the helmet with the chin-strap properly attached and adjusted. Failure to secure
the chin strap will decrease helmet stability and may cause injury to the wearer.
1.
Fasten the chin strap by inserting the strap through both D-rings, separating the rings, passing the strap over
the outer ring (Figure 1, Item 1), and inserting the strap back through the inner D-ring (Figure 1, Item 2).
2.
To tighten the chin strap, pull on end (Figure 1, Item 3) to attain the desired fit. Tightening the chin strap will
also tighten the earcup fit.
3.
To loosen the chin strap:

a.
Rotate the outer D-ring up and to the left by pulling on the two tabs of the outer D-ring.
b.
Push the strap through the inner D-ring toward the left as needed to loosen or disengage the strap.
c.
Pull the section of the strap under the chin to the right.
3
MS098850A
Figure 1.
Fastening/Adjusting Chin Strap.
0016 00-1
0016 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ADJUSTING NAPE STRAP
NOTE
When the nape strap is centered both nape straps will be the same length.
1.
Adjust the nape strap pad (Figure 2, Item 1) position using nape strap pull-tabs (Figure 2, Item 2). Tighten by
grasping the two tabs, pulling to the back, and then pulling from side-to-side until snug.
2.
To loosen the nape, flip buckles (Figure 2, Item 3) towards the center of the nape strap pad. Straps will slide
through buckles easily.
MS098851A
Figure 2.
Nape Strap Adjustment.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0016 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR HELMET EQUIPMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Crew Member
References
WP 0070 00
TM 11-5855-263-10
TM 55-1660-247-12
HELMET EQUIPMENT OPERATION
0017 00-1
0017 00
0017 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
HELMET EQUIPMENT OPERATION - CONTINUED
WARNING
Due to serious limitations imposed by the laser-protective visors on visual acuity outside the
aircraft as well as on flight displays within the cockpit, the laser-protective visors will only be
used when actual laser hazards exist. For day or night VFR flights at altitudes below low-level
flight, the pilot will analyze the current situation and decide whether flight should continue with
laser-protective devices in use. Considerations include local laser hazards, ambient light levels,
and terrain. Approval for use must be annotated on the flight crews mission brief.
The dark (bronze) laser-protective visors are not compatible with aircraft or ground support
night lighting and are not safe for twilight or night flights. DO NOT USE THE BRONZE LASERPROTECTIVE VISORS DURING TWILIGHT OR AT NIGHT.
The bronze laser-protective visors will change the appearance of and possibly eliminate some
red and/or green light sources. Testing indicates that some red lights take on an orange hue,
some cockpit warning lights are difficult to read though still visible, and some cockpit gauges
are illegible. DO NOT USE THE BRONZE LASER-PROTECTIVE VISORS FOR IFR FLIGHT.
The light (green) laser-protective visors will change the appearance of and possibly eliminate
some red light sources. Testing indicates that some red lights take on an orange hue, some
cockpit warning lights are difficult to read though still visible, the distance some exterior red
lights are visible is reduced, and red cockpit map lights are virtually unusable. USE EXTRA
CAUTION AT NIGHT.
Do not attempt to use more than one laser visor at a time. Use of multiple laser filtering visors
will not permit adequate vision to perform the required tasks.
If laser hazard occurs, do not stare at the laser source. Some lasers have secondary wavelengths that may cause eye damage; the laser-protective visors may not filter these wavelengths.
The laser-protective visors are not intended to protect against broad-spectrum bright light. Do
not use the laser-protective visors to view solar eclipses, electric welding equipment, or other
potentially eye-damaging light sources.
Do not use the laser-protective visors as a substitute for other types of laser eye protection.
During maintenance or servicing of specific types of laser systems, wear correct eye protection
as specified in the appropriate technical manual.
The laser-protective visors reduce ambient light levels available to the eye. Allow eyes to adjust
to reduced light before operations at dusk or dawn.
0017 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0017 00
HELMET EQUIPMENT OPERATION - CONTINUED
CAUTION
Scratching of laser lenses may degrade laser protection. Clean lenses according to instructions. Replace scratched lenses with new ones.
Exposure of laser lenses to direct sunlight may degrade laser protection. Avoid unnecessary
exposure of lenses to sunlight.
NOTE
The left-hand visor knob is used to raise or lower the outer visor. The right-hand visor knob is
used to raise or lower the inner visor.
To raise and lower visor:
1.
Brace your thumb against the visor track, refer to Figure 1.
2.
Squeeze the visor knob with your forefinger and slide visor knob down to lower visor, or slide visor knob up to
raise visor.
MS098852A
Figure 1.
Raising and Lowering Helmet Visor.
ANVIS GOGGLES OPERATION
CAUTION
Refer to TM 11-5855-263-10 for ANVIS operational procedures.
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM OPERATION
1.
Ensure that the microphone cord is plugged into the communications cord connector at the rear of the helmet.
If the helmet is CEP-equipped, also ensure that the CEP is plugged into the connector at the right rear of the
helmet.
2.
Plug the communication cord into the aircraft communications system.
3.
Adjust the microphone to the proper operating position in front of the lips, refer to Figure 2.
4.
Speak into the microphone and listen for feedback.

0017 00-3
0017 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM OPERATION - CONTINUED
MS098853A
Figure 2.
Proper Microphone Position.
AH-1 SIGHT OPERATION

1.
To deploy AH-1 sight, rotate rod (Figure 3, Item 1) downward until eyepiece is locked in place over eye area.
2.
To adjust vertically, pinch tension spring (Figure 3, Item 2), slide rod up or down as needed, and release
spring.
3.
To stow, press button (Figure 3, Item 3) located on the AH-1 sight base; sight will automatically move to the
stowed position. If rod hits ANVIS mount, adjust rod for clearance.
3
MS098877A
Figure 3.
AH-1 Sight.
0017 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0017 00
MBU-12/P OXYGEN MASK OPERATION

Refer to TM 55-1660-247-12.
ATTACHING/REMOVING MAXILLOFACIAL SHIELD
NOTE
The helmet can be donned or doffed while the MFS is attached to either side and swung open.
The MFS can also be swung open while the helmet is worn, allowing the crewmember to eat or
drink. If the helmet is stowed with the MFS attached, the shield should be secured to the helmet
on both sides.
1.
Position the pin (Figure 4, Item 1) on one side of the MFS (Figure 4, Item 3) into the slot (Figure 4, Item 4)
of the striker (Figure 4, Item 5), and flip the latch (Figure 4, Item 2) against the helmet shell. Ensure that the
latch is locked in place.
2.
Repeat for the other side.
3.
To adjust microphone boom so that it can be placed behind the MFS:
4.
a.
Loosen the knurled knob (Figure 4, Item 6) on the SAB.
b.
Move the boom forward or back until it can be placed under the recessed area (Figure 4, Item 3) of
the MFS.
c.
Tighten the knurled knob.
To prevent fogging of visor when wearing the MFS:
WARNING
When using the anti-fogging solution described below, avoid getting the liquid solution into the
eyes. Solution will irritate and may burn the eyes. In case of eye contact, flush with fresh water
for 15 minutes. Contact physician if irritation persists.
a.
Apply two drops of Seas Drops anti-fogging solution (WP 0070 00, Item 18a) to the inside surface
of each visor lens.
b.
Rub the solution over the entire surface of the lens.
c.
Wait 10 seconds, then buff with a microfiber cloth (WP 0070 00, Item 5a) or any soft, dry cloth until
the lens is clear.
1
2
5
3
MS100429A
Figure 4.
MFS Attachment.
0017 00-5
0017 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ATTACHING/REMOVING MAXILLOFACIAL SHIELD - CONTINUED

REMOVING MFS
1.
Flip the latch on one side of the MFS away from the helmet shell, and remove the pin (Figure 4, Item 1) from
the slot.
2.
Repeat for the other side.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0017 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS
INITIAL SETUP:
NA
Not applicable.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0018 00-1/2 blank
0018 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 7
OPERATOR
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
FOR
(HGU-56/P)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-6) (NSN: 8415-01-394-6474)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-5) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8035)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-4) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8034)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-3) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8036)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-2) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8033)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-1) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8032)
(HGU-56/P WITH CEP)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-12) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5364)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-11) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5348)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-10) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5347)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-9) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5344)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-8) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5339)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-7) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5310)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0019 00
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
References
WP 0022 00
Crew Member
OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING
You should perform troubleshooting procedures when you encounter malfunctions of the AIHS helmet.
Following are guidelines for troubleshooting.
Before troubleshooting, ensure that you have performed the daily (pre-flight and post-flight) Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS). Refer to WP 0022 00, OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS).
This manual cannot list all possible malfunctions. If you encounter a malfunction not listed below, notify Unit
ALSE Technician.
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SYMPTOM
Unable to raise or lower visor lens.
MALFUNCTION
Hardware is loose, missing, cracked, or broken.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Report condition to Unit ALSE Technician.
SYMPTOM
Unable to fasten or adjust chin strap.
MALFUNCTION
Defective hardware or webbing.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
Unable to adjust nape strap.
MALFUNCTION
Defective hardware webbing.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0019 00-1
0019 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES Continued

SYMPTOM
Unable to keep microphone in position.
MALFUNCTION
Unable to tighten knurled knob, loose or missing screws.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
Unable to hear.
MALFUNCTION
Communication cord not attached to helmet. Communications cord is not plugged into aircraft ICS.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1.
Ensure that communications cord is plugged into aircraft ICS and is working.
2.
Ensure helmet connector on left rear side of helmet is secured.
3.
CEP-equipped helmets only: Ensure helmet connector on left rear side of helmet and CEP
connector on right rear side of helmet are secured. Ensure CEP is plugged into connector on
right rear of helmet.
4.
If still unable to hear, ensure volume control is turned up.
5.
If still unable to hear, report condition to Unit ALSE Technician.
SYMPTOM
Unable to communicate.
MALFUNCTION
Microphone or receiver screws loose or missing.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
MALFUNCTION
Break in connection.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
Unable to operate ANVIS goggles.
MALFUNCTION
Refer to TM 11-5855-263-10.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Refer to TM 11-5855-263-10.
SYMPTOM
Unable to position AH-1 cobra sight.
MALFUNCTION
Refer to TM 9-1270-212-14&P.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Refer to TM 9-1270-212-14&P.
0019 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
OPERATOR TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES Continued
SYMPTOM
Unable to attach maxillofacial shield.
MALFUNCTION
Hardware is loose,missing, cracked, or broken.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0019 00-3/4 blank
0019 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 8
AVIATION UNIT
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
FOR
(HGU-56/P)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-6) (NSN: 8415-01-394-6474)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-5) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8035)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-4) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8034)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-3) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8036)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-2) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8033)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-1) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8032)
(HGU-56/P WITH CEP)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-12) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5364)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-11) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5348)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-10) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5347)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-9) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5344)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-8) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5339)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-7) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5310)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0020 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING
INITIAL SETUP:
Tools and Special Tools
Multimeter (WP 0063 00, Item 13)
WP 0039 00
WP 0036 00
WP 0041 00
WP 0011 00
TM 11-5855-263-10
WP 0042 00
TM 9-1270-212-14&P
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
AVIATION UNIT MAINTENANCE TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

Aviation Unit Maintenance Troubleshooting Procedures provides an index of common malfunctions of helmet components and directs you to the procedures required to eliminate those malfunctions. When examining the table keep the
following in mind:
You should first find the malfunction that most closely describes the problem, then perform the tests, inspections,
and corrective actions in the order in which they are listed.
This manual may not list every possible malfunction. If you encounter a malfunction not listed below and are
unable to solve it, notify your supervisor.
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURE
UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SYMPTOM
Unable to raise or lower visor lens.
MALFUNCTION
Defective visor knob.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace defective visor, refer to WP 0039 00.
MALFUNCTION
Defective visor tracks.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace defective visor tracks, refer to WP 0039 00.
MALFUNCTION
Defective visor housing.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace defective visor housing, refer to WP 0039 00.
MALFUNCTION
Defective visor lenses.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace defective lens, refer to WP 0039 00.
0020 00-1
0020 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
UNIT TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES Continued

MALFUNCTION
Dust, dirt, and foreign objects in tracks and visor guides
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1.
Disassemble visor assembly, refer to WP 0039 00.
2.
Using a cleaning cloth dampened with soapy water, clean dust, dirt, and foreign objects from
the tracks and visor guides.
3.
Reassemble visor assembly, refer to WP 0039 00.
SYMPTOM
Unable to operate goggles.
MALFUNCTION
Refer to TM 11-5855-263-10.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Refer to TM 11-5855-263-10.
SYMPTOM
Unable to position AH-l sight.
MALFUNCTION
Refer to TM 9-1270-212-14&P.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Send operator/wearer with helmet to armament technician for boresighting.
SYMPTOM
Unable to fasten or adjust chin strap.
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace retention assembly, refer to WP 0036 00.
SYMPTOM
Unable to adjust nape strap.
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace retention assembly, refer to WP 0036 00.
SYMPTOM
Unable to keep microphone in position.
MALFUNCTION
Unable to tighten knurled knob, loose or missing screws.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Replace SAB, refer to WP 0041 00.
0020 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0020 00

SYMPTOM
Unable to communicate.
MALFUNCTION
Communications cord unplugged or aircraft ICS not working.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
4.
Ensure that communications cord is plugged into aircraft ICS and is working.
5.
Ensure helmet connector on left rear side of helmet is secured.
6.
If still unable to hear, perform continuity check as follows:

a.
Disconnect microphone cable from microphone.
b.
Remove receivers.
c.
Using a multimeter (WP 0063 00, Item 46 or equivalent), perform Test 1 (refer to Table
1 or Table 2 as appropriate), refer to the appropriate chart for your communication
system (standard or TEMPEST).
(1) If no failure detected, proceed to Step 6.f.
(2) If a failure is detected, replace the communication cord, refer to WP 0011 00,
Communication System. Proceed to Step 6.i.
d.
The callouts in Figure 1 correspond with the numbers in Table 1 Standard Communications System.
BLACK
WHITE
BLACK
WHITE
2
6
5
MS100437A
Figure 1.
Table 1.
Standard Communications System.
TEST 1. Standard Communications System.
FROM
TO
OPEN
SHORTED
Good
Bad
Bad
Good
Good
Bad
Good
Bad
Bad
Good
0020 00-3
0020 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

Table 1.
TEST 1. Standard Communications System. Continued
Good
Bad
Good
Bad
Good
Bad
e.
The callouts in Figure 2 correspond with the numbers in Table 2 TEMPEST Communications System.
BLACK & WHITE

3
WHITE
4
BLACK & WHITE
WHITE
2
6
7
5
Figure 2.
Table 2.
MS100436A
TEMPEST Communications System.
TEST 1. TEMPEST Communications System.
FROM
TO
OPEN
SHORTED
Good
Bad
Bad
Good
Good
Bad
Good
Bad
Bad
Good
Good
Bad
Good
Bad
Good
Bad
Good
Bad
Good
Bad
Good
Bad
Good
Bad
0020 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0020 00

f.
Using a multimeter (WP 0063 00, Item 13), perform Test 2 (refer to Step 6.g. or Step
6.h. as appropriate), refer to the appropriate chart for your communication system
(standard or TEMPEST).
(1) If no failure is detected, the communication cord is working. Replace earphone
or microphone as necessary. Proceed to Step 6.i.
(2) If a failure is detected, and you are using the standard communications system,
unscrew the plug cover and check for any loose connections or cold solder joints.
Resolder any defective connections. Proceed to Step 6.i.
(3) If a failure is detected, and you are using the TEMPEST communications system,
replace the communication cord, refer to WP 0011 00, Communication System.
Proceed to Step 6.i.
g.
The callouts in Figure 3 correspond with the numbers in Table 3 Test 2 Standard
Communications System.
BLACK
WHITE
1
BLACK
7
8
9
WHITE
10
Figure 3.
Table 3.
MS100435A
Test Points for Standard Communications System.

TEST 2. Standard Communications System.
FROM
TO
OPEN
SHORTED
1 or 3
Bad
Good
2 or 4
Bad
Good
Bad
Good
10
Bad
Good
0020 00-5
0020 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

h.
The callouts in Figure 4 correspond with the numbers in Table 4 Test Points for
TEMPEST Communications System.
BLACK & WHITE

3
WHITE
11
4
8
BLACK & WHITE
1
9
WHITE
10
2
7
MS100434A
Figure 4.
Table 4.
Test Points for Standard Communications System.
Test Points for TEMPEST Communications System.
FROM
TO
OPEN
SHORTED
1 or 3
Bad
Good
2 or 4
10
Bad
Good
11
Bad
Good
any lead
Good
Bad
i.
Test communications system by connecting it to a working radio.
j.
If communications system still does not work, replace communications cord

(WP 0042 00).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0020 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 9
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
FOR
(HGU-56/P)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-6) (NSN: 8415-01-394-6474)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-5) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8035)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-4) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8034)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-3) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8036)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-2) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8033)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-1) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8032)
(HGU-56/P WITH CEP)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-12) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5364)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-11) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5348)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-10) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5347)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-9) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5344)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-8) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5339)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-7) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5310)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0021 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INTRODUCTION
WARNING
INTRODUCTION
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS) are performed to keep equipment in operating condition.
Checks are used to find, correct, or report problems. PMCS is done every day equipment is operated.
The AIHS PMCS procedure consists of pre-flight and post-flight inspections.
Pre-flight Inspection. Prior to each flight, the user shall inspect the helmet to see that it is in serviceable condition,
reporting any damage to the ALSE technician.
Post-flight Inspection. After each flight, the user shall inform the ALSE technician of any component malfunction
or damage to the helmet.
When performing any PMCS procedure or routine check, observe all safety warnings and cautions.
If your equipment must be in operation at all times, check and service those items that can be checked and serviced
without disturbing operation. Make complete checks and services when equipment can be shut down.
Defects discovered should be corrected as soon as possible. All deficiencies, together with corrective action taken,
should be recorded on forms prescribed for maintenance. See DA PAM 738-751.
PMCS TABLE EXPLANATION
"Item No." Column
This column contains a number for each procedure to be performed. When reporting malfunctions or failures on DA
Form 2408-22, (Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet).
"Interval" Column
Interval column of your PMCS table tells you when to do a certain check or service. Standard intervals are:
Before - Do before you begin operating equipment.
During - Do while operating equipment.
After - Do after operating equipment.
Periodic - Do once per 180 day interval.
Annual - Do once per 360 6 days interval.
"Man Hour" Column
This column tells you man-hours required to complete prescribed services.
"Item to be Checked or Serviced" Column
This column identifies item to be checked or serviced.
"Procedure" Column
This column tells you how to perform required checks and services on item to be checked or serviced. Carefully follow
these instructions and perform them in order listed.
0021 00-1
0021 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
"Equipment not Ready/Available If:" Column

This column tells you conditions which will cause equipment to be classified as not ready (red) for readiness reporting.
If there is no entry in this column, this particular item will not cause system as a whole to be declared non-mission capable if this item is non-mission capable.
NOTE
Terms "ready/available" and "mission capable" refer to same status: equipment is on hand and
is able to perform its combat missions (see AR 700-138).
If you find something wrong and you cant fix it yourself, or you are not authorized to, or you do not have tools, test equipment, parts, documentation, or training to fix it yourself, write it on your DA Form 2408-22, inform your supervisor, and
request assistance from next higher level of maintenance.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0021 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0022 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
INITIAL SETUP:
WP 0490 00
TM 11-5855-263-10
TM 9-1270-212-14&P
Personnel Required
Crew Member
References
Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES.

ITEM INTERVAL MAN- ITEM TO BE
NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
1
B/A
Helmet
Shell
(Exterior)
PROCEDURE
a. Inspect surface for chipped paint with

penetration of fibers.
b. Inspect surface for cracks.
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Surface has
chipped paint
with penetration of
fibers.
Surface has cracks.
2.
B/A
Helmet
Shell
(Interior)
Inspect visible surface for delaminations larger

than a nickel.
Visible surface
has delaminations
larger than a nickel.
B/A
Lining,
Helmet,
Shock
(EAL/TPL)
a. Check fit.
Loose fit or
improperly fitted.
b. Check for holes and cracks.
EAL has any holes

or compressions,
any gouges deeper
that 1/4-inch any
cracks in front, any
cracks wider than
1/2-inch in rear;
TPL cloth cover is
torn.
a. Check fit.
Earseals are
not properly
compressed
around wearers
ears.
Holes, cracks, or
tears exist.
4.
B/A
Earcups/Earseals
b. Check for holes, cracks, and tears.

4
B/A
Earphones
Check operations in aircraft.
0022 00-1
Any malfunctions
exist.
0022 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Table 1. OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES. - Continued

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
B/A
Earphones
(and
CEP/CEPS,
if used)
Check operation in aircraft.
Any malfunctions
exist.
B/A
CEP/CEPS
a. Check foam tips of earplugs for dirt.
Clean foam tips as

necessary; replace
them when they are
too soiled to clean.
b. Check foam tips of earplugs for expansion in

the ear canal.
Replace if no sound
attenuation.
c. Check operation of earphones and

CEP/CEPS.
Earphones and
CEP do not work.
When the CEP
does not work,
the helmet is still
mission capable
as long as the
earphones are
working. However,
the CEP should be
replaced as soon
as possible.
a. Check attachment.
Not properly
attached to helmet.
b. Check fit of nape assembly.
Nape assembly is
improperly fitted
c. Check D-rings for breaks, strap for tears/fraying, and nape assembly for holes and cracks.
D-rings are broken,

strap is torn/frayed,
or nape assembly
has holes or cracks.
a. Check attachment of set screws.
Screws loose or
missing.
b. Check operation in aircraft.
Any malfunctions
exist
a. Check attachment of hardware.
Loose or missing.
b. Check adjustment of housing.
Improperly
adjusted.
c. Check housing for holes and cracks.
Holes or cracks
exist.
8.
B/A
B/A
B/A
Retention
Assembly
Microphone/Boom
Assembly
Visor
Assembly
0022 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0022 00

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
d. Check tracks for dirt or debris.
Lenses do not
move freely in
tracks.
e. Check function of locking mechanism.
Visor fails to lock in

desired position.
f. Check lenses for dirt or scratches.
Dirt or scratches
interfering with
vision.
10
B/A
Oxygen
Mask
Cowling
Check adjustment of straps
Mask does not seal

properly to face.
11
B/A
Oxygen
Mask
Bayonet
Receivers
a. Check attachment
Loose or missing.
b. Check operation.
Receiver fails to
hold bayonet in
place or release it.
12
B/A
MBU12/P
Oxygen
Mask
Refer to WP 0490 00.
13
B/A
ANVIS
Goggles
Refer to TM 11-5855-263-10.
14
B/A
AH-1
Cobra
Sight
Refer to TM 9-1270-212-14&P.
15
B/A
(MFS)
a. Inspect shield for damage.
Holes or cracks
exist.
b. Check condition of hardware.
Hardware is loose,
missing, cracked,
or broken.
c. Check operation of hinges.
Hinges fail to
operate.
d. Check visors for fogging.
Visors fog when

shield is used.
0022 00-3
0022 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
16
B/A
Lip Light
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
e. Check attachment of edge beading to shield.
Any portion of
edge beading has
separated from the
shield.
a. Check for attachment.
Lip light is not

secure.
b. Check battery function.
Batteries fail.
c. Check switch function.
Switch fails in ON
or OFF position.
MANDATORY REPLACEMENT PARTS

There are no replacement parts required for these PMCS procedures.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0022 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0023 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
CLEANING
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required
Clean Cloth (WP 0070 00, Item 5)

Liquid Detergent (WP 0070 00, Item 7)
Double-sided Tape (WP 0070 00, Item 22)
ALSE Technician
CLEANING
Table 1 lists cleaning tasks for each AIHS assembly.
Table 1.
Operator Cleaning Instructions.
COMPONENT
CONDITION
CLEANING METHOD
Helmet Shell
Dirt, Grease, Scuff Marks
Use clean cloth dampened with mild soap

solution.
Earcups
Dirt, Perspiration
Wipe with damp cloth; for earphone protection,

do not use too much water.
Communications Cord Assembly
Dirt, Grease
Wipe with damp cloth; dry thoroughly.
CEP/CEPS-Equipped Helmets
Only: CEP and Extension Cable
Dirt
CAUTION
Squeezing ear plugs
causes them to become
misshapen and degrade
the effectiveness of the
earplug.
Remove foam tips from earplugs. Hand-wash
the foam tips with warm water and mild soap,
and allow them to air-dry. Do not wash the
foam tips any more than necessary (about
once a week); the more often they are washed,
the sooner they will wear out. Replace foam
tips when they are too soiled to clean. Wipe
CEP and extension cord with damp cloth.
Visors
Dust, Grease, Perspiration
Use soft cloth and mild soap solution; rinse

thoroughly.
Visor Housing, Track, Knob
Sediment, Dirt Buildup,

Grease

solution.
Retention Assembly
Dirt, Grease
Use clean cloth dampened with water; allow to

dry thoroughly.
0023 00-1
0023 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CLEANING CONTINUED
Table 1.
Operator Cleaning Instructions. Continued
COMPONENT
CONDITION
CLEANING METHOD
Zeta II Liner
Dirt, Grease, Perspiration
CAUTION
Wringing the helmet
liner or using an artificial
heat source to dry may
damage the product.
NOTE
If the helmet liner
has been involved in
a accident or crash,
helmet liner must be
immediately discarded
and replaced.
1.
Using a mild soap, hand wash

the Zeta II Helmet Liner and rinse
thoroughly.
2.
To dry, place the Zeta II Helmet

Liner flat on a large towel and fold
the towel over to cover.
a.
Use a rolling pin or similar

object to squeegee the
excess water out.
NOTE
If conditions are
humid, drying time
may increase.
b.
Re-shape and air dry

overnight in a warm place or
in front of a fan.
Cloth Cover, Thermoplastic Liner
Dirt, Stains
Machine wash (gentle cycle) or hand wash

with warm water; allow to air dry. (Do not use
dryer.)
Plastic Layers, Thermoplastic

Liner
Dirt
Wipe exterior layers with damp cloth. Replace

double-sided tape (received from ALSE
technician) after cleaning.
Helmet Bag
Surface Dirt
Use regular detergent. Machine wash (gentle

cycle) or hand wash with warm water; allow to
air dry. (Do not use dryer.)
0023 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0023 00
CLEANING CONTINUED
Table 1.
Operator Cleaning Instructions. Continued
COMPONENT
CONDITION
CLEANING METHOD
Brow Pad (M45)
Dirt, Stains, Grease
Hand wash, cool or lukewarm water, mild liquid

detergent, air dry only.
Cover Assembly, (M45)
Dirt, Stains, Grease
Hand or machine (gentle cycle) wash, cool or

lukewarm water, mild detergent, air dry.
Layer Assembly (M45)
Dirt
Wipe clean with damp cloth. Replace

double-sided tape.
Dirt

solution.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0023 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 10
FOR
(HGU-56/P)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-6) (NSN: 8415-01-394-6474)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-5) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8035)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-4) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8034)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-3) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8036)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-2) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8033)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-1) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8032)
(HGU-56/P WITH CEP)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-12) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5364)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-11) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5348)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-10) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5347)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-9) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5344)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-8) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5339)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-7) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5310)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0024 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIEL
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
SF 368
DA PAM 738-751
SERVICE UPON RECEIPT OF MATERIEL

UNPACKING
This section contains instructions regarding the tasks to be performed upon receipt of the AIHS.
These tasks include unpacking and inspection.
1.
Open the over pack carton and remove all unit pack cartons. Unit pack cartons are labeled according to their
contents. Open each unit pack carton. Remove the sealed helmet and the helmet bag.
2.
Unseal the bag containing the helmet. Take the helmet, the earcup spacer pad set, the headband fitting pad
set, and the ANVIS mounting kit out of the bag. Remove the wrapping from the helmet.
3.
Open the sealed bag containing the helmet bag, and remove the helmet bag.
CHECKING UNPACKED EQUIPMENT

1.
Check the helmet and the helmet bag for any damage incurred during shipment. Report any damage on SF
368, Product Quality Deficiency Report.
2.
Check the helmet and all other parts against the packing slip to determine if all parts have been included.
Report any discrepancies in accordance with the instructions contained in DA PAM 738-751.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0024 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0025 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
HELMET SIZING
INITIAL SETUP:
Combination Square (WP 0063 00, Item 5)
Ruler (WP 0063 00, Item 21)
Wood Block (WP 0063 00, Item 19)
Marker (WP 0070 00, Item 27)
Materials/Parts
Hook and Pile Fastener (WP 0070 00, Item 32)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
Operator/Wearer
HELMET SIZING PROCEDURES
NOTE
Proper fitting is essential to the functioning of the HGU-56/P, all of its modules, and, consequently, the safety of the Operator/Wearer. Take as much time as necessary to fit the AIHS
precisely. Use extreme care in taking measurements and checking fit.
1.
Cut a block of wood (WP 0063 00, Item 19) 1 to 2-inches thick by 3 to 4-inches wide by 8-inches long, refer
to Figure 1.
a.
Attach an 8-inch strip of hook and pile fastener to the entire length of the center of one of the 4-inch
wide faces, refer to Figure 1.
b.
Attach a 12-inch strip of hook and pile fastener, running vertically, to a wall (bottom of the strip
approximately 5-feet 4-inches above the floor) so that the block can be adjusted for the various
heights of users heads.
HOOK FASTENER
MS098878A
Figure 1.
Block of Wood with Hook Fastener Attached.
2.
Attach the block of wood to the wall at the height of the Operator/Wearers head above the shoulder blades
when the Operator/Wearer is standing.
3.
Have the Operator/Wearer stand with back of head against block. Ensure posture and body alignment are
as straight as possible. The Operator/Wearer should hold his or her head in a comfortable position while
focusing on a point directly ahead at eye level.
0025 00-1
0025 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
HELMET SIZING PROCEDURES CONTINUED
WARNING
4.
Using a ruler (WP 0063 00, Item 21), measure a distance 1-1/2-inches above Operator/Wearers pupil, refer
to Figure 2, View A. Using a marker (WP 0070 00, Item 27), make a small mark at this point in the center of
the Operator/Wearers forehead; this is known as the forehead reference point.
5.
Using a combination square (WP 0063 00, Item 21), measure from the forehead reference point to the block;
this is the head length, refer to Figure 2, View B. Be careful to just touch the Operator/Wearers skin at the
forehead reference point. Ensure that the square is parallel to the floor and centered on the head.
6
5
4
3
2
1
11/2"
(A)
(B)
MS098879A
Figure 2.
Determining Head Length for Helmet Sizing.
0025 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0025 00
HELMET SIZING PROCEDURES CONTINUED

6.
Select the correct helmet size based upon head length as shown in Table 1.
Table 1. Helmet Sizes.
MAXIMUM HEAD LENGTH
HELMET SIZE
>8-5/16-inch
XL
8-1/16-inch - 8-5/16-inch
7-3/4-inch - 8-inch
7-7/16-inch - 7-11/16-inch
7-1/8-inch - 7-3/8-inch
XS
<7-1/8-inch
XXS
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0025 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0026 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
FITTING PROCEDURE
INITIAL SETUP:
Operator/Wearer Intercommunications Unit
(WP 0063 00, Item 15)
M-170 Adapter (WP 0063 00, Item 11)
Materials/Parts
HGU-56/P Helmet Assembly
(WP 0065 00, Figure 1 (Sheet 1 of 2), Item 1)
Personnel Required (cont.)

Operator/Wearer
References
WP 0063 00
WP 0065 00
WP 0028 00
DA Form 2408-22
TM 11-5505-263-10
TM 55-1650-247-12
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
FITTING PROCEDURE
NOTE
NOTE
1.
If optical systems (ANVIS or AH-l) are to be used, check helmet fit with optical systems
attached. Ensure that the helmet is fitted to the forehead reference point.
In preparation for the fitting procedure, operators/wearers with long hair should arrange
their hair so that it lies flat and is completely covered by the helmet. Elevated hair styles
such as buns or French braids will prevent proper fitting of the helmet. The hair must be
worn the same way thereafter.
Prior to having operator/wearer don helmet, install thermoplastic liner (TPL) by:
a.
Align TPL with front edge of EAL.
b.
Place TPL against crown of helmet aligning the holes in TPL (Figure 1, Item 2) with plenum ports
(Figure 1, Item 1) in EAL.
0026 00-1
0026 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
FITTING PROCEDURE CONTINUED

1
2
MS098880A
Figure 1.
Alignment TPL Holes.
c.
Align TPL with top edge of nap strap pad, so it sits squarely in the helmet.
d.
Pull nape strap pad completely down so that keeper tab is taut.
WARNING
Do not remove any plastic layers from the TPL. Removal of plastic layers will result in
decreased helmet stability and may cause injury or death.
Do not add loose plastic layers to the TPL. Adding loose plastic layers will result in
CAUTION
2.
Have the Operator/Wearer don the helmet as follows:

a.
Hook thumbs in earcups and spread helmet slightly.
b.
Position helmet firmly against forehead; rotate helmet rearward and down onto head.
c.
Press helmet down firmly with both hands to ensure that helmet is properly positioned on head.
3.
Align the edge of the helmet with the forehead reference point.
4.
Adjust the earcups so that they cover the Operator/Wearers ears. If earcup pressure is too great without
fitting pads, select the next larger helmet size.
a.
Check the earseal compression; earseals should be compressed evenly and to the greatest degree
possible without causing discomfort. Proper earseal compression may be indicated by a visible
ring impression around the ear when the helmet is removed.
0026 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0026 00

b. If no ring is visible, check carefully to see that none of the ear is pinched under the earseal. Always
ask the Operator/Wearer if the ear is centered in the earcup.
NOTE
The doughnut-shaped pads and the oval pads may be installed whole, cut in half vertically to
adjust forward/rearward earcup tilt, cut in half horizontally to adjust up/down earcup tilt, or cut
in other ways as required to achieve proper earseal compression. Figure 2 shows the more
common ways of trimming the earcup spacer pads. You may have to try various combinations
of pads to achieve proper earseal compression.
5.
If the earseals are not sufficiently compressed, add earcup spacer pads as required between the earcup
retaining pad and the helmet shell (NOT between the earcup and the retaining pad).
INCREASE
OVERALL
COMPRESSION
BALANCE TOP
OR BOTTOM
COMPRESSION
BALANCE TOP/BOTTOM AND

FRONT/REAR COMPRESSION
BALANCE FRONT
OR REAR
COMPRESSION
INCREASE CORNER
COMPRESSION
MS098881A
Figure 2.
Spacer Kit, Earcup Flyers.
6.
Fasten and adjust the chin strap (WP 0016 00).
7.
Lower visors to check centering and nose clearance. If necessary, adjust the visor as follows:
a.
Adjust the visor using the downstop locking screws; one is located on each side of the visor.
(Loosening the screws allows the downstop to be raised or lowered approximately 1-inch for
visor-to-mask of facial conformance.)
b.
When the desired position is attained, tighten the screws.
NOTE
Optional removal of the nape strap foam pad is authorized. Removal of the pad must be
annotated on DA Form 2408-22 (Helmet And Oxygen Mask/Connector Inspection Record).
The nape strap pad should be retained for re-installation upon turn-in of the HGU-56/P helmet.
8.
Adjust the nape strap pad for the closest fit possible by tightening or loosening the nape straps. Check the fit
of the nape strap pad with your index finger.
9.
Ask the Operator/Wearer to evaluate the fit. If a pressure point exists in the center of the forehead, add
headband fitting pads (Figure 3, Item 1) between the TPL and the EAL to either side of the pressure point to
even the pressure. If any pressure point remains, TPL custom-fitting (WP 0028 00) may be required.
0026 00-3
0026 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

1
MS098882A
Figure 3.
Headband Fitting Pads.
10. If fit is too loose, try a smaller-size helmet and repeat Steps 2. through 9.
11. Repeat Steps 6. through 9. for a final fit check.
NOTE
For aircrews operating flying gunships, the AH-1 Cobra boresight must be adjusted by the
armament technician after the initial fitting, every 180 days thereafter (during preventive maintenance), and after any maintenance has been performed on the weapons fire control system.
12. If optical systems (ANVIS goggles, AH-1 Cobra sight) are used, place systems in normal operating position
and check for full operational capability in accordance with TM 11-5505-263-10 for ANVIS goggles and TM
55-1650-247-12 for AH-1 Cobra sight.
13. After first flight, recheck and adjust as necessary helmet straps, TPL, and earcups.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0026 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0027 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
FITTING PROCEDURE WITH M45 CB MASK
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
Operator/Wearer
References
WP 0026 00
WP 0028 00
WP 0032 00
WP 0016 00
TM 11-5855-263-10
TM 9-1270-212-14&P

Intercommunications Unit (WP 0063 00, Item 15)
M-170 Adapter (WP 0063 00, Item 11)
Materials/Parts
Helmet, Flyers, HGU-56/P
(WP 0065 00, Figure 2, Item 2)
Mask, Chemical-Biological: M45
Lining, Helmet, Shock, M45
FITTING WITH M45 CB MASK
NOTE
NOTE
If optical systems, Aviators Night Vision Imaging System (ANVIS) or AH-1 are to be used,
check helmet fit with optical systems attached.
During the fitting, the operator must wear a properly sized, fitted, and adjusted M45 Mask.
Have the operator don the mask before donning the helmet.
In preparation for the fitting procedure, operators with long hair should arrange their hair
so that it lies flat and is completely covered by the helmet. Elevated hair styles such as
buns or French braids will prevent proper fitting of the helmet. The helmet must be worn
the same way thereafter.
1.
Remove the standard TPL from the helmet, refer to WP 0032 00.
2.
Attach the flat side of the brow pad (Figure 1, Item 1) to the hook and pile fastener at the front of the EAL
(Figure 1, Item 2), ensuring that the bottom edge of the brow pad (Figure 1, Item 1) is flush with the front edge
of the EAL (Figure 1, Item 2).
3.
Install the M45 TPL in the helmet, ensuring that:

a.
The front edge of the TPL is flush with the top edge of the brow pad.
b.
Place TPL against crown of helmet aligning the holes in TPL (Figure 1, Item 3) with plenum ports
(Figure 1, Item 5) in EAL.
c.
Align TPL with top edge of nap strap pad, so it sits squarely in the helmet.
d.
Ensure the nape strap pad (Figure 1, Item 4) is completely pulled down so that the keeper tab is taut.
0027 00-1
0027 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
FITTING WITH M45 CB MASK CONTINUED

1
4
MS098883A
Figure 1.
Brow Pad, M45.
4.
Remove the brow pad from the helmet.
5.
With the Mask donned, have the operator don the helmet as follows:
a.
Hook the thumbs in the earcups and spread the helmet slightly.
b.
Position the helmet firmly against the forehead; rotate the helmet rearward and down onto the head.
c.
Press the helmet down firmly with both hands to ensure that the helmet is properly positioned on
the head.
6.
Align the helmet with the forehead reference point.
7.
Adjust the earcups so that they cover the operators ears. Check earseal compression and adjust as necessary, refer to WP 0026 00.
8.
9.
Adjust the nape strap pad for the closest fit possible.
10. Check the fit of the nape strap pad with your index finger.
11. Ask the operator to evaluate the fit. If the fit is acceptable, skip to Step 15. If a pressure point exists, proceed
to Step 12.
NOTE
If the operator cannot be fitted in accordance with the fitting instructions, contact the United
States Army Aeromedical Research Laboratory (USAARL).
12. If a pressure point exists in the center of the forehead, add headband fitting pads (Figure 2, Item 1) between
the TPL and the EAL to either side-of the pressure point to even the pressure.
0027 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0027 00
FITTING WITH M45 CB MASK CONTINUED

1
2
MS098884A
Figure 2.
Headband Fitting Pads.
13. Have the operator don the helmet again. If a pressure point remains, custom-fitting (WP 0028 00) may be
required.
14. Repeat Steps 4. through 7. for a final fit check with the mask.
NOTE
Adjust ANVIS goggles as necessary for maximized field of view.
15. If optical systems (ANVIS goggles, AH-1 Cobra sight) are used, place the systems in normal operating
position and check for full operational capability in accordance with TM 11-5855-263-10 for ANVIS goggles
and TM 9-1270-212-14&P for the AH-1 Cobra sight.
16. Remove the helmet and the mask.
17. Re-install the brow pad. Ensure the bottom edge of the brow pad is flush with the edge of the EAL.
18. Have the operator don the helmet without the mask. Repeat Steps 4. through 8.
19. After the first flight, recheck and adjust as necessary the helmet straps, the TPL, and the earcups.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0027 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
CUSTOM FITTING THERMOPLASTIC LINER (TPL)
INITIAL SETUP:
Oven (WP 0063 00, Item 20)
Oven Thermometer (WP 0063 00, Item 14)
Materials/Parts
Lining, Helmet, Shock, M45
Tape, Pressure-Sensitive (WP 0070 00, Item 23)
Gloves, Cotton (WP 0070 00, Item 9)
Materials/Parts (cont.)
Timer or equivalent (WP 0070 00, Item 35)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
Operator/Wearer
References
WP 0026 00
WP 0016 00
CUSTOM FITTING TPL
WARNING
There is a danger of a burn injury when working with an oven.

Do not remove any plastic layers from the TPL. Removal of plastic layers will result in
Do not add loose plastic layers to the TPL. Adding loose plastic layers will result in
CAUTION
Do not deform hot, soft TPL by pressing too hard in any one area when positioning liner in
helmet.
If using a non-convection oven to heat the TPL. Ensure that upper burner elements do not
activate during heating, or plastic layers will melt.
Before you place the TPL in the oven, ensure that the cover is attached properly to the
plastic layers (not on backwards).
NOTE
Proper fitting is essential to the functioning of the HGU-56/P, all of its modules, and, consequently, the safety of the operator/wearer. Take as much time as necessary to fit the AIHS
NOTE
Do not use a microwave oven; it will not heat plastic layers.
1.
Set oven rack to lowest position (Figure 1).

0028 00-1
0028 00
0028 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CUSTOM FITTING TPL CONTINUED

2.
Insert oven thermometer.
3.
Heat oven (WP 0063 00, Item 20) to 200F 5F (93.3C 2.8C).
200*F (33.3* C)
LOWEST RACK POSITION
MS098885A
Figure 1.
Oven Rack Position.
4.
Place TPL in center of rack in heated oven cloth side on rack.
5.
Ensure that oven stabilizes at temperature listed in Step 1. before starting timed sequence.
6.
Set timer, stopwatch, or equivalent for 10 minutes. Heat TPL for approximately 10 minutes.
7.
While TPL heats, review Steps 11. through 13. so that they may be completed in 30 seconds or less.
8.
Place pressure-sensitive tape over nape strap pad hook and pile fastener.
9.
Using oven thermometer (WP 0063 00, Item 14), check oven temperature every 3 to 5 minutes during the
heating process. Adjust oven controls if temperature falls outside the range specified in Step 1.
10. Describe fitting procedure to Operator/Wearer being fitted.

11. Remove TPL from oven.
12. To install the TPL, have crew member hold helmet upside down.
a.
Squeeze sides of TPL together to clear earcups, refer to Figure 2.
0028 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0028 00
MS098886
Figure 2.
Squeezing TPL.
b.
Insert TPL so that the front edge extends approximately 1/4-inch past the front edge of the EAL.
c.
While holding nape strap pad keeper taut (Figure 3), position rear of TPL against top edge of nape
strap pad.
MS098887A
Figure 3.
Holding TPL and Nape Strap Pad.
13. Have the crew member don the helmet as follows:

a.
Hook the thumbs in the earcups and spread the helmet slightly.
0028 00-3
0028 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

b.
Position the helmet firmly against the forehead; rotate the helmet rearward and down onto the head.
NOTE
The TPL top should be compressed as much as possible; this will afford a low center of gravity
and long-lasting comfort.
c.
Press the helmet down firmly with both hands to ensure that the helmet is properly positioned on the
head. Maintain as much downward pressure as possible, without causing excessive discomfort,
for 3-5 minutes.
14. Fasten and adjust the chin strap (WP 0016 00).
15. Lower the visors to check centering and nose clearance. If necessary, adjust the visors as follows:
a.
Loosen the downstop locking screws (one on each side of the visor) and adjust as necessary.
b.
When the desired visor position is attained, tighten the screws.
NOTE
If TPL is not properly fitted, reheat TPL, and repeat custom-fitting procedure.
16. Release pressure on top of head and remove helmet. Ensure that TPL lies smoothly in helmet. Reposition
liner if necessary to align TPL with EAL.
17. Remove pressure-sensitive tape (WP 0070 00, Item 23) from nape strap pad hook and pile fastener.
18. Have Operator/Wearer don helmet. Adjust earcups; tighten nape strap and chin strap.
19. Perform a final fit check. No pressure points should exist; if they do, remove TPL from helmet and repeat
custom-fitting procedure.
20. If the Operator/Wearer does not have a full field of view with ANVIS, remove TPL from helmet and reheat.
21. Re-install TPL in helmet, have operator/wearer don helmet, and press the front of helmet against the head to
compress TPL as much as possible.
22. If fit is still too tight after the TPL has been custom-fitted, select the next larger helmet size.
23. If helmet fits properly, proceed to WP 0026 00.
24. If the Operator/Wearer cannot be fitted per fitting instructions, contact United States Army Aviation Research
Laboratory (USAARL).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0028 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0029 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
SIZING AND FITTING PROCEDURES FOR ZETA II LINER
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician and Crew Member
References
WP 0026 00
WP 0016 00
SELECTING THE CORRECT SIZE OF ZETA II LINER
NOTE
Only USAARL may add or remove layers to TPL. Units are NOT authorized to add or remove
layers to TPL.
1.
Select proper thickness of Zeta II Liner for crewmember using helmet size, refer to Table 1.
Table 1.
TPL Liner and Zeta II Liner Comparison.
Number of TPL Layers
Zetaliner Thickness
2 TPL Layers
1/4-inch Zetaliner
3 TPL Layers
3/8-inch Zetaliner
4-5 TPL Layers
1/2-inch Zetaliner
5 TPL Layers
5/8-inch Zetaliner
2.
Select proper length of Zeta II Liner for crewmember using helmet size, refer to Table 2
Table 2.
Sizing Chart for Zeta II Liner.
NSN
Part Number
Size Length
Thickness
Helmet Size
8415-01-580-5456
9A-0015-101
15-inch
1/4-inch
XS & XXS
8415-01-580-5460
9A-0015-102
15-inch
3/8-inch
XS & XXS
8415-01-580-5465
9A-0015-103
15-inch
1/2-inch
XS & XXS
8415-01-580-5480
9A-0015-104
15-inch
5/8-inch
XS & XXS
8415-01-580-5484
9A-0016-101
16-inch
1/4-inch
S&M
8415-01-580-5489
9A-0016-102
16-inch
3/8-inch
S&M
8415-01-580-5492
9A-0016-103
16-inch
1/2-inch
S&M
8415-01-580-5494
9A-0016-104
16-inch
5/8-inch
S&M
8415-01-580-5498
9A-0017-101
17-inch
1/4-inch
8415-01-580-5499
9A-0017-102
17-inch
3/8-inch
8415-01-580-5500
9A-0017-103
17-inch
1/2-inch
0029 00-1
0029 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
SELECTING THE CORRECT SIZE OF ZETA II LINER CONTINUED

Table 2.
Sizing Chart for Zeta II Liner. Continued
NSN
Part Number
Size Length
Thickness
Helmet Size
8415-01-580-5859
9A-0017-104
17-inch
5/8-inch
9A-0018-101
18-inch
1/4-inch
XL
9A-0018-102
18-inch
3/8-inch
XL
9A-0018-103
18-inch
1/2-inch
XL
9A-0018-104
18-inch
5/8-inch
XL
ZETA II LINER FITTING PROCEDURES

1.
If worn, have crewmember don skullcap.
2.
Have the crewmember don the helmet.
NOTE
Zeta II Liner can be moved slightly forward or aft to accommodate helmet fit.
3.
Check helmet fit, refer to WP 0026 00.
4.
Adjust earcups. Add, cut, or adjust spacers as required.
5.
6.
Lower the visors to check centering and nose clearance. If necessary, adjust the visors as follows:
a.
Loosen the downstop locking screws (one on each side of the visor) and adjust as necessary.
b.
When the desired visor position is attained, tighten the screws.
7.
If the Operator/Wearer does not have a full field of view with ANVIS, remove TPL from helmet and reheat.
8.
If helmet fits properly, proceed to WP 0026 00.
9.
If the Operator/Wearer cannot be fitted per fitting instructions, contact United States Army Aviation Research
Laboratory (USAARL).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0029 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0030 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS) INTRODUCTION
AVIATION UNIT PMCS
WARNING
This may result in injury or death to personnel.
The AIHS PMCS procedure consists of pre-flight and post-flight inspections.
Pre-flight Inspection. Prior to each flight, the user shall inspect the helmet to see that it is in serviceable condition,
reporting any damage to the ALSE technician.
Post-flight Inspection. After each flight, the user shall inform the ALSE technician of any component malfunction
or damage to the helmet.
"Item No." Column
Form 2408-22, (Helmet and Oxygen Mask/Connector Inspection Record).
"Interval" Column
Before - Do before you begin operating equipment.
Annual - Do once per 360 6 days interval.
"Man Hour" Column
0030 00-1
0030 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
"Procedure" Column
NOTE
request assistance from next higher level of maintenance.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0030 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0031 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
AVIATION UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES (PMCS)
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Marker, Permanent (WP 0070 00, Item 27)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0023 00
WP 0045 00
WP 0015 00
WP 0056 00
WP 0049 00
WP 0040 00
WP 0043 00
WP 0058 00
References (cont.)
WP 0032 00
WP 0034 00
WP 0035 00
WP 0037 00
WP 0036 00
WP 0051 00
WP 0042 00
WP 0041 00
WP 0039 00
TM 55-1660-247-12
WP 0047 00
TM 11-5855-263-10
TM 9-1270-212-14&P
WP 0044 00
Table 1. Aviation Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services.

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
1
180 Days
Helmet
Shell
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
a. Inspect Edge Beading for cuts, tears, or

looseness.
Edge Beading
has cuts or tears
exceeding 1-inch
or is dangling from
helmet shell. See
WP 0056 00.
b. Inspect the edge for cracks.
Edge has any

cracks.
0031 00-1
0031 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Table 1. Aviation Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services. - Continued

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
c. Inspect surface for cracks, running front

to back, measuring longer than 2-inches.
Cracks are forked or branched or penetrating
the light-colored inner fiber layers.
Surface has
cracks, running
front to back,
measuring longer
than 2-inches.
Cracks are forked
or branched or
penetrating the
light-colored inner
fiber layers. See
WP 0058 00.
d. Inspect surface for cracks, running side to side

on the helmet shell measuring longer than
1-inch. Cracks are forked or branched, or
penetrating the light-colored inner fiber layers.
Surface has cracks,

running side to
side on the helmet
shell measuring
longer than 1-inch.
Cracks are forked
or branched, or
penetrating the
light-colored inner
fiber layers. See
WP 0058 00.
e. Inspect the eardome area for holes or cracks.
Any cracks
penetrate all five
layers, or any holes
in eardome area.
See WP 0058 00.
f. Inspect for any suspected soft spots

1) Place palm of hand against shell, and
press on suspected soft spot with index
finger. Use flat part of finger, not tip!
2) If soft spot is detected, use a coin the size
of a quarter or a half dollar and tap around
suspected area to find extent of soft spot.
Noise will sound dull or flat.
0031 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0031 00

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
g.
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
3) Mark a circle around edge of soft spot

using a permanent, fine tipped marker.
One soft spot is

larger than 2-1/2
inches in any
direction exists,
or two soft spots
measuring over
1-1/4 inches exist
(total length not
to exceed 2-1/2
inches), or three
or more soft spots
exist, or any soft
spots exists in the
ear dome area.
Helmets equipped with CEPS only:

1) Inspect Microphone Covers for tears or
looseness to cover.
2) Inspect hook and pile fasteners on interior For replacement,
and exterior of helmet for looseness.
refer to
WP 0049 00,
WP 0040 00 and
WP 0045 00.
180 Days
Helmet
Shell
(Interior)
Inspect visible surface for delaminations larger

than a nickel.
Visible surface
has delaminations
larger than a nickel.
See WP 0058 00.
180 Days
Lining,
Helmet,
Shock
(TPL)
a. Inspect cloth cover for dirt.
Cover is greasy,
oily, or dirty. See
WP 0058 00.
b. Inspect plastic layers for adhesion.
Layers are
separated.
Replace TPL,
see WP 0032 00.
a. Inspect cover fabric for cleanliness and wear.
Cover fabric
is dirty and/or
deterioration, worn,
spots, tears, cuts,
broken or skipped
stiches exist (See
WP 0023 00 and
WP 0034 00).
180 Days
Zeta II
Liner
0031 00-3
0031 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
b. Inspect the foam for deformation.
Foam deformation,
permanent
creases, and
lumps exist (See
WP 0034 00).
c. Inspect date of installation.
Date expired. (See

WP 0034 00).
180 Days
Energy
Absorbing
Liner
(EAL)
Inspect liner for breaks and separations.
Breaks or
separations exist.
See WP 0035 00.
180 Days
Earcups
Inspect earcup for cracks, breaks, or loose/missing

hook and pile fastener on back.
Earcup is cracked
or broken
(WP 0037 00); hook
and pile fastener is
loose or missing.
180 Days
Earseals
Inspect for cuts, tears, split seams.
Cuts or tears
exist; seams are
split, inner foam
is exposed. See
WP 0037 00.
180 Days
Retention
Assembly
Inspect for broken, loose, or missing hardware;

split seams; fraying; dirt.
Hardware is
broken, loose,
or missing; seams
are split; fabric
is frayed, oily,
greasy, or dirty.
See WP 0036 00.
180 Days
Communication
System
a. Check earphones for malfunctions.
Earphones are
malfunctioning.
See WP 0037 00.
b. Check microphone for malfunctions.
Microphone is
malfunctioning.
See WP 0042 00.
c. Check boom assembly for malfunctions.
Boom fails to
hold microphone
in place. See
WP 0041 00.
CEP-EQUIPPED HELMETS ONLY

d. Check CEP for malfunctions.
0031 00-4
CEP is
malfunctioning.
See WP 0051 00.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0031 00

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE
e. Check earplug foam tips for dirt or wear.
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Foam is dirty, worn,
or pulled back from
plastic tubing. See
WP 0023 00.
CEPS-EQUIPPED HELMETS ONLY
10
180 Days
Visor
Assembly
f. Check earplug foam tips for dirt and wear.
Foam is dirty, worn,

or pulled back from
plastic tubing. See
WP 0023 00.
g. Check battery function.
Batteries fail. See

WP 0015 00.
h.
Switch fails in ON
or OFF position .
Check CEPS On/OFF switch.
i. Check Communications Jack.
Not connected
properly.
j. Check Gain/Volume Switch.
Switch fails to
function properly.
k. Inspect CEPS harness for frayed wires, or

loose connection (Helmet interior).
Any wires cut or

frayed.
a. Check attachment of mounting hardware.
Hardware is loose
or missing. See
WP 0039 00.
b. Inspect housing for cracks.
Housing is cracked.
See WP 0039 00.
c. Inspect visor lenses for scratches
Scratches exist in
viewing area. See
WP 0039 00.
d. Check operation of visor lenses.
Visor lenses do
not move freely
in tracks. See
WP 0039 00.
11
180 Days
Oxygen
Mask
(when
used).
Refer to TM 55-1660-247-12.
12
180 Days
Oxygen
Bask
Bayonet
Receivers
(if
installed).
a. Check attachment of receivers
0031 00-5
Receiver is loose
or missing. See
WP 0047 00.
0031 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE
b. Check receivers for malfunctions.
13
180 Days
ANVIS
Goggles.
Refer to TM 11-5855-263-10.
14
180 Days
AH-1
Cobra
Sight.
Refer to TM 9-1270-212-14&P.
15
180 Days
Helmet
Bag.
Inspect for dirt, missing hardware, broken

stitching.
0031 00-6
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Receiver fails to
hold bayonet in
place or release.
See WP 0047 00.
Fabric is dirty;
hardware is
missing; stitching is
broken.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0031 00

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
16
17
180 Days
180 Days
(MFS)
Lip Light
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
a. Inspect shield for damage.
Holes or cracks
exist. See
WP 0058 00.
b. Check attachment of hardware.
Hardware is loose
or missing. See
WP 0043 00,
STRIKER
REPLACEMENT.
c. Check operation of hinges.
Hinges fail to
operate. See
WP 0043 00,
LATCH
ASSEMBLY
REPLACEMENT.
d. Check visors for fogging.
Visors fog when

MFS is used. See
WP 0043 00
e. Check attachment of Edge Beading to shield.
Any portion of
Edge Beading has
separated from
the shield. See
WP 0056 00.
a. Check attachment to microphone.
Lip light insecure.

See WP 0044 00.
b. Check battery function.
Batteries fail. See

WP 0044 00.
c. Check switch function.
Switch fails in ON or
OFF position. See
WP 0044 00.

END OF WORK PACKAGE
0031 00-7/8 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0032 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
THERMOPLASTIC LINER (TPL) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required
Lining, Helmet, Shock (TPL)

(WP 0065 00, Figure 2, Item 31)
Lining, Helmet, Shock (TPL),M45
ALSE Technician
REMOVAL
NOTE
These procedures apply to the TPL and M45 TPL.
Squeeze sides of TPL and remove it from helmet. Refer to Figure 1.
MS098907A
Figure 1.
Squeezing TPL.
INSTALLATION
Squeezing the sides of the TPL, install TPL in helmet with the rear edge of TPL aligned with top edge of nape strap pad.
Ensure nape hanger strap is taut and hook and pile fasteners are engaged.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0032 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0033 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
BROW PAD M45 REPLACEMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
ALSE Technician
References
Brow Pad (WP 0065 00, Figure 2, Item 7)

Personnel Required
EM 0250 Brow Pad Video
REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT
See Brow Pad Video, EM 0250.
1.
Remove the brow pad (Figure 1, Item 1) from the Helmet (Figure 1, Item 3).
1
MS098950A
Figure 1.
2.
Brow Pad, M45.
Attach flat side of replacement brow pad to hook and pile fasteners at the front of the EAL (Figure 1, Item 2),
ensuring that bottom of brow pad (Figure 1, Item 1) is flush with the front edge of the EAL (Figure 1, Item 2).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0033 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0034 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
ZETA II LINER REMOVAL, INSPECTION AND REPLACEMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0032 00
WP 0029 00
REMOVAL
1.
If installing a new Zeta II Liner, remove TPL from helmet, refer to WP 0032 00.
2.
If installing a replacement Zeta II Liner, remove original Zeta II Liner by squeezing sides of liner and removing
it from helmet.
INSPECTION-ACCEPTANCE AND REJECTION CRITERIA
NOTE
Liner fabric is considered a wear item and requires visual inspection at 180 days.
Inspect the Zeta II Helmet Liner as follows:
1.
Remove the Zeta II Liner from the helmet.
2.
Inspect Zeta II Liner cover fabric for cleanliness, deterioration, worn, spots, tears, cuts, broken or skipped
stitches.
3.
Inspect the foam for deterioration of material.
NOTE
Replace every 3 years from date issued.
4.
Ensure Zeta II Liner has been marked with contrasting permanent marker, the date of initial issue.
5.
Re-install the Zeta II Liner.
NOTE
The visco-elastic foam material used in the Zeta II Liner is temperature-sensitive. This material
reacts to body temperature and molds to the users head, forming a custom fit every time the
helmet is worn. In cold weather, the material will feel stiff, but will react to body heat and return
to its optimum temperature of 81 degrees F. in approximately 20 seconds.
NOTE
The Zeta II has a 3 year service life starting when the liner is installed in the helmet. ALSE
technicians should permanently mark on the Zeta II label the month and year that the liner is
installed.
1.
Fit the replacement Zeta II Liner to crewmember, refer to WP 0029 00.

0034 00-1
0034 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT CONTINUED

FRONT
NAPE STRAP
FLAP
MS100129
Figure 1.
Bottom (Inside) Attachment of the Hook and Pile Fastener Strip.
2.
Grasp the Zeta II Helmet Liner in the middle label side out and place it into the helmet with the front of the liner
toward the front of helmet, starting at the top of the edge roll.
3.
Making sure liner is centered in the helmet, press liner to the hook fastener strips at the front. The front edge
of the liner should cover the EAL but not cover the edge roll.
4.
Press the Zeta II Helmet Liner into the helmet and then attach the liner to the hook fastener on the nape strap
flap.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0034 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0035 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
ENERGY ABSORBING LINER (EAL) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Energing Absorbing Liner (EAL)

(WP 0065 00, Figure 2, Item 30)
Screwdriver, Flat-tip (WP 0063 00, Item 27)

Spatula (WP 0063 00, Item 2)
Personnel Required
Materials/Parts
ALSE Technician
NOTE
Before performing this procedure, disengage the chin strap from the D-rings, and loosen nape
strap pad adjustment. This will ease removal of the EAL.
REMOVAL
EAL REMOVAL
1.
Detach the earcups from earcup retainer pads by disengaging hook and pile fasteners and passing them
through the retention assembly. Allow earcups to hang outside the helmet by communications cord.
MS098888A
Figure 1.
TPL Removal.
2.
Squeeze sides of TPL and remove it from helmet by disengaging the front and rear hook and pile fastener,
refer to Figure 1.
3.
Remove the screw, spring washer, and post fastening the retention assembly (Figure 2) to the center rear of
the helmet shell. Retain the screw, washer, and post for reassembly.
0035 00-1
0035 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
REMOVAL CONTINUED
EAL REMOVAL CONTINUED
REAR RETENTION SCREW
MS098889A
Figure 2.
4.
Rear Retention Screw.
Loosen the nape strap pad as much as possible.
NOTE
Removing the EAL may require some practice.
5.
Use a spatula (Figure 3) to separate the hook and pile fastener attaching the EAL to the helmet shell.
Following the contour of the helmet shell, carefully slide the EAL out through the front of the helmet.
SPATULA
MS038643
Figure 3.
Removing EAL .
0035 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0035 00
INSTALLATION
EAL INSTALLATION
1.
Position the front of the EAL at the rear of the helmet between the nape strap pad assembly and the helmet
shell.
NOTE
Installing the EAL may require some practice.
2.
Following the contour of the helmet shell, slide the EAL into the helmet.
3.
Attach the hook and pile fastener on the EAL to the hook and pile fastener on the inside of the helmet shell.
Ensure front edge of liner is aligned with front edge of helmet shell.
4.
Reattach the nape strap pad to the helmet shell via the screw, washer, and post removed previously.
5.
Squeezing the sides of the TPL, re-install it in the helmet with the rear edge of the TPL aligned with the top
edge of the nape strap pad. Ensure that the nape hanger strap is taught and the hook and pile fasteners are
engaged.
6.
Reattach the earcups to the earcup retaining pads. Have operator/wearer don helmet and check earcup
position.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0035 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0036 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
RETENTION ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Screwdriver, flat-tip (WP 0063 00, Item 27)

ALSE Technician
References
Materials/Parts
WP 0031 00
WP 0035 00
Retention Assembly (WP 0065 00, Figure 3, Item 1)

REMOVAL
NOTE
Ensure that the chin strap is disengaged from the D-rings, and loosen nape strap pad adjustment. This will provide easier access to the helmet for installation.
1.
Detach the earcups from earcup retainer pads by disengaging hook and pile fasteners, and passing them
through the retention straps. Allow earcups to hang outside the helmet by communications cord.
2.
Squeeze sides of TPL and remove it from helmet by disengaging the front and rear hook and pile fastener,
refer to Figure 1.
MS098892A
Figure 1.
3.
TPL Removal.
Remove the screw (Figure 2), spring washer, and post attaching the retention assembly to the center rear of
the helmet shell. Retain the screw, washer, and post for re-installation.
0036 00-1
0036 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
REMOVAL CONTINUED
MS098893A
Figure 2.
4.
Use a Spatula (Figure 3) to separate the hook and pile fastener attaching the EAL to helmet shell.
MS098894A
Figure 3.
EAL Removal.
NOTE
Removing the EAL may require some practice.
5.
Carefully slide the EAL out through the front of helmet, following the contour of helmet shell.
6.
Inspect the EAL, refer to WP 0031 00. Replace if necessary following WP 0035 00.
7.
Remove retention assembly from the helmet shell by removing two screws (Figure 4, Item 1), washers and
posts on each side of the helmet shell.
0036 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0036 00
REMOVAL CONTINUED
1
MS098895A
Figure 4.
8.
Strap Assembly, Chin Attachment Points.
Remove the entire retention assembly from the helmet.
INSTALLATION
1.
Install the retention assembly to the helmet shell by installing two screws (Figure 4, Item 1), washers and
posts on each side of the helmet shell.
NOTE
Ensure that the holes in the EAL align with the plenum openings for air cooling. In addition, the
square hole should be located to allow access to the retention assembly mounting hardware.
2.
Position the front edge of EAL between nape strap pad and helmet shell at the rear of helmet. Following
contour of helmet shell, slide EAL into the helmet until the front edge of the EAL is flush with front edge of the
helmet shell. Ensure that hook and pile fasteners are engaged.
3.
Install keeper strap to helmet shell by routing the strap through EAL.
4.
Install screw (Figure 2), spring washer, and post attaching the retention assembly to the center rear of the
helmet shell.
5.
Squeezing the sides of the TPL, re-install in the helmet with the rear edge of the TPL aligned with top edge of
nape strap pad. Ensure that nape strap is taut and hook and pile fasteners are engaged.
6.
Re-install earcups and check fit (WP 0026 00).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0036 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0037 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
EARCUP ASSEMBLY WITHOUT CEP
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Jewelers Screwdriver Set (WP 0063 00, Item 6)

Materials/Parts
ALSE Technician
References
Earcup Assembly (WP 0065 00, Figure 4)
WP 0031 00
REMOVAL
1.
Remove the earcup; allow it to hang by the communications cord.
2.
Remove the earseal from the earcup by stretching it carefully over the lip of the earcup.
3.
Remove the foam receiver retainer from the earcup.
4.
Remove the receiver from the receiver retainer.
5.
Using a jewelers screwdriver (WP 0063 00, Item 6), loosen (do not remove) the two set screws that secure
the receiver to the communications cord leads.
6.
Remove the ear cushion from the earcup.
CAUTION
When removing communications cord leads from the earcup, handle the grommet only; do not
pull on the wires.
7.
Carefully remove the grommet from the earcup and pull the communications cord leads through the hole.
8.
Inspect all components and replace as necessary, refer to WP 0031 00.
INSTALLATION
1.
Insert the communications cord through the hole in the earcup.
2.
Insert the grommet into the hole in the earcup. For easier insertion, wet the grommet with plain water if
needed.
3.
Insert the communications cord leads into the receiver. Using a jewelers screwdriver (WP 0063 00, Item 6),
tighten the two set screws.
4.
Insert the ear cushion lengthwise into the earcup. Center it in the earcup, ensuring that the receiver and the
communications cord leads are accessible.
5.
Center the receiver in front of the ear cushion. Insert the receiver retainer into the earcup and center it so that
the receiver is seated in the retainer pocket.
6.
Install the earseal on the earcup.

a.
Hook one end of the earseal over the lip of the earcup.
b.
Carefully stretch the earseal over the remainder of the earcup.
7.
Attach the earcup to the earcup retainer pads. Ensure that the hook and pile are firmly engaged.
8.
Check earcup position and adjust as necessary.

0037 00-1
0037 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
INSTALLATION CONTINUED
RECIEVER
RETAINER
EARCUP
EAR CUSHION
RECEIVER
EARSEAL
LEADS
COMMUNICATIONS
CORD
MS038634
Figure 1.
Earcup Assembly.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0037 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0038 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
CAP PLUG, PROTECTIVE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Cap-Plug, Protective (WP 0065 00, Figure 2, Item 15)

Personnel Required
Screwdriver, Cross-tip (WP 0063 00, Item 28)

Materials/Parts
ALSE Technician
REMOVAL
Remove the four screws (Figure 1, Item 1) attaching the cap-plug, protective to the helmet.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Locking release lever should be in the 3 oclock position as worn.
Install the replacement cap-plug, protective (Figure 1, Item 2) with the four screws removed previously.
1
2
MS038642
Figure 1.
Cap-Plug, Protective.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0038 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0039 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
DUAL VISOR ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Dual Visor Assembly (WP 0065 00, Figure 7)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0035 00
WP 0031 00
REMOVAL
NOTE
Procedures are identical for the opposite side of visor.
1.
Loosen four thumbscrews (Figure 1, Item 2) securing visor assembly to helmet.
2.
Remove visor from helmet.
3.
Remove four thumbscrews from visor assembly.
4.
Remove housing (Figure 1, Item 1) from tracks (Figure 1, Item 4, Figure 1, Item 5 and Figure 1, Item 6).
NOTE
A nut plate (Figure 1, Item 8) on the underside of the helmet shell holds the posts in place, If the
post threads are stripped, remove EAL as directed in WP 0035 00 and replace the nut plate.
5.
6.
Disassemble visors:
a.
Slide upper and lower visor apart.
b.
Remove retaining rings (Figure 1, Item 3) and bushings (Figure 1, Item 7) from tracks.
c.
Repeat Step 5.b. for other side of visor.
Inspect components and replace as necessary, refer to WP 0031 00.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
Procedures are identical for the opposite side of visor.

When installing lenses, ensure lens guides are seated in track grooves.
Ensure bushing mates with locking notch in lower track to prevent rotation when installing
or removing thumbscrews.
If EAL was removed, re-install it as directed in WP 0035 00.
1.
Insert bushings (Figure 1, Item 7) upward through lower track (Figure 1, Item 6).
2.
Place inner visor (Figure 1, Item 9) over lower track.
3.
Place middle track (Figure 1, Item 5) over inner visor.
4.
Place outer visor on middle track (Figure 1, Item 10).

0039 00-1
0039 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
5.
Place upper track (Figure 1, Item 4) over outer visor.
6.
Install retaining ring (Figure 1, Item 3) on bushing.
7.
Insert second bushing and attach retaining ring.
8.
Repeat Steps 1. through 7. for other side.
9.
Attach housing (Figure 1, Item 1) to tracks by inserting thumbscrews through housing and threading them
through the bushings (Figure 1, Item 7).
10. Install four thumbscrews (Figure 1, Item 2) downward through bushings and into posts to attach visor
assembly to helmet.
11. If necessary, adjust visor as follows:
a.
Adjust the visor using the downstop locking screws (Figure 1, Item 11) through the holes; one
is located on each side of the visor. (Loosening the screws allows the downstop to be raised or
lowered approximately 1-inch for visor-to-mask or facial conformance.)
b.
When the desired position is attained, tighten the screws.

1
2
11
10
4
5
9
6
7
8
MS098905A
Figure 1.
Dual Visor Assembly.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0039 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0040 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
ANVIS MOUNT ON DUAL VISOR ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
#1 Screwdriver, Cross-Tip (WP 0063 00, Item 28)
Materials/Parts
Dual Visor Assembly (WP 0065 00, Figure 7)
ANVIS Mount
Isopropyl Alcohol Pads (WP 0070 00, Item 12)
Pencil (WP 0070 00, Item 15)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
TM 11-5855-263-10
INSTALLATION
1.
Remove four thumbscrews that attach visor assembly to helmet; remove visor assembly (Figure 1).
THUMBSCREW
MS098941A
Figure 1.
Visor Assembly.
2.
Remove thumbscrews from visor assembly.
3.
Remove housing from tracks.
4.
Remove four screws on the back of the ANVIS mount.
5.
Place the mount (Figure 2) against the front of the visor housing and align the mount holes with the visor
housing holes.
0040 00-1
0040 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
MOUNT
MS098942A
Figure 2.
ANVIS Mount Attached to Housing.
6.
Attach mount to housing by inserting four screws through the back of housing and into mount.
7.
Remove two screws, washers, and posts attaching the fairlead, block (Figure 3, Item 1) and the access cover
(Figure 3, Item 2) to the visor housing.
2
1
MS098943A
Figure 3.
8.
Cover, Access.
Remove the moleskin patch (Figure 4) covering the access cover retaining screw on the inside of the visor
housing.
MOLESKIN PATCH
MS098944A
Figure 4.
9.
Moleskin Patch Covering Screw.
Remove retaining screw securing access cover to housing and remove access cover.
10. Route the cable and the connector under the access cover.
0040 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0040 00
CAUTION
When re-installing the access cover, be careful to install the screws just snugly enough to secure
the cover. Tightening the screws too much may damage the cover.
11. Reattach the access cover and the fairlead, block to the visor housing with the screws (Figure 5, Item 2),
washers, and posts removed in Step 8.
12. Ensure that the red dot (Figure 5, Item 1) on the connector points up and that the knurls (Figure 5, Item 4) on
the connector are seated between the ridges (Figure 5, Item 3) on the block.
4
2
MS098945A
Figure 5.
Re-installing Cover, Access.
13. Install moleskin patches (Figure 6) on the inside of the housing in the pattern shown.
MOLESKIN
PATCHES
INNER VISOR HOUSING

MS098946A
Figure 6.
Moleskin Patches Installed.
14. Align housing over bushings that protrude upward through tracks, and install the thumbscrews through visor
housing and bushings.
15. Position visor housing assembly on helmet, and start four thumbscrews into helmet to attach visor assembly,
refer to Figure 7. After all four thumbscrews are started, tighten them.
0040 00-3
0040 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
THUMBSCREW
MS098947A
Figure 7.
Visor Housing Assembly Installed.
16. Attach two 2-inch x 3-inch hook and pile fasteners to the helmet as follows:
PILE
FASTENER
PIECES
MS098948A
Figure 8.
ANVIS Hook and Pile Fasteners Installed.
NOTE
The only authorized adhesive backed items to be installed on the HGU-56/P helmet are:
The two 2-inch x 3-inch pile fastener pieces for the ANVIS battery pack and weight bag.
The 1-inch x 1 1/2-inch pile fastener for the lip light battery pack will be installed on the left
side of the helmet, centered between the rear ear dome edge and the communication wire
and up 1-inch from helmet edge beading.
No other stickers or self adhesive items are authorized on the HGU-56/P helmet shell or
dual visor assembly housing.
a.
Position the two hook and pile fasteners (Figure 8) at the rear of the helmet, and mark the area with
a pencil.
0040 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
WARNING
Isopropyl alcohol is flammable and toxic to eyes, skin, and respiratory tract. Wear protective gloves and goggles/face shield. Avoid repeated or prolonged contact. Use only in well
ventilated areas (or use approved respirator as determined by local safety/industrial hygiene
personnel). Keep away from open flames, sparks or other sources of ignition.
b.
Clean the marked area using isopropyl alcohol pads.
c.
Remove backing from self-adhesive pile fastener.
d.
Install pile fastener on marked area and apply pressure to ensure a good bond.
17. Install the ANVIS goggles (Figure 9), refer to TM 11-5855-263-10.
MS098949A
Figure 9.
ANVIS Mount with ANVIS Goggles Installed.
18. Perform a continuity check of the ANVIS goggles, refer to TM 11-5855-263-10.

END OF WORK PACKAGE
0040 00-5/6 blank
0040 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0041 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
MICROPHONE AND SWIVEL ASSEMBLY, BOOM (SAB) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Screwdriver, Flat-Tip (WP 0063 00, Item 27)
Screwdriver, Cross-Tip (WP 0063 00, Item 28)
Screwdriver, Jewelers (WP 0063 00, Item 6)
Materials/Parts
Microphone Boom (WP 0065 00, Figure 2, Item 4)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
REMOVAL
1.
Unplug microphone cord from communications jack on rear of helmet.
2.
Using a cross-tip screwdriver, remove swivel assembly screw (Figure 1, Item 1) and washer (Figure 1, Item
2).
3.
Remove the flat washer (Figure 1, Item 3) from boom support washer (Figure 1, Item 9).
4.
Using a cross-tip screwdriver, remove screw (Figure 1, Item 6) from knurled knob (Figure 1, Item 7).
5.
Unscrew the knurled knob and remove from boom support washer (Figure 1, Item 9).
6.
Remove special washer (Figure 1, Item 5) from boom support washer.
7.
Remove one of the grooved washers (Figure 1, Item 4) from boom support washer (Figure 1, Item 9).
8.
Remove boom (Figure 1, Item 8) and other grooved washer (Figure 1, Item 4).
9.
Remove microphone cord from clip attached to boom assembly.
10. Remove thumbscrew from boom and remove microphone from boom.
11. Using a jewelers screwdriver, loosen two set screws and remove microphone from microphone cord.
INSTALLATION
1.
Using a jewelers screwdriver, attach microphone to microphone cord and tighten two set screws.
2.
Place microphone on boom, install thumbscrew attaching microphone to boom.
3.
Using clip attached to boom assembly, attach microphone cord to boom.
4.
Attach one of the grooved washers (Figure 1, Item 4) to boom support washer (Figure 1, Item 9).
5.
Attach boom (Figure 1, Item 8) and other grooved washer (Figure 1, Item 4).
6.
Attach special washer (Figure 1, Item 5) to boom support washer.
7.
Screw knurled knob on to boom support washer (Figure 1, Item 9).
8.
Using a cross-tip screwdriver, attach screw (Figure 1, Item 6) to knurled knob (Figure 1, Item 7).
9.
Attach the flat washer (Figure 1, Item 3) to boom support washer (Figure 1, Item 9).
10. Using a cross-tip screwdriver, attach swivel assembly screw (Figure 1, Item 1) and washer (Figure 1, Item 2).
11. Plug microphone cord into communications jack on rear of helmet.
0041 00-1
0041 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
2
1
MS098897A
Figure 1.
Boom and Microphone.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0041 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0042 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
COMMUNICATIONS ASSEMBLY WITHOUT CEP REMOVE AND REPLACE
INITIAL SETUP:
Wrench, Box and Open-end (WP 0063 00, Item 39)
Materials/Parts
Earphone (WP 0065 00, Figure 2, Item 25)
Microphone (WP 0065 00, Figure 2, Item 27)
Cord Assembly (WP 0065 00, Figure 2, Item 9)
Swivel Assembly, Boom (WP 0065 00, Figure 6)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0037 00
WP 0026 00
WP 0035 00
WP 0032 00
REMOVAL
1.
Remove TPL, refer to WP 0032 00.
2.
Remove the rear retention screw (Figure 1), spring washer, and post fastening retention assembly to center
of helmet shell. Retain the screw, washer, and post for reassembly.
MS098893A
Figure 1.
NOTE
Removing energy-absorbing liner may require some practice.
3.
Remove EAL, refer to WP 0049 00.
4.
Remove the foam receiver retainer pad from each earcup, refer to WP 0037 00.
5.
Unplug the microphone cord from the communications jack (Figure 2, Item 1) at the rear of the helmet.
0042 00-1
0042 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
REMOVAL CONTINUED
3
2
MS098901A
Figure 2.
Communication Cord Strain Relief Screw and Communication Jack Retaining Plate.
6.
Remove the screw (Figure 2, Item 2), washer, and post attaching the communications cord strain relief plate
7.
Using a jewelers screwdriver, remove the two screws attaching the communications jack retaining plate
(Figure 2, Item 3) to the rear of the helmet.
8.
Untie the communications cord from the communications cord strain relief plate.
9.
Remove the communications cord grommet from inside of the helmet through the outside of helmet shell.
10. Remove the entire communications cord from the helmet shell.
1.
Obtain the needed replacement components.
2.
Remove the strain relief plate from the communications cord by untying the cord.
3.
From the outside of the helmet, pass the entire communications cord though the hole in the rear of the helmet
shell, leaving only the microphone connector with the mounting bracket and the grommet outside the helmet.
4.
Insert the grommet into the hole. (If necessary, wet the grommet with plain water to ease insertion.)
5.
Install two screws to attach the microphone connector with the jack holder plate to the helmet.
6.
Re-tie the strain relief plate (Figure 3, Item 3) to the communications cord (Figure 3, Item 1) in the same
manner in which the cord was originally tied.
1
2
4
3
5
7
8
MS098904A
Figure 3.
Communications Assembly.
0042 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0042 00
NOTE
When properly tied, the knot (Figure 3, Item 6) should be between the strain relief plate and the
helmet shell (Figure 3, Item 5).
7.
Attach the strain relief plate to the helmet shell using a screw (Figure 3, Item 8), post (Figure 3, Item 4), and
spring washer (Figure 3, Item 7).
8.
Insert the communications cord leads (Figure 3, Item 3) from the outside of the earcup through the holes.
9.
Insert the grommet into the hole in the shell, earphone. For easier insertion, wet the grommet with plain water
if desired.
10. Insert the communications cord leads into the receiver and tighten the set screws.
11. Insert the cushion, ear lengthwise into the shell, earphone. Center it in the shell, ensuring that the receiver
and the communications cord leads are accessible.
12. Center the receiver in front of the cushion, ear. Insert the receiver retainer into the earcup and center it so
that the receiver is seated in the receiver pocket.
13. Repeat Steps 8. through 12. for the other earphone.
14. Plug the microphone cord into the communications cord connector at the rear of the helmet shell.
15. Install helmet EAL, refer to WP 0035 00.
16. Insall helmet TPL, refer to WP 0032 00.
17. Reattach the earcups to the earcup retaining pads. Check earcup position, refer to WP 0026 00.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0042 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0043 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
MAXILLOFACIAL SHIELD (MFS) INSTALLATION AND REPLACEMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Drill, Electrical, Portable (WP 0063 00, Item 9)
Drill, Twist, 1/16 (WP 0063 00, Item 32)
Compass with Pencil (WP 0063 00, Item 7)
Rule, machinists (WP 0063 00, Item 26)
Punch, Center, Solid (WP 0063 00, Item 31)
Respirator (WP 0063 00, Item 23)
Scissors, Medical (WP 0063 00, Item 47)
Pencil (LP) (WP 0070 00, Item 15)
Goggles, Eye-Protective (WP 0070 00, Item 10)
Materials/Parts
Maxillofacial Shield (WP 0065 00, Figure 11, Item 1)
Striker Hardware Kit (WP 0065 00, Figure 11, Item 2)
Latch Hardware Kit (WP 0065 00, Figure 11, Item 3)
White Glue (LP) (WP 0070 00, Item 9a)
2x4 Block of Wood
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0039 00
INSTALLATION
INSTALLING STRIKERS
1.
Remove the dual visor assembly from the helmet, refer to WP 0039 00.
HELMET
DIMPLE
ARC
MS098960A
Figure 1.
2.
Drawing Arc from Helmet Dimple.
Set a compass to the value shown below for your helmet size.
a.
Small, XS, XXS: 3-1/8-inches
b.
Medium: 3-3/16-inches
c.
Large: 3-5/16-inches
0043 00-1
0043 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
d.
X-Large: 3-5/16-inches
3.
With the compass set to the appropriate value as specified in Step 2., position the point of the compass in the
dimple on one side of the helmet, and draw an arc from approximately 2-inches to 2-1/2-inches below the
dual visor assembly post, refer to Figure 1.
4.
Repeat Step 3. for the other side of the helmet.
5.
Set the compass to the value shown below for your helmet.
6.
a.
Small, XS, XXS: 2-1/8-inches
b.
Medium: 2-1/8-inches
c.
Large: 2-3/16 inches
d.
X-Large: 2-1/8-inches
With the compass set to the appropriate value as specified in Step 5., position the point of the compass below
and against the lower dual visor assembly post on one side of the helmet, and draw an arc to intersect the
first arc, refer to Figure 2.
POST
ARC
MS098961A
Figure 2.
Drawing Arc from Dual Visor Assembly Post.
7.
Repeat Step 6. for the other side of the helmet.
8.
On one side of the helmet, center punch the point at which the arcs intersect. Repeat for the other side.
0043 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0043 00
WARNING
Wear eye-protective goggles when drilling holes in Steps 9. through 11. to prevent eye
injury.
Use the 2x4 block of wood as described in Steps 9. through 11. to prevent hand injury.
CAUTION
9.
Be careful not to damage any components inside the helmet when performing Steps 9.
through 11.
If the helmet shell is not drilled in the following manner, delamination of the helmet shell
could result, making the helmet unserviceable.
When performing Steps 9. through 11., hold the drill perpendicular to the helmet shell to
prevent damage to the shell and the energy-absorbing liner.
Use the 2x4 block of wood as specified in Steps 9. through 11. to prevent damage to the
helmet shell.
At the center punched marks where the two arcs intersect, firmly hold a 2x4 block of wood inside the helmet
shell behind the drilling point. Using a 1/16-inch drill twist, drill a pilot hole. Continue to hold the block in this
manner in Step 10. and Step 11.
10. Using a 1/8-inch drill twist, drill through the pilot hole.
11. Using a 3/16-inch drill twist, finish drilling hole.
12. Repeat Steps 9. through 11. for the other side of helmet.
13. Attach a striker (Figure 3, Item 2) to one side of the helmet by using one screw (Figure 3, Item 1) and a post
(Figure 3, Item 3) through the lower hole of the striker and the drilled hole in the helmet, applying a drop of
white glue to the threads of each screw. Leave the screw just loose enough to allow the striker to rotate.
2
MS098962A
Figure 3.
Striker Attachment.
14. Repeat Step 13. for the other side of the helmet.
15. Reattach the dual visor assembly to the helmet, refer to WP 0039 00.
16. Using the two downstop locking screws (one on each side of visor), adjust visor downstop to lowest position,
refer to Figure 4.
0043 00-3
0043 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
DOWNSTOP
LOCKING
SCREW
DOWNSTOP
LOCKING
SCREW
MS098963A
Figure 4.
Downstop Locking Screws.
17. Attach the MFS (Figure 5, Item 5) to the striker and latch the MFS into place as follows: Position the pin
(Figure 5, Item 1) on the MFS latch (Figure 5, Item 2) into the slot (Figure 5, Item 4) of the striker (Figure 5,
Item 3), and flip the latch against the helmet shell. Ensure that the latch is locked in place.
1
MS098964A
Figure 5.
MFS Attachment to Helmet.
0043 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0043 00
NOTE
The helmet can be donned or doffed while the MFS is attached to either side and swung open.
However, if the ML-24 light is attached to the MFS, the MFS should be swung open from the
right side as worn to avoid disconnecting the light. The MFS can also be swung open while the
helmet is worn, allowing the crewmember to eat or drink. If the helmet is stowed with the MFS
attached, the shield should be secured to the helmet on both sides.
18. Swing the MFS to the closed position, and fasten the latch in place as described in Step 17.
19. Lower the inner (clear) visor to the full down position.
NOTE
The MFS must not touch any part of the dual visor housing.
Ensure there is 1/16-inch clearance between the inside surface of the visor and MFS or
visor fogging may occur.
20. Push up or down on the MFS, so that an approximately 1/16-inch clearance exists between the inside surface
of the visor and the top edge beading of the MFS where they overlap. The bottom edge of the visor should
align with the bottom edge of the edge beading on the MFS.
21. With the MFS in position, tighten the two lower striker screws (one on each side of the helmet).
22. Raise the inner visor.
23. Unlatch one side of the MFS and swing the MFS out, ensuring that there is no interference with the dual visor
housing.
24. Re-latch the MFS, and repeat for the other side.
25. Lower inner visor to ensure alignment and clearance of 1/16-inch has be maintained, readjust if necessary.
26. If adjustments were made, raise and lower inner visor to ensure clearance and proper operation. Once this
is complete raise inner visor.
WARNING
Wear eye-protective goggles when drilling holes in Steps 27. through 31. to prevent eye
injury.
Use the 2x4 block of wood as described in Steps 27. through 31. to prevent hand injury.
CAUTION
Be careful not to damage any components inside the helmet when performing Steps 27.
through 31.
When performing Steps 27. through 31., hold the drill perpendicular to the helmet shell to
prevent damage to the shell and the energy-absorbing liner.
Use the 2x4 block of wood as specified in Steps 27. through 31. to prevent damage to the
helmet shell.
27. With both sides of the MFS latched in place and the two lower striker screws tightened, firmly hold a 2x4 block
of wood inside the helmet shell behind the drilling point. Using a 1/16-inch drill twist, drill a pilot hole through
the upper hole of striker.
0043 00-5
0043 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
28. Using a 1/8-inch drill twist, drill through the pilot hole.
29. Repeat Steps 27. through 28. for the other side of helmet.
CAUTION
When performing following step, ensure that both strikers are rotated out of the way before you
begin drilling. Do not drill through the strikers with the 3/16-inch drill twist.
30. Remove the MFS, loosen the two lower striker screws, and rotate both strikers out of the way to allow access
to the pilot holes drilled in Step 27.
31. Firmly hold a 2x4 block of wood inside the helmet shell behind the drilling point. Using a 3/16-inch drill twist,
drill through both pilot holes (on each side of helmet).
32. Rotate the strikers back to their previous positions. Install the remaining screws (Figure 6, Item 1) and posts
(Figure 6, Item 3) through the upper striker holes and the newly drilled holes to attach the strikers (Figure 6,
Item 2), applying a drop of white glue to the threads of each screw.
33. Tighten all four screws.
2
2
3
3
1
1
MS098965A
Figure 6.
Striker Attachment.
34. Reattach the MFS, lower the inner visor, and check for proper alignment on the helmet.
35. If the MFS does not align properly, loosen all four screws (with the MFS still attached), realign the MFS as
necessary, and re-tighten the screws.
NOTE
Before donning the helmet in the following step, clean the inside of the helmet to remove all
debris resulting from drilling.
36. Don the helmet and check the operation of the MFS.
37. Adjust the microphone boom as necessary so that it can be placed behind the MFS. To do this, loosen the
knurled knob (Figure 7, Item 1) on the boom swivel, move the boom forward or back until it can be placed into
the recessed space (Figure 7, Item 2) of the MFS, and tighten the knurled knob.
0043 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0043 00
2
MS098966A
Figure 7.
Align Boom with MFS.
STRIKER REPLACEMENT
1.
Remove screws (Figure 8, Item 1) and posts (Figure 8, Item 3) attaching the striker (Figure 8, Item 2) to be
replaced.
2
MS100431A
Figure 8.
2.
Striker and Hardware.
Install the new striker with the screws and posts (6-32 x 0.053-inch) supplied in the hardware kit, applying a
drop of white glue to the threads of each screw.
LATCH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT

1.
Remove the latch (Figure 9, Item 3) assembly by removing the screws (Figure 9, Item 1 and Figure 9, Item 4)
and posts (not shown) that attach the hinge (Figure 9, Item 2) to the MFS.
0043 00-7
0043 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

LATCH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT CONTINUED
1
2
MS098969A
Figure 9.
2.
Shield Hardware.
Attach the replacement latch assembly to the MFS with the screws and posts (6-32 x 0.50-inch) provided in
the latch assembly kit, applying a drop of white glue to the threads of each screw.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0043 00-8
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0044 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
MIKE LITE (LIP LIGHT) REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Pliers, Diagonal Cut (WP 0063 00, Item 24)

Materials/Parts
Strap, Tiedown, Electrical (WP 0070 00, Item 36)

Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
Lip Light (WP 0065 00, Figure 12, Item 1)
NOTE
The Xenon lamp (white light) of the ML-14 lip light is not approved to be used with Night
Vision Goggles Systems (NVGs).
ML-14 Xenon lamp is not a Light Emitting Diode (LED) light source.
Xenon lamp is used when dark adaptation is not necessary and where a strong, bright,
white light is desired.
When using ML-14 lip light in conjunction with NVGs, ensure the two green LEDs light
source is used.
REMOVAL
1.
Cut tie down straps securing the lip light power supply wire and remove wire from boom structure.
2.
Cut tie down strap securing lip light to microphone assembly.
3.
Remove lip light thumbscrew from lip light bracket and remove lip light.
4.
Install original microphone thumbscrew (Figure 1) to secure microphone to boom.
INSTALLATION
NOTE
MK-1, Mount Kit mounts the lip light to the aviators microphone. MK-1, Mount Kit is issued with
an assortment of clips to attach the ML-8, ML-14 or ML-18, lip light to boom microphone bracket.
To install the lip light on the HGU-56/P helmet boom microphone bracket, follow the procedures below:
1.
Remove original microphone thumbscrew (Figure 1) securing boom microphone.
2.
Position lip light so it is positioned along the bottom edge of the microphone with the on-off button facing the
user.
3.
Install lip light thumbscrew (Figure 1) (issued with MK-1, Mount Kit) through hole in lip light bracket.
4.
Route tie down strap over top of microphone and through the hole on top of the lip light. Tighten tie down
strap and cut excess.
5.
Route lip light power supply wire through the boom structure so a minimum of slack exists. Additional tie
down straps may be used to secure the power supply wire or the light assembly to operate the light.
0044 00-1
0044 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
STRAP, TIE DOWN
MICROPHONE
ASSY
THUMBSCREW
MIKE LITE (LIPLIGHT)

MS098981A
Figure 1.
Mike Lite (Lip Light).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0044 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0045 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
LIP LIGHT BATTERY HOLDER INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Pencil (WP 0070 00, Item 15)
Pad, Isopropyl Alcohol (WP 0070 00, Item 12)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Type AA commercial battery labels may be different. Some of the typical labels will contain
short warning statements such as battery may explode or leak if recharged, inserted improperly,
disposed of in fire or mixed with different battery types. Ensure all safety measures are taken
when handling batteries and disposing of batteries. May cause injury or death to personnel.
The battery holder bag, part number BG-AA is constructed of nylon and is attached to the helmet with hook and pile fastener. To install battery pack holder, follow the procedures below.
1.
Place a 1 X 2-inch piece of hook and pile fastener at the rear of the helmet for the attachment of battery holder
bag. Mark the area with a pencil.
2.
Clean marked area using isopropyl alcohol pads.
3.
Remove backing from self-adhesive pile fastener.
NOTE
When installing the lip lights battery pack holder (hook and pile fastener), ensure hook and pile
fastener installation does not interfere with the mounting of the night vision systems low profile
battery pack.
4.
Install pile fastener on marked area and apply pressure to ensure a good bond.
NOTE
Prior to installing batteries, use the multimeter or equivalent to test batteries.
5.
If batteries indicate less than 80% strength, remove batteries and replace with serviceable batteries.
6.
Place two AA batteries into battery holder and connect lead wire from lip light to battery holder.
7.
Place battery holder into battery pack holder bag and close.
8.
Mount battery pack holder bag to hook and pile fastener on helmet shell.
9.
Turn lip light to ON position, perform operational check.
END OF WORK PACKAGE

0045 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0046 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
OXYGEN MASK RETENTION STRAP INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
#2 Screwdriver, Cross-tip (WP 0063 00, Item 29)
#1 Screwdriver, Cross-tip (WP 0063 00, Item 28)
Compass with Pencil (WP 0063 00, Item 7)
Electric Drill (WP 0063 00, Item 9)
5/32 Drill Twist (WP 0063 00, Item 50)
Materials/Parts
Oxygen Mask Retention Strap (2)
(WP 0070 00, Item 12a)
Mask-to-Helmet Microphone Cable
(WP 0070 00, Item 10b)
Snap (WP 0070 00, Item 16d)
Screw, Flat Head (2) (WP 0070 00, Item 16c)
Lockwasher (2) (WP 0070 00, Item 10a)
Nut (2) (WP 0070 00, Item 11a)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
INTRODUCTION
This section provides installation instructions for the oxygen mask retention strap assembly. Installation requires minor
modifications of the oxygen mask and the helmet. The installation kit (see Figure 1) contains two oxygen mask retention straps, a mask-to-helmet microphone cable, and helmet snap hardware.
MASKTOHELMET
MICROPHONE CABLE
HELMET SNAP HARDWARE
OXYGEN MASK
RETENTION STRAPS
MS098985A
Figure 1.
Retention Straps and Hardware.
0046 00-1
0046 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
INSTALLATION
MODIFYING THE MASK
1.
Remove the four screws (see Figure 2), securing the existing straps and buckles to the oxygen mask.
FRONT VIEW
SCREWS
SCREWS
RED RELEASE BUTTON
MS099081A
Figure 2.
Oxygen Mask Modification.
2.
Attach the replacement straps to the mask using the screws removed in Step 1. Ensure that the pull-the-dot
fastener caps are positioned outward.
3.
If a cable exists on the oxygen mask, depress the red release button (see Figure 2) and remove the cable.
4.
Install the replacement cable on the mask.
5.
Proceed to MODIFYING THE HELMET.
INSTALLATION
MODIFYING THE HELMET
1.
On one side of the helmet, set the point of the compass in the slot of the front retention screw. Make an arc
3-inches below this point.
DIMPLE
FRONT RETENTION SCREW
HOLE
LOCATION
3 IN.
2 1/4 IN.
ARC
ARC
HOLE TO BE DRILLED
HEX NUT
SNAP
INSTALLATION
LOCK WASHER
SNAP
SCREW
MS098986A
Figure 3.
2.
Helmet Shell Modification (Side View).
On the same side of the helmet, set the compass point at the helmet dimple (located on the eardome). Make
an arc 2-1/4-inches below this point.
0046 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0046 00
MODIFYING THE HELMET CONTINUED
3. Mark the point at which the two arcs intersect. This is the location of the hole to be drilled.
4.
Repeat Steps 1. through 3. on the other side of the helmet.
WARNING
Wear eye-protective goggles when drilling holes to prevent eye injury.
CAUTION
Be careful not to damage any components inside the helmet.

Hold the drill perpendicular to the helmet shell to prevent damage to the shell and the
energy-absorbing liner.
5.
Drill the holes in the marked locations and install the snaps as shown in Figure 3.
6.
Proceed to ATTACHING THE MASK TO THE HELMET.
INSTALLATION
ATTACHING THE MASK TO THE HELMET
CAUTION
Do not release the left-side mask strap during operation. If temporary release is required,
release the right-side strap only.
1.
Position the boom and microphone out of the way as shown in Figure 4, or remove the boom and microphone
from the helmet.
MICROPHONE/BOOM
ASSEMBLY
SIDE VIEW
MASK
MICROPHONE
PLUG
MS098987A
Figure 4.
Attachment of Oxygen Mask to Helmet.
2.
Attach the left-side mask strap fastener to the left-side helmet snap. The mask strap should be loose.
3.
Disconnect the existing microphone plug from the rear of the helmet and plug in the cord attached to the
mask.
0046 00-3
0046 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ATTACHING THE MASK TO THE HELMET CONTINUED
4.
Attach the right-side mask strap to the right-side helmet snap. The mask strap should be loose.
5.
Adjust the bottom straps until a uniform seal is obtained.
6.
Adjust the top straps as required to complete the facial seal.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0046 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0047 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
OXYGEN MASK BAYONET RECEIVERS INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
File, Hand (WP 0063 00, Item 25)
Rule, Steel, Machinists (WP 0063 00, Item 26)
Drill, Electric (WP 0063 00, Item 9)
Drill, Twist (WP 0063 00, Item 7)
Materials/Parts
Hardware, Mech. Kit (WP 0070 00, Item 25)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0039 00
WP 0485 00
INSTALLATION
WARNING
Chin strap must be adjusted securely under the Operator/Wearers chin at all times when
the helmet is worn. DO NOT allow the oxygen mask to be placed between the strap and the
Operator/Wearers chin; warn the Operator/Wearer not to fasten the chin strap over the oxygen
mask. Failure to heed this warning will result in a loss of helmet stability and may cause injury to
the Operator/Wearer.
NOTE
Before beginning this procedure, ensure that the retention assembly has been adjusted for
proper helmet fit.
1.
Loop two oxygen mask straps through each bayonet assembly. Adjust each strap to its midpoint; this will
allow for tightening and loosening, refer to Figure 1.
0047 00-1
0047 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
TOP RECEIVER HOLE
TO BE MARKED
JAW
RECEIVER
HELMET SHELL
EDGE BEADING
THICKER SIDE
RECEIVER
MOUNTING
BLOCK
MS098938A
Figure 1.
Positioning Oxygen Mask and Marking Receiver Hole.
2.
Have Operator/Wearer don helmet and fasten/adjust chin strap securely.
3.
Insert left (as worn) bayonet through the corresponding receiver (Figure 1) to the second click. Ensure that
the lettered side of the receiver is positioned toward the helmet.
4.
Have the Operator/Wearer hold mask against his or her face so that it fits properly.
5.
Lower the visor lens, and check for interference with the oxygen mask straps. If interference occurs, adjust
visor using visor downstop locking screws, refer to WP 0039 00.
CAUTION
6.
Ensure that the receiver mounting block does not rest on top of the helmet shell edge
beading. Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
Ensure that the top hole of the jaw assembly is at least 5/8-inch from the edge of the
helmet.
Position the left (as worn) jaw receiver assembly and the left receiver mounting block (Figure 1) so that the
left bayonet is correctly positioned and the left receiver mounting block fits the contour of the helmet.
NOTE
Ensure that the thicker side of the tapered receiver mounting block is positioned toward
the helmet shell edge beading.
You may have to adjust the oxygen mask straps several times to achieve the optimum
settings.
7.
Adjust the left oxygen mask straps snugly.
8.
Mark the location of the top receiver hole (Figure 1).
9.
Remove mask from helmet and the bayonet from the receiver. Have the operator/wearer remove the helmet.
10. Detach the earcup from the retaining pad, and pull the earcup out of the way to prevent damage while drilling
the shell.
0047 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0047 00
11. Center punch the hole marked in Step 8.
WARNING
Wear safety goggles when drilling the helmet shell.
CAUTION
Before drilling the helmet shell, ensure proper location of receivers. This is important,
because the receivers are only slightly adjustable once they are attached to the helmet.
Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment.
When drilling the helmet shell, hold the drill perpendicular to the shell to prevent damage
to the shell.
12. Place helmet on table. Using an electric drill and a #27 drill twist, drill the hole marked in Step 8. Use a file to
remove any rough edges.
13. Insert the inner 6/32 x 7/16 screw with external lockwasher through the inner hole of the left bayonet receiver
backing plate.
14. Insert screw, lockwasher, and backing plate from inside of helmet shell through hole drilled in Step 12.
NOTE
Ensure that the thicker side of the tapered receiver mounting block is positioned toward
the helmet shell edge beading.
When installing screws, leave the screw loose enough to allow the jaw receiver to pivot so
that proper alignment can be achieved.
15. On the outside of the helmet shell, install the left receiver mounting block, and jaw assembly over the end of
the screw (Figure 2). Finger tighten screw so that receiver can be adjusted as necessary.
SCREWS
TOP RECEIVER HOLE
BOTTOM REFERENCE HOLE
LOCK WASHERS
BACKPLATE
HELMET SHELL,
LEFT SIDE AS WORN
(REFERENCE)
THICKER SIDE
RECEIVER
MOUNTING
BLOCK
JAW RECEIVER
MS098939A
Figure 2.
Bayonet Receivers and Mounting Hardware.
16. Re-install the earcup and have the Operator/Wearer don the helmet. Insert the left bayonet into the receiver
installed in Step 15. Have the Operator/Wearer hold the mask so that it fits properly.
0047 00-3
0047 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
17. Position the left jaw receiver assembly and the left receiver mounting block until the correct position is
attained. Mark the position of the bottom hole.
18. Remove mask, and have the Operator/Wearer remove the helmet.
19. Pivot the jaw assembly and the receiver mounting block to access the marked hole for drilling.
20. Detach the earcup from the retaining pad, and pull the earcup out of the way. This will prevent damage during
drilling.
21. Center punch the hole marked in Step 17.
WARNING
CAUTION
Before drilling, ensure proper location of receivers. This is important because the receivers are only slightly adjustable once they are attached to the helmet. Failure to comply
may result in damage to equipment.
When drilling, hold the drill perpendicular to the helmet shell to prevent damage.
23. Install the outer 6/32 x 9/16 screw, #6 lockwasher, bayonet receiver backplate, left receiver mounting block,
and jaw assembly.
24. Remove the receiver.
25. Remove the inside mounting screw attaching the boom and microphone to the helmet.
WARNING
26. Place the helmet on a flat surface. Measure the distance of the holes from the bottom of the helmet shell,
refer to (Figure 3).
0047 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0047 00
MS098940A
Figure 3.
Measuring Distance for Hole.
27. Measure the horizontal position of the holes from the edge beading.
28. Measure the same distance on the opposite side of the helmet shell and mark a corresponding location for
the mounting holes for the other receiver, refer to Figure 3.
29. Detach the earcup from the retaining pad, and pull the earcup out of the way to prevent damage during
drilling.
30. Center punch holes marked in Step 28.
WARNING
CAUTION
Before drilling, ensure proper location of receivers. This is important because the receivers are only slightly adjustable once they are attached to the helmet. Failure to comply
may result in damage to equipment.
When drilling, hold the drill perpendicular to the helmet shell to prevent damage.
32. Using the mounting screw removed in Step 25., reattach the boom and microphone to the helmet.
NOTE
Start all four screws before tightening them. Be sure to tighten all four screws.
33. Install two 6/32 x 7/16 screws, two #6 lockwashers, a bayonet receiver backplate, a left receiver mounting
block, and a jaw assembly on each side of the helmet.
34. Install earcups, have the Operator/Wearer don the helmet, and check earcup fit.
0047 00-5
0047 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
35. Position the mask over the Operator/Wearers face. Insert the left bayonet into the left receiver two clicks and
the right bayonet into the right receiver two clicks. Adjust the oxygen mask straps for a secure seal. Attach
microphone cord.
36. Check operation of oxygen mask, refer to WP 0485 00, Checkout Procedure for Mask with Helmet Retention
Devices.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0047 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0048 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
CEP MODIFICATION KIT (NON CEP-EQUIPPED HELMETS ONLY) INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
1/8-Inch Drill Twist (WP 0063 00, Item 48)
Long-nose Pliers (WP 0063 00, Item 35)
Soldering Gun (WP 0063 00, Item 12)
Wire Strippers (WP 0063 00, Item 36)
Razor Knife (WP 0063 00, Item 37)
Awl (WP 0063 00, Item 38)
Steel Ruler (WP 0063 00, Item 26)
Scissors (WP 0063 00, Item 47)
Tools and Special Tools (cont.)

Intercommunication Unit (WP 0063 00, Item 15)
7/16-Inch Open-End Wrench (WP 0063 00, Item 39)
Materials/Parts
Solder, Type 40/60 rosin core (WP 0070 00, Item 18)
Pencil or Ballpoint Pen (WP 0070 00, Item 15)
Soldering Flux (WP 0070 00, Item 8)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0060 00
INSTALLATION OF CEP MODIFICATION KIT (NON CEP-EQUIPPED HELMETS ONLY)

Installation of the CEP modification kit requires:
Attaching the connector to the helmet.

Attaching the interface harness to the communications cord leads inside the right earcup.
Checking the earcup fit.
INSTALLATION
Attaching the CEP Interface Harness (CEP900-104) to Helmet
1.
Position the helmet with the right shell eardome down (resting on the table) and the interior facing you, with
the chinstrap unlaced from the D-rings.
2.
Remove the right earcup from the helmet and remove the earseal, refer to Figure 1.
RECIEVER
RETAINER
EARCUP
EAR CUSHION
RECEIVER
EARSEAL
LEADS
COMMUNICATIONS
CORD
MS038634
Figure 1.
Earcup with Pads and Earphones Removed.
0048 00-1
0048 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
3.
Remove the receiver retainer, the receiver, and the filler pad from the earcup, refer to Figure 1.
4.
Using a jewelers screwdriver, remove the communications cord leads from the receiver.
5.
Remove the communications cord with the grommet from the earcup.
6.
Use drill templates from WP 0060 00, TEMPLATE INSTRUCTIONS.
7.
Cut the template out in accordance with the procedures on the template page.
8.
Position the helmet so that the right side is facing you.
9.
Check the size of the helmet.
NOTE
Ensure that the template follows the contour of the helmet shell.
10. Depending upon the helmet size, position one of the four large holes along the top of the template over the
right rear retention screw (located next to the eardome) (Figure 2).
BEND TEMPLATE ALONG EDGE OF EARDOME
PLACE
PROPER
HOLE OVER
RETENTION
SCREW
TEMPLATE
SM
X
XX S
S
XL
PL
AC
H E
RE OL TH
ME
AR E O E P
D
RE VE RO
TE R T PE
NT HE R S
IO R CR
N IG E
SC HT W
RE
W
LG
AL
IG
N
(IF WIT
PR H C
ES AP
EN P
T) LUG
DR
ILL
CE
NT
ER
MA
RK
AL
X
SM L
X L
XX S
S
IG
ITH
BO
TT
OM
ED
GE
OF
E
LG ED
M
CAP PLUG
HE
LM
ET
SH
EL
ONLY ONE
HOLE TO BE
DRILLED
MS100416A
Figure 2.
Template Placed on Helmet.
11. Align the curve at the bottom of the template with the helmet shell edge beading. If the helmet has a cap plug,
align the curve on the left side of the template with the cap plug.
12. Depending upon the helmet size, select the drill center mark. Using a pencil or an awl, mark the location of
the hole to be drilled in the shell, through the template hole labeled DRILL CENTER MARK. Ensure that the
mark is located between the bends in the shell along the edge of the eardome and is approximately 1-inch
above the edge of the helmet shell.
0048 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0048 00
WARNING
When the helmet shell is drilled, the drill twist may penetrate the shell very quickly. To
avoid injury, keep hands away from the inside of the helmet when drilling.
CAUTION
When performing following step, hold the drill perpendicular to the helmet shell to prevent
damage to the shell and the energy-absorbing liner.
Ensure that the earcup, the wires, and the retention assembly inside the helmet shell are
clear from the area where the hole is to be drilled to prevent damage.
If the helmet shell is not drilled in the following manner, delamination of the shell layers
may occur, making the helmet shell unserviceable.
When drilling holes in helmet, paint will flake off from drilling process and degrade helmet.
Refer to WP 0058 00, Hole and Crack Filling for repair.
13. Drill a 1/8-inch hole into the marked location.

14. Drill a 1/4-inch hole into the 1/8-inch hole.
15. Drill a 3/8-inch hole into the 1/4-inch hole.
16. Use a razor knife to remove any frayed helmet fibers resulting from drilling.
17. Slide the large black spacer (Figure 3) over the wires of the interface harness and onto the connector.
SPACER
VIEW A
EARCUP
GROMMET
INTERFACE
HARNESS
CONNECTOR
MS100417A
Figure 3.
Connector Installation View A.
CAUTION
Do not twist the connector. The interface wire on the back of the connector may break if you do.
NOTE
The earcup grommet may be difficult to pull through the helmet shell.
18. From outside the helmet, insert the black and white wires of the interface harness through the drilled hole so
that the grommet is completely through hole, the head of the connector is against the spacer (Figure 4), and
the spacer is against the outside of the helmet.
0048 00-3
0048 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
VIEW B
(OUTSIDE HELMET)
CONNECTOR
SPACER
MS100418A
Figure 4.
Connector Installation View B.
19. From inside the helmet, slide the ground lug (Figure 5) over the wires and onto the connector, followed by the
nut. Ensure that the unattached ground wire is pulled through the ground lug and nut (Figure 5).
VIEW C
(INSIDE HELMET)
GROUND LUG
NUT
UNATTACHED GROUND WIRE
MS100419A
Figure 5.
Connector Installation View C.
20. Ensure that the ground lug (Figure 6) is oriented toward the crown of the helmet. Tighten the nut (Figure 5)
using the 7/16-inch open-end wrench. Ensure that the nut is tight enough that the ground lug will not rotate
when pushed.
0048 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0048 00
VIEW D
(INSIDE
HELMET)
WIRE TO BE
SOLDERED
GROUND
LUG
NUT
MS100420A
Figure 6.
Connector Installation View D.
21. Using long-nose pliers, carefully bend the ground lug to about a 45-degree angle away from the shell to
faciliate soldering.
22. Insert the stripped end of the unconnected ground wire through the small hole at the end of the ground lug.
WARNING
There is a danger of a burn injury when working with a soldering gun.

Wear protective eye wear to protect against spattering solder.
CAUTION
Ensure that soldering is performed by trained personnel, refer ANSI/J-STD-001.
23. Wrap the exposed part of the wire once around the end of the ground lug. Solder the wire.
24. Bend the ground lug flush with the inside surface of the helmet shell.
Attaching CEP Interface Harness (CEP900-104) to Earcups
CAUTION
To avoid damage to the earcup shell, ensure that the pilot hole is located properly as specified
in Step 1.
1.
Use an awl to make a pilot hole 7/16-inch below (as worn) existing center of the existing hole (Figure 7).
0048 00-5
0048 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
VIEW A
EXISTING HOLE
NONSCALLOPED
EARCUP
SCALLOPED
EARCUP
1/4INCH HOLE FOR INTERFACE HARNESS

MS100421A
Figure 7.
Earcup Showing Drilling Location.
WARNING
2.
Wear eye-protective goggles when drilling holes in earcup to prevent eye injury.
When the earcup is drilled, the drill twist may penetrate the earcup very quickly. To avoid
injury, keep hands away from the inside of the earcup when drilling.
Lay the earcup on a flat surface, and drill a 1/4-inch hole (Figure 7) into the pilot hole.
NOTE
When pulling the cord, be careful not to damage the EAL.
3.
Carefully pull the part of the communications cord that extends into the right earcup out from behind the
energy-absorbing liner (EAL).
4.
Reinsert the communications cord with the grommet back into the previously existing communication cord
hold in the earcup from which it was removed.
NOTE
When pulling the cord, be careful not to damage the EAL.
5.
Carefully pull more of the communications cord in to the earcup to allow easier access to the metal tips of the
communications cord leads.
CAUTION
When pulling the cord through the grommet in following step, do not pull on the thin white or
black wires.
6.
From outside the earcup, insert the interface harness (Figure 8) into the newly drilled hold and seat the
grommet.
0048 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0048 00
VIEW B
COMMUNICATIONS CORD
NONSCALLOPED
EARCUP
SCALLOPED
EARCUP
CEP INTERFACE HARNESS

MS100422A
Figure 8.
Earcup Showing Location of Face Harness.
7.
Insert the white wire from the communications cord into the white wire earphone adaptor pin of the interface
harness and tighten screw using a jewelers screwdriver.
8.
Insert the black wire from the communications cord into the black wire earphone adaptor pin of the interface
harness and tighten screw using a jewelers screwdriver.
9.
Using a jewelers screwdriver, reattach the receiver, refer to Figure 9.

RECEIVER
COMMUNICATION
CORD
INTERFACE
HARNESS
MS100424A
Figure 9.
Earcup Reassembly.
10. From outside the earcup, carefully pull the excess wire from the communications cord and the interface
harness back through the grommets, being careful not to pull the CEP interface cable beyond the point at
which the shrink tubing touches the grommet.
11. Insert the ear cushion, the receiver, and the receiver retainer back into the earcup, and re-install the earseal,
refer to Figure 1.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0048 00-7/8 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0049 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
CEPS INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:

1/8-Inch Drill Bit (WP 0063 00, Item 48)
Long-nose Pliers (WP 0063 00, Item 35)
Mallet, Rawhide (WP 0063 00, Item 22)
Black Ink Marker (WP 0070 00, Item 27)

Mixing Stick (WP 0070 00, Item 11)
Electrical Mastic Tape (WP 0070 00, Item 31)
Clear Adhesive/Sealant (RTV) (WP 0070 00, Item 33)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0048 00
WP 0015 00
ANSI/J-STD-201
Equipment Condition
Use lip light battery pack if no lip light is installed on
helmet
Materials/Parts
Solder, Type 40/60 Pb/Sn (WP 0070 00, Item 18)
Room Temperature Vulcanizing Clear Adhesive/Sealant (RTV) (WP 0070 00, Item 33)
Lip Light Battery Pack (WP 0070 00, Item 29)
Hook and Pile Fastener Tape (WP 0070 00, Item 32)
INSTALLATION
NOTE
One of the interfaces will be installed on the left side of the helmet in a mirror fashion to the right
side installation.
1.
To install the two CEP interfaces, refer to WP 0048 00.
2.
If the CEP interface harness is installed proceed to Step 3.

CEP INTERFACE
HARNESS
MICROPHONE
COVERS
EARPHONE
ADAPTER PIN
SINGLE SIDE
CEP
EARPLUGS
MICROPHONE
CEPS
MODULE
BLACK
WIRE
WHITE
WIRE
GAIN/VOLUME
SWITCH
BATTERY
HOLDER
BLACK
WIRE
QUICKDISCONNECT
INTERFACE
WHITE
WIRE
QUICKDISCONNECT
INTERFACE
CEPS
MODULE
BATTERY
PACK
MS116082
Figure 1.
CEPS Helmet Installation.

0049 00-1
0049 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
3.
Remove the two forward, retention assembly screws on both sides of the helmet (Figure 2) and store the
harness in the crown of the helmet. Secure the hardware for later installation.
FORWARD RETENTION
ASSEMBLY SCREW
EARPHONE
ASSEMBLY
CHIN STRAP
MS116258
Figure 2.
Earcup Harness Screws.
NOTE
Repeat the following procedures on the opposite side of the helmet.
4.
To install CEPS quick-disconnect:

a.
Separate the quick-disconnect female connector from the CEPS module male connector that is
attached to the CEPS module, refer to Figure 3.
MICROPHONE
GAIN/VOLUME
SWITCH
CEPS MODULE
MALE CONNECTOR
QUICKDISCONNECT
FEMALE CONNECTOR
CEPS
MODULE
MS116255
Figure 3.
Quick-Disconnect Male/Female Connectors.
0049 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0049 00
b.
Remove the black mastic tape from the center post (Figure 4) of the interface connector.
WARNING

NOTE
Ensure that all soldering/unsoldering procedures are performed by trained personnel, refer to
ANSI/J-STD-201.
c.
Solder the ring terminal on the white wire (Figure 4) to the interface connector center post.
RING
TERMINAL
WHITE
WIRE
CENTER
POST
SOLDERING
GUN
BLACK WIRE
INTERFACE
CONNECTOR
MS116257
Figure 4.
Soldering Quick-Disconnect Connector.
WARNING

NOTE
ANSI/J-STD-201.
d.
Solder the black wire (Figure 5) of the CEPS quick-disconnect to the ground lug (Figure 5) of the
CEP interface.
0049 00-3
0049 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
HOOK FASTENER
BLACK WIRE
GROUND
LUG
WHITE WIRE
CEPS MODULE
MALE CONNECTOR
MS038812
Figure 5.
CEPS Quick-Disconnect Installation.
NOTE
Repeat the following procedures on the opposite side of the helmet.
5.
To install CEPS module:

a.
Place helmet upside down as worn.
b.
Remove hook fastener from CEPS module.
WARNING
c.
Clean inner surface of helmet around edge bead and EAL with alcohol and let surface dry.
d.
Attach hook fastener (Figure 6) to helmet shell in the area above interface connector and EAL.
0049 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0049 00
EDGE OF EAL
HOOK
FASTENER
CLEAR
ADHESIVE (RTV)
MS116081
Figure 6.
Placement of Hook Fastener for CEPS Module Attachment.
NOTE
The circuit board with the volume control wire (gain switch) will be installed on the right side.
e.
Attach the CEPS module (Figure 7) to the hook fastener with microphone lead (Figure 7) directed
toward the crown of the helmet.
EDGE OF EAL
CEPS MODULE
MALE CONNECTOR
CEPS MODULE
QUICKDISCONNECT
FEMALE CONNECTOR
MICROPHONE
LEAD
RIGHT EDGE
OF HELMET
MS116085
Figure 7.
CEPS Module Attached to Helmet.
0049 00-5
0049 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
f.
Insert quick-disconnect female connector into CEPS module male connector (Figure 7).
NOTE
6.
The battery pack and On/Off switch are located on the rear left side of helmet.
The battery pack will replace the battery pack used by the lip light.
If lip light is already installed, it can be plugged on top of the CEPS battery pack.
If no lip light is installed, user will need the battery holder to secure CEPS battery pack.
On the backside of helmet, install a square of loop fastener tape to the left of the communications jack for
Battery Holder and attach Battery Holder (Figure 8) to loop fastener.
BATTERY
HOLDER
COMMUNICATIONS
JACK
CEPS ON/OFF
SWITCH
ANVIS
PILE
FASTENER
CEPS ON/OFF SWITCH

PILE FASTENER
MICROPHONE
CORD
MS116093
Figure 8.
Battery Pack and On/Off Switch.
7.
Install two AA batteries in Battery Pack, and place in Battery Holder.
8.
Install a small square of loop fastener tape (sticky back is preferred) to the right of the communication jack
and attach CEPS On/Off switch, refer to Figure 8.
9.
Using a mixing stick, secure the CEPS wiring harness wires behind EAL.
NOTE
Repeat the following steps on opposite side of helmet.
10. To drill hole for microphone:
a.
On the outer surface of helmet, place a piece of masking tape (Figure 9) between the forward screw
of helmet and eardome dimple.
0049 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0049 00
EARDOME
DIMPLE
FORWARD
SCREW
MASKING
TAPE
MS116078
Figure 9.
b.
Measuring and Marking Drill Location for Microphone Hole.
Place a line that connects the forward screw and eardome dimple and make a drill mark 1.5-inches
(Figure 10) from the eardome dimple.
EARDOME
DIMPLE
FORWARD
SCREW
DRILL MARK
1.5"
MS116077
Figure 10.
Measuring and Marking Drill Location for Microphone Hole.
0049 00-7
0049 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
WARNING
CAUTION
Hold the drill perpendicular to the helmet shell to prevent damage to the shell.
c.
Drill a 1/8-inch hole through helmet shell.
NOTE
Repeat the following steps on opposite side of helmet.
11. To install the microphone:
a.
Remove masking tape from helmet.
WARNING
Isopropyl alcohol is flammable and toxic to eyes, skin, and respiratory tract. Wear protective
gloves and goggles/face shield. Avoid repeated or prolonged contact. Use only in wellventilated
areas (or use approved respirator as determined by local safety/industrial hygiene personnel).
Keep away from open flames, sparks or other sources of ignition.
b.
Clean the inner and outer surface of helmet in the area around the 1/8-inch microphone hole with
Pad, Isopropyl Alcohol and let the surface dry.
c.
Position the microphone with the microphone nozzle in the hole (Figure 11). The end opposite the
hole should be positioned at a 45 degree angle upwards toward the EAL edge with the wire positioned along the edge of the EAL. Double check the microphone position, centering the microphone
nozzle on the exterior of the helmet shell.
EDGE OF EAL
INTERIOR OF HELMET
MICROPHONE
NOZZLE
MS116083
Figure 11.
Placement of Microphone in Helmet.
0049 00-8
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0049 00
d.
Remove tape backing from microphone and place microphone nozzle (Figure 12) in microphone
hole, using push pin for alignment.
MS116084
Figure 12.
Microphone Nozzle Alignment Procedure.
e.
Hold the microphone in place for approximately 30 seconds to insure tape bonds with the helmet
shell interior surface.
f.
When both microphones have been placed, remove the adhesive backing on the microphone
covers provided, center and place them over the two microphone ports on the exterior of the helmet
shell.
g.
Hold them in place momentarily to let the adhesive set.
NOTE
If nasal cannula is installed, go to Step 13.
12. To install the gain/volume switch:
a.
Using the backplate of gain/volume switch, mark the drill hole locations about midway on the lower
edge beading of the right eardome (Figure 13).
OUTER RIGHT EDGE BEADING

OF HELMET
BLACK INK
MARKER
GAIN SWITCH
BACK PLATE
MS038814A
Figure 13.
Marking Location of Gain Switch.
0049 00-9
0049 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
WARNING
CAUTION
b.
Using a 3/16-inch Drill Twist, drill holes at marked location.
c.
Place gain/volume switch cable in backplate notch and secure with two screws to interior of helmet
shell, refer to Figure 14.
RIGHT INNER
SIDE OF HELMET
GAIN SWITCH
BACK PLATE
MS038813
Figure 14.
d.
Location of Gain Switch.
Once gain/volume switch backplate is installed, proceed to Step 14.
0049 00-10
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0049 00
NOTE
In order to interface the nasal cannula mounting clip and the CEPS Gain/Volume Switch requires
removal of the threaded inserts from the nasal cannula mounting clip.
13. If the nasal cannula mounting clip for the Portable Helicopter Oxygen Delivery System (PHODS) (Figure 15)
is installed, proceed as follows:
PHODS
MS038669
Figure 15.
a.
Location of Nasal Cannula (PHODS).
Remove nasal cannula mounting clip (Figure 16) from helmet, retain screws to re-install.
RIGHT
INNER SIDE
OF HELMET
NASAL CANNULA
MOUNTING CLIP
Figure 16.
MS116089
Cannula Mounting Clip.
b.
Using the removed screws, from the mounting surface side, thread approximately 4 threads into
the threaded insert of the nasal cannula mounting clip.
c.
Place the edge of the nasal cannula mounting clip against a block of wood.
d.
Using a mallet, tap the head of the screw to remove insert.
e.
Separate the threaded insert from screw.
f.
Repeat Steps 13.b. through 13.e., for the second insert.
g.
Install gain/volume switch and secure with two screws, retained from nasal cannula mounting clip,
on inside of helmet.
0049 00-11
0049 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
14. Install the two forward, retention assembly screws on both sides of the helmet.
15. Perform operational check, refer to WP 0015 00.
16. Remove adhesive backing and secure Quick-Disconnect Male/Female Connectors to CEPS module.
17. Place RTV clear adhesive/sealant or electrical mastic tape on soldered portion of center post, ensuring the
exposed solder is completely covered.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0049 00-12
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0050 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
NASAL CANNULA MOUNTING CLIP INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Black Ink Marker (WP 0070 00, Item 27)

Personnel Required

ALSE Technician
Materials/Parts
INSTALLATION
1.
Using the nasal cannula mounting clip, mark the drill hole locations about midway on the lower edge beading
of the right eardome (Figure 1).
OUTER RIGHT SIDE
OF HELMET
NASAL CANNULA
MOUNTING CLIP
TO MARK HOLE
POSITION
EDGE BEADING
MS040355
Figure 1.
Marking Location of Nasal Cannula Mounting Clip.
WARNING
CAUTION
2.
Using a 3/16-inch Drill Twist, drill holes at marked location.
3.
Secure nasal cannula mounting clip with two screws to interior of helmet shell, refer to Figure 2.
0050 00-1
0050 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
RIGHT
INNER SIDE
OF HELMET
NASAL CANNULA
MOUNTING CLIP
Figure 2.
MS116089
Cannula Mounting Clip.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0050 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0051 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
COMMUNICATIONS ASSEMBLY WITH CEP REMOVE AND REPLACE
INITIAL SETUP:
Pliers, Long-nose (WP 0063 00, Item 35)
Wrench, Box and Open-end (WP 0063 00, Item 39)
Swivel Assembly, Boom (WP 0065 00, Figure 6)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
Materials/Parts
Solder, type 40/60 rosin core (WP 0070 00, Item 18)
Earphone (WP 0065 00, Figure 2, Item 25)
Microphone (WP 0065 00, Figure 2, Item 27)
WP 0035 00
WP 0037 00
ANSI/J-STD-201
WP 0032 00
REMOVAL
1.
2.
Remove the rear retention screw (Figure 2), spring washer, and post fastening the retention assembly to the
center rear of the helmet shell. Retain the screw, washer, and post for reassembly.
MS098893A
Figure 1.
0051 00-1
0051 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
REMOVAL CONTINUED
NOTE
Removing EAL may require some practice.
3.
4.
Remove the foam receiver retainer pad from each earcup, refer to WP 0037 00.
5.
Unplug the microphone cord from the communications jack (Figure 2, Item 1) at the rear of the helmet.
6.
Remove the screw (Figure 2, Item 2), washer, and post attaching the communications cord strain relief plate
7.
Using a jewelers screwdriver, remove the two screws attaching the communications jack retaining plate
(Figure 2, Item 3) to the rear of the helmet.
3
2
MS098901A
Figure 2.
8.
Untie the communications cord from the communications cord strain relief plate.
WARNING

CAUTION
ANSI/J-STD-201.
9.
Unsolder the CEP interface harness leads, separating the interface harness from the receiver leads.
0051 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0051 00
REMOVAL CONTINUED
CAUTION
When removing communications cord leads from the earcup shell, handle the grommet only;
do not pull on the wires.
10. Remove the CEP interface harness leads from each earcup shell, handling the grommet only.
11. Remove the communications cord grommet from each earcup shell.
12. Carefully pull the communications cord leads through the hole in each earcup shell.
WARNING

CAUTION
ANSI/J-STD-201.
13. Unsolder and remove the CEP ground wire (Figure 3, Item 2) from the ground lug (Figure 3, Item 1) on the
inside of the helmet.
MS038641
Figure 3.
Ground Lug and Wire.
14. Loosen the hex nut (Figure 4, Item 4), and separate it from the connector (Figure 4, Item 1). Slide the hex nut
and the ground lug (Figure 4, Item 3) over the interface harness and remove them.
0051 00-3
0051 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
REMOVAL CONTINUED
4
2
1
OUTSIDE
HELMET
5
MS038639
Figure 4.
Connector.
15. From the outside of the helmet, pull the connector (Figure 4, Item 1) and interface harness with the spacer
(Figure 4, Item 2) from the helmet. Be sure to pass the ground wire (Figure 4, Item 5) through the hex nut and
ground lug.
16. Remove the communications cord grommet from the rear of the helmet through the outside of the helmet
shell.
17. Pull the entire communications cord from the grommet hole.
1.
Obtain the needed replacement components.
2.
Remove the strain relief plate from the communications cord by untying the cord.
3.
From the outside of the helmet, pass the entire communications cord though the hole in the rear of the helmet
shell, leaving only the microphone connector with the mounting bracket and the grommet outside the helmet.
4.
Insert the grommet into the hole. (If necessary, wet the grommet with plain water to ease insertion.)
5.
6.
Re-tie the strain relief plate (Figure 5, Item 3) to the communications cord (Figure 5, Item 1) in the same
manner in which the cord was originally tied.
0051 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0051 00

1
2
3
3
4
5
6
7
MS116091
Figure 5.
Communications Assembly.
NOTE
When properly tied, the knot (Figure 5, Item 4) should be between the strain relief plate and the
7.
Attach the strain relief plate to the helmet shell using a screw (Figure 5, Item 7), post (Figure 5, Item 2), and
8.
Slide the spacer (Figure 4, Item 2) over the communications cord and the CEP interface harness and place it
near the connector (Figure 4, Item 1).
9.
a.
Insert the CEP interface harness from the outside of the helmet through the hole from which it was
previously removed.
b.
Insert the connector into the hole, ensuring that the spacer is against the helmet and the connector
is against the spacer.
From inside the helmet, slide the ground lug (Figure 4, Item 3) over the wires and onto the connector, followed
by the nut (Figure 4, Item 4). Ensure that the unattached ground wire is pulled through the ground lug and nut
as shown in Figure 4.
10. Ensure that the ground lug is oriented toward the crown of the helmet as shown in Figure 4. Tighten the nut
using the 7/16-inch open-end wrench. Ensure that the nut is tight enough that the ground lug will not rotate
when pushed.
11. Using long-nose pliers, carefully bend the ground lug to about a 45 angle from the shell so that it reaches the
unconnected ground wire.
a.
Insert the stripped end of the unconnected ground wire (Figure 4, Item 5) through the small hole at
the end of the ground lug (Figure 4, Item 3).
b.
Wrap the exposed part of the wire once around the end of the ground lug.
0051 00-5
0051 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
WARNING

CAUTION
ANSI/J-STD-201.
c.
Solder the wire.
d.
Bend the ground lug flush with the inside surface of the helmet shell.
WHITE
WIRE
COMMUNICATIONS CORD
ATTACHMENT
DETAIL
BLACK
WIRE
GROMMET
INTERFACE HARNESS
MS116092
Figure 6.
Interface Harness Connected to Communications Cord.
12. From outside the earcup, insert the interface harness into the hole from which it was previously removed and
seat the grommet. (See Figure 6.)
13. Carefully pull additional wire through grommet into the earcup to make soldering connections easier.
14. Using long-nosed pliers, bend the stripped end of the interface harness into a hook and fit the hook around
the exposed black wire of the communications cord lead as shown in Figure 6 attachment detail.
0051 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0051 00
WARNING

CAUTION
ANSI/J-STD-201.
NOTE
Use only rosin core solder when soldering the wires.
15. Solder the hook and the exposed black wire to form a single function.
16. Repeat Steps 12. through 15. to connect the white lead of the interface harness to the white wire of the
communications cord.
NOTE
The receiver is not polarized. In the following step, the white and black wires can be attached to
the receiver either way.
17. Insert the communications cord and leads into the receiver and tighten the set screws.
18. Insert the ear cushion lengthwise into earphone shell and center ear cushion in shell.
19. Ensure receiver and communications cord leads are accessible.
20. Center the receiver in front of the ear cushion. Insert the receiver retainer into the earcup and center it so that
the receiver is seated in the receiver pocket.
21. Repeat Steps 12. through 20. for the other earphone.
22. Plug the microphone cord into the communications cord connector at the rear of the helmet shell.
23. Install EAL, refer to WP 0035 00.
24. Install TPL, refer to WP 0032 00.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0051 00-7/8 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0052 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
REPLACING COBRA VISOR MODULE WITH STANDARD DUAL VISOR ASSEMBLY
INITIAL SETUP:
ALSE Technician
References

Materials/Parts
WP 0026 00
WP 0035 00
WP 0032 00
Standard Dual Visor Assembly

(WP 0065 00, Figure 7)
Personnel Required
REMOVAL
NOTE
Ensure that the chin strap is disengaged from the D-rings. This will provide easier access to the
helmet for installation.
1.
Loosen the nape strap pad.
2.
Remove TPL from helmet, refer to WP 0032 00.
3.
Remove EAL from helmet, refer to WP 0035 00.
4.
Remove the screw (Figure 1, Item 1), spring washer, and post attaching the side leg of the Cobra visor
housing to the helmet shell.
MS098927A
Figure 1.
Side Leg of Cobra Housing.
0052 00-1
0052 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
REMOVAL CONTINUED
5.
Loosen the four thumbscrews (Figure 1, Item 2) attaching the Cobra visor housing to the helmet shell out of
the nut plates.
NOTE
The Cobra module is accountable as MTOE and will remain with the unit.
6.
Remove the Cobra visor assembly (including visor housing, thumbscrews, visor lenses, and track assemblies) from the helmet.
INSTALLATION
1.
Install the screw (Figure 1, Item 1), spring washer, and post (without the leg attached) into the hole in helmet
shell.
2.
Align the standard dual visor assembly on the helmet shell.
NOTE
DO NOT tighten any of the screws until all four have been started.
3.
Start all four thumbscrews (Figure 2) into the nut plate.
THUMBSCREW
MS100427A
Figure 2.
NOTE
4.
Install EAL, refer to WP 0035 00.
5.
Install TPL, refer to WP 0032 00.
6.
Attach the earcups to the earcup retaining pads. Check earcup position, refer to WP 0026 00 and adjust as
necessary.
END OF WORK PACKAGE

0052 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0053 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
COBRA DUAL VISOR MODULE REMOVAL, ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Knife, Pocket (WP 0063 00, Item 30)

Screwdriver, Cross-Tip, #2 (WP 0063 00, Item 29)
Screwdriver, Cross-Tip, #1 (WP 0063 00, Item 28)
Pliers, Diagonal Cutting (WP 0063 00, Item 24)
Gun-type Electric Heater (WP 0063 00, Item 10)
Metal Cutting Hand Saw (WP 0063 00, Item 16)
#43 Tap Drill (WP 0063 00, Item 4)
#4-40 Tap (WP 0063 00, Item 3)
AH-1 Cobra Sight

Cobra Dual Visor Module (WP 0065 00, Figure 8)
Insulation Sleeving (WP 0070 00, Item 17)
Tin alloy Solder (WP 0070 00, Item 18)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
TM 9-1270-212-14&P
ANSI/J-STD-201
WP 0035 00
WP 0032 00
REMOVAL
COBRA DUAL VISOR MODULE
1.
Remove the housing from the connector plug (Figure 1) as follows:

a.
Remove the pin that passes through the housing and the connector.
b.
Loosen the two screws that attach the connector housing clamp to the cable and slide the connector
housing from the connector body.
MS040264
Figure 1.
Connector.
0053 00-1
0053 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
REMOVAL CONTINUED
COBRA DUAL VISOR MODULE CONTINUED
WARNING

CAUTION
ANSI/J-STD-201.
2.
Using soldering gun, unsolder the eight conductors attached to the connector terminals.
CAUTION
Be careful not to cut the cable if you have to cut the shrinkable electrical insulation sleeving
away from the connector.
3.
Slide the strain relief electrical insulation sleeving from the connector wires.
CAUTION
Be careful not to cut the AH-1 Cobra cable when cutting through the glue attaching the cable to
the housing.
4.
Cut through the adhesive attaching the cable (Figure 2, Item 1) to the inside of the visor housing.
5.
Pull the cable through the leg (Figure 2, Item 2) of the visor housing.
MS098908A
Figure 2.
AH-1 Cobra Module.
6.
Remove the screw and washer from the end of the sight assembly shaft (Figure 3). Pinch the locking spring
holding the sight shaft and remove the sight shaft from the sight assembly.
7.
Remove the three screws and washers that attach the magnetic coupler (Figure 6, Item 1) to the visor
housing.
0053 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0053 00
REMOVAL CONTINUED
COBRA DUAL VISOR MODULE CONTINUED
WARNING

CAUTION
ANSI/J-STD-201.
8.
Using soldering gun, de-solder the two wires on the-magnetic coupler.
9.
Pull the wires carefully through the holes in the front of the visor housing, thereby removing the existing sight
completely.
10. Remove the three screws on the sight assembly.

11. Remove the screw and spring washer attaching the tapered tensioning disk from the back of the sight
assembly, and attach the flat tensioning disk.
12. Remove V-2 mount from existing Cobra housing, refer to TM 9-1270-212-14&P.
ASSEMBLY
COBRA DUAL VISOR MODULE ASSEMBLY
NOTE
In order for the AH-1 Cobra sight to function properly on the AIHS helmet, the sight shaft may
have to be modified by A QUALIFIED SUPPORT UNIT.
11"
16
Measure the shaft length. If it is 3-11/16-inches, it has already been modified; proceed to Step 3. Otherwise,
refer to Figure 3 and perform Steps 1.a. through 1.e. as follows:
1.
MS098909A
Figure 3.
a.
Modifying AH-1 Cobra Sight Assembly Shaft.
Clamp the rod in a bench vise.

0053 00-3
0053 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ASSEMBLY CONTINUED
COBRA DUAL VISOR MODULE ASSEMBLY CONTINUED
b.
Use a metal-cutting hand saw to cut the top end of the shaft (the end from which the screw was
removed) so that the shaft measures 3-11/16-inch after cutting.
c.
Using a center punch, mark the center of the shortened end.
d.
Use a #43 tap drill to drill a hole to a depth of 5/16-inch.
e.
Using a #4-40 tap, thread the hole.
2.
Remove four thumbscrews from visor housing.
3.
Separate the tracks from Cobra dual visor housing.
4.
Insert the end of the AH-1 Cobra cable through the smaller hole in the front of the visor housing.
NOTE
Before installing the AH-1 Cobra sight, the tensioning disk on the back of the sight may need to
be loosened. This ensures proper alignment of the sight with the mounting pattern of the visor
housing.
5.
Attach the AH-1 Cobra sight (Figure 4, Item 1) to the housing with three screws, lockwashers, and washers.
1
MS098910A
Figure 4.
6.
AH-1 Cobra Sight Installed.
Route the wires along the underside of the visor housing and secure them with electrical tape. See Figure 5.
WIRES
MS098911A
Figure 5.
Routing Wires.
0053 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0053 00
ASSEMBLY CONTINUED
7.
Insert the orange wire through the forward hole and the violet wire through the rear hole in the magnetic
coupler mounting area.
WARNING

CAUTION
ANSI/J-STD-201.
NOTE
8.
9.
When soldering the conductor wires, ensure that magnetic coupler is oriented with solder
terminals to right of mounting area (over the feed through holes).
Conductor wires need to be long enough to be routed and installed properly after wires
have been cut and stripped.
Do not install the tapered block that you previously removed with the coupler; this block
will no longer be used.
Using soldering gun, soldering flux, and tin alloy solder, solder the two conductor wires to the magnetic
coupler terminals as follows:
a.
Connect the orange wire to the terminal closest to the front of the visor housing.
b.
Connect the violet wire to the terminal closest to the rear of the visor housing.
Attach the magnetic coupler (Figure 6, Item 1) to the visor housing with three screws, star lockwashers, and
flat washers.
1
MS098912A
Figure 6.
Magnetic Coupler and Cable.
0053 00-5
0053 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ASSEMBLY CONTINUED
WARNING
On direct contact, silicone adhesive type I causes eye and skin irritation. In case of skin contact
wash with soap and water. In case of eye contact, flush with water for 15 minutes. Use in a well
ventilated area.
NOTE
If necessary, use a small amount of silicone adhesive type I in this area to ensure that the cable
will be positioned properly during visor housing installation. Ensure that the adhesive cures
properly before re-installing the housing.
10. Insert the end of the cable from inside the visor housing through the hole in the housing leg (Figure 6, Item 2).
Carefully pull the cable through the hole.
WARNING
There is a danger of a burn injury when working with a gun-type electrical heater.
11. Using a gun-type electrical heater, install a 1-inch piece of shrinkable electrical insulation sleeving on the
cable and against the visor housing leg for strain relief.
NOTE
In some cases, you may have to install shrinkable electrical insulation sleeving of a larger
diameter over the 1-inch shrinkable electrical insulation sleeving installed on the cable.
12. Using a gun-type electrical heater, install the larger shrinkable electrical insulation sleeving for the connector
clamp onto the cable.
13. Slide the piece of tubing (Figure 1) removed in REMOVAL, Step 3. onto the cable.
14. Install the connector plug housing onto the cable.
NOTE
The following step is for QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY.
15. If necessary, cut, strip, and tin the eight conductor leads.
0053 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0053 00
ASSEMBLY CONTINUED
WARNING

CAUTION
ANSI/J-STD-201.
16. Using a soldering gun, soldering flux, and tin alloy solder, solder the conductor leads to the connector terminal
in the following pattern, refer to Figure 7:
Color
Terminator
White
Brown
Blue
Black
Violet
Orange
Red
Yellow
8
BLUE
WHITE
VIOLET
RED
YELLOW
BROWN
2
BLACK
ORANGE
MS098913A
Figure 7.
Conductor Lead Pattern.
17. Slide the connector housing over the connector body and install the housing pin.
18. Tighten the two screws in the cable connector clamp.
INSTALLATION
ANVIS Mount Installation
1.
Position the mount (Figure 8, Item 2) with its holes aligned over the holes in the housing.
0053 00-7
0053 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
1
2
MS098914A
Figure 8.
ANVIS V-2 Mount Installed.
2.
Insert four screws through the housing and into the mount.
3.
Route the cable (Figure 9, Item 1) under the housing and through the hole at the top of the housing.
1
2
MS098915A
Figure 9.
Installing ANVIS V-2 Cable Clamp.
4.
Attach the cable clamp (Figure 9, Item 2) with the screw and post (Figure 9, Item 3).
5.
Install moleskin patches (Figure 10) to cover the screws on the inside of the visor housing.
MS098916A
Figure 10.
Moleskin Patches Installed.
0053 00-8
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0053 00
Cobra Dual Visor Module Installation
1.
2.
Remove the rear retention screw, spring washer, and post fastening the retention assembly to the center rear
of the helmet shell. Retain the screw, washer, and post for reassembly.
MS098918A
Figure 11.
3.
4.
Loosen the four thumbscrews attaching the standard dual visor housing to the helmet shell. Remove the
standard dual visor assembly (including thumbscrews, visor housing, visor lenses, and track assemblies)
from helmet.
5.
With the AH-1 Cobra sight installed on the Cobra visor housing, install the Cobra dual visor assembly as
follows:
a.
On the helmet, remove left rear retention assembly screw, washer, and post where the side leg of
the Cobra dual visor housing will attach.
b.
Insert four thumbscrews through the visor housing and through the track assembly bushings on
Cobra dual visor assembly.
c.
Align the Cobra assembly over mounting holes in helmet shell and attach two thumbscrews to the
posts on one side of the helmet. DO NOT tighten thumbscrews.
d.
Attach the other two thumbscrews into the other two posts.
e.
Install the left rear retention assembly screw, spring washer, and post to fasten the side leg of the
Cobra visor housing to the helmet shell.
f.
Tighten the four visor assembly thumbscrews.
NOTE
Ensure that the holes in the EAL align with the plenum port openings for air cooling. In addition,
the square hole should be located to allow access to the retention assembly mounting hardware.
6.
Position the front edge of the EAL between the nape strap pad and the helmet shell at the rear of the helmet.
7.
Following the contour of the helmet shell, slide the liner into the helmet until the front edge of the liner is flush
with the front edge of the helmet shell. Ensure that the hook and pile fasteners are engaged.
8.
9.
Re-install the rear retention screw, spring washer, and post removed in Step 2.
0053 00-9
0053 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
10. Squeezing the sides of the TPL, re-install it in the helmet. Ensure that the front edge of the TPL is aligned
with the front edge of the EAL and that the hook and pile fasteners are engaged.
11. Attach the earcups to the earcup retaining pads. Check earcup position and adjust as necessary.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0053 00-10
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0054 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
COBRA DUAL VISOR REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
INITIAL SETUP:
ALSE Technician
References

Materials/Parts
WP 0035 00
WP 0031 00
WP 0026 00
WP 0032 00
Cobra Dual Visor Assembly (WP 0065 00, Figure 8)

Personnel Required
REMOVAL
NOTE
Ensure that the chin strap is disengaged from the D-rings. This will provide easier access to the
helmet for installation.
1.
2.
3.
Remove the rear retention screw, spring washer, and post attaching the rear visor housing leg to the helmet
shell.
NOTE
A nut plate (Figure 1, Item 8) on the underside of the helmet shell holds the posts in place.
If the post threads are stripped, remove lining, replace the nut plate, and re-install the EAL
(WP 0035 00).
4.
Loosen the four thumbscrews (Figure 1, Item 2) attaching the Cobra visor housing to the helmet shell from
the nut plates inside the helmet shell.
5.
Remove the Cobra visor assembly (including visor housing, visor lenses, and track assemblies) from helmet.
0054 00-1
0054 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
REMOVAL CONTINUED
1
3
11
10
4
5
MS098923A
Figure 1.
Cobra Dual Visor Module.
6.
Unscrew the four thumbscrews (Figure 1, Item 2) attaching the Cobra visor housing to the visor assembly,
and remove the housing (Figure 1, Item 1) from tracks (Figure 1, Item 4, Figure 1, Item 5 and Figure 1, Item
6).
7.
Disassemble visors (Figure 1, Item 9 and Figure 1, Item 10) and tracks by removing retaining rings (Figure 1,
Item 3) and bushings (Figure 1, Item 7). Repeat for other side.
8.
Inspect disassembled components, refer to WP 0031 00. Replace components as necessary.
INSTALLATION
1.
Install the replacement Cobra visor assembly as follows:

a.
Place inner visor (Figure 1, Item 9) over lower track (Figure 1, Item 6).
b.
Place middle track (Figure 1, Item 5) over inner visor (Figure 1, Item 9). Insert bushings (Figure
1, Item 7) upward through lower track (Figure 1, Item 6) and middle track (Figure 1, Item 5) in that
order.
c.
Place upper track (Figure 1, Item 4) over outer visor (Figure 1, Item 10); place both over middle
track (Figure 1, Item 5) and bushings (Figure 1, Item 7). Insert bushings (Figure 1, Item 7) through
upper track (Figure 1, Item 4) and re-install retaining rings (Figure 1, Item 3).
d.
Align housing (Figure 1, Item 1) thumbscrew holes over track bushings, and install thumbscrews
(Figure 1, Item 2) through housing and bushings.
e.
Position housing and tracks on helmet, aligning bushings over posts from nutplate (Figure 1, Item
8) protruding upward through helmet (two on each side); and start all four thumbscrews.
f.
Tighten the four visor assembly thumbscrews (Figure 1, Item 2).
NOTE
2.
Install EAL, refer to WP 0035 00.
3.
0054 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0054 00
4.
Re-install the screw, spring washer, and post removed in Step 3.
5.
Install TPL, refer to WP 0032 00.
6.
Attach the earcups to the earcup retaining pads. Check earcup position and adjust as necessary, refer to
WP 0026 00.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0054 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0055 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
REMOVING STANDARD HEADSET AND INSTALLING TEMPEST HEADSET
INITIAL SETUP:

Gun-type Electrical Heater (WP 0063 00, Item 10)
Materials/Parts
Cord/Assembly
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
Microphone
Cable Assembly
WP 0031 00
WP 0035 00
WP 0032 00
WP 0041 00
REMOVAL
NOTE
Before beginning this procedure, disengage the chin strap from the D-rings. This will ease the
removal of the components.
1.
Loosen the adjustment for the nape strap assembly.
NOTE
Keep the earcup assemblies for use during TEMPEST installation.
2.
3.
4.
Inspect the EAL for cracks and holes; replace if any exist.
5.
Unplug the microphone cord from the communication cord jack (Figure 1, Item 1) at the rear of the helmet.
0055 00-1
0055 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
REMOVAL CONTINUED
4
2
MS098932A
Figure 1.
6.
Remove the screw (Figure 1, Item 2), spring washer, and post attaching the communication cord strain relief
plate to the helmet shell.
7.
Remove the two screws attaching the jack holder plate (Figure 1, Item 3) to the rear of the helmet.
8.
Untie the communications cord strain relief plate from the communications cord.
9.
Remove the grommet (Figure 1, Item 4) from the rear of the helmet through the inside of the helmet shell.
10. Remove the communications jack retaining plate and pull wire through inside of helmet shell.
11. Remove the foam receiver retainer pad (Figure 2, Item 5) from each earcup (Figure 2, Item 6).
6
7
MS098933A
Figure 2.
Shell, Earphone.
NOTE
Keep the receivers; the will be reused during the TEMPEST installation.
12. Using a jewelers screwdriver loosen (do not remove) the set screws attaching the leads (Figure 2, Item 7) to
each receiver (Figure 2, Item 8), and remove the receiver from each earphone shell (Figure 2, Item 6).
0055 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0055 00
REMOVAL CONTINUED
CAUTION
When removing the communications cord leads from the earcup, handle the grommet only; do
not pull on the wires.
13. Remove the grommet from each earcup.
14. Carefully pull the communications cord leads through hole in each earcup (Figure 2, Item 6). Retain earcup
for use with TEMPEST headset.
15. Remove microphone and Swivel Assembly Boom (SAB) from helmet, refer to WP 0041 00.
16. Carefully remove the communication cord from the helmet shell.
INSTALLATION
1.
Ensure the microphone cord (Figure 3, Item 4) is disconnected from the communication cord (Figure 3, Item
1).
6
COMMUNICATIONS CORD
1
P/N 94C8678
5
3
7
3
2
COMMUNICATIONS CORD
P/N 1680ALSE162
9
10
11
6
3
12
5
MS098934A
Figure 3.
TEMPEST Headset.
2.
Insert the jack (Figure 3, Item 5) with attached jack holder through the hole, and install the grommet (Figure
3, Item 6) into the hole in the helmet shell. (If necessary, wet the grommet with plain water to ease insertion.)
3.
Slide the shrink tubing over the jack and the jack holder. Shrink the tubing with the heat gun.
4.
5.
If required, re-tie the strain relief plate (Figure 3, Item 3) to the communications cord (Figure 3, Item 1) in the
same manner in which the cord was originally tied.
6.
Attach the strain relief plate to the helmet shell with the screw (Figure 3, Item 11), post (Figure 3, Item 7), and
0055 00-3
0055 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
WARNING
Ensure that the HGU-56/P crushable earcups are used with the TEMPEST headset.
NOTE
When properly tied, the knot (Figure 3, Item 8) will be between the strain relief plate and the
7.
Insert the communications cord leads (Figure 3, Item 2) from the outside of earcup (the original HGU-56/P
earcup) through the holes.
8.
Insert the communications cord grommet into the hole in the earcup. For easier insertion, wet the grommet
with plain water if needed.
9.
Insert the communications cord leads into the receiver. Using a jewelers screwdriver, tighten the two set
screws.
10. Insert the ear cushion lengthwise into the earcup. Center receiver in earcup, ensuring that the receiver and
the communications cord leads are accessible.
11. Center the receiver in front of the ear cushion. Insert the receiver retainer into the earcup and center it so that
the receiver is seated in the retainer pad.
12. Repeat Steps 7. through 11. for other earcup.
13. Install microphone and SAB, refer to WP 0041 00.
14. Slip the microphone shield (Figure 3, Item 12) over the microphone.
NOTE
15. Install EAL, refer to WP 0035 00.
16. Install TPL in helmet, refer to WP 0032 00.
17. Ensure that the nape strap pad is pulled down and properly aligned.
18. Reattach the earcups to the earcup retaining pads. Check earcup position and adjust as necessary.
19. Test the TEMPEST system, refer to WP 0031 00.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0055 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0056 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
EDGE BEADING REPAIR
INITIAL SETUP:
Scissors, Medical (WP 0063 00, Item 47)
Materials/Parts
Synthetic Rubber Adhesive (WP 0070 00, Item 2)
Cleaning Coth (WP 0070 00, Item 5)
Razor Blades (WP 0070 00, Item 16b)
Edge Beading (WP 0070 00, Item 26)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
1.
Peel the worn edge beading away from the MFS or helmet.
2.
Rub off old adhesive with a clean cloth. Use a razor blade if necessary.
3.
Coat the edge of the MFS or helmet and the edge beading with synthetic rubber adhesive.
4.
Install the new edge beading evenly over the edge of the MFS or helmet, allow to dry. Cut off excess edge
beading with shears.
5.
Rub off any excess adhesive with a clean cloth.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0056 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0057 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
TRIMMING MFS FOR ANVIS COMPATIBILITY
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Goggles, Eye-protective (WP 0070 00, Item 10)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
Rotary Tool Kit (WP 0063 00, Item 40)

Drum, Sanding (WP 0063 00, Item 43)
Band, Abrasive (WP 0063 00, Item 44)
TRIMMING MFS FOR ANVIS COMPATIBILITY
1.
Have the crewmember don the helmet and attach the MFS.
2.
Attach the night vision goggles to the ANVIS mount.
NOTE
The MFS may be trimmed further to accommodate ANVIS goggles or aviator spectacles if
necessary.
3.
Remove the lens caps and lower the night vision goggles. If the goggles clear the MFS and are properly
positioned over the eyes, no trimming is needed. If the goggles contact the shield, trim the shield as follows:
a.
Mark a trim line on the shield by tracing along the edge of the goggles where they contact the shield.
Figure 1 shows an example of areas to be trimmed on a shield.
TRIM LINES
MS098967A
Figure 1.
b.
Areas to be Trimmed.
Stow the goggles and remove the shield.
0057 00-1
0057 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

TRIMMING MFS FOR ANVIS COMPATIBILITY CONTINUED
WARNING
Wear eye-protective goggles when trimming the MFS, or chips of the MFS may injure the
eyes.
Wear a respirator when trimming the MFS, or harmful airborne particles may be inhaled.
NOTE
Trim the MFS with the edge beading left in place.

You will cut through the edge beading and the shield.
Trim no more than necessary to allow the night vision goggles to clear the MFS.
c.
Using a rotary cutting tool, trim the shield along the marked trim line.
d.
Replace the abrasive band on the sanding drum of the rotary cutting tool as necessary.
e.
Reattach the shield and lower the night vision goggles. Ensure that the goggles clear the shield and
are properly positioned over the eyes.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0057 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0058 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
HELMET SHELL REPAIR AND SPOT PAINTING
INITIAL SETUP:
Respirator (WP 0063 00, Item 23)
Shears, Bent Trimmers (WP 0063 00, Item 1)
Materials/Parts
Liquid Detergent (WP 0070 00, Item 7)
Abrasive Paper, 400 Grit (WP 0070 00, Item 14)
Abrasive Paper, 280 Grit (WP 0070 00, Item 14a)
Abrasive Paper, 220 Grit (WP 0070 00, Item 14b)
Paint Thinner (WP 0070 00, Item 24)
Brush, Paint (WP 0070 00, Item 3)
Can, Paint (1 QT PAINT CAN) (WP 0070 00, Item 4)
Primer (WP 0070 00, Item 16)
Primer (WP 0070 00, Item 16a)
Eye-protective Goggles (WP 0070 00, Item 10)
Polyurethane Coating (WP 0070 00, Item 6)
Polyurethane Coating (WP 0070 00, Item 6a)
Mixing Sticks (WP 0070 00, Item 11)
Adhesive (WP 0070 00, Item 1b)
Pad, Scouring, Stainless Steel (WP 0070 00, Item 13)
Tape, Pressure Sensitive (WP 0070 00, Item 23)
Cloth, Cleaning (WP 0070 00, Item 5)
Razor Blades (WP 0070 00, Item 16b)
Adhesive, Synthetic Rubber (WP 0070 00, Item 2)
Beading, Edge (WP 0065 00, Figure 2, Item 29)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
0058 00-1
0058 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
WARNING
Do not repair or use helmet that is damaged beyond the limits set forth in the PMCS charts.
This maintenance action is for cosmetic purposes only. This procedure will not increase
the structural integrity of the helmet shell, nor will it safely repair a shell damaged beyond
the criteria defined in the PMCS Chart.
Hole and Crack Filling
WARNING
Do not fill any holes in the helmet shell other than the four small holes that are used to
mount the oxygen mask bayonet receivers.
Do not fill any cracks in the helmet shell that exceeds the criteria defined in the PMCS
Chart.
NOTE
If the crack is through the black (graphite) layer and into the lighter polyethylene layers the
shell is non-repairable and may not be used.
Before painting, ensure that any associated shell hole or crack filling has been properly
completed.
1.
Prepare area to be filled by sanding around holes, paint chips, and cracks using abrasive paper, 220 grit.
2.
If only minor sanding is required (if the crack is not through any of the fiber layers), proceed with spot painting
the damaged area as described under REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT.
3.
If the repair requires filling existing oxygen mask bayonet receivers mounting holes, clean area to be filled
using isopropyl alcohol pads and apply a temporary backing, i.e., pressure sensitive tape on the inside of the
helmet shell. This will hold the adhesive in place until it fully cures.
NOTE
Follow mixing instructions included with the adhesive.
4.
Mix only enough adhesive to be used before hardening occurs.
5.
Apply adhesive to the holes to be filled.
6.
Follow manufacturer instructions for adhesive for curing before proceeding to Step 7.
7.
Using abrasive paper, 400 grit, sand any rough or uneven spots smooth and even with surface of helmet
shell.
8.
Check for any depressions or voids in the finished adhesive. If any are present repeat Steps 1. through 5.
until there are none.
9.
Paint the repaired area as directed under REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT.

0058 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0058 00

Spot Painting
WARNING
To minimize health risks and safety concerns, always wear eye protective goggles, and a
respirator, and appropriate protective clothing when sanding, mixing or spraying primer or paint.
May cause injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
These procedures may also be used for Maxillofacial Shield (MFS) spot painting.
The helmet shell should be spot-painted with the polyurethane coating (also known as
Chemical Agent Resistant Coating (CARC) paint). This coating causes liquid chemical
agents to bead up, allowing for quick, complete decontamination. Spot-painting involves
sanding areas of damaged (cracked, chipped, or peeled) paint and repainting those areas.
1.
Wash the surface with a mixture of liquid detergent and water, allow to dry.
2.
Using abrasive paper, 220 or 280 grit, remove all loose paint.
3.
Using abrasive paper, 400 grit or a stainless steel scouring pad, feather the edges of the solid paint. Ensure
that all damaged paint or corrosion has been removed.
4.
Within four hours, clean the area to be painted with paint thinner.
5.
Apply the primer over the area to be painted. Apply heavily in the middle and taper it over the edges of the old
paint. Allow the primer to dry, refer to manufacturers instructions.
6.
Smooth rough or uneven edges by wet sanding.
7.
Apply second coat of primer over the area to be painted. Apply heavily in the middle and taper it over the
edges of the old paint. Allow the primer to dry, refer to manufacturers instructions.
8.
Apply the paint over the area. Apply heavily in the middle and taper it toward the edges so that the new paint
is even with the old paint. Allow the top coat to fully cure, refer to manufacturers instructions.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0058 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0059 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
INSTALLING HGU-56/P FIELD CHANGE KIT
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0039 00
HGU-56/P Field Change Kit

INSTALLATION
1.
Remove the visor assembly from the helmet, refer to WP 0039 00.
INSIDE VIEW OF HOUSING
VINYL STRIPS
MS098952A
Figure 1.
Vinyl Strips Installed on Visor Housing.
WARNING
2.
Gently clean the inside surface of the visor housing with isopropyl alcohol pad.
3.
Use a clean airstream to remove any remaining dust, dirt, or lint.
4.
Peel the backing paper from the vinyl strips and install as shown in Figure 1. Ensure that the bottom edges of
the plates are flush with the bottom edge of the visor housing.
5.
Re-install the visor assembly, refer to WP 0039 00.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0059 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0060 00

HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
MANUFACTURED ITEMS
INITIAL SETUP:
NA
ILLUSTRATED LIST OF MANUFACTURED ITEMS INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package includes complete instructions for making items authorized to be manufactured or fabricated at aviation unit maintenance.
How to Use the Index of Manufactured Items
A part number index in alphanumeric order may be provided for cross-referencing the part number of the item to be
manufactured to the page that covers fabrication criteria.
Explanation of the Illustrations of Manufactured Items
All instructions needed by maintenance personnel to manufacture the item are included on the illustrations
(WP 0065 00). All bulk materials needed for manufacture of an item may be listed by part number or specification
number in a tabular list on the illustration.
0060 00-1
0060 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
NOTE
FILE A NOTCH IN THE BLADE ABOUT 1/8".
THIS WILL ALLOW THE SCREWDRIVER TO
PASS A SCREW THAT PROTRUDES INTO THE
SLOTTED AREA OF THE SCREW POST. THE
SCREWDRIVER WILL FIT IN THE SLOT OF THE
POST EVEN IF THE SCREW PROTRUDES.
SLOTTED SCREW
POST WITH
SCREW PROTRUDING
MS098953A
Figure 1.
Modified Screwdriver Instructions.
MODIFIED SCREWDRIVER INSTRUCTIONS

Refer to Figure 1 for modified screwdriver instructions.
BULK MATERIAL
Screwdriver, Flat Tip Special
0060 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0060 00
1" WIDE HOOK FASTENER (ADHESIVE BACK)

2" x 4" x 8
WOOD BLOCK
1" WIDE
PILE FASTENER
(ADHESIVE BACK)
MS098954A
Figure 2.
Wood Block Instructions.
WOOD BLOCK INSTRUCTIONS

1.
Cut a block of wood 1 to 2-inches thick by 3 to 4-inches wide by 8-inches long.
2.
Attach an 8-inch strip of hook and pile fastener to the entire length of the center of one of the 4-inch wide
faces, refer to Figure 2.
BULK MATERIAL
WOOD BLOCK
HOOK FASTENER TAPE
0060 00-3
0060 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
SM
XS
XXS
XL
LGE
IF REPRODUCING THIS
TEMPLATE, MAKE SURE
BOTH OF THESE LINES
MEASURE 1 INCH ON
THE COPY.
1 INCH
1 INCH
MED
PLACE THE PROPER SCREW
HOLE OVER THE RIGHT
ALIGN WITH CAP PLUG (IF PRESENT)
XL
SML
XS
XXS
LGE
MED
DRILL CENTER MARK
ALIGN WITH BOTTOM EDGE OF HELMET SHELL
WHEN USING THE TEMPLATE

WITH XLARGE HELMETS,
TRIM TO THE DASHED LINE
MS098957A
Figure 3.
Template (Right Side).
0060 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0060 00
1 INCH
1 INCH
IF REPRODUCING THIS
TEMPLATE, MAKE SURE
BOTH OF THESE LINES
MEASURE 1 INCH ON
THE COPY.
XL
LGE
SM
XS
XXS
MED
PLACE THE PROPER SCREW
HOLE OVER THE RIGHT
XL
SML
XS
XXS
LGE
MED
DRILL CENTER MARK
ALIGN WITH BOTTOM EDGE OF HELMET SHELL
WHEN USING THE TEMPLATE

WITH XLARGE HELMETS,
TRIM TO THE DASHED LINE
MS038817
Figure 4.
Template (Left Side).
0060 00-5
0060 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
TEMPLATE INSTRUCTIONS
1.
Cut out the templates (Figure 3 and Figure 4). Cut out the screw locator circle (above the notation PLACE
THE PROPER SCREW HOLE OVER THE RIGHT REAR RETENTION SCREW) for your helmet size.
2.
Cut an X through the "DRILL CENTER MARK" circle for your helmet size.
3.
Making sure the template conforms to the shape of helmet, place large hole that you cut out over the retention
screw.
4.
Align the curve on the left with the helmet cap plug (if it exists).
5.
Align the bottom curve of the template with the bottom edge of the helmet shell.
6.
Mark the drill location in the center of the "Drill Center Mark" hole where you cut the X.
BULK MATERIAL
N/A
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0060 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 11
FOR
(HGU-56/P)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-6) (NSN: 8415-01-394-6474)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-5) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8035)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-4) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8034)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-3) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8036)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-2) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8033)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-1) (NSN: 8415-01-394-8032)
(HGU-56/P WITH CEP)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-12) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5364)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-11) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5348)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-10) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5347)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-9) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5344)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-8) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5339)
(PART NO. 1680-ALSE-101-7) (NSN: 8415-01-522-5310)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0061 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
REFERENCES
SCOPE
This section lists all forms and publications referenced in this manual and required by the user to operate and maintain
the AIHS.
ARMY REGULATIONS (AR)
AR 25-52
AR 95-1
AR 385-10
AR 385-95
AR 700-138
AR 710-2
AR 725-50
AR 750-1
Authorized Abbreviations, Brevity Codes, and Acronyms

Flight Regulations
The Army Safety Program
Army Aviation Accident Prevention
Supply Policy Below the National Level
Requisitioning, Receipt and Issue System
Army Materiel Maintenance Policy
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY FORMS (DA)

DA Form 2028
DA Form 2062
DA Form 2063-R
DA Form 2064
DA Form 2405
DA Form 2407
DA Form 2407-1
DA Form 2408-22
DA Form 2765-1
DA Form 3161
DA Form 3749
Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms

Hand Receipt/Annex Number
Prescribed Load List (LRA)
Document Register for Supply Actions
Maintenance Request Register
Maintenance Request
Maintenance Request-Continuation Sheet
Helmet and Oxygen Mask/Connector Inspection Record
Request for Issue or Turn-In
Request for Issue or Turn-In
Equipment Receipt

DA PAM 25-30
DA PAM 710-2-2
DA PAM 738-751
DA PAM 750-8
Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms

Functional Users Guide to the Army Maintenance
Management System-Aviation (TAMMS-A)
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE FORMS (DD)

DD Form 1574
DD Form 1577
DD Form 1577-2
Serviceable Tag-Materiel
Unserviceable (Condemned) Tag-Materiel
Unserviceable (Repairable) Tag-Materiel
FIELD MANUALS (FM)

FM 38-700
FM 38-701
Packaging of Material for Preservation

Packaging of Material for Packing
STANDARD FORMS (SF)

SF 368

0061 00-1
0061 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
TECHNICAL BULLETINS (TB)

TB 43-180
Interactive Electronic Technical Manual for Calibration and Repair

Requirements for The Maintenance of Army Materiel
TRAINING CIRCULAR (TC)

TC 3-04.72
Army Aviation Maintenance

TM 1-1500-204-23 (Series)
TM 1-1500-204-23-1
TM 9-1270-212-14&P
TM 11-5855-263-10
TM 55-1660-247-12
TM 750-244-1-5
Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM) Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance
Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate
Maintenance (AVIM) Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance
(General Maintenance and Practices) Volume 1
Operators, Organizational, Direct Support and General Support Maintenance Manual (Including RPSTL) for Fire Subsystem, Helmet-Directed
XM128 and Fire Control Subsystem, Helmet-Directed XM136
Operators Manual for Aviators Night Vision Imaging System (ANVIS)
AN/AVS-6(V)1, AN/AVS-6(V)2, and AN/AVS-6(V)1A
Operation, Fitting, Inspection and Maintenance Instructions with Illustrated
Parts Breakdown for MBU-12/P Pressure Demand Oxygen Mask
AIR FORCE TECHNICAL ORDERS (TO)

TO 14P3-1-151
OPN AND MAINT INSTR WITH PB -- AIRCREW

EYE/RESPIRATORY PROT (AERP) EQUIPMENT
0061 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0062 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC) INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
Aviation Maintenance Allocation Chart
The MAC (immediately following the introduction) designates overall authority and responsibility for the performance
of maintenance functions on the identified end item or component. The application of the maintenance functions to the
end item or component shall be consistent with the capacities and capabilities of the designated maintenance level
which are shown on the MAC as:
Field - includes two columns:
"O" which corresponds to Aviation Maintenance Company (AMC)
"F" which corresponds to Aviation Support Battalion (ASB)
Sustainment - includes two columns:

"L" which corresponds to Theater Aviation Sustainment Maintenance Group (TASMG) and other organizations that have National Maintenance Program certification
"D" which corresponds to Depot.
The maintenance to be performed below depot and in the field is described as follows:
1.
Aviation Maintenance Company (AMC). The primary purpose of the aviation maintenance company is to
support the momentum of offensive operations. Composition of the AMC will be based on type of operations
being supported, nature of the battlefield, and the need for flexibility. AMCs will provide forward positioning
of essential maintenance repair parts and supplies, maximum use of support teams, use of airlift/air drops
for resupply, for maintenance that does not interfere with the tactical plans and operations. AMCs are agile,
mobile, and well equipped. They will carry limited stockpiles of demand supported, essential parts and supplies. The AMC performs battle damage assessment and repair (BDAR) and unit level repairs on Aviation
Life Support Systems (ALSS). The AMC performs production control, quality control, and Maintenance Management/Maintenance Test Pilot functions. AMCs will rig aircraft for recovery operations. The AMC manages
the battalion maintenance program and operates a central tool room. The AMC conducts forward arming
and refueling. AMCs will be comprised of 3 to 4 modular platoons, which are configured to maintain unit level
operational readiness and aircraft availability:
Headquarters Platoon - Establishes standard operating procedures, receives and processes work
requests, schedules maintenance, maintains status of aircraft, coordinates inspections and test flights
and return of repaired aircraft, enforces quality standards, responsible for safety. Also, obtains, stores,
and issues Classes II, III, IV, and IX, prescribe load list, shop stock and authorized stockage list items.
Airframe Repair Platoon - Tailored to battalion it supports. Performs scheduled and unscheduled
maintenance, troubleshoots faulty components, and removes and replaces aircraft components.
Provides mission capable aircraft to support flight company operations.
Component Repair Platoon - Performs scheduled and unscheduled maintenance, troubleshoots
faulty components, and removes and replaces aircraft components. Performs BDAR and manages
Class IX spare/shop stock. This platoon uses Shop Equipment Contact Maintenance (SECM) trucks
which are multi-capable and self-contained and are used to perform on-site maintenance using enhanced power tools, test, measurement, and diagnostic equipment, welding and cutting equipment,
and an air compressor. The SECM truck is highly mobile.
Armament Platoon - Only used in attack battalions and cavalry squadrons. Performs scheduled and
unscheduled maintenance on armament components.
0062 00-1
0062 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
INTRODUCTION CONTINUED
2.
Aviation Support Company (ASC) in the Aviation Support Battalion (ASB). Comprised of Headquarters,
Airframe, and Component Repair Platoons. Provides maintenance assistance to aviation units helping them
maintain operational readiness and aircraft availability. Utilizes SECM trucks. Capable of supporting split
based operations in two separate and distinct locations. Performs the following types of maintenance:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
3.
Intermediate maintenance and logistics support operations.

Maintenance actions which require more than 3 days to correct.
Phased maintenance and preventive maintenance services.
In-depth troubleshooting and diagnosis of airframe and component malfunctions.
Repairs airframes and LRU component.
Fixes night vision systems, aviation life support systems, aviation electrical and hydraulic components.
Limited capability to fabricate hydraulic lines.
Repairs engines, prop and rotors, armament, and armament subsystems.
Fixes and fuels organic battalion equipment, ground aviation vehicles, and aviation ground support
equipment.
j.
Operates and performs field maintenance on aviation ground power units, generator, and ground support equipment.
k.
Battle damage assessment and repair (BDAR).
l.
Production control and quality control.
m. Test Pilot functions.
Theater Aviation Sustainment Maintenance Group (TASMG). Assists in deployment and redeployment,
provides technical assistance, supports increased operational tempo, sustains Army aviation across the entire spectrum of operations. The TASMG:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Provides support to CONUS deploying forces.

Provides support to OCUNUS deployed forces.
OCONUS aviation maintenance support for contingency and stability and/or support operations.
Expands aviation maintenance capabilities of CONUS depots.
Classifies and inspects aviation stocks and components.
Repairs engines, airframes, armament, composite materials, electrical systems, avionics, hydraulics.
Fabricates hydraulics lines.
Backup ASB and AMC maintenance functions.
Use of the MAC
NOTE
Approved item names are used throughout this MAC. Generic terms/nomenclature (if any) are
expressed in parentheses and are not to be considered as official terminology.
This MAC assigns maintenance functions to the lowest level of maintenance, based on past experience and the following considerations:
Skills available.
Work time required.
Tools and test equipment required and/or available.
Only the lowest level of maintenance authorized to perform a maintenance function is indicated. If the lowest maintenance level cannot perform all tasks of any single maintenance function (e.g., test, repair), then the higher maintenance level(s) that can accomplish additional tasks will also be indicated.
A maintenance function assigned to a maintenance level will automatically be authorized to be performed at any higher
maintenance level.
0062 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0062 00
A maintenance function that cannot be performed at the assigned level of maintenance for any reason may be evacuated to the next higher maintenance level. Higher maintenance levels will perform the maintenance functions of lower
maintenance levels when required by the commander who has the authority to direct such tasking.
The assignment of a maintenance function will not be construed as authorization to carry the related repair parts or
spares in stock. Information to requisition or otherwise secure the necessary repair parts will be as specified in the
associated RPSTL.
Normally there will be no deviation from the assigned level of maintenance. In cases of operational necessity, at the
request of the lower maintenance level and on a one- time basis, transfer of a maintenance functions to a lower level
may be accomplished by specific authorization of the maintenance officer of the higher level of maintenance to which
the function is assigned. The special tools, equipment, etc., required by the lower level of maintenance to perform this
function will be furnished by the maintenance level to which the function is assigned. This transfer of a maintenance
function to a lower maintenance level does not relieve the higher maintenance level of the responsibility for the function. The higher level of maintenance will provide technical supervision and inspection of the function being performed
at the lower level.
Maintenance Functions
Maintenance Functions will be limited to and defined as follows:
1.
2.
3.
Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electrical
characteristics with established standards through examination (e.g., by sight, sound or feel).
Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic or electrical characteristics
of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards.
Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition,i.e., to clean (includes decontaminate, when required), to preserve, to drain, to paint or to replenish fuel, lubricants, chemical
fluids or gases.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Unpack. To remove from packing box for service when required for the performance of maintenance
operations.
Repack. To return item to packing box after service and other maintenance operations.
Clean. To rid the item of contamination.
Touch up. To spot paint scratched or blistered surfaces.
Mark. To restore obliterated identification.
4.
Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or by setting the operating characteristics to specified parameters.
5. Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance.
6. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test, measuring or diagnostic equipments used in precision measurement. Consists of comparisons of two instruments,
one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy
of the instrument being compared.
7. Remove/Install. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service or other maintenance
functions. Install may be the act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position a spare, repair part or module
(component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an equipment or system.
8. Paint. To prepare and spray color coats of paint so that the ammunition can be identified and protected. The
color indicating primary use is applied, preferably, to the entire exterior surface as the background color of the
item. Other markings are to be painted as original so as to retain proper ammunition identification.
9. Replace. To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its place. "Replace" is authorized by the MAC and assigned maintenance level is shown as the third position code of the Sourse, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) code.
10. Repair. The application of maintenance services, including fault location/troubleshooting, removal/installation, disassembly/assembly procedures, and maintenance actions to identify troubles and restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module
0062 00-3
0062 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(component or assembly), end item or system. The following definitions are applicable to the "repair" maintenance function:
Services. Inspect, test, service, adjust, align, calibrate, and/or replace.
Fault location/troubleshooting. The process of investigating and detecting the cause of equipment
malfunctioning; the act of isolating a fault within a system or Unit Under Test (UUT).
Disassembly/assembly. The step-by-step taking apart (or breakdown) of a spare/functional group
coded item to the level of its least component identified as maintenance significant (i.e., assigned an
SMR code) for the level of maintenance under consideration.
Actions. Welding, grinding, riveting, straightening, facing, machining, and/or resurfacing.
11. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore an item to a completely serviceable/operational condition as required by maintenance standards in appropriate technical publications.
Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does not normally
return an item to like new condition.
12. Rebuild. Those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of material maintenance applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements (e.g., hours/miles) considered in classifying Army equipment/components.
Explanation of Entries in the MAC
Group Number and Component/Assembly. The functional groupings in the sample below identify maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the next higher assembly.
Term
Definition
GROUP
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
04
POWER PLANT
0401
ENGINE, GENERAL
Servicing, handling inspection requirements, overhaul and retirement
schedules. External lines and hoses. (As applicable.)
0402
COMPRESSOR SECTION (COLD SECTION MODULE)
Rotor, blades, vanes, impeller, stators, inlet guide vanes, mainframe, particle
separator, bleed valve, bearings, seals, external lines and hoses.
0403
COMBUSTION SECTION (HOT SECTION MODULE)
Liners, nozzles, stators, rotor, seals, couplings, blades.
0404
POWER-TURBINE (POWER TURBINE MODULE)
Nozzles, rotors, blades, exit guide vanes, exhaust frame, drive
shaft, bearings, seals, external lines and hoses.
0405
ACCESSORY GEAR BOX (ACCESSORY SECTION MODULE)
Input and output gears, seals, chip detector, housings, drive shaft, bearings.
0406
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel control, fuel boost pump, governors, fuel filter assembly, sequence
valve, fuel manifold, fuel nozzle, external lines and hoses.
0407
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical control units, exciters, thermocouples, ignition harness,
electrical cables, history record, torque overspeed
sensor, Np sensor, external lines and hoses.
0408
OIL SYSTEM
Tanks, oil filter, oil cooler, lube and scavenger pumps,
oil filter bypass sensor, external lines and hoses.
Maintenance Function. Entry lists the functions to be performed on the items listed in Component/Assembly.
0062 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0062 00
Maintenance Level. The maintenance levels field and sustainment are listed on the MAC with individual columns for
AMC, ASB, TASMG, and Depot that include the work times for maintenance functions at each maintenance level. Work
time presentations such as "0.1" indicate the average time (expressed in manhours in whole hours or decimals) it requires a maintenance level to perform a specified maintenance function. If a work time has not been established, the
columnar presentation will indicate "--". Maintenance levels higher than the level of maintenance indicated are authorized to perform the indicated function.
Tools and Equipment Reference Code. Entry specifies, by code, those common tool sets (not individual tools), common TMDE, and special tools, special TMDE, and special support equipment required to perform the designated function.
Remarks Code. When applicable, this column contains a letter code, in alphabetical order, which is keyed to the remarks.
Explanation of Entries in the Tools and Test Equipment Requirements
Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code. The tool or test equipment reference code correlates with a code used in
tasks and equipment reference code entry of the MAC.
Maintenance Level. The lowest level of maintenance authorized to use the tool or test equipment.
Nomenclature. Name or identification of the tool or test equipment.
National Stock Number (NSN). The NSN of the tool or test equipment.
Tool Number. The manufacturers part number.
Explanation of Entries in the Remarks
Remarks Code. The code recorded in remarks code entry of the MAC.
Remarks. This entry lists information pertinent to the maintenance function being performed as indicated in the MAC.
0062 00-5/6 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0063 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR AIHS
Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart for the AIHS.
(1)
GROUP
NUMBER
01
01
01
01
0101
0102
0103
0104
(2)
DESCRIPTION
Helmet Assembly
Shell Flyer Helmet

Lining Helmet, Shock,
(EAL)
Lining, Helmet, Shock

(TPL)
Retention Assembly
Earcup Assembly
Communications System
Swivel Assembly, Boom

(SAB)
(3)
MAINTENANCE
FUNCTION
INSPECT
REMOVE
(4)
MAINTENANCE LEVEL
FIELD
SUSTAINMENT
AMC
ASB TASMG DEPOT
(O)
(F)
(L)
(D)
2.3
.2
(5)
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT
REF CODE
13, 15
1, 5, 7, 9,
11, 14, 19
1, 2, 6, 10,
18, 27, 28,
29
5, 19, 20,
21, 28
REPAIR
.8
ADJUST
.5
INSPECT
REPAIR
.1
.2
INSPECT
.1
REMOVE
REPLACE
.5
.5
INSPECT
.1
REPLACE
.1
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPLACE
.2
.2
.2
18, 27
18, 27
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPLACE
.1
.5
.1
6
6
INSPECT
TEST
REMOVE
.1
.1
.5
REPLACE
.1
REMOVE
.3
0063 00-1
(6)
REMARKS
CODE
B
A
1, 23
2, 27
2
6, 13, 15
2, 6, 12,
27, 28, 29,
35, 39
2, 6, 12,
27, 28, 35,
39
6, 27, 28
A,C
A,C
0063 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart for the AIHS Continued
(1)
(2)
GROUP
NUMBER
0105
02
03
(3)
MAINTENANCE
FUNCTION
DESCRIPTION
Dual Visor Assembly
Cobra Dual Visor Assy
(4)
MAINTENANCE LEVEL
FIELD
SUSTAINMENT
AMC
ASB TASMG DEPOT
(O)
(F)
(L)
(D)
(5)
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT
REF CODE
REPLACE
.3
6, 27, 28
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPLACE
.1
.2
.2
6, 29
6, 29
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPLACE
.1
.3
.3
Communication
INSPECT
Enhancement and
Protection System (CEPS)
Kit
REPAIR
6, 18, 27,
29
.2
1.0
Hardware, Kit, Mechanic

Equip
REPLACE
1.0
05
Maxillofacial Shield (MFS)
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
REPLACE
.2
.2
.5
.2
29
47
29
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPLACE
.1
.2
.2
24
24
Lip Light
12, 21, 35,

37
12, 21, 35,
37
04
06
REMARKS
CODE
.5
REPLACE
(6)
7, 9, 27,
28, 29, 50
Table 2. Special Tools and Test Equipment.
TOOLS OR
TEST EQUIP
REF CODE
MAINTENANCE
LEVEL
NOMENCLATURE
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
TOOL
NUMBER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
SHEARS, BENT TRIMMERS, 50980

SPATULA, 81348
#4-40 TAP, 81348
#43 TAP DRILL, 81348
SQUARE, COMBINATION, 81348
SCRWDR. SET, JEWL, 28356
DRILL, TWIST, 9/64 55719
DRILL, TWIST, 19/64 55719
5110-00-203-9642
7330-00-254-4791
5136-00-729-5689
5133-00-189-9289
5210-00-241-3599
5120-00-288-8739
5133-00-189-9272
5133-00-988-5706
GGG-S-00278
GGG-C-746
GGG-T-70
MS15444-42
GGG-S-656
CM3033
DBE27A
DBC19/64
0063 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0063 00
Table 2. Special Tools and Test Equipment. Continued

TOOLS OR
TEST EQUIP
REF CODE
MAINTENANCE
LEVEL
NOMENCLATURE
9
10
11
O
O
O
DRILL, ELEC., PORT., 40684

5130-00-935-7354
HEATER, GUN TYPE, ELEC., 18876 4940-00-561-1002
M170/171 ADAPTER, 97427
12
13
14
O
O
O
SOLDERING GUN, 97049

MULTIMETER, 80058
THERMOMETER, OVEN, 00620
15
16
17
18
O
O
19
INTERCOMMUNICATION UNIT,
7L772
SAW, HAND, METAL CUTTING,
55719
TAP HANDLE, 50980
SCREWDRIVER, FLAT TIP
SPECIAL, 81348 (SEE WP 0060 00,
MODIFIED SCREWDRIVER
INSTRUCTIONS)
WOOD BLOCK
20
21
22
23
24
O
O
O
O
O
OVEN, BAKING, 01758

RULER, WOOD, 81348
MALLET, RAWHIDE
RESPIRATOR, AIR FILTER, 81348
PLIERS, DIAGONAL CUT, 80244
LOCAL
PURCHASE7310-01-364-4043
7510-00-161-6217
5120-00-293-3397
4240-00-022-2524
5110-00-222-2708
25
FILE HAND, 80244
5110-00-234-6551
26
27
O
O
RULE, STEEL, MACHINISTS, 03397 5120-00-180-9656

SCREWDRIVER, FLAT-TIP, 81348 5120-00-278-1283
28
29
30
31
O
O
SCREWDRIVER, CROSS-TIP, #1,

80244
SCREWDRIVER, CROSS-TIP, #2,
96508
KNIFE, POCKET, 81348
PUNCH, CENTER, SOLID, 80244
5110-00-240-5943
5120-00-293-3509
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
DRILL, TWIST, 1/16, 55719

PLIERS, LONG-NOSE, 75347
WIRE STRIPPERS, 05479
KNIFE, CRAFTSMANS, 81348
AWL, SCRATCH, 1CV05
WRENCH, BOX AND OPEN 81348
ROTARY CUTTING TOOL
5133-00-837-7595
5133-00-988-5699
5133-00-988-5711
5120-01-367-7245
5110-01-442-6982
5110-01-111-6416
5120-01-428-5131
5120-00-228-9505
5130-01-014-6856
0063 00-3
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
3439-00-618-6623
6625-01-139-2512
LOCAL
PURCHASE-
TOOL
NUMBER
SP6039
8031088
1680-ALSE257-1
D550-3
AN/PSM-45
100036-3
5110-01-327-5171
HS5
5120-00-277-4069
5120-00-278-1273
GGG-W-680
GGG-S-121
5120-00-240-8716
5120-01-023-7471
T4800
GG-R-791
GGG-M-125/6
GGG-P-468TY1CL1
GGG-F325TY16CL1STA
430C
GGG-S-121TY1CL5DEB
GGG-S121TY6CL1
XST-100
GGG-K-484
GGG-P-831
TY2CLASZ5
DBC1/16
DBC3/16
DBC3/8
D203-6
11045-INS
GGG-K-00450
69-007
GGG-W-636
381
0063 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Table 2. Special Tools and Test Equipment. Continued
TOOLS OR
TEST EQUIP
REF CODE
MAINTENANCE
LEVEL
NOMENCLATURE
41
COMPASS WITH PENCIL
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
RULE, MACHINISTS, 55719

DRUM, SANDING, 18531
BAND, ABRASIVE, 18531
DELETED
MULTIMETER, 12510
SCISSORS, MEDICAL, 7P522
1/8-INCH DRILL TWIST, 55719
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
TOOL
NUMBER
LOCAL
PURCHASE5210-01-335-1608
5130-01-292-9860
5345-01-381-0788
GA2A
407
408
6625-00-999-6282
6515-00-935-7138
5133-00-988-5695
5133-00-988-5703
5133-00-988-5697
408
BC881
DBC1/8
DBC1/4
DBC5/32
Table 3. Remarks for HGU-56P.

REMARK CODE
A
B
C
REMARKS
SEE WP 0060 00, MODIFIED SCREWDRIVER INSTRUCTIONS.

SEE WP 0060 00, WOOD BLOCK INSTRUCTIONS.
SEE WP 0060 00, TEMPLATE INSTRUCTIONS.
0063 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0064 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
INTRODUCTION TO REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL)
INTRODUCTION
SCOPE
This RPSTL lists and authorizes spares and repair parts; special tools; special test, measurement, and diagnostic
equipment (TMDE); and other special support equipment required for performance of Operator and Unit Level Maintenance of the AIHS. It authorizes the requisitioning, issue, and disposition of spares, repair parts, and special tools as
indicated by the source, maintenance, and recoverability (SMR) codes.
GENERAL
In addition to the Introduction work package, this RPSTL is divided into the following work packages.
1.
2.
3.
Repair Parts List Work Packages. Work packages containing lists of spares and repair parts authorized by
this RPSTL for use in the performance of maintenance. These work packages also include parts which must
be removed for replacement of the authorized parts. Parts lists are composed of functional groups in ascending alphanumeric sequence, with the parts in each group listed in ascending figure and item number
sequence. Sending units, brackets, filters, and bolts are listed with the component they mount on. Bulk materials are listed by item name in FIG. BULK at the end of the work packages. Repair parts kits are listed
separately in their own functional group and work package. Repair parts for reparable special tools are also
listed in a separate work package. Items listed are shown on the associated illustrations.
Special Tools List Work Packages. Work packages containing lists of special tools, special TMDE, and special support equipment authorized by this RPSTL (as indicated by Basis of Issue (BOI) information in the
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column). Tools that are components of common tool sets
and/or Class VII are not listed.
Cross-Reference Indexes Work Packages. There are two cross reference indexes work packages in this RPSTL: the National Stock Number (NSN) Index work package and the Part Number (P/N) Index work package.
The National Stock Number Index work package refers you to the figure and item number. The Part Number
Index work package refers you to the figure and item number.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE REPAIR PARTS LIST AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST WORK PACKAGES
ITEM NO. (Column (1). Indicates the number used to identify items called out in the illustration.
SMR CODE (Column (2). The SMR code containing supply/requisitioning information, maintenance level authorization criteria, and disposition instruction, as shown in the following breakout:
Source Code
XXXXX
1st two positions: How to
get an item.
Maintenance Code
XXXXX
Recoverability Code
XXXXX
3rd position: who can

install, replace, or use the
item.
4th position: Who can do

complete repair* on the
item
XXXXX
5th position: Who
determines disposition
action on unserviceable
items.
*Complete Repair: Maintenance capacity, capability, and authority to perform all corrective maintenance tasks of the
"Repair" function in a use/user environment in order to restore serviceability to a failed item.
Source Code. The source code tells you how you get an item needed for maintenance, repair, or overhaul of an end
item/equipment. Explanations of source codes follow:
0064 00-1
0064 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Source Code
Application/Explanation
PA
NOTE
PB
Items coded PC are subject to

deterioration.
PC
PD
PE
PF
PG
KD
KF
KB
MO-Made at unit/AVUM level
MF-Made at DS/AVIM level
MH-Made at GS level
ML-Made at SRA
MD-Made at depot
AO-Assembled by unit/AVUM level

AF-Assembled by DS/AVIM level
AH-Assembled by GS level
AL-Assembled by SRA
AD-Assembled by depot
Stock items; use the applicable NSN to requisition/request items with these source codes. They are authorized to the level indicated by the code entered in the 3rd
position of the SMR code.
Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. They are part of a kit which is
authorized to the maintenance level indicated in the 3rd
position of the SMR code. The complete kit must be
requisitioned and applied.
Items with these codes are not to be requisitioned/requested individually. They must be made from bulk
material which is identified by the P/N in the DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column and
listed in the bulk material group work package of the RPSTL. If the item is authorized to you by the 3rd position
code of the SMR code, but the source code indicates it is
made at higher level, order the item from the higher level
of maintenance.
Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. The parts that make up the
assembled item must be requisitioned or fabricated
and assembled at the level of maintenance indicated
by the source code. If the 3rd position of the SMR code
authorizes you to replace the item, but the source code
indicates the item is assembled at a higher level, order
the item from the higher level of maintenance.
XA
Do not requisition an "XA" coded item. Order the next

higher assembly. (Refer to NOTE below.)
XB
If an item is not available from salvage, order it using

the Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC)
and P/N.
XC
Installation drawings, diagrams, instruction sheets, field

service drawings; identified by manufacturers P/N.
XD
Item is not stocked. Order an XD-coded item through

normal supply channels using the CAGEC and P/N
given, if no NSN is available.
0064 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0064 00
Source Code
NOTE
Cannibalization or controlled exchange, when authorized, may be used as a source of supply
for items with the above source codes except for those items source coded "XA" or those AV
support items restricted by requirements of AR 750-1.
Maintenance Code. Maintenance codes tell you the level(s) of maintenance authorized to use and repair support
items. The maintenance codes are entered in the third and fourth positions of the SMR code as follows:
Third Position. The maintenance code entered in the third position tells you the lowest maintenance level authorized to
remove, replace, and use an item. The maintenance code entered in the third position will indicate authorization to the
following levels of maintenance:
Maintenance Code
C-
Crew or operator maintenance done within unit/AVUM

maintenance.
O-
Unit level/AVUM maintenance can remove, replace, and

use the item.
F-
Direct support/AVIM maintenance can remove, replace,

and use the item.
H-
General support maintenance can remove, replace, and

use the item.
L-
Specialized repair activity can remove, replace, and use

the item.
D-
Depot can remove, replace, and use the item.
Fourth Position. The maintenance code entered in the fourth position tells you whether or not the item is to be repaired
and identifies the lowest maintenance level with the capability to do complete repair (perform all authorized repair functions).
NOTE
Some limited repair may be done on the item at a lower level of maintenance, if authorized by
the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) and SMR codes.
Maintenance Code
O-
Unit/AVUM is the lowest level that can do complete

repair of the item.
0064 00-3
0064 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Maintenance Code
F-
Direct support/AVIM is the lowest level that can do

complete repair of the item.
H-
General support is the lowest level that can do complete

repair of the item.
L-
Specialized repair activity (enter specialized repair

activity designator) is the lowest level that can do
D-
Depot is the lowest level that can do complete repair of

the item.
Z-
Nonreparable. No repair is authorized.
B-
No repair is authorized. No parts or special tools are

authorized for maintenance of "B" coded item. However,
the item may be reconditioned by adjusting, lubricating,
etc., at the user level.
Recoverability Code. Recoverability codes are assigned to items to indicate the disposition action on unserviceable
items. The recoverability code is shown in the fifth position of the SMR code as follows:
Recoverability Code
Z-
Nonreparable item. When unserviceable, condemn and

dispose of the item at the level of maintenance shown in
the third position of the SMR code.
O-
Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable,

condemn and dispose of the item at the unit level.
F-

condemn and dispose of the item at the direct support
level.
H-

condemn and dispose of the item at the general support
level.
D-
Reparable item. When beyond lower level repair

capability, return to depot. Condemnation and disposal
of item are not authorized below depot level.
L-
Reparable item. Condemnation and disposal not

authorized below Specialized Repair Activity (SRA).
A-
Item requires special handling or condemnation

procedures because of specific reasons (such as
precious metal content, high dollar value, critical
material, or hazardous material). Refer to appropriate
manuals/directives for specific instructions.
NSN (Column (3). The NSN for the item is listed in this column.
0064 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0064 00
CAGEC (Column (4). The Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) is a five-digit code which is used to
identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency/activity that supplies the item.
PART NUMBER (Column (5). Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual, company, firm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of its engineering
drawings, specifications, standards, and inspection requirements to identify an item or range of items.
NOTE
When you use an NSN to requisition an item, the item you receive may have a different P/N from
the number listed.
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) (Column (6). This column includes the following information:
1.
2.
3.
4.
The federal item name, and when required, a minimum description to identify the item.
P/Ns of bulk materials are referenced in this column in the line entry to be manufactured or fabricated.
Hardness Critical Item (HCI). A support item that provides the equipment with special protection from electromagnetic pulse (EMP) damage during a nuclear attack.
The statement END OF FIGURE appears just below the last item description in column (6) for a given figure
in both the repair parts list and special tools list work packages.
Size
HGU-56/P UOC without CEP
HGU-56/P UOC with CEP
XXS
SZ1
SZ7
XS
SZ2
SZ8
SZ3
SZ9
SZ4
SZ10
SZ5
SZ11
XL
SZ6
SZ12
QUANTITY (QTY) (Column (7). The QTY (quantity per figure) column indicates the quantity of the item used in the
breakout shown on the illustration/figure, which is prepared for a functional group, subfunctional group, or an assembly. A "V" appearing in this column instead of a quantity indicates that the quantity is variable and quantity may change
from application to application.
EXPLANATION OF CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES WORK PACKAGES FORMAT AND COLUMNS
1.
National Stock Number (NSN) Index Work Package.

STOCK NUMBER Column. This column lists the NSN in National item identification number (NIIN) sequence. The NIIN consists of the last nine digits of the NSN.
NSN
(e.g., 5385-01-574-1476)
NIIN
When using this column to locate an item, ignore the first four digits of the NSN. However, the complete NSN should
be used when ordering items by stock number.
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located. The figures are
0064 00-5
0064 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
in numerical order in the repair parts list and special tools list work packages.
ITEM Column. The item number identifies the item associated with the figure listed in the adjacent FIG.
column. This item is also identified by the NSN listed on the same line.
2.
Part Number (P/N) Index Work Package. P/Ns in this index are listed in ascending alphanumeric sequence
(vertical arrangement of letter and number combinations which places the first letter or digit of each group in
order A through Z, followed by the numbers 0 through 9 and each following letter or digit in like order).
PART NUMBER Column. Indicates the P/N assigned to the item.
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located in the repair parts
list and special tools list work packages.
ITEM Column. The item number is the number assigned to the item as it appears in the figure referenced in
the adjacent figure number column.
3.
Reference Designator Index Work Package. Reference designators in this index are listed in ascending
alphanumeric sequence (vertical arrangement of letter and number combination which places the first letter
or digit of each group in order "A" through "Z," followed by the numbers "0" through "9" and each following
letter or digit in like order).
REFERENCE DESIGNATOR Column. Indicates the reference designator assigned to the item.
list or special tools list work package.
HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS

1.
When NSNs or P/Ns Are Not Known.

First. Using the table of contents, determine the assembly group to which the item belongs. This is necessary
since figures are prepared for assembly groups and subassembly groups, and lists are divided into the same
groups.
Second. Find the figure covering the functional group or the subfunctional group to which the item belongs.
Third. Identify the item on the figure and note the number(s).
Fourth. Look in the repair parts list work packages for the figure and item numbers. The NSNs and part
numbers are on the same line as the associated item numbers.
2.
When NSN Is Known.

First. If you have the NSN, look in the STOCK NUMBER column of the NSN index work package. The NSN
is arranged in NIIN sequence. Note the figure and item number next to the NSN.
Second. Turn to the figure and locate the item number. Verify that the item is the one you are looking for.
3.
When P/N Is Known.

First. If you have the P/N and not the NSN, look in the PART NUMBER column of the P/N index work package.
Identify the figure and item number.
Second. Look up the item on the figure in the applicable repair parts list work package.
0064 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL)
0065 00-1
0065 00
0065 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
1
22
7
21
20
19
18
9
10
17
16
11
15
13
12
14
MS103222
Figure 1
Aircrew Integrated Helmet System (AIHS) (Sheet 1 of 2).
0065 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
27
0065 00
24
23
30
26
25
28
CANAL TIPS
29
Figure 1
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
MS040346
Aircrew Integrated Helmet System (AIHS). (Sheet 2 of 2)

(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 00
AIRCREW INTEGRATED HELMET SYSTEM
(AIHS)
FIGURE 1.
AIRCREW INTEGRATED HELMET
SYSTEM (AIHS)
1
PEOOO
8415-01-394-8032
81996
1680-ALSE-101-1
PEOOO
8415-01-394-8033
81996
1680-ALSE-101-2
PEOOO
8415-01-394-8036
81996
1680-ALSE-101-3
PEOOO
8415-01-394-8034
81996
1680-ALSE-101-4
PEOOO
8415-01-394-8035
81996
1680-ALSE-101-5
PEOOO
8415-01-394-6474
81996
1680-ALSE-101-6
PEOOO
8415-01-522-5310
81996
1680-ALSE-101-7
PEOOO
8415-01-522-5339
81996
1680-ALSE-101-8
PEOOO
8415-01-522-5344
81996
1680-ALSE-101-9
0065 00-3
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ1
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ2
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ3
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ4
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ5
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ6
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ7
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ8
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ9
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
0065 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
PEOOO
8415-01-522-5347
81996
1680-ALSE101-10
PEOOO
8415-01-522-5348
81996
1680-ALSE101-11
PEOOO
8415-01-522-5364
81996
1680-ALSE101-12
PAOZZ
5855-01-151-4230
54490
5002610
PAOZZ
5995-01-414-3409
81996
1680-ALSE-161-1
PAOZZ
5965-01-230-2350
18068
D6002568
PAOZZ
5965-01-415-7080
97427
94A8938
PAOZZ
5995-01-416-8336
97427
94B8811
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-0005
81996
1680-ALSE-255-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8031
81996
1680-ALSE-120-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8026
81996
1680-ALSE-120-2
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8022
81996
1680-ALSE-121-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8024
81996
1680-ALSE-121-2
10
PAOOO
8415-01-395-2194
81996
1680-ALSE-201-1
10
PAOOO
8415-01-395-2193
81996
1680-ALSE-201-2
10
PAOOO
8415-01-395-2196
81996
1680-ALSE-201-3
10
PAOOO
8415-01-395-2195
81996
1680-ALSE-201-4
11
PAOOO
8475-01-518-7341
81996
1680-ALSE-192-1
12
PAOZZ
8415-00-163-9048
81337
LP/P DES 5-78
13
PAOOO
14
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8453
81996
1680-ALSE-110-1
15
PAOOO
8415-01-580-5456
0WY76
9A-0015-101
15
PAOOO
8415-01-580-5460
0WY76
9A-0015-102
15
PAOOO
8415-01-580-5465
0WY76
9A-0015-103
15
PAOOO
8415-01-580-5480
0WY76
9A-0015-104
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
0065 00-4
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
Helmet, Flyers ............................................................. 1

UOC:SZ10
Helmet, Flyers ............................................................. 1
UOC:SZ11
Helmet, Flyers ............................................................. 1
UOC:SZ12
Offset Mount Assembly ...............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Cable, Assembly, Spec ...............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Microphone, Linear .....................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Shield, Microphone ......................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Cord Assembly, ELEC .................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Bag, Flyers Helmet .....................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Visor, Flyers Helmet, Inner ..........................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Visor, Flyers Helmet, 2 Notch ......................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Visor, Flyers Helmet, Outer .........................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Visor, Flyers Helmet, 3 Notch ......................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Cobra Dual Visor Assembly ........................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ3
UOC:SZ4
UOC:SZ5
UOC:SZ6
Facial Shield (See Figure 11 for breakdown) ................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
Pad, Helmet Chin Strap ...............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Lip Light (See Figure 12 for breakdown) ......................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Restrictor, Vision .........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
UOC:SZ1 SZ2 SZ7 SZ8
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
UOC:SZ1 SZ2 SZ7 SZ8
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
UOC:SZ1 SZ2 SZ7 SZ8
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
UOC:SZ1 SZ2 SZ7 SZ8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
15
(3)
(4)
(5)
PART
NUMBER
NSN
CAGEC
PAOOO
8415-01-580-5484
0WY76
9A-0016-101
15
PAOOO
8415-01-580-5489
0WY76
9A-0016-102
15
PAOOO
8415-01-580-5492
0WY76
9A-0016-103
15
PAOOO
8415-01-580-5494
0WY76
9A-0016-104
15
PAOOO
8415-01-580-5498
0WY76
9A-0017-101
15
PAOOO
8415-01-580-5499
0WY76
9A-0017-102
15
PAOOO
8415-01-580-5500
0WY76
9A-0017-103
15
PAOOO
8415-01-580-5859
0WY76
9A-0017-104
15
PAOOO
8415-01-590-3520
0WY76
9A-0018-101
15
PAOOO
8415-01-591-3013
0WY76
9A-0018-102
15
PAOOO
8415-01-591-3015
0WY76
9A-0018-103
15
PAOOO
8415-01-591-3020
0WY76
9A-0018-104
16
PAOOO
02D11531-8
16
PAOOO
02D11531-9
16
PAOOO
02D11531-10
16
PAOOO
02D11531-11
16
PAOOO
02D11531-12
16
PAOOO
02D11531-13
17
PAOOO
4240-01-455-7982
81361
5-1-2873-10
17
PAOOO
4240-01-456-4510
81361
5-1-2873-20
17
PAOOO
4240-01-456-4509
81361
5-1-2873-30
17
PAOOO
4240-01-456-4512
81361
5-1-2873-40
17
PAOOO
4240-01-456-4511
81361
5-1-2873-50
17
PAOOO
4240-01-456-4516
81361
5-1-2873-60
18
PAOZZ
5855-01-451-7389
80063
A3260913
18
PAOZZ
5855-01-440-6614
13567
265897-1
18
PAOZZ
5855-01-151-4229
54490
5002530
0065 00-5
0065 00
(6)
CODE(UOC)
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................

UOC:SZ3 SZ4 SZ9 SZ10
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
UOC:SZ5 SZ11
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
UOC:SZ5 SZ11
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
UOC:SZ5 SZ11
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
UOC:SZ5 SZ11
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
UOC:SZ6 SZ12
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
UOC:SZ6 SZ12
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
UOC:SZ6 SZ12
Zeta II Liner ..................................................................
UOC:SZ6 SZ12
Super Comfort Liner ....................................................
UOC:SZ1 SZ7
UOC:SZ2 SZ8
UOC:SZ3 SZ9
UOC:SZ4 SZ10
UOC:SZ5 SZ11
UOC:SZ6 SZ12
Lining, Helmet, Shock (TPL) M45 ................................
UOC:SZ1
UOC:SZ2
UOC:SZ3
UOC:SZ4
UOC:SZ5
UOC:SZ6
Mount, Viewer .............................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Mount, Viewer .............................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Mount, Viewer .............................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
(7)
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0065 00
(1)
ITEM
NO.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
19
PAOZZ
5895-01-457-8419
97427
6011-5
20
PAOZZ
5965-01-408-8066
97427
94C8766
21
PAOZZ
5965-01-236-9988
81996
1660EG097
22
PAOZZ
97427
1680-ALSE194-10
23
PAOZZ
5340-01-390-8872
81996
1680-ALSE-292-1
24
KFOZZ
5310-00-058-3599
96906
MS51957-12B
25
KFOZZ
5305-00-054-5647
81996
90B7951-1
26
KFOZZ
3120-01-398-0293
81996
1680-ALSE-188-1
27
KFOZZ
5340-01-192-9293
81996
1680-ALSE-209-1
28
PAOOO
5965-01-488-4332
1JGL0
CEP900-K04
29
PAOZZ
5340-01-391-2582
81996
1680-ALSE-238-1
30
PAOZZ
1JGL0
CEP203-TTC-KIT
(6)
CODE(UOC)
Interface Unit, Communication ....................................

UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Adapter, Microphone ...................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Adapter, Microphone ...................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Field Change Kit ..........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Hardware Kit, Mech: ...................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Screw, Machine: #4-40 ..............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Holder Section, View ..................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Pad, Protector, Visor ..................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Pad, Protector, Visor ..................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
CEP Modification Kit (See Figure 2 for breakdown) ......
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
Hardware, Kit, Mech (See Figure 10 for breakdown) ....
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
(CEPS) Kit .............................................................
UOC:SZ7-SZ12
END OF FIGURE
0065 00-6
(7)
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
2
1
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0065 00
1
31
2
30
25
29
28
27
17
26
4
18
19
20
6
7
21
22
24
23
12
11
10
11
16
12
13
12
14
15
J174/U
12
14
MS040316
Figure 2
Helmet, Flyers.
0065 00-7
0065 00
(1)
ITEM
NO.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 01
HELMET, FLYERS
FIGURE 2.
HELMET, FLYERS
PEOOO
8415-01-394-8032
81996
1680-ALSE-101-1
PEOOO
8415-01-394-8033
81996
1680-ALSE-101-2
PEOOO
8415-01-394-8036
81996
1680-ALSE-101-3
PEOOO
8415-01-394-8034
81996
1680-ALSE-101-4
PEOOO
8415-01-394-8035
81996
1680-ALSE-101-5
PEOOO
8415-01-394-6474
81996
1680-ALSE-101-6
PEOOO
8415-01-522-5310
81996
1680-ALSE-101-7
PEOOO
8415-01-522-5339
81996
1680-ALSE-101-8
PEOOO
8415-01-522-5344
81996
1680-ALSE-101-9
PEOOO
8415-01-522-5347
81996
1680-ALSE101-10
PEOOO
8415-01-522-5348
81996
1680-ALSE101-11
PEOOO
8415-01-522-5364
81996
1680-ALSE101-12
PAOOO
8415-01-394-8454
81996
1680-ALSE-200-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8455
81996
1680-ALSE-105-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-522-4961
81996
1680-ALSE-105-5
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-2190
81996
1680-ALSE-105-2
PAOZZ
8415-01-522-4962
81996
1680-ALSE-105-6
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-2191
81996
1680-ALSE-105-3
PAOZZ
8415-01-522-4963
81996
1680-ALSE-105-7
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-2192
81996
1680-ALSE-105-4
PAOZZ
8415-01-522-4965
81996
1680-ALSE-105-8
PAOZZ
5975-01-397-4810
81996
1680-ALSE-163-1
PAOZZ
5965-01-390-8874
81996
1680-ALSE-164-1
0065 00-8
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ1
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ2
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ3
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ4
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ5
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ6
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ7
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ8
Helmet, Flyers
UOC:SZ9
Helmet, Flyers
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
............................................................. 1
UOC:SZ10
Helmet, Flyers ............................................................. 1
UOC:SZ11
Helmet, Flyers ............................................................. 1
UOC:SZ12
. Dual Visor Assembly (See Figure 7 for breakdown ) ..
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Shell, Flyers Helmet ..................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ3
UOC:SZ1-SZ3
UOC:SZ4
UOC:SZ4
UOC:SZ5
UOC:SZ5
UOC:SZ6
UOC:SZ6
. Swivel Assembly, Boom (SAB) ..................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Boom, Microphone ....................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
4a
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
(3)
NSN
5965-01-142-7862
(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
97427
69A2136
97427
1680-ALSE-225-1
5310-01-391-7843
81996
1680-ALSE-123-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8025
81996
1680-ALSE-109-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-0004
81996
1680-ALSE-139-1
PAOZZ
5995-01-391-9894
81996
1680-ALSE-198-1
10
PAOZZ
5310-01-093-0914
81996
1680-ALSE-165-1
11
PAOZZ
5310-01-063-3044
81996
1680-ALSE-166-1
12
PAOZZ
81996
1680-ALSE-274-9
13
PAOZZ
81996
1680-ALSE-410-1
5995-01-519-9234
14
PAOZZ
5305-00-465-6745
96906
MS51957-16B
15
PAOZZ
5340-01-396-9617
81996
1680-ALSE-115-1
16
PAOZZ
5340-01-567-9222
81996
1680-ALSE-165-2
17
PAOOO
5965-01-488-4332
1JGL0
CEP900-K04
18
PAOOO
5965-01-504-0071
1JGL0
CEP199-ESTP
18
PAOOO
5965-01-504-0072
1JGL0
CEP199-ESLP
18
PAOOO
5965-01-504-0073
1JGL0
CEP199-ESHP
19
PAOOO
5965-01-504-0077
1JGL0
CEP199-C01
20
PAOOO
5995-01-503-9248
1JGL0
CEP199-X01
21
PAOOO
1JGL0
CEP900-I04
22
PAOOO
97427
00B11105-1
23
PAOOO
97427
00B11104-1
24
PAOOO
81966
1680-ALSE-404-1
25
PAOZZ
5965-01-331-8000
81996
1680-ALSE-126-1
26
PAODD
8415-01-558-1082
81996
1680-ALSE-181-1
27
PAOZZ
5965-01-391-1703
81996
1680-ALSE-199-1
0065 00-9
0065 00
(6)
CODE(UOC)
. . Clip-Microphone Boom (Not Shown) .......................

UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Cable Assembly, Radio .............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Nut Strip ....................................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Pad Set, Fitting, Flying ..............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Spacer Kit, Earcup, Flying .........................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Cord Assembly, Elect ................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Post ...........................................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Washer, Spring Tension ............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Screw, Machine .........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Cord Assembly, Elect: CEP (See Figure 5 for
breakdown) ...........................................................
UOC:SZ7-SZ12
. Screw Machine: #4-40 ..............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Cap Plug, Protective ..................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Post ...........................................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. CEP Modification Kit ..................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Foam Tips, Standard, Pkg .........................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
. Foam Tips, Slim, Pkg .................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
. Foam Tips, Short, Pkg ...............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Standard CEP ...........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
. CEP Extension Cable, 24" .........................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
. CEP Interface Harness ..............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Jack, Receptacle, SMB Bulkhead .............................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
. Spacer, Jack .............................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
. Grounding Lug ..........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
. Earphone ..................................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Helmet, Retention Assembly (See Figure 3 for
breakdown) ...........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Microphone Element .................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
(7)
QTY
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
6
6
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
0065 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
28
PAOOO
8415-01-395-6841
81996
1680-ALSE-170-1
29
PAOZZ
8415-00-757-8213
81996
MIL-H-43925
30
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-3648
81996
1680-ALSE-112-1
30
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-9998
81996
1680-ALSE-112-2
30
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-3714
81996
1680-ALSE-112-3
30
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-3647
81996
1680-ALSE-112-4
30
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-9997
81996
1680-ALSE-112-5
30
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-9996
81996
1680-ALSE-112-6
31
PAOOO
8415-01-394-9999
81996
1680-ALSE-130-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-1179
81996
1680-ALSE-131-1
PAOOO
8415-01-395-0000
81996
1680-ALSE-130-2
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-1180
81996
1680-ALSE-131-2
PAOOO
8415-01-395-1555
81996
1680-ALSE-130-3
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-1177
81996
1680-ALSE-131-3
PAOOO
8415-01-395-0001
81996
1680-ALSE-130-4
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-1178
81996
1680-ALSE-131-4
PAOOO
8415-01-395-0002
81996
1680-ALSE-130-5
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-1181
81996
1680-ALSE-131-5
PAOOO
8415-01-395-0003
81996
1680-ALSE-130-6
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-4260
81996
1680-ALSE-131-6
31
31
31
31
31
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
. Earcup Assembly (See Figure 4 for breakdown) ........

UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Beading, Edge ..........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Lining, Helmet, Shock (EAL) .....................................
UOC:SZ1
UOC:SZ2
UOC:SZ3
UOC:SZ4
UOC:SZ5
UOC:SZ6
. Lining, Helmet, Shock (TPL) ......................................
UOC:SZ1
. . Liner, Helmet, Cloth (Not Shown) .............................
UOC:SZ1
UOC:SZ2
. . Liner, Helmet, Cloth (Not Shown) ............................
UOC:SZ2
UOC:SZ3
UOC:SZ3
UOC:SZ4
UOC:SZ4
UOC:SZ5
UOC:SZ5
UOC:SZ6
UOC:SZ6
END OF FIGURE
0065 00-10
(7)
QTY
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0065 00
MS100112
Figure 3
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
Helmet, Retention Assembly.

(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 0101
HELMET, RETENTION ASSEMBLY
FIGURE 3.
HELMET, RETENTION ASSEMBLY
1
2
PAODD
PAOZZ
8415-01-558-1082
8415-01-558-3127
81996
81996
1680-ALSE-181-1
1680-ALSE-182-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8023
81996
1680-ALSE-150-1
PAOZZ
8415-00-163-9048
81337
LP/P DES 5-78
PAOZZ
8415-01-449-4029
97427
90C7952-2
Helmet, Retention Assembly .......................................

. Strap Assembly, Chin ................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Strap Assembly, Chin ................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Pad, Helmet Chin Strap .............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Pad, Helmet Chin Strap .............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
END OF FIGURE
0065 00-11
1
1
1
1
1
0065 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
1
MS103226
Figure 4
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
Shell, Earphone Assembly.

(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 0102
SHELL, EARPHONE ASSEMBLY
FIGURE 4.
SHELL, EARPHONE ASSEMBLY
PAOOO
PAOZZ
8415-01-395-6841
5965-01-390-8873
81996
81996
1680-ALSE-170-1
1680-ALSE-171-1
PAOZZ
5965-01-392-6179
81996
1680-ALSE-174-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-330-6618
81996
1680-ALSE-176-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-074-1622
97427
1680-ALSE-175-1
Shell, Earphone Assembly ...........................................

. Shell, Earphone ........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Cushion, Ear .............................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Receiver Retainer .....................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Seal Assembly, Earpad .............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
END OF FIGURE
0065 00-12
1
1
1
1
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0065 00
5
1
7
J174/U
8
7
7
8
3
6
MS040343
Figure 5
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
Communications System.
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 0103
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
FIGURE 5.
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
1
PAOZZ
5995-01-519-9234
81996
1680-ALSE-408-1
PAOZZ
5995-01-391-9894
81996
1680-ALSE-198-1
PAOZZ
5305-01-044-7460
97427
69A2036
PAOZZ
5340-01-273-7158
97427
69B2035
PAOZZ
5970-01-339-2635
97427
69B2045-9S
PAOZZ
5340-01-007-8366
72724
69A2037-2
PAOZZ
5325-00-814-0430
72724
67A1809-2
PAOZZ
5935-01-399-4401
97427
69A2060
Cable Assy, Special-Purpose ......................................

UOC:SZ7-SZ12
Cord Assembly, Electrical ...........................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Screw, Machine .........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
. Bracket, Angle ...........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
. Insulation Sleeving ....................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
. Plate, Mending ..........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
. Grommet, Nonmetallic ..............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
. Plate Retaining, Ele ...................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ12
END OF FIGURE
0065 00-13
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
0065 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
2
1
MS040519
Figure 6
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
Swivel Assembly, Boom (SAB).

(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 0104
SWIVEL ASSEMBLY, BOOM (SAB)
FIGURE 6.
SWIVEL ASSEMBLY, BOOM (SAB)
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
5975-01-397-4810
5305-01-411-6402
81996
97427
1680-ALSE-163-1
65A1560B
PAOZZ
81996
1680-ALSE-177-1
PAOZZ
81996
1680-ALSE-179-1
PAOZZ
97427
7804056-4
PAOZZ
97427
78D4056-6
PAOZZ
96906
MS51957-41B
PAOZZ
97427
78D4056-5
PAOZZ
97427
78D4056-1
PAOZZ
97427
7804056-2
5305-00-489-0742
5307-01-410-8139
Swivel Assembly, Boom (SAB) ....................................

. Screw, Truss-Head, #10 ............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Washer, Swivel Assy .................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Washer, Flat ..............................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Washer, Grooved ......................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Washer, Special ........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Screw, Pan-Head, #8-32 ...........................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Nut, Knurled ..............................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Stud - Boom Support ..................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Washer (Boom Support) ............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
END OF FIGURE
0065 00-14
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0065 00
3
4
5
8
6
7
9
10
11
17
12
16
13
14
15
MS103224
Figure 7
0065 00-15
0065 00
(1)
ITEM
NO.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 0105
DUAL VISOR ASSEMBLY
FIGURE 7.
DUAL VISOR ASSEMBLY
PAOOO
8415-01-394-8454
81996
1680-ALSE-200-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8021
81996
1680-ALSE-202-1
PAOZZ
5340-01-398-3749
81996
1680-ALSE-205-1
PAOZZ
5305-00-224-0783
96906
MS51957-4B
PAOZZ
5340-01-397-0321
81996
1680-ALSE-206-1
PAOZZ
5305-00-054-5635
96906
MS51957-1
PAOZZ
5310-00-543-4652
96906
MS35333-69
PAOZZ
5310-00-470-3089
96906
MS35649-224B
PAOZZ
5305-00-147-3230
96906
MS51861-2C
PAOZZ
5305-01-391-4401
81996
1680-ALSE-277-1
10
PAOZZ
5325-00-725-0969
96906
MS16633-4018
11
PAOZZ
8415-01-488-4935
81996
1680-ALSE228-10
11
PAOZZ
8475-01-482-9404
97427
88C7617-1
11
PAOZZ
8415-01-488-4932
81996
1680-ALSE228-11
11
PAOZZ
8475-01-482-9405
97427
88C7617-2
12
PAOZZ
5340-01-565-3184
97427
88B7622-1
12
PAOZZ
5340-01-565-3185
97427
88B7622-2
12
PAOZZ
8415-01-488-4868
81996
1680-ALSE-227-1
13
14
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
8415-01-488-4930
8415-01-488-4864
81996
81996
1680-ALSE-227-2
1680-ALSE-226-1
14
PAOZZ
8415-01-488-4867
81996
1680-ALSE-226-2
15
PAOZZ
3120-01-398-0293
81996
1680-ALSE-278-1
16
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8031
81996
1680-ALSE-120-1
0065 00-16
Dual Visor Assembly ...................................................

UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Housing, Flyers Helmet .............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Cover, Access ...........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Screw, Machine: #2-56 .............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Fairlead, Block ..........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Screw, Machine: #2-56 .............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Washer,Lock: Flat In .................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Nut, Plain, Hexigon ....................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Screw, Tapping: #2-56 ..............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Thumbscrew .............................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Ring, Retaining .........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Track Assembly, Upper Left .......................................
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
4
4
1
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. . Track, Upper, Dual Visor System, Left (Not Shown) . 1
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Track Assembly, Upper Right .................................... 1
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. . Track, Upper, Dual Visor System, Right (Not Shown)
.................................................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Clamp, Synchro, Left Hand .......................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Clamp, Synchro, Right Hand .....................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Track Assembly, Middle Left ......................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Track Assembly, Middle Right ....................................
. Track Assembly, Lower Left .......................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Track Assembly, Lower Right ....................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Bushing, Sleeve ........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Visor, Flyers Helmet ..................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(1)
ITEM
NO.
17
(2)
SMR
CODE
PAOZZ
(3)
NSN
8415-01-394-8022
(4)
CAGEC
96906
(5)
PART
NUMBER
1680-ALSE-121-1
0065 00
(6)
CODE(UOC)
. Visor, Flyers Helmet

UOC:SZ1-SZ6
END OF FIGURE
0065 00-17
(7)
QTY
.................................................. 1
0065 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
4
3
2
1
11
10
MS103230
Figure 8
Dual Visor Assembly, Cobra.
0065 00-18
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
0065 00
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 02
DUAL VISOR ASSEMBLY, COBRA
FIGURE 8.
DUAL VISOR ASSEMBLY, COBRA
PAOOO
8415-01-395-2194
81996
1680-ALSE-201-1
PAOOO
8415-01-395-2193
81996
1680-ALSE-201-2
PAOOO
8415-01-395-2196
81996
1680-ALSE-201-3
PAOOO
8415-01-395-2195
81996
1680-ALSE-201-4
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8097
81996
1680-ALSE-287-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8028
81996
1680-ALSE-287-2
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8030
81996
1680-ALSE-287-3
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8029
81996
1680-ALSE-287-4
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8027
81996
1680-ALSE-120-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8028
81996
1680-ALSE-121-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8030
96906
MS16633-4018
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8029
81996
1680-ALSE-274-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8031
81996
1680-ALSE-277-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-394-8022
81996
1680-ALSE-165-1
PAOZZ
5365-00-725-0969
96906
AN735-6
PAOZZ
3120-01-398-0293
81996
1680-ALSE-278-1
10
PAOZZ
5305-01-391-4401
96906
MS35335-57
11
PAOZZ
5310-01-093-0914
96906
MS51957-13
Dual Visor Assembly ....................................................

UOC:SZ1-SZ3
UOC:SZ4
UOC:SZ5
UOC:SZ6
. Housing, Flyers, Helmet ............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ3
UOC:SZ4
UOC:SZ5
UOC:SZ6
. Visor, Flyers, Helmet .................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Visor, Flyers, Helmet .................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Ring, Retaining .........................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Screw, Machine: #8-32 .............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Thumbscrew .............................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Post ...........................................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Clamp .......................................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
4
1
1
. Bushing ..................................................................... 4
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Washer, Lock, External ............................................. 3
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Screw, Machine #4-40 ............................................... 1
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
END OF FIGURE
0065 00-19
0065 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
1
2
3
CANAL TIPS
4
MS116075
Figure 9
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
Communication Enhancement and Protection System (CEPS).

(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 03
COMMUNICATION ENHANCEMENT AND
PROTECTION SYSTEM (CEPS)
FIGURE 9.
COMMUNICATION
ENHANCEMENT AND PROTECTION SYSTEM
(CEPS)
1
PAOZZ
1JGL0
CEP203-TTC-KIT
PAOZZ
1JGL0
CEP900-I04E
PAOZZ
1JGL0
CEP508-C16
PAOZZ
1JGL0
CEP203-TTC

(CEPS) Kit .............................................................
UOC:SZ7-SZ12
. CEP Interface Harness ..............................................
UOC:SZ7-SZ12
. Single Side CEP ........................................................
UOC:SZ7-SZ12
. Communication Enhancement and Protection System
(CEPS) ..................................................................
UOC:SZ7-SZ12
END OF FIGURE
0065 00-20
1
1
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0065 00
1
14
8
9
12
13
11
10
MS040351
Figure 10
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
Hardware, Kit, Mechanic Equip.

(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 04
HARDWARE, KIT, MECHANIC EQUIP
FIGURE 10.
HARDWARE, KIT, MECHANIC
EQUIP
1
PAOZZ
5340-01-391-2582
81996
1680-ALSE-238-1
KFOZZ
97427
89B7740
KFOZZ
97427
89C7767
KFOZZ
96906
MS51475-10B
KFOZZ
81996
69A2104-3
KFOZZ
97427
92A8308
KFOZZ
5305-00-490-4581
81348
FFS92
KFOZZ
5305-00-448-6456
96906
MS51957-31B
KFOZZ
5310-00-209-1366
96906
MS35335-58
10
KFOZZ
8465-01-229-0171
97427
82A5722
11
KFOZZ
97427
89B7828-1
12
KFOZZ
97427
89B7828-2
5310-01-093-0915
0065 00-21
Hardware, Kit, Mechanic Equip ....................................

UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Strap, Oxygen Mask ..................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Cowling, MBU-12P Mas .............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Screw, Machine:#8-32 ...............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Post ...........................................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Washer ......................................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Screw, Machine: #6-32 ..............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Screw, Machine: #6-32 ..............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Washer, Lock External ...............................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Plate, Back .................................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Receiver Mounting B ..................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Receiver Mounting .....................................................
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
1
4
1
4
4
2
2
2
4
2
1
1
0065 00
(1)
ITEM
NO.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
13
KFOZZ
8415-01-228-8841
97427
80C4839-1
14
KFOZZ
5995-01-391-4400
81996
1680-ALSE-225-1
(6)
CODE(UOC)
QTY
. Receiver, Jaw Assem ................................................. 2

UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Cable Assembly, Radio .............................................. 1
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
END OF FIGURE
0065 00-22
(7)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0065 00
2
3
MS040350
Figure 11
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
Maxillofacial Shield (MFS).

(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 05
MAXILLOFACIAL SHIELD (MFS)
FIGURE 11.
MAXILLOFACIAL SHIELD (MFS)
1
PAOOO
2
3
1680-01-518-7341
81996
1680-ALSE-192-1
PAOOO
81996
1680-ALSE-223-1
PAOOO
81996
1680-ALSE-223-2
Facial Shield ................................................................ 1

UOC:SZ1-SZ12
. Hardware Kit, Facial Shield, Striker ........................... 1
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
. Hardware Kit, Facial Shield, Latch ............................. 1
UOC:SZ1-SZ6
END OF FIGURE
0065 00-23
0065 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
MS040407
Figure 12
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
Lip Light.
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
GROUP 06
LIP LIGHT
FIGURE 12.
1
1
1
1
2
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
6240-01-362-4902
6230-01-452-5803
6230-01-534-2760
ML-8
ML-14
ML-18
ML-26
ML-24
QTY
LIP LIGHT
Lip Light .......................................................................

Lip Light .......................................................................
Lip Light .......................................................................
Lip Light .......................................................................
Faceshield Light ..........................................................
END OF FIGURE
0065 00-24
(7)
1
1
1
1
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0066 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
NSN INDEX
STOCK NUMBER
FIG.
ITEM
5305-00-054-5635
5305-00-054-5647
5310-00-058-3599
5305-00-147-3230
8415-00-163-9048
7
1
1
7
1
3
10
7
10
2
7
6
10
7
7
8
2
5
5
5
2
4
2
8
10
2
1
1
1
10
10
1
1
5
4
2
5
12
1
4
2
2
5
25
24
8
12
3
9
3
8
14
7
6
7
6
10
8
29
7
6
3
11
4
10
11
5
4a
18
2
27
13
10
4
21
4
3
25
5
1
23
1
4
27
5310-00-209-1366
5305-00-224-0783
5305-00-448-6456
5305-00-465-6745
5310-00-470-3089
5305-00-489-0742
5305-00-490-4581
5310-00-543-4652
5325-00-725-0969
8415-00-757-8213
5325-00-814-0430
5340-01-007-8366
5305-01-044-7460
5310-01-063-3044
8415-01-074-1622
5310-01-093-0914
5310-01-093-0915
5965-01-142-7862
5855-01-151-4229
5855-01-151-4230
5340-01-192-9293
8415-01-228-8841
8465-01-229-0171
5965-01-230-2350
5965-01-236-9988
5340-01-273-7158
8415-01-330-6618
5965-01-331-8000
5970-01-339-2635
6240-01-362-4902
5340-01-390-8872
5965-01-390-8873
5965-01-390-8874
5965-01-391-1703
STOCK NUMBER
FIG.
ITEM
5340-01-391-2582
1
10
10
7
8
2
2
5
4
1
2
7
1
8
7
3
1
2
1
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
1
7
8
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
8
1
2
7
29
1
14
9
10
6
9
2
2
1
5995-01-391-4400
5305-01-391-4401
5310-01-391-7843
5995-01-391-9894
5965-01-392-6179
8415-01-394-6474
8415-01-394-8021
8415-01-394-8022
8415-01-394-8022
8415-01-394-8023
8415-01-394-8024
8415-01-394-8025
8415-01-394-8026
8415-01-394-8027
8415-01-394-8028
8415-01-394-8029
8415-01-394-8030
8415-01-394-8031
8415-01-394-8031
8415-01-394-8032
8415-01-394-8033
8415-01-394-8034
8415-01-394-8035
8415-01-394-8036
8415-01-394-8097
8415-01-394-8453
8415-01-394-8454
0066 00-1
1
9
7
17
2
9
7
8
2
1
3
1
5
1
4
8
16
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
14
1
0066 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
STOCK NUMBER
FIG.
ITEM
STOCK NUMBER
FIG.
ITEM
8415-01-394-8455
8415-01-394-9996
8415-01-394-9997
8415-01-394-9998
8415-01-394-9999
8415-01-395-0000
8415-01-395-0001
8415-01-395-0002
8415-01-395-0003
8415-01-395-0004
8415-01-395-0005
8415-01-395-1177
8415-01-395-1178
8415-01-395-1179
8415-01-395-1180
8415-01-395-1181
8415-01-395-1555
8415-01-395-2190
8415-01-395-2191
8415-01-395-2192
8415-01-395-2193
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
7
2
6
1
8
7
7
5
1
6
6
1
1
1
1
2
30
30
30
31
31
31
31
31
8
7
8415-01-449-4029
5855-01-451-7389
6230-01-452-5803
4240-01-455-7982
4240-01-456-4509
4240-01-456-4510
4240-01-456-4511
4240-01-456-4512
4240-01-456-4516
5895-01-457-8419
8475-01-482-9404
8475-01-482-9405
5965-01-488-4332
3
1
12
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
7
1
2
7
7
7
7
7
7
2
2
2
2
2
1
11
2
5
2
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
12
2
3
3
7
3
18
1
17
17
17
17
17
17
19
11
11
28
17
14
14
12
13
11
11
20
18
18
18
19
11
1
13
1
2
2
2
2
1
8415-01-395-2194
8415-01-395-2195
8415-01-395-2196
8415-01-395-3647
8415-01-395-3648
8415-01-395-3714
8415-01-395-4260
8415-01-395-6841
5340-01-396-9617
5340-01-397-0321
5975-01-397-4810
3120-01-398-0293
3120-01-398-0293
5340-01-398-3749
5935-01-399-4401
5965-01-408-8066
5307-01-410-8139
5305-01-411-6402
5995-01-414-3409
5965-01-415-7080
5995-01-416-8336
5855-01-440-6614
31
2
2
2
10
10
10
8415-01-488-4864
8415-01-488-4867
8415-01-488-4868
8415-01-488-4930
8415-01-488-4932
8415-01-488-4935
5995-01-503-9248
5965-01-504-0071
5965-01-504-0072
5965-01-504-0073
5965-01-504-0077
8475-01-518-7341
10
5995-01-519-9234
30
30
30
28
15
4
3
8415-01-522-4961
8415-01-522-4962
8415-01-522-4963
8415-01-522-4965
8415-01-522-5310
8415-01-522-5339
8415-01-522-5344
26
9
15
2
8
20
8
1
3
5
6
18
8415-01-522-5347
8415-01-522-5348
8415-01-522-5364
6230-01-534-2760
8415-01-558-1082
8415-01-558-3127
5340-01-565-3184
0066 00-2
1
1
1
1
1
2
26
1
2
12
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0066 00
STOCK NUMBER
FIG.
ITEM
STOCK NUMBER
FIG.
ITEM
5340-01-565-3185
5340-01-567-9222
8415-01-580-5456
8415-01-580-5460
8415-01-580-5465
8415-01-580-5480
8415-01-580-5484
8415-01-580-5489
8415-01-580-5492
7
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
12
16
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
8415-01-580-5494
8415-01-580-5498
8415-01-580-5499
8415-01-580-5500
8415-01-580-5859
8415-01-590-3520
8415-01-591-3013
8415-01-591-3015
8415-01-591-3020
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
0066 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0067 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
PART NUMBER INDEX
PART NUMBER
A3260913
AN735-6
CEP199-C01
CEP199-ESHP
CEP199-ESLP
CEP199-ESTP
CEP199-X01
CEP203-TTC-KIT
CEP203-TTC
CEP508-C16
CEP900-I04
CEP900-I04E
CEP900-K04
D6002568
FFS92
LP/P DES 5-78
MIL-H-43925
ML-14
ML-18
ML-24
ML-26
ML-8
MS16633-4018
MS35333-69
MS35335-57
MS35335-58
MS35649-224B
MS51475-10B
MS51861-2C
MS51957-1
MS51957-12B
MS51957-13
MS51957-16B
MS51957-31B
MS51957-4B
MS51957-41B
00B11104-1
00B11105-1
FIG.
1
8
2
2
2
2
2
1
9
9
9
2
9
1
2
1
10
1
3
2
12
12
12
12
12
7
8
7
8
10
7
10
7
7
1
8
2
10
7
6
2
2
ITEM
18
8
19
18
18
18
20
30
1
4
3
21
2
28
17
4
7
12
3
29
1
1
2
1
1
10
4
6
10
9
7
4
8
5
24
11
14
8
3
6
23
22
PART NUMBER
02D11531-8
02D11531-9
02D11531-10
02D11531-11
02D11531-12
02D11531-13
1660EG097
1680-ALSE-101-1
1680-ALSE-101-2
1680-ALSE-101-3
1680-ALSE-101-4
1680-ALSE-101-5
1680-ALSE-101-6
1680-ALSE-101-7
1680-ALSE-101-8
1680-ALSE-101-9
1680-ALSE-101-10
1680-ALSE-101-11
1680-ALSE-101-12
1680-ALSE-105-1
1680-ALSE-105-2
1680-ALSE-105-3
1680-ALSE-105-4
1680-ALSE-105-5
1680-ALSE-105-6
1680-ALSE-105-7
1680-ALSE-105-8
1680-ALSE-109-1
1680-ALSE-110-1
1680-ALSE-112-1
1680-ALSE-112-2
0067 00-1
FIG.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
ITEM
16
16
16
16
16
16
21
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
7
14
30
30
0067 00
PART NUMBER
1680-ALSE-112-3
1680-ALSE-112-4
1680-ALSE-112-5
1680-ALSE-112-6
1680-ALSE-115-1
1680-ALSE-120-1
1680-ALSE-120-2
1680-ALSE-121-1
1680-ALSE-121-2
1680-ALSE-123-1
1680-ALSE-126-1
1680-ALSE-130-1
1680-ALSE-130-2
1680-ALSE-130-3
1680-ALSE-130-4
1680-ALSE-130-5
1680-ALSE-130-6
1680-ALSE-131-1
1680-ALSE-131-2
1680-ALSE-131-3
1680-ALSE-131-4
1680-ALSE-131-5
1680-ALSE-131-6
1680-ALSE-139-1
1680-ALSE-150-1
1680-ALSE-161-1
1680-ALSE-163-1
1680-ALSE-164-1
1680-ALSE-165-1
1680-ALSE-165-2
1680-ALSE-166-1
1680-ALSE-170-1
1680-ALSE-171-1
1680-ALSE-174-1
1680-ALSE-175-1
1680-ALSE-176-1
1680-ALSE-177-1
1680-ALSE-179-1
1680-ALSE-181-1
1680-ALSE-182-1
1680-ALSE-188-1
1680-ALSE-192-1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
FIG.
2
2
2
2
2
1
7
8
1
1
7
8
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
1
2
6
2
2
8
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
4
6
6
2
3
3
1
1
ITEM
30
30
30
30
15
8
16
2
8
9
17
3
9
6
25
31
31
31
31
31
31
8
2
3
3
4
10
7
16
11
28
1
2
4
3
2
3
26
1
2
26
11
PART NUMBER
1680-ALSE-194-10
1680-ALSE-198-1
1680-ALSE-199-1
1680-ALSE-200-1
1680-ALSE-201-1
1680-ALSE-201-2
1680-ALSE-201-3
1680-ALSE-201-4
1680-ALSE-202-1
1680-ALSE-205-1
1680-ALSE-206-1
1680-ALSE-209-1
1680-ALSE-223-1
1680-ALSE-223-2
1680-ALSE-225-1
1680-ALSE-226-1
1680-ALSE-226-2
1680-ALSE-227-1
1680-ALSE-227-2
1680-ALSE-238-1
1680-ALSE-228-10
1680-ALSE-228-11
1680-ALSE-255-1
1680-ALSE-274-1
1680-ALSE-274-9
1680-ALSE-277-1
1680-ALSE-278-1
1680-ALSE-287-1
1680-ALSE-287-2
1680-ALSE-287-3
1680-ALSE-287-4
1680-ALSE-292-1
1680-ALSE-404-1
1680-ALSE-408-1
1680-ALSE-410-1
265897-1
5-1-2873-10
5-1-2873-20
5-1-2873-30
0067 00-2
FIG.
11
1
2
5
2
2
7
1
8
1
8
1
8
1
8
7
7
7
1
11
11
2
10
7
7
7
7
1
10
7
7
1
8
2
7
8
7
8
8
8
8
8
1
2
5
2
1
1
1
1
ITEM
1
22
9
2
27
1
10
10
10
10
1
2
4
27
2
3
5
14
14
14
12
13
29
1
11
11
7
5
12
9
6
15
9
1
1
1
1
23
24
1
13
18
17
17
17
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PART NUMBER
5-1-2873-40
5-1-2873-50
5-1-2873-60
5002530
5002610
6011-5
65A1560B
67A1809-2
69A2036
69A2037-2
69A2060
69A2104-3
69A2136
69B2035
69B2045-9S
7804056-2
7804056-4
78D4056-1
78D4056-5
78D4056-6
80C4839-1
82A5722
88B7622-1
88B7622-2
88C7617-1
88C7617-2
FIG.
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
5
5
5
5
10
2
5
5
6
6
6
6
6
10
10
7
7
7
7
ITEM
17
17
17
18
2
19
1
7
3
6
8
5
4a
4
5
9
4
8
7
5
13
10
12
12
11
11
PART NUMBER
89B7740
89B7828-1
89B7828-2
89C7767
9A-0015-101
9A-0015-102
9A-0015-103
9A-0015-104
9A-0016-101
9A-0016-102
9A-0016-103
9A-0016-104
9A-0017-101
9A-0017-102
9A-0017-103
9A-0017-104
9A-0018-101
9A-0018-102
9A-0018-103
9A-0018-104
90B7951-1
90C7952-2
92A8308
94A8938
94B8811
94C8766
0067 00-3/4 blank
0067 00
FIG.
10
10
10
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
10
1
1
1
ITEM
2
11
12
3
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
3
6
5
6
20
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0068 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
COMPONENTS OF END ITEM (COEI) AND BASIC ISSUE ITEMS (BII) LISTS
INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package lists Components Of End Item (COEI) and Basic Issue Items (BII) for the AIHS to help you inventory
items for safe and efficient operation of the equipment.
General
The COEI and BII information is divided into the following lists:
Components Of End Item (COEI). This list is for information purposes only and is not authority to requisition replacements. These items are part of the AIHS. As part of the end item, these items must be with the end item whenever it is
issued or transferred between property accounts. Items of COEI are removed and separately packaged for transportation or shipment only when necessary. Illustrations are furnished to help you find and identify the items.
Basic Issue Items (BII). These essential items are required to place the AIHS in operation, operate it, and to do emergency repairs. Although shipped separately packaged, BII must be with the AIHS during operation and when it is
transferred between property accounts. Listing these items is your authority to request/requisition them for replacement based on authorization of the end item by the TOE/MTOE. Illustrations are furnished to help you find and identify
the items.
Explanation of Columns in the COEI List and BII List
Column (1) Illus Number. Gives you the number of the item illustrated.
Column (2) National Stock Number (NSN). Identifies the stock number of the item to be used for requisitioning purposes.
Column (3) Description, CAGEC, and Part Number. Identifies the Federal item name (in all capital letters) followed by a
minimum description when needed. The stowage location of COEI and BII is also included in this column. The last line
below the description is the CAGEC (commercial and Government entity code) (in parentheses) and the part number.
Column (4) Usable On Code (UOC). When applicable, gives you a code if the item you need is not the same for different
models of equipment.
Column (5) Unit of Issue (U/I). Indicates the physical measurement or count of the item as issued per the National Stock
Number shown in column (2).
Column (6) Qty Rqr. Indicates the quantity required.
0068 00-1
0068 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
1
TM1168037713&P
TO14P34201
TECHNICAL MANUAL
AVIATION UNIT AND INTERMEDIATE MAINTENANCE MANUAL
INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOS LIST
FOR

HGU56/P
NSN 8415013946474
NSN 8415013958035
NSN 8415103948034
NSN 8415013948036
NSN 8415013948033
NSN 8415013948032
HGU56/P with CEP
NSN 8415015225364
NSN 8415015225348
NSN 8415015225347
NSN 8415015225339
NSN 8415015225310
HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

XX XXX XXXX
MS103221
Figure 1.
HGU-56/P and Technical Manual.
Table 1. Components Of End Item List.

(1)
ILLUS
NUMBER
(2)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
(3)
DESCRIPTION CAGEC
AND PART NUMBER
(4)
USABLE
ON CODE
(5)
U/I
(6)
QTY RQR
8415-01-394-8032 HELMET, FLYERS

(81996) 1680-ALSE-101-1
SZ1
EA
8415-01-394-8033 HELMET, FLYERS

(81996) 1680-ALSE-101-2
SZ2
EA
8415-01-394-8036 HELMET, FLYERS

(81996) 1680-ALSE-101-3
SZ3
EA
8415-01-394-8034 HELMET, FLYERS

(81996) 1680-ALSE-101-4
SZ4
EA
8415-01-394-8035 HELMET, FLYERS

(81996) 1680-ALSE-101-5
SZ5
EA
8415-01-394-6474 HELMET, FLYERS

(81996) 1680-ALSE-101-6
SZ6
EA
8415-01-522-5310 HELMET, FLYERS

(81996) 1680-ALSE-101-7
SZ7
EA
8415-01-522-5339 HELMET, FLYERS

(81996) 1680-ALSE-101-8
SZ8
EA
8415-01-522-5344 HELMET, FLYERS

(81996) 1680-ALSE-101-9
SZ9
EA
8415-01-522-5347 HELMET, FLYERS

(81996) 1680-ALSE-101-10
SZ10
EA
8415-01-522-5348 HELMET, FLYERS

(81996) 1680-ALSE-101-11
SZ11
EA
8415-01-522-5364 HELMET, FLYERS

(81996) 1680-ALSE-101-12
SZ12
EA
SZ1SZ12
EA
TECHNICAL MANUAL
(81996) TM 1-1680-377-13&P
0068 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0068 00
Table 2. Basic Issue Items List.

(1)
ILLUS
NUMBER
(2)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
(3)
DESCRIPTION CAGEC
AND PART NUMBER
N/A
0068 00-3/4 blank
(4)
USABLE
ON CODE
(5)
U/I
(6)
QTY RQR
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0069 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL)
INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package lists additional items you are authorized for the support of the AIHS.
General
This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the AIHS and that do not have to be turned in with it. These items
are all authorized to you by CTA, MTOE, TDA, or JTA.
Explanation of Columns in the AAL
Column (2) Description, Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC), and Part Number (P/N). Identifies the
Federal item name (in all capital letters) followed by a minimum description when needed. The last line below the description is the CAGEC (in parentheses) and the part number.
Column (3) Usable On Code. When applicable, gives you a code if the item you need is not the same for different models of equipment.
Column (5) Qty Recm. Indicates the quantity recommended.
Table 1. Additional Authorization List.
(1)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
(2)
DESCRIPTION CAGEC AND PART NUMBER
(3)
USABLE
ON CODE
(4)
U/I
(5)
QTY RECM
8415-01-394-2194
Dual Visor Assembly

(81996) 1680-ALSE-201-1
SZ1-SZ3
EA
8415-01-394-2193
Dual Visor Assembly

(81996) 1680-ALSE-201-2
SZ4
EA
8415-01-394-2196
Dual Visor Assembly

(81996) 1680-ALSE-201-3
SZ5
EA
8415-01-394-2195
Dual Visor Assembly

(81996) 1680-ALSE-201-4
SZ5
EA
8415-01-395-0005
Bag, Flyers Helmet

(81996) 1680-ALSE-255-1
SZ1-SZ6
EA
8415-01-394-8024
Visor, Flyers Helmet, 3 Notch

(81996) 1680-ALSE-121-2
SZ1-SZ6
EA
8415-01-394-8026
Visor, Flyers Helmet, 2 Notch

(81996) 1680-ALSE-120-2
SZ1-SZ6
EA
5340-01-391-2582
Hardware Kit, Mech.

(81996) 1680-ALSE-238-1
SZ1-SZ6
EA
0069 00-1
0069 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Table 1.
(1)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
Additional Authorization List. Continued

(2)
(3)
USABLE
ON CODE
(4)
U/I
(5)
QTY RECM
5855-01-151-4229
Mount Assembly
(54490) 5002530
SZ1-SZ6
EA
5855-01-151-4230
Offset Mount Assembly

(54490) 5002610
SZ1-SZ6
EA
8415-01-394-8453
Restrictor, Vision
(81996) 1680-ALSE-110-1
SZ1-SZ6
EA
5965-01-236-9988
Adapter, Microphone
(81996) 1660EG097
SZ1-SZ6
EA
5965-01-408-8066
Adapter, Microphone
(97427) 94C8766
SZ1-SZ6
EA
5895-01-457-8419
Interface Unit, Communication

(97427) 6011-5
SZ1-SZ6
EA
Field Change Kit

(97427) 1680-ALSE-194-10
SZ1-SZ6
EA
CEP Modification Kit

(1JGL0) CEP900-K04
SZ1-SZ6
EA

(CEPS)
(1JGL0) CEP203-TTC-KIT
SZ1-SZ12
EA
(81996) 1680-ALSE-192-1
SZ1-SZ6
EA
Hardware Kit, Maxillofacial Shield, Striker

(81996) 1680-ALSE-223-1
SZ1-SZ6
EA
Hardware Kit, Maxillofacial Shield, Latch

(81996) 1680-ALSE-223-2
SZ1-SZ6
EA
6240-01-362-4902
Lip Light
(0ST81) ML-8
SZ1-SZ6
EA
6230-01-452-5803
Lip Light
(0ST81) ML-14
SZ1-SZ6
EA
Lip Light
(0ST81) ML-18
SZ1-SZ6
EA
Lip Light
(0ST81) ML-26
SZ1-SZ6
EA
Oxygen Mask Retention Strap Assembly

(81996) 1680-ALSE-238-1
SZ1-SZ6
EA
5965-01-488-4332
1680-01-518-7341
5340-01-391-2582
0069 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0070 00
HGU-56/P
HGU-56/P WITH CEP
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS
INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package lists expendable and durable items that you will need to operate and maintain the Aircrew Integrated
Helmet System. This list is for information only and is not authority to requisition the listed items. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items).
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE EXPENDABLE/DURABLE ITEMS LIST
Column (1) - Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the list and is referenced in the narrative instructions
to identify the item (e.g., Use brake fluid (item 5, WP 0098 00).).
Column (2) - Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item. (O =
Unit/AVUM, F = AVIM, D = Depot).
Column (3) - National Stock Number (NSN). This is the NSN assigned to the item which you can use to requisition it.
Column (4) - Item Name, Description, Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC), and Part Number (P/N).
This column provides the other information you need to identify the item.
Column (5) - Unit of Issue (U/I). This code shows the physical measurement or count of an item, such as gallon, dozen,
gross, etc.
Table 1. Expendable and Durable Items List.
(1)
(2)
ITEM
NUMBER LEVEL
(3)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
1a
1b
2
3
4
5
5a
6
6a
7
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
C
8040-01-033-7507
8040-00-753-4800
8040-00-832-6173
8020-00-245-4523
8110-01-101-1585
7920-00-044-9281
LP8010-01-193-0516
8010-01-441-5897
7930-00-282-9699
8
9
9a
10
10a
10b
11
11a
12
12a
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
3439-00-255-4566
8115-01-189-6387
LP4240-01-250-6515
8020-01-382-7101
5310-00-689-3772
6510-00-786-3736
-
(4)
ITEM NAME, DESCRIPTION,
CAGE, PART NUMBER
Adhesive Rubber Synthetic (04694) EC847
Adhesive Plastic Epoxy (81348) MMM-A-187
Adhesive Synthetic Rubber (81348) MMM-A-121
Brush Paint (81348) H-B-391
Can, Paint 1 QT Paint can (81348)
Cloth Cleaning (81349) MIL-C-85043
Cloth Microfiber (N/A)
Coating Polyurethane (81349) MIL-P-53022
Coating Polyurethane (58977) TT-E-00488
Detergent Liquid, Non-Chlorine (81348) MIL-D16791
Flux Soldering (81348) O-F-506
Gloves Cotton (12918) J729
Glue White (N/A)
Goggles Eye-protective (39428) 5449T1
DELETED (N/A)
DELETED (N/A)
Mixing Sticks (60887) 804-96
Nut 6-32, Black (N/A) MS35649-264B
Pad Isopropyl Alcohol (81349) MIL-P-36792
Strap Oxygen Mask Retention (N/A) C10455-1
0070 00-1
(5)
U/I
OZ
OZ
PT
EA
EA
HD
EA
QT
BX
QT
CO
PR
OZ
EA
PK
EA
EA
EA
0070 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Table 1. Expendable and Durable Items List. Continued
(1)
(2)
ITEM
NUMBER LEVEL
(3)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
13
14
14a
14b
15
16
16a
16b
16c
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
LP5350-00-224-7201
5350-00-224-7205
5350-00-224-7209
LP8010-01-193-0516
8010-00-067-5434
8530-00-162-5629
-
16d
17
O
O
5325-00-276-4908
5970-00-566-7097
18
18a
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
3439-00-555-4629
LP7920-00-884-1116
8510-00-817-0295
8135-01-148-2405
LP7510-00-198-5831
8010-00-181-8079
5340-01-391-2582
26
27
28
O
O
O
8415-00-757-8213
LP5965-01-504-0071
28a
28b
O
O
5965-01-504-0072
5965-01-504-0073
29
30
31
32
O
O
O
O
LPLPLP-
33
8040-00-117-8510
34
35
36
O
O
O
LP5975-00-027-4598
(4)
CAGE, PART NUMBER
Pad Scouring, Steel (N/A)
Paper Abrasive, 400 Grit (81348) P-P-101
Paper Abrasive, 280 Grit (81348) P-P-101
Paper Abrasive, 220 Grit (81348) P-P101
Pencil (N/A)
Primer Polyurethane (81349) MIL-P-53022
Primer Polyurethane (81349) TT-E 00488
Razor Blades (81348) GG-R-60
Screw, Machine 6/32 x 3/8-inch Flat Head (N/A)
MS51959-28B
Stud, Snap Fastener (N/A) 75A3186-68B
Insulation Sleeving, Electrical Insulation (49956)
454158-5
Solder Tin Alloy (81348) QQ-S-571
Solution Anti-Fog (N/A)
Sponge General Purpose (81348) L-S-00626
Talcum Powder (81348) U-T-30
Tape Cloth 1-inch Olive Drab (83334)
Tape Double-sided (N/A)
Tape Pressure-sensitive (81348) UU-T-23
Thinner Paint (81349) MIL-T-81772
Hardware, Mech. Kit Post, Receiver, Jaw Assem.,
Backplate, Washer, Screw (81996) 1680-ALSE239-1
Edge Beading (97427) 63A1088-42
Black Ink Marker (N/A)
Standard Foam Eartips 12 per PK (0VE20)
10-15010-00
Slim Foam Eartips 12 per PK (0VE20) 10-15020-00
Short Foam Eartips 12 per PK (0VE20)
10-15030-00
Battery, Alkaline, AA ( )
Tongue Depressor (N/A)
Electrical Mastic Tape (N/A)
Hook and Pile Fastener Tape, 1-inch, FG504 (N/A)
A-A-55126
Room Temperature Vulcanizing Clear Adhesive/Sealant (RTV) 3 oz (71984) 3145RTV CLEAR
DELETED (N/A)
Timer (N/A)
Strap, Tiedown, Electrical Nylon, Package of 100
(63409) 4049-0027
0070 00-2
(5)
U/I
EA
SH
SH
SH
EA
GL
PT
BX
EA
EA
LG
SL
OZ
EA
CN
RL
RL
RL
GL
KT
EA
EA
EA
EA
2 EA
RL
YD
OZ
EA
PK
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 12
FOR
(PART NO. 1005804-5) (NSN: 8415-01-513-8143)
(PART NO. 1028611-1)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0071 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PART NO. 1028611-1 EIC: NA
GENERAL INFORMATION
SCOPE
This manual describes preparation, operation and maintenance of the Primary Survival Gear Carrier and Body Armor
Overlay System. It contains a list of authorized items that may be carried in the PSGC and BAOS.
Department of the Army forms and procedures used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by (as applicable) DA Pam 750-8, The Army Maintenance Management System (TAMMS) Users Manual; DA PAM 738-751,
If your Primary Survival Gear Carrier or Body Armor Overlay System needs improvement, let us know. Send us an EIR.
You, the user, are the only one who can tell us what you do not like about your equipment. Let us know why you do not
like the design or performance. If you have Internet access, the easiest and fastest way to report problems or suggestions is to follow the instructions and links below:
IETMs is prohibited. A listing of these substances will be provided by the acquiring activity.
For information concerning destruction of Army materiel to prevent enemy use, refer to TM 750-244-1-2, Destruction
of Life Support Equipment to Prevent Enemy Use.
Instructions for storage or shipment are contained in WP 0091 00 and TM 1-1500-204-23 (Series), Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM) Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance.
0071 00-1
0071 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

Term
AIRSAVE
ALSE
ASEK
ASI
AVIM
AVUM
BII
BAOS
BUP
CAGEC
CB
CG
COEI
CRA
DA PAM
EEP
ES
ET
FAB
HOS
IAW
LPFC
MAC
MBP
NSN
OCP
OWGC
PMCS
POL
PSGC
PRT
PTH
RPSTL
SAR
SBA
SRT
TB
UBD
UC
WED
Definition
Aircrew Integrated Recovery Survival Armor Vest And Equipment
Aircrew Survival and Egress Knife
Additional Skill Identifier
Aviation Intermediate Maintenance
Aviation Unit Maintenance
Basic Issue Items
Body Armor Overlay System
Ballistic Upgrade Plates
Commercial and Government Entity Code
Chemical Biological
Center of Gravity
Crew Restraint Assembly
Department of the Army Pamphlets
Extraction Strap
Extension Tether
Forward Avionics Bay
Helicopter Oxygen Systems
In Accordance With
Low Profile Flotation Collar
Mask Blower Pouch
National Stock Number
Operation Enduring Freedom Camouflage Pattern
Over Water Gear Carrier
Preventative Maintenance Checks and Services
Petroleum, Oil Lubricant
Primary Survival Gear Carrier
Personal Restraint Tether
Pistol Thigh Holster
Search and Rescue
Soft Body Armor
Safety Restraint Tether
Technical Bulletin
Underwater Breathing Device
Universal Camouflage
Windtalker Encryption Device
0071 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0071 00
QUALITY OF MATERIAL
Material used for replacement, repair, or modification must meet the requirements of this manual. If quality of material
requirements are not stated in this manual, the material must meet the requirements of the drawings, standards, specifications, or approved engineering change proposals applicable to the subject equipment.
CALIBRATION
Within the scope of this manual there are no components, accessories, or instruments that require calibration. Special
tools and test equipment shall be calibrated as specified in TB 43-180, Interactive Electronic Technical Manual for Calibration and Repair Requirements for The Maintenance of Army Materiel.
0071 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0072 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
DESCRIPTION AND DATA
The PSGC, GEN I and GEN II, are a single size vest-type torso harnesses integrated with multiple equipment pockets
on the left and right sides designed to carry survival items. It is adjustable to fit the full range of U.S. Army aircrew. The
major components of the PSGC, GEN I/II are shown in Figure 1.
The PSGC GEN III has the same characteristics as the GEN I and GEN II, but it has attachment points on the left and
right main pockets. The flashlight, utility, radio, magazine pouches, WED pouch and AWIS EME pouch may be attached in any position that will not interfere with the flight controls or mission. The major components of the PSGC,
GEN III are shown in Figure 2.
The vest may be worn with or without the Soft Body Armor (SBA) and Ballistic Upgrade Plates (BUP), with or without
the OWGC and Low Profile Flotation Collar (LPFC). The Chemical Biological (CB) blower may be worn with the PSGC
using a removable Mask Blower Pouch (MBP).
A pistol holster attachment is provided at the lower edge of both sides of the PSGC. The holster can also be mounted on
either side of the vest. On the GEN II/III PSGC, the holster may be used as a shoulder holster, thigh holster or it may be
attached to the PSGC as space is available. The holster will accept the M9 pistol and a single spare ammunition magazine. The PSGC GEN I/II aft left pocket allows for stowage of three additional ammunition magazines.
PSGC Extraction Webbing
The PSGCs has an integrated extraction webbing which includes two leg straps and two sets of metal chest/waist connectors. Each side of the vest front has a lifting loop. The loops are connected together with a carabiner to extract aircrew by a Search and Rescue (SAR) aircraft. The loops can also be used with the Extraction Strap or Safety Restraint
Tether (SRT) to secure aircrew located in precarious positions during rescue such as being seated on helicopter landing gear or pylons. The SRT is a four-foot loop of one-inch tubular webbing. On the upper back of the PSGC is a retention/extraction loop. The Extension Tether (ET) is attached to the Personal Restraint Tether (PRT) to form the Crew
Restraint Assembly (CRA).
The BAOS is designed to be used with the OH-58 Helicopter platform. The BAOS consists of an AW conformal body
with hard armor plate that is currently issued to aircrew members. The hard armor plate is inserted into the conformal
body armor and has a release strap in the front of the vest. The BAOS incorporates a webbing overlay on the outer surface of the body armor and includes a modified aircrew integrated recovery survival armor vest equipment harness to
provide hoisting and recovery capability. The webbing overlay is a fire retardant fabric panel with attachment device
channels used to secure equipment pockets to the BAOS. The BAOS does not replace the AW PSGC as the primary
survival vest but may be worn in lieu of the PSGC to meet specific mission scenarios.
0072 00-1
0072 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

PSGC, GEN I/II
LEFT
11
RIGHT
12
10
9
2
8
7
6
3
4
MS040412
Figure 1.
Table 1.
Item
No.
PSGC, GEN I/II.
Major Components of the Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), GEN I/II.
Major Component
Integrated Extraction/Restraint
Harness
Provides aircrew extraction/restraint capability.
PSGC Right Hand Pocket
Stores the Signaling Platform and attaches to the front of the PSGC vest.
Signaling Platform
Contains survival items that allow aircrew members to signal for help.
Signaling Platform is located in the PSGC right hand pocket.
0072 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0072 00

Table 1.
Item
No.
Major Components of the Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), GEN I/II. Continued
Major Component
A four-foot loop of one-inch tubular webbing that is used to secure aircrew

members located in precarious positions during rescue such as being
seated on helicopter landing gear or pylons. The SRT is stored in the
PSGC Left Hand Pocket.
Extraction Strap
Secures aircrew in precarious positions during rescue such as being

seated on helicopter landing gear or pylons. It can also be use with the
lifting loops on the front of the vest for extraction. The extraction strap is
stored in a tourniquet pouch which is attached to the right/left front side of
the PSGC.
Mask Blower Pouch
Holds the mask blower for the M45 Protective Mask. The blower is
primarily used for comfort when wearing NBC mask. The MBP is attached
using a side release buckles at the top and bottom of the left pocket of the
PSGC vest.

(EEP)
The EEP provides equipment for use when immediate rescue is not
possible. It can be mounted on either side of the PSGC, behind the right
or left pocket and along the harness waist straps.
PSGC Left Hand Pocket
Stores the First Aid Platform and SRT. The pocket attaches to the front of
PSGC vest.
Multi-purpose Pouch
(Flashlight)
Contains flashlight and pouch is permanently attached to the exterior left

hand pocket.
Radio Pouch
The pouch can hold either PRC-112, PRC-90, PRC-90-2 or CSEL survival
radios and pouch is permanently attached to the exterior left hand pocket.
10
Magazine/Ammunition Pouch
Contains three ammunition magazines for a M9 pistol and pouch is

permanently attached to the exterior left hand pocket.
11
First Aid Platform
Contains first aid items that an aircrew member may need in a survival
situation. First Aid Platform is located in the PSGC left hand pocket.
12
Tourniquet Pouch
The TP contains a tourniquet that can be operated using one hand on

either legs or arms. The TP can be attached to either shoulder strap of the
PSGC vest and mounted directly on the strap or to the side of the strap.
The recommended attachment is directly on top of the left shoulder strap,
just above the left pocket, oriented to open downward.
0072 00-3
0072 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

PSGC, GEN III
2
3
13
12
5
11
10
9
6
8
7
Figure 2.
Table 2.
Item
No.
MS040411
PSGC, GEN III.
Major Components of the Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), GEN III.
Major Component
Integrated Extraction/Restraint
Harness
Provides aircrew extraction/restraint capability.
PSGC Left Hand Inner Pocket
Stores First Aid Platform and SRT. The pocket is part of the PSGC vest.
First Aid Platform
Contains first aid items that an aircrew member may need in a survival
situation. First Aid Platform is located in the PSGC left hand pocket.
Adapter Platform
Allows the PSGC vest to be made larger for comfort of the wearer. The
adapter platform can be installed on the left or right side of the PSGC.
Radio Pouch
The pouch can hold either PRC-112, PRC-90, PRC-90-2 or CSEL survival
radios, and may be placed in any combination and position which will not
interfere with the mission.
Multi-purpose Pouch
(Flashlight)
Contains flashlight, and may be placed in any combination and position

which will not interfere with the mission.
0072 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0072 00

Table 2.
Item
No.
Major Components of the Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), GEN III. Continued
Major Component
A four-foot loop of one-inch tubular webbing that is used to secure aircrew

members located in precarious positions during rescue such as being
seated on helicopter landing gear or pylons. The SRT is stored in the
PSGC Left Hand Pocket.
Extraction Strap
Secures aircrew in precarious positions during rescue such as being

seated on helicopter landing gear or pylons. The extraction strap is
stored in a tourniquet pouch which is attached to the right/left front side of
the PSGC.
Magazine/Ammunition Pouch
The magazine/ammunition pouch holds an ammunition magazine for a

M4 rifle, and may be placed in any combination and position which will not
interfere with the mission.
Utility Pouch
Holds additional first aid items, or extended survival items. If Utility Pouch
contains first aid item it is attached to the left side of the PSGC.
10
Tourniquet Pouch
The TP contains a tourniquet that can be operated using one hand on

either legs or arms. The TP can be attached to either shoulder strap of the
PSGC vest and mounted directly on the strap or to the side of the strap.
The recommended attachment is directly on top of the left shoulder strap,
just above the left pocket, oriented to open downward.
11
Mask Blower Pouch
Holds the mask blower for the M45 Protective Mask. The blower is
primarily used for comfort when wearing NBC mask. The MBP is attached
using a side release buckles at the top and bottom of the left pocket of the
PSGC vest.
12
PSGC Right Hand Inner

Pocket
Stores Signaling Platform. The pocket is part of the PSGC vest.
13
Signaling Platform
Contains survival items that allow aircrew members to signal for help.
Signaling Platform is located in the PSGC right hand pocket.
0072 00-5
0072 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

PSGC ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS, GEN I/II AND III
3
4
Figure 3.
Table 3.
Item
No.
MS040410
PSGC Additional Components, GEN I/II and III.
Additional Components of the Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), GEN I/II and III.
Component

(PRT)
The PRT securely connects the aircrew to a helicopter pad eye or other
authorized attachment point. This strap stay attached to the aircraft.
Aircrew Survival and Egress

Knife (ASEK)
The survival knife gives operator multiple uses. It can cut through many
materials such as aluminum, wood and fibrous materials. The ASEK can
be worn on either calf.
AWIS Windtalker Encryption

Device (WED) ME Pouch
The WED pouch is designed to contain the Aircrew Wireless Intercom

System (AWIS) Enhanced Mobile Equipment (EME) with WED attached.
The pouch may be attached to the left or right side of PSGC where space
is available and where the helmet communications cord may reach.
0072 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0072 00

Table 3.
Item
No.
Additional Components of the Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), GEN I/II and III. Continued
Component
Holster
The thigh holster is designed to contain a M9 pistol and a spare ammunition magazine. The thigh holster has multiple adjustment features and
triple security fasteners. The thigh holster may be attached on the left
or right side of the PSGC and is available in either a right or left handed
version.
Extension Tether
A 26-inch Extension Tether (ET) is provided with the PSGC for use by
non-rated aircrew. The ET is attached to the Personal Restraint Tether
(PRT) to form a Crew Restraint Assembly (CRA).
Enhanced Mobile Equipment

(EME) Pouch
The EME pouch is designed to contain the Aircrew Wireless Intercom

System (AWIS) Enhanced Mobile Equipment (EME). The pouch may be
attached to the left or right side of PSGC where space is available and
where the helmet communications cord may reach.
EQUIPMENT DATA
The PSGC weighs approximately 25 lbs. when fully loaded.
This weight includes the following subassemblies:
Survival Radio
Ammunition
Flashlight
Tourniquet
PSGC Fist Aid Platform
PSGC Signaling Platform
EEP, GEN I/II only (optional)
Utility Pouch, GEN III only (optional)
Enhanced Mobile Equipment (optional)
The BAOS weighs approximately 25 lbs. when fully loaded.

This weight includes the following subassemblies:
Survival Radio
Ammunition
Flashlight
Tourniquet
PSGC Fist Aid Items
PSGC Signaling Platform
Utility Pouch
Enhanced Mobile Equipment (optional)
0072 00-7/8 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 13
FOR
(PART NO. 1005804-5) (NSN: 8415-01-513-8143)
(PART NO. 1028611-1)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0073 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS FOR EXTENDED EQUIPMENT POUCH (EEP), GEN I/II
EXTENDED EQUIPMENT POUCH (EEP)
Drinking Water Storage Bag
WARNING
In a Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical (NBC) environment, DO NOT use water or attempt to
drink from the water storage bag. DESTROY the bag and contents. It CANNOT be decontaminated.
CAUTION
When using the water storage bag in freezing or near freezing temperatures, the plastic bag will
break. To prevent the bag from breaking, warm the plastic bag BEFORE opening.
The Water Storage Bag (Figure 1) is made of plastic and is capable of holding 5 quarts of water. The bag comes complete with a buckle, snap fastener and carrying strap for easy attachment to personnel or equipment. The Water Storage Bag may be used to store fresh water, protect miscellaneous items from salt water, and may be used as water
wings when inflated and tied together.
BAG, STORAGE
DRINKING WATER
SIZE: B
SPEC. MILB8571D
SPO 10095C5114
MFD. 12/1995
INSPECTION 12/2000
MS098765A
Figure 1.
Drinking Water Storage Bag.
0073 00-1
0073 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
EXTENDED EQUIPMENT POUCH (EEP) CONTINUED

Blanket, Combat Casualty
The Combat Casualty Blanket (Figure 2) is used to provide aircrew with warmth and protection from the elements, and
as a signaling aid for rescue purposes. Refer to WP 0085 00, COMBAT CASUALTY BLANKET.
MS098766A
Figure 2.
Blanket, Combat Casualty.
Individually Wrapped Candy

Use for quick energy and body nourishment. Refer to (Figure 3).
ASSORTED
FRUIT FLAVORED CANDY
MS098767A
Figure 3.
Individually Wrapped Candy.
0073 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0073 00

Water Purification Tablets
Use for purifying water. Refer to Figure 4 and WP 0085 00, WATER PURIFICATION TABLETS.
WATER PURIFICATION TABLETS,

IODINE 50 FOR TREATING
WATER IN CANTEENS
MS098768A
Figure 4.
Water Purification Tablets.
550 lb Tensile Strength Cord

Nylon Cord (Figure 5) is supplied in a 20 foot length and has a breaking strength of 550 pounds.
MS098769A
Figure 5.
550 lb Tensile Strength Cord.
0073 00-3
0073 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

Emergency Drinking Water
S
EM TE
ER RIL
E
G
EN
CY
EM STE
ER RI
G LE
EN
CY
Bagged Drinking Water (Figure 6) is intended for emergency use when no other clean water is available. Survival kits
will contain bagged water in a quantity which will support the immediate need of a survivor.
E
IL CY
ER EN
ST RG
E
EM
MS098771A
Figure 6.
Emergency Drinking Water.
Spark-Lite Fire Starter

Refer to Figure 7 and WP 0085 00, SPARK-LITE FIRE STARTER.
MS038570
Figure 7.
Spark-Lite Fire Starter.
0073 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0073 00

BlastMatch
Refer to Figure 8 and WP 0085 00, BLASTMATCH.
MS098773A
Figure 8.
BlastMatch.
Plastic Freezer Bags

Plastic Freezer Bags (Figure 9) are resealable, 7" x 5". Used to preserve collected food.
MS098775A
Figure 9.
Plastic Freezer Bags.
0073 00-5/6 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0074 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS FOR PSGC LEFT HAND POCKET, GEN I/II AND GEN III
PSGC LEFT HAND POCKET
The PSGC Left Hand pocket is composed of three outer storage pouches (flashlight, radio and ammo). The inner
pocket contains the First Aid Platform.
The multi-purpose (flashlight), radio and ammo pouches for PSGC GEN III can be attached for user comfort.
Multi-purpose Pouch (Flashlight)
Contains a Flashlight, or equivalent. Refer to Figure 1 for GEN I/II and Figure 2 for GEN III.
Radio Pouch
Contains a Radio, Survival, PRC-112, PRC-90, PRC-90-2 or CSEL. Refer to Figure 1 for GEN I/II and Figure 2 for GEN
III.
Magazine/Ammo Pouch
Contains Ammunition. GEN I/II magazine/ammo pouch contains 3 magazines for an M9 Pistol, refer to Figure 1. GEN
III magazine/ammo pouch contains M4 rifle magazines, refer to Figure 2.
RADIO POUCH
MAGAZINE/AMMO POUCH
FLASHLIGHT POUCH
MS098778B
Figure 1.
PSGC Left Hand Pocket, GEN I/II.

0074 00-1
0074 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
MS098728A
Figure 2.
PSGC Left Hand Pocket, GEN III.
0074 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0075 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS FOR FIRST AID PLATFORM, GEN I/II AND GEN III
PSGC FIRST AID PLATFORM
The First Aid Platform (Figure 1) is located in the left hand inner pocket of the PSGC, GEN I/II and GEN III.
MS098745A
Figure 1.
PSGC First Aid Platform, GEN I/II.
PSGC FIRST AID PLATFORM CONTENTS

Gloves, Patient Exam
2 Pairs- used to prevent contamination (Figure 2).
MS098781A
Figure 2.
Gloves, Patient Exam.

0075 00-1
0075 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PSGC FIRST AID PLATFORM CONTENTS CONTINUED
Doxycycline
Used as antibiotic. Refer to Figure 3.
DOXYCYCLINE
HYCLATE
100mg TABLET
DOXYCYCLINE
HYCLATE
100mg TABLET
DOXYCYCLINE
HYCLATE
100mg TABLET
DOXYCYCLINE
HYCLATE
100mg TABLET
NE
DOXYCYCLI
HYCLATE
LET
100mg TAB
MS098782A
Figure 3.
Doxycycline.
Loperamide
Used to treat diarrhea. Refer to Figure 4.
LOPER AMIDE HCI
2mg CAPSULE
LOPER AMIDE HCI

2mg CAPSULE
LOPER AMIDE HCI

2mg CAPSULE
LOPER AMIDE HCI

2mg CAPSULE
LOPER AMIDE HCI

2mg CAPSULE
MS098783A
Figure 4.
Loperamide.
0075 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0075 00

Acetaminophine
Used for pain relief. Refer to Figure 5.
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
MS098784A
Figure 5.
Acetaminophine.
Bacitracin
Bacitracin Ophthalmic Ointment (2 ea, 0.125 oz tubes) used as disinfectant. Refer to Figure 6 and WP 0086 00,
BACITRACIN.
BA
C
OP ITRAC
IN
HTH
OINT ALMI
C
ME
NT U
STER
SP
I LE
BAC
IT
OPH RACIN
THA
L
OIN
TME MIC
N
T US
STER
P
ILE
MS098785A
Figure 6.
Bacitracin.
0075 00-3
0075 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

Combat Trauma Wrap (CTW) Kit
Used to treat sucking chest wound. Refer to Figure 7 and WP 0085 00, COMBAT TRAUMA WRAP.
1 COMBAT TRAUMA WRAP KIT

1 SHEET 6" X 60"
1 PAGE OF INSTRUCTIONS
PART # DMH 1115
MS098786A
Figure 7.
Combat Trauma Wrap (CTW) Kit.
Mole Skin
Protects skin from abrasions and increased irritation. Refer to Figure 8.
MS098787A
Figure 8.
Mole Skin.
0075 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0075 00

Sponge
3.5 x 2.5 x 1/8-inch sponge used to collect water. Refer to Figure 9.
MS098788A
Figure 9.
Sponge.
Adhesive Bandages
D
AGE
DAM
AGE
OR
DAM
NED
OR
ED
PEN
IF O
USE
NOT
RILE
DO
ED
AG
DO
STE
ADH
BAN ESIV
DAG E
E
E
O
RIL E IF
STE OT US
PEN
E IF
ED
OPE
ED
E
DAMAG
E SIV
ED OR
ILE
STER T USE IF OPEN
IVADEHE AGE
S
DO NO
D
G
HE ABAN ADHESIVE
E
AD AND
ANDAG STERILE
ADBHE
B
SIVE DO NOT USE IF OPENED OR
DAMAGED
ABA
D NDAGE
BANHESIV
DAG E STERIL
E
DO
E
NOT
US
OR
DAM
AG
ED
(6 each) Used on minor cuts. Refer to Figure 10.
NE
D
DA
OR
DO
NO
T
IF
OP
GE
MA
US
IL
E
ED
TE
R
AD
B H
A
ND ESIV
AG E
E
SE
TU
DO
NO
IF
OR
DA
PE
N
RIL
ST
E
MS098789A
Figure 10.
Adhesive Bandages.
0075 00-5
0075 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

Cinch Tight Bandage
Used for moderate to severe trauma. Single use bandage, one per wound area. Refer to Figure 11.
HT
CINCH TIG
SSION
COMPRE
D
STERILE
" ABD PA
E 8" X 10
BANDAG
MS098790A
Figure 11.
Cinch Tight Bandage.
Tape, Duct
50-inch roll used for various applications. Refer to Figure 12.
MS098791A
Figure 12.
Tape, Duct.
0075 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Povidone Iodine
1/2 oz bottle used to disinfect wounds. Refer to Figure 13.
1/2 FLUID OUNCE (14.8 ml)
BETADINE
solution
povidoneiodine, 10%
TOPICAL ANTISEPTIC
BACTERICIDE/VIRUCIDE
FOR DEGERMING SKIN
MUCOUS MEMBRANE
MS098772A
Figure 13.
Povidone Iodine.
Insect Repellent/Sunscreen
Used to prevent insect bites or sunburn. Refer to Figure 14.
SPF
15
SUNSCREEN
INSECT
REPELLENT
0.3 FL OZ.
SUNSCREEN
INSECT
REPELLENT
0.3 FL OZ.
SUNSCREEN
INSECT
REPELLENT
0.3 FL OZ.
MS098822A
Figure 14.
Insect Repellent/Sunscreen.
0075 00-7
0075 00
0075 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

Eye Patch
One eye patch (Figure 15) used to protect treated eye.
EYE PAT
EYE
PA
TC
MS098735
Figure 15.
Eye Patch.
Spark-Lite Fire Starter

The Spark-Lite allows for single-handed operation and is disposable. Used to start fire (Figure 16).
FIRE STARTER
AVIATION
SURVIVAL
SPARKLITE
MS098774A
Figure 16.
0075 00-8
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0076 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
CONTROLS AND INDICATORS FOR PSGC RIGHT HAND POCKET, GEN I/II AND GEN III
PSGC RIGHT HAND POCKET
The Signaling Platform is located in the right hand pocket of the PSGC GEN I/II(WP 0104 00). Refer to Figure 1 for GEN
I/II and Figure 2 for GEN III.
MS098746A
Figure 1.
PSGC Right Hand Pocket, GEN I/II.

2
6
1
3
W
MIRROR SIGNALING INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING
DO NOT EXTEND
SHIELD FOR I.R.
OPERATION
MS098817B
Figure 2.
PSGC Signaling Platform, GEN III.
0076 00-1
0076 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PSGC RIGHT HAND POCKET CONTENTS

Personnel Distress Signaling Kit
A/P25S-5A, 00-49-7362, (Flare Pack and Launcher)
The signal kit (Figure 3) consists of a rocket launcher and seven red flares. Flares can reach an altitude of 1600 feet
when fired and have a burning time of 7 seconds. Flares are visible for 2 or 3 miles in daylight and for up to 10 miles at
night. To use the flares, refer to WP 0087 00.
PROJECTOR
TRIGGER
BANDOLEER
(PLASTIC)
0.5 IN.
2 IN.
KIT
NOZZLE
SIGNAL
LANYARD (30 IN. LONG)

MS098794A
Figure 3.
Personnel Distress Signaling Kit.
Emergency Signaling Mirror

Used to signal aircraft or other targets. Refer to Figure 4 and WP 0087 00, EMERGENCY SIGNALING MIRROR.
MS098795A
Figure 4.
Emergency Signaling Mirror.
0076 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0076 00
PSGC RIGHT HAND POCKET CONTENTS CONTINUED

Lensatic Compass
Used to determine the direction of travel. Refer to Figure 5 and WP 0087 00, LENSATIC COMPASS.
MS098796A
Figure 5.
Lensatic Compass.
Distress Marker
Produces intermittent flash of light visible for minimum of five miles. Refer to Figure 6 and WP 0087 00, DISTRESS
MARKER.
WARNING
DO NOT EXTEND
SHIELD FOR I.R.
OPERATION
ON
OFF
MS098797B
Figure 6.
Distress Marker.
0076 00-3
0076 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PSGC RIGHT HAND POCKET CONTENTS CONTINUED

Whistle
The Whistle (Figure 7) is used as a signaling device.
MS098824A
Figure 7.
Whistle.
0076 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0077 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR AVIATION SURVIVAL AND EGRESS KNIFE (ASEK), GEN
I/II AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required
Scabbard (WP 0135 00, Figure 8, Item 2)

Combat Knife (WP 0135 00, Figure 8, Item 3)
Strap Cutter (WP 0135 00, Figure 8, Item 4)
Crew Member
ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR USE

DONNING THE ASEK
1.
If not attached, attach leg straps to ASEK scabbard by inserting them under first and last MOLLE web weave
on back of scabbard.
2.
Insert strap cutter flat tip first in to strap cutter pocket, leaving 1-inch loop and knot outside pocket.
3.
Place knife in scabbard and snap in security straps around handle, refer to Figure 1.
LEG STRAP
MS100975A
Figure 1.
ASEK System.
0077 00-1
0077 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ASSEMBLY AND PREPARATION FOR USE CONTINUED

DONNING THE ASEK CONTINUED
WARNING
If ASEK is attached to the PSGC, it will cause injury during a mishap.
NOTE
The ASEK will be worn on the inside or outside of either calf.
4.
Place the ASEK against the outside of the right calf and secure with the side release buckles on the webbing.
Adjust leg straps as necessary for a secure, comfortable fit, refer to Figure 2.
MS098747A
Figure 2.
Attached ASEK.
CAUTION
When sitting in the left seat of an OH-58D, the ASEK should be worn on the inside of the right
leg or on the left leg to maximize the room available for right cyclic travel.
5.
If ASEK interferes with cyclic travel, reposition ASEK.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0077 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0078 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR MAGAZINE/AMMO POUCH, GEN I/II AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Crew Member
NOTE
The magazine pouch for GEN I/II is located on the far left side of PSGC. Refer to Figure 1.
The magazine pouch for GEN III may be placed in any combination or position on the
PSGC, which it will not interfere with the mission. Refer to Figure 2.
Do not tether ammunition magazines.
1.
For GEN III, loop pouch in place on PSGC and secure with snap.
2.
Unsnap and open magazine pouch.
3.
Place ammunition clips inside the pouch.
4.
Close and snap magazine pouch.

RADIO POUCH
MAGAZINE/AMMO POUCH
FLASHLIGHT POUCH
MS098778B
Figure 1.
PSGC Magazine/Ammo Pouch, GEN I/II.

0078 00-1
0078 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
MS098816C
Figure 2.
PSGC Magazine/Ammo Pouch, GEN III.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0078 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0079 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR DONNING PSGC, GEN I/II
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Crew Member
PSGC DONNING PROCEDURE
NOTE
Before donning and using the PSGC, perform Operator PMCS (WP 0091 00).
1.
Determine threat level of mission.
2.
If required, don body armor (WP 0516 00) prior to donning PSGC.
NOTE
If required, holster may be attached to left or right side of PSGC.
3.
Attach holster to the PSGC by guiding the holster webbing through the rear wire loop and fold webbing over
to join hook and pile fastener and secure with snap strap, refer to Figure 1.
MS098758A
Figure 1.
4.
Attach Holster to Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC).
Don PSGC.
0079 00-1
0079 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PSGC DONNING PROCEDURE - CONTINUED
WARNING
Utilization of PSGC Leg Restraint Straps is mandatory. Failure to properly secure leg straps will
degrade the PSGC extraction/restraint capabilities and may result in serious personal injury.
5.
Ensuring the leg straps are not twisted, buckle the left and right leg restraint straps, refer to Figure 2.
LEG RESTRAINT STRAP
MS098752A
Figure 2.
6.
Leg Restraint Straps.
Buckle the two elastic straps on the holster around thigh.
WARNING
The two front buckles will be secured at all times when in use. Failure to properly secure
front buckles will degrade the PSGC extraction/restraint capabilities and may result in serious
personal injury.
7.
Buckle the front upper and lower torso straps, refer to Figure 3.
0079 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PSGC DONNING PROCEDURE - CONTINUED
UPPER TORSO STRAP
LOWER TORSO STRAP
MS098757A
Figure 3.
Torso Straps.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0079 00-3/4 blank
0079 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR DONNING PSGC, GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
WP 0516 00
WP 0091 00
Crew Member
References
PSGC DONNING PROCEDURE, GEN III
1.
Determine threat level of mission.
2.
If required, don body armor (WP 0516 00) prior to donning PSGC.
WARNING
NOTE
Before donning and using the PSGC perform Operator PMCS (WP 0091 00).
Equipment pouches may be attached in accordance to the items issued to the individual.
Tourniquet will be placed on the left side shoulder strap.
The extraction strap will be placed on the upper right side of the PSGC main pocket.
If utilizing the utility pouch for first aid items, place the pouch on the left side of the wearer.
The PSGC GEN III has a radio pouch, multi-purpose pouch (flashlight/tourniquet), magazine pouches, WED pouch and AWIS EME pouch that may be used in any combination
and position which will not interfere with the mission.
3.
If required, holster may be attached to PSGC in different configurations, refer to WP 0081 00.
4.
Don PSGC.
0080 00-1
0080 00
0080 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PSGC DONNING PROCEDURE, GEN III - CONTINUED
WARNING
The two front buckles will be secured at all times when in use. Failure to properly secure
front buckles will degrade the PSGC extraction/restraint capabilities and may result in serious
personal injury.
NOTE
The zipper is not part of the extraction/retention capabilities. The zipper may be unsecured
while in flight or during extraction. Functionality of the zipper does not impair use of the PSGC.
5.
Buckle the front upper and lower torso straps and close zipper.
WARNING
6.
Ensuring the leg straps are not twisted, buckle the left and right leg restraint straps.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0080 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0081 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR PISTOL HOLSTER RIGGING, GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
EM 0250 Shoulder Rigging Video

EM 0250 Leg Rigging Video
TM 9-1005-317-10
Crew Member
References
PISTOL HOLSTER RIGGING
OPTIONAL HOLSTER FLAP RIGGING
NOTE
Retain plastic tool used to remove Thumb Break.
1.
Use plastic tool to loosen hook and pile fastener securing Thumb Break (Figure 1, Item 1) and remove from
holster.
1
2
MS040358
Figure 1.
Remove Thumb Break.
2.
Unsnap and remove grip retention strap (Figure 1, Item 2) from holster.
3.
Place two 3/4-inch vertical straps through the metal loop on the holster flap, refer to Figure 2.
0081 00-1
0081 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PISTOL HOLSTER RIGGING - CONTINUED
METAL LOOP
VERTICAL
STRAPS
MS040357
Figure 2.
Attaching Holster Flap.
4.
Secure holster flap by weaving vertical straps through webbing loops on holster.
5.
Loop the release webbing adapter (Figure 3) through the second horizontal webbing on the holster and
secure snap.
RELEASE
WEBBING
ADAPTER
MS040356
Figure 3.
Attach Release Webbing Adapter.
0081 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0081 00

PSGC VEST RIGGING, GEN III
NOTE
If mission requires that a weapon will be worn, a holster may be attached to the left or right side
of the PSGC.
1.
Loop pistol holster to PSGC pocket, refer to Figure 4.
2.
Load an ammunition magazine and insert the magazine in the pistol, refer to TM 9-1005-317-10.
3.
Set the pistol safety, refer to TM 9-1005-317-10.
4.
Insert the pistol in the holster ensuring it is snug in the holster.
NOTE
Strap should be snug against hammer of pistol. If it is not, insert a screwdriver, thin stick, or
similar instrument between strap and holster to separate hook and pile; then adjust height of
strap such that it will fit snug over pistol hammer; then press hook and pile together again.
5.
Pull the hammer retention strap at the top outside of the holster across the hammer and secure the snap
fastener on the inside of the holster.
6.
Pull the grip retention strap over the pistol grip and secure the snap fastener on the side of the holster.
7.
Load ammunition magazine, refer to TM 9-1005-317-10.
8.
Insert magazine into magazine holder on front of holster.
9.
Securely fasten the snap on the retention strap.
HOLSTER ATTACHED
TO VEST
MS098729A
Figure 4.
Rigging Holster.
0081 00-3
0081 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

PSGC SHOULDER RIGGING, GEN III
See Shoulder Rigging Video, EM 0250.
NOTE
The holster is designed to attach to the left or right rear loops on the PSGC. It can be used
attached to the wearers belt or worn as a left or right handed shoulder holster.
1.
Locate the two rectangular metal loops on the holster.
2.
Insert the holster shoulder strap through the holster loops and weave through the adjustment buckle to
desired height and secure in place, refer to Figure 5.
3.
Repeat steps Steps 1. through 2. to secure magazine pouch in place.
4.
Adjust and fasten chest strap to desired level.
5.
NOTE
6.
7.
fastener on the inside of the pistol.
8.
9.
Load ammunition magazine, refer to TM 9-1005-317-10.
10. Insert magazine into magazine holder on front of holster.

11. Securely fasten the snap on the magazine retention strap.
SHOULDER
HOLSTER
MS098731A
Figure 5.
Shoulder Holster Rigging, GEN III.

0081 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0081 00

LEG RIGGING, GEN III
See Leg Rigging Video, EM 0250.
1.
Loop pistol holster to leg mounting panel, refer to Figure 6.
2.
Load an ammunition magazine and insert the magazine in the pistol, refer to TM 9-1005-317-10.
3.
4.
NOTE
5.
fastener on the side of the holster.
6.
7.
Load an ammunition magazine, refer to TM 9-1005-317-10.
8.
Insert magazine into magazine pouch located on forward side of holster.
9.
Securely fasten the snap on the retention strap.
10. Release the holster belt strap by releasing the snap fastener and hook and pile fastener on the extender belt
strap at the top of the holster.
NOTE
The holster is designed to attach to the left or right rear loops on the PSGC. It can be used
attached to the wearers belt or worn as a left or right handed shoulder holster.
11. Locate two rectangular metal loops under right or left pocket of PSGC.
12. Insert holster extender belt strap through rear loop and fold belt strap on itself, attaching hook and pile
fastener.
13. Secure end of extender belt strap inside webbing strap and fasten retention snap.
0081 00-5
0081 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
MS100973A
Figure 6.
Rigging Holster.
14. Fasten two elastic leg straps securely around thigh.

END OF WORK PACKAGE
0081 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0082 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR CYCLIC SWEEP, GEN I/II AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Pilot/Co-Pilot
FULL CYCLIC SWEEP/RESTRICTIVE CYCLIC

1.
Perform a full cyclic sweep. If any interference is observed, continue to next step.
2.
Ensure the restraint buckle is positioned below the ballistic upgrade plate. If any interference is observed,
continue to next step.
3.
If wearing large or X-large soft body armor, select the next smaller size ballistic upgrade plate and repeat the
full cyclic sweep. If any interference is observed, continue to next step.
4.
Remove the rear soft body armor insert and repeat the full cyclic sweep. If any interference is observed,
continue to next step.
5.
Remove the front ballistic upgrade plate and repeat the full cyclic sweep.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0082 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0083 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR AIRCREW RESTRAINT ASSEMBLY, GEN I/II AND GEN
III
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required
Snap Link, Rear (WP 0135 00, Figure 7, Item 4)

Extension Tether (WP 0135 00, Figure 7, Item 3)
Non-rated Aircrew Member
CREW RESTRAINT ASSEMBLY (CRA)

The Crew Restraint Assembly is only required by non-rated members. Instructions for using the Crew Restraint Assembly are as follows:
1.
Wrap hook and pile abrasion cover around the PSGC handle found on the back of the vest, refer to Figure 1.
ABRASION COVER
LOCKING CARABINER
MS098730A
Figure 1.
Extension Tether Rigging.
2.
Attach locking carabiner with the extension tether (ET) to the upper back retention loop of PSGC, refer to
Figure 1.
3.
Secure ET to the retention loop utilizing the locking carabiner, refer to Figure 1.
0083 00-1
0083 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CREW RESTRAINT ASSEMBLY (CRA) - CONTINUED
WARNING
Utilization of PSGC Leg Restraint Straps is mandatory. Failure to properly secure leg
straps will degrade the PSGC extraction capability and may result in operator injury.
Improper connection of the PRT to the ET could prevent egress from the aircraft during an
emergency.
The PRT cannot be used for hoisting and should only be used for securing personnel to
aircraft.
NOTE
The CRA securely connects the aircrew to a helicopter authorized attachment point.
4.
Secure the Personal Restraint Tether (PRT) to the ET to form the Crew Restraint Assembly (CRA), ensuring
the quick ejector snap is attached to the ET, refer to Figure 2.
QUICK EJECTOR SNAP
PERSONAL RESTRAINT
TETHER
EXTENSION TETHER
RETENTION LOOP
SNAP LINK
MS098756B
Figure 2.
Crew Restraint Assembly (CRA).
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0083 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0084 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR INSERTION AND EXTRACTION OPERATIONS, GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Crew Member/Medic
WARNING
The PSGC Extraction Strap (ES) and SRT are used for emergency extraction purposes only.
Do not use the ES or SRT for repeated insertion operations. Failure to comply may result in
injury or death to personnel.
NOTE
The PSGC is approved for multiple insertion and extraction operations.

The locking carabiner must meet ANSI Z359.1 requirements and have a tensile strength
of 5000 lbs., gate face strength of 220 lbs., and a side of gate strength of 350 lbs.
INSERTION AND EXTRACTION OPERATIONS

1.
Ensure locking carabiner is secured to both front lifting loops on the PSGC.
2.
Secure hoist to locking carabiner on PSGC for insertion and extraction.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0084 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0085 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR EXTENDED EQUIPMENT POCKET (EEP), GEN I/II
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Crew Member
EEP POCKET
DRINKING WATER STORAGE BAG
1.
Fill storage bag (Figure 1) with water collected.
2.
Roll top of bag and secure with snap.
BAG, STORAGE
DRINKING WATER
SIZE: B
SPEC. MILB8571D
SPO 10095C5114
MFD. 12/1995
INSPECTION 12/2000
MS098765A
Figure 1.
Drinking Water Storage Bag.
COMBAT CASUALTY BLANKET

1.
The combat casualty blanket (Figure 2) may be used as a windbreaker, sunshade, poncho, or position
indicator for rescue missions.
2.
In excessively windy conditions, the combat casualty blanket can be tied in position with tape or nylon cord.
3.
It can also be used on all life rafts (Figure 2).
0085 00-1
0085 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
EEP POCKET - CONTINUED
MS098766A
Figure 2.
Combat Casualty Blanket.
INDIVIDUALLY WRAPPED CANDY

Open and slowly dissolve candy (Figure 3) in mouth.
ASSORTED
MS098767A
Figure 3.
Individually Wrapped Candy.
0085 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0085 00

WATER PURIFICATION TABLETS
1.
Add one tablet to a one quart canteen of clear water; two tablets if cloudy or very cold water (Figure 4).
2.
Replace canteen cap loosely. Wait five minutes and shake well, allowing leakage.
3.
Tighten cap. Wait an additional twenty minutes before using for any purpose.

WATER IN CANTEENS
MS098768A
Figure 4.
Water Purification Tables.
550 LB TENSILE STRENGTH CORD

The Nylon Cord (Figure 5) can be used: to construct fish nets, or as a fishing line or snare, to secure straps, to tie down
a windbreaker, to construct a bow or sling, to repair clothes or to construct a ladder.
MS098769A
Figure 5.
550 lb Tensile Strength Cord.
0085 00-3
0085 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

EMERGENCY DRINKING WATER
S
EM TE
ER RIL
E
G
EN
CY
EM STE
ER RI
G LE
EN
CY
Remove emergency drinking water (Figure 6) from pouch and tear packet on one corner. Consume water as needed.
E
IL CY
ER EN
ST RG
E
EM
MS098771A
Figure 6.
Emergency Drinking Water.
SPARK-LITE FIRE STARTER
NOTE
Before attempting to start a fire, gather wood chips, leaves, twigs to increase the size of
the fire as it develops.
When an individual cannot pull the fire tabs apart, due to injury of an arm or hand. The fire
tabs can be roughened or fluffed by using one hand to hold the fire tab and snaring it on a
sharp pointed object, exposing some inner fibers.
Avoid touching or matting inner fibers as these fluffed fibers ignite more readily.
If tinder is frozen, hold in closed hand for 30 seconds before lighting.
1.
Pull waterproof tinder apart before using, refer to Figure 7.
2.
Hold the lighter approximately one-quarter inch above fluffed tinder with the arrow pointing up.
NOTE
If the lighter gets wet, shake to remove excess water and blow on the flint wheel.
3.
Place the tip of the index finger on the flint wheel and with medium pressure rapidly move the index finger in
the direction indicated by Figure 7. This movement will cause a shower of sparks to fall on the fluffed tinder,
igniting it.
0085 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0085 00
MS038570
Figure 7.
BLASTMATCH
1.
Gently raise striker button tab to release the end cap, exposing the spring-loaded flint bar.
2.
Slide end cap to clear flint bar and rotate cap to rear of BlastMatch body.
3.
Fit cap on rear of BlastMatch body. (Cap will sit loosely yet securely)
CAUTION
Allowing flint bar to bend out of line with BlastMatch body may snap off or damage striker bar.
Do not pull striker tab back or away from the BlastMatch body.
4.
Place thumb on striker tab and press down with medium pressure. Plunge the body of the BlastMatch down
the striker bar, making sure that the flint bar remains in line with BlastMatch body.
MS098773A
Figure 8.
BlastMatch.
0085 00-5
0085 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

PLASTIC FREEZER BAGS
Open bag, insert items and seal bag (Figure 9).
MS098775A
Figure 9.
Plastic Freezer Bags.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0085 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0086 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR FIRST AID PLATFORM, GEN I/II AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Crew Member
FIRST AID PLATFORM

GLOVES, PATIENT EXAM
Used to prevent contamination to person applying first aid. Refer to Figure 1.
MS098781A
Figure 1.
Gloves, Patient Exam.
DOXYCYCLINE
Consult with the appropriate medical personnel for proper dosing. Refer to Figure 2.
DOXYCYCLINE
HYCLATE
100mg TABLET
DOXYCYCLINE
HYCLATE
100mg TABLET
DOXYCYCLINE
HYCLATE
100mg TABLET
DOXYCYCLINE
HYCLATE
100mg TABLET
E
DOXYCYCLIN
HYCLATE
LET
100mg TAB
MS098782A
Figure 2.
Doxycycline.
0086 00-1
0086 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
FIRST AID PLATFORM - CONTINUED
LOPERAMIDE
LOPER AMIDE HCI
2mg CAPSULE
LOPER AMIDE HCI

2mg CAPSULE
LOPER AMIDE HCI

2mg CAPSULE
LOPER AMIDE HCI

2mg CAPSULE
LOPER AMIDE HCI

2mg CAPSULE
MS098783A
Figure 3.
Loperamide.
ACETAMINOPHINE
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
MS098784A
Figure 4.
Acetaminophine.
0086 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0086 00

BACITRACIN
Apply to eyes or affected area.
BA
C
OP ITRAC
IN
HTH
OINT ALMI
C
M
STER ENT US
I LE
P
BAC
IT
OPH RACIN
THA
L
OIN
TME MIC
NT
STER
USP
ILE
MS098785A
Figure 5.
Bacitracin.
COMBAT TRAUMA WRAP
WARNING
Do not place any part of the CTW that the first aider has handled on the sucking chest wound.
Dressings, bandages, and the CTW should be snug, not tight. In the cold, protect the injury from
the cold. Check for frostbite.
NOTE
The CTW is not 100% sterile. Always apply polysporin, polymyxin B sulfate, Bacitracin
Zinc, or any approved antiseptic to the wounded area before applying the CTW.
CTW is a "no stick" plastic first aid field dressing. It may be applied directly to cuts,
punctures, tears, and abrasions. The CTW is especially effective for the control of
bleeding in extreme cold weather.
1.
Clean the sucking chest wound using povidone iodine solution.
2.
Remove rubber bands and unfold the cardboard CTW container.
3.
Insert index finger into one end of the cardboard container. This should make the cardboard container start
to take the shape of a tube.
4.
Starting at the index finger insertion point, squeeze folded edges longways toward each other. This will make
the unfolded object pop into the shape of a 6-inch tube.
5.
Find taped end and start to apply this portion of the CTW approximately 6-inches away from the wound.
6.
Holding onto the newly shaped tube, pull the CTW in the direction that would cause the wound to become
closed, when possible. Apply the CTW snug, not tight.
7.
Wrap the CTW completely around the injured part of the body and once again over the wound, when possible,
(i.e., all the way around an arm, leg, foot, hand, stomach, etc.).
0086 00-3
0086 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

8.
To control bleeding, the first aider places the palm of the hand directly on the CTW that covers the wound.
The injured person should be able to feel warmth from the first aiders hand.
9.
After the bleeding has stopped, place a bandage over the wound to hold the CTW in place.

1 SHEET 6" X 60"
PART # DMH 1115
MS098786A
Figure 6.
Combat Trauma Wrap.
MOLE SKIN
Cut piece 1/4-inch larger than affected area and apply mole skin over affected area. Refer to Figure 7.
MS098787A
Figure 7.
Mole Skin.
SPONGE
Collect water with sponge and squeeze into container. Refer to Figure 8.
MS098788A
Figure 8.
Sponge.
0086 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0086 00
ADHESIVE BANDAGES
GED
AMA
GED
OR
D
AMA
ED
OR
D
ED
OPE
N
E IF
OT
US
ON
ED
AG
DO
STE
RILE
D
ADH
BAN ESIV
DAG E
E
E
O
RIL E IF
STE OT US
PEN
E IF
ED
OR
OPE
N
ED
E
DAMAG
E SIV
ED OR
ILE
STER T USE IF OPEN
IVADEHE AGE
S
DO NO
D
G
HE ABAN ADHESIVE
E
AD AND
ANDAG STERILE
ADBHE
B
SIVE DO NOT USE IF OPENED OR
DAMAGED
ABA
D NDAGE
BANHESIV
DAG E STERIL
E
DO
E
NOT
US
AG
DAM
ED
Remove protective cover and apply to affected area. Refer to Figure 9.
ED
DA
OR
EN
DO
NO
T
IF
OP
GE
MA
US
LE
ED
TE
R
AD
B H
A
ND ESIV
AG E
E
SE
TU
DO
NO
IF
OR
DA
PE
N
RIL
ST
E
MS098789A
Figure 9.
Adhesive Bandages.
CINCH TIGHT BANDAGE
WARNING
Do not apply unless moderate or severe wound trauma is present.

Tighten to protect wound area.
Do not loosen or remove except by trained medical personnel.
WARNING
Product may contain natural rubber latex which may cause allergic reactions.
Open package and follow instructions below. Refer to Figure 10.
0086 00-5
0086 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
HT
CINCH TIG
SSION
COMPRE
D
STERILE
" ABD PA
E 8" X 10
BANDAG
MS098790A
Figure 10.
Cinch Tight Bandage.
1.
Open outer and inner pouch by tearing notch; remove bandage.
2.
Unroll the bandage and place absorbent pad on wound area with hook on top.
3.
Place pad onto wound with hook facing up, anchor elastic wrap onto hook fastener strip at bandages edge.
4.
Feed elastic bandage through hook and pull to secure absorbent pad in place.
5.
Wrap the elastic bandage tightly in the direction through which it was pulled.
6.
Press the hook fastener strip at the very end onto the bandage to secure it.
TAPE, DUCT
Cut duct tape to desired length and apply as needed. Refer to Figure 11.
MS098791A
Figure 11.
Tape, Duct.
0086 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
POVIDONE IODINE
1.
Invert bottle and squeeze gently (Figure 12).
BETADINE
solution
povidoneiodine, 10%
TOPICAL ANTISEPTIC
FOR DEGERMING SKIN
MUCOUS MEMBRANE
MS098772A
Figure 12.
Povidone Iodine.
WARNING
For external use only.

Do not heat prior to application.
NOTE
May be covered with gauze or adhesive bandages.
2.
For minor wounds and infections apply directly to affected area.
0086 00-7
0086 00
0086 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

INSECT REPELLENT/SUNSCREEN
Open packet and apply as needed. Refer to Figure 13.
SPF
15
SUNSCREEN
INSECT
REPELLENT
0.3 FL OZ.
SUNSCREEN
INSECT
REPELLENT
0.3 FL OZ.
SUNSCREEN
INSECT
REPELLENT
0.3 FL OZ.
MS098822A
Figure 13.
Insect Repellent/Sunscreen.
EYE PATCH
1.
Open package (Figure 14).
2.
Place pad on wounded eye and secure with duct tape.
EYE PAT
EYE
PA
TC
MS098735
Figure 14.
Eye Patch.
0086 00-8
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0086 00

SPARK-LITE FIRE STARTER
NOTE
Before attempting to start a fire, gather wood chips, leaves, twigs to increase the size of
the fire as it develops.
When an individual cannot pull the fire tabs apart, due to injury of an arm or hand. The fire
tabs can be roughened or fluffed by using one hand to hold the fire tab and snaring it on a
sharp pointed object, exposing some inner fibers.
Avoid touching or matting inner fibers as these fluffed fibers ignite more readily.
If tinder is frozen, hold in closed hand for 30 seconds before lighting.
1.
Pull waterproof tinder apart before using, refer to Figure 15.
2.
Hold the lighter approximately one-quarter inch above fluffed tinder with the arrow pointing up.
NOTE
If the lighter gets wet, shake to remove excess water and blow on the flint wheel.
3.
Place the tip of the index finger on the flint wheel and with medium pressure rapidly move the index finger in
the direction indicated by Figure 15. This movement will cause a shower of sparks to fall on the fluffed tinder,
igniting it.
MS038570
Figure 15.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0086 00-9/10 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0087 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATION UNDER USUAL CONDITIONS FOR RIGHT HAND POCKET ASSEMBLY, GEN I/II AND GEN
III
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Crew Member
PSGC RIGHT HAND POCKET ASSEMBLY

PERSONNEL DISTRESS SIGNALING KIT
WARNING
Do not point a loaded projector at personnel. Distress flares burn at a temperature of

5000 F and can cause serious burns or death.
Installing any additional equipment in the right PSGC pocket may cause restrictions to
arm movement in the OH-58D.
Adjusting the PSGC side pockets aft may cause restrictions to arm movement in the
OH-58D.
CAUTION
After flare is in projector, do not pull back on trigger unless you are ready to fire flare. Do not fire
toward or lead the aircraft. Serious damage can result if aircraft is hit by flare, thereby hampering
your rescue.
1.
Remove flare from plastic retainer and insert flare into projector, refer to Figure 1.
2.
Hold projector firmly in hand, point it straight up and pull trigger down with thumb.
3.
Release trigger with a sharp sudden motion.

PROJECTOR
TRIGGER
BANDOLEER
(PLASTIC)
0.5 IN.
2 IN.
NOZZLE
KIT
SIGNAL
LANYARD (30 IN. LONG)

MS098794A
Figure 1.
Personnel Distress Signaling Kit.

0087 00-1
0087 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PSGC RIGHT HAND POCKET ASSEMBLY - CONTINUED

EMERGENCY SIGNALING MIRROR
1.
Hold mirror to enable the sunlight to reflect on a nearby surface such as the hand or other close object.
2.
While bringing the mirror toward your eye, look through the sighting circle (on the black side with printed
instructions) until an intense, bright spot is located. This is the aim point.
3.
Hold the mirror close to the eye and slowly turn it until the bright spot is on the target.
MS098795A
Figure 2.
Emergency Signaling Mirror.
LENSATIC COMPASS
NOTE
The arrow on the compass dial always points to magnetic "NORTH".

Holding objects in the vicinity of the lensatic compass which contain iron or steel, or other
types of compasses, will cause the lensatic compass to give incorrect readings.
Hold the compass erect so that the lubber line (direction indicator) is parallel to your line of sight.
2.
Turn the plastic top until the lubber line is over the NORTH arrow. Your course heading may then be read on
a line drawn through the sights.
1.
MS098796A
Figure 3.
Lensatic Compass.
0087 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0087 00
PSGC RIGHT HAND POCKET ASSEMBLY - CONTINUED

DISTRESS MARKER
1.
Hold the Distress Marker.
2.
Push up on the ON/OFF switch to turn ON the Distress Marker.
3.
Push down on the ON/OFF switch to turn OFF the Distress Marker.
WARNING
DO NOT EXTEND
SHIELD FOR I.R.
OPERATION
ON
OFF
MS098797B
Figure 4.
Distress Marker.
WHISTLE
Place whistle (Figure 5) in mouth and blow outward to make sound.
MS098824A
Figure 5.
Whistle.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0087 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0088 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS FOR AIRCREW EXTRACTION, GEN I/II AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Crew Member
AIRCREW EXTRACTION CONFIGURATION
Aircrew Extraction operation using the PSGC follows:
1.
Ensure carabiner is secured to both front lifting loops of the PSGC, refer to Figure 1.
WARNING
2.
Secure SAR aircraft extraction hook to the carabiner for aircrew extraction.
CARABINER
LIFTING
LOOPS
MS098753A
Figure 1.
Front Lifting Loops.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0088 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0089 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATION UNDER UNUSUAL CONDITIONS FOR SAFETY RESTRAINT TETHER (SRT), GEN I/II AND
GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
Crew Member
WARNING
Never approach an operating rotary-wing aircraft from the rear! Death or severe injury
could occur if the pilot does not see you and rotates the aircraft. Always approach an
operating aircraft from the front or side and only when signaled to do so by the pilot or
crewmember. Minimize exposure to the front of any weapons systems.
Pilots must take into consideration lateral center of gravity (CG) when attempting any
rescuee. Externally carried rescues will be flown the shortest practical distance to remove
the rescuee from immediate extreme danger.
Pilots should limit forward airspeed to 60 knots and only exceed this speed if required by
the tactical situation. Pilots/crew should monitor the status of the rescuee. If the rescuee
falls from his/her seating he/she will be retained by the SRT, however the rescuees lower
body/legs may be lower than the landing gear. Ensure he/she is clear of the landing gear
before landing.
The Safety Restraint Tether is ONLY FOR USE IN EMERGENCY SITUATIONS and must
be kept in serviceable condition. Aircrew practice of SRT attachment to the aircraft will
be limited to nonoperating aircraft, parked in an approved landing or tiedown area. The
SRT is intended to be used with the extraction harness of the AIRSAVE and PSGC (or
the SARVIP and the SRU-21/P when modified with extraction harness). Use with other
systems may result in injury.
The Safety Restraint Tether has a rated strength of 3000 pounds and a one-time pull test
strength of 5000 pounds. Do not use the tether if any of the bar tacks is loose, frayed,
or missing. Do not use the tether if the nylon webbing is worn, frayed, cut, or has been
soaked by POL (Petroleum, Oil Lubricant) products. Turn it in and get a new tether.
SAFETY RESTRAINT TETHER (SRT) OPERATION
The Safety Restraint Tether (SRT) is to be used (during emergency situations) when a downed aircrew has to be evacuated by a rotary-wing aircraft with limited interior space and no other aircraft is available to perform the pickup. The
aircrew will attach him/her self to the aircraft by attaching one end of the SRT to the approved hard point located on the
aircraft and the other end to his/her survival vest extraction harness (snaplink) attachment point. Currently, the only aircraft that have been identified for use with the SRT are the AH-1, AH-64 and OH-58.
0089 00-1
0089 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
UNUSUAL ENVIRONMENT/WEATHER CONTINUED

SAFETY RESTRAINT TETHER (SRT) OPERATION CONTINUED
AH-1, COBRA
1.
On the AH-1, the right-side or left-side ammunition bay doors can be lowered. Ensure the ammo canisters
are securely locked in place.
2.
Attach the SRT to the forward handle of the 20mm ammunition container by looping the SRT through the
handle and pulling the loop snug.
3.
Sit on the open door, facing outward, bracing feet on the aircraft skid. Attach the other end of the SRT to the
carabiner on the front lifting loops of the PSGC.
4.
Depending on seating position and your size, use any safe method (such as doubling-over the SRT) to obtain
a stable attachment to the aircraft as possible. Use available uninjured hands for additional bracing and once
you have obtained the most stable position possible, signal the pilot your readiness for liftoff. If two SRTs are
available, you may attach yourself to both the front and rear handles of the 20mm ammunition canister.
AH-64, APACHE
Attaching points on the AH-64 are: right-side handhold located just aft of the pilots door; and left-side center step just
aft of the pilots left window.
1.
For attachment to the right side, sit on the right forward avionics bay (FAB) with your back against the leading
edge of the wing support, refer to Figure 1.
2.
Double-over the SRT, loop it through the handhold, and attach the SRT to the carabiner on the front lifting
loops of the PSGC.
3.
Use the handhold, taut SRT, and wing support for hand/arm/back bracing points and the lower step and the
top of the FAB for foot/leg bracing points.
4.
For attachment to the left side, sit on the left (FAB) with your back against the leading edge of the wing
support.
5.
Double-over the SRT, loop it through the center step and attach the SRT to the carabiner on the front lifting
loops of the PSGC.
6.
Use the top step, taut SRT, and wing support for hand/arm/back bracing points and the lower step and the
top of the FAB for foot/leg bracing points.
7.
Once you have obtained the most stable position possible, then signal the pilot your readiness for liftoff.
0089 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0089 00

AH-64, APACHE CONTINUED
MS100954A
Figure 1.
Apache.
OH-58, KIOWA
WARNING
OH-58 pilots must take into consideration lateral center of gravity (CG) when attempting any
rescuee.
On the OH-58, the attaching points are the hard-points on the left and right weapons pylons.
1.
Sit straddling the weapon launcher, facing the rear of the aircraft, refer to Figure 2.
2.
Loop the SRT around the hard-point and attach the ends to the carabiner on the front lifting loops of the
PSGC.
3.
For additional security lean forward over the weapon launcher and grasp the hard-point and the launcher to
stabilize your position.
4.
Once you have obtained the most stable position possible, then signal the pilot your readiness for liftoff.
0089 00-3
0089 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

OH-58, KIOWA CONTINUED
MS100996A
Figure 2.
Kiowa.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0089 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 14
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
FOR
(NSN: 8415-01-513-8143)
(PART NO. 1028611-1)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0090 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES PROCEDURES INTRODUCTION
CAUTION
Replace equipment when exposed to an aircraft mishap. Replace entire fall arrest system
(including PSGC, ET and PRT) in the event of a fall from the aircraft which induces a dynamic
arrest force.
NOTE
Any faults found during PMCS will render the vest unserviceable. Turn equipment into the
Aviation Life Support Equipment Technician (ALSE).
INTRODUCTION
"Item No." Column
This column contains a number for each procedure to be performed.
"Interval" Column
Before - Do before you begin operating equipment or pre-flight.
Annual - Do once per 3606 interval.
"Man Hour" Column
"Procedure" Column
0090 00-1
0090 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

NOTE
If you find something wrong and you cant fix it yourself, or you are not authorized to, or you do not have tools, test
equipment, parts, documentation, or training to fix it yourself, inform your supervisor, and request assistance from next
higher level of maintenance.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0090 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0091 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
OPERATOR PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES, GEN I/II AND III
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0099 00
Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services.

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
B/A
.5
PSGC/BAOS
Major
Component
Inspect overall condition of each major component: PSGC/BAOS, ASEK, extension tether
(non-rated crewmembers only), pouches and
holster.
Any component is
missing. Turn into
ALSE Technician.
B/A
.5
PSGC/BAOS
Check all attachment fittings for ease of operation.
Leg strap, center

front buckles
or outer pocket
snaps not able to
fasten securely.
Carabiner
bent/jammed
or not closing
fully EVERY time
pressure is applied
and released.
Pocket zippers not
functioning.
B/A
.5
Fabric
Inspect fabric and webbing for cuts, tears,
and
abrasions, fraying and contamination.
Webbing
(PSGC/BAOS)
Fabric cut or torn

in excess of 1 inch;
load webbing cut or
torn. (WP 0099 00)
B/A
.5
Stitching
Inspect stitching for breaks, security, and/or loose
(PSGC/BAOS) seams.
Any stitch is broken

on the load bearing
webbing; more than
8 adjacent stitches
are broken on any
other component.
0091 00-1
0091 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Table 1. Operator Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services. - Continued

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
5
.2
PROCEDURE
Enhanced
a. Check antenna for cracks and bends. Ensure
Mobile
it is securely fastened.
Equipment
(EME)
(PSGC/BAOS)
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Any discrepancies
found refer to TM
11-1520-237-23
or TM
11-1520-240-23.
b. Check for visible cracks in the case.

c. Check all push buttons for function and rubber
covers for rips, tears and cracks.
d. Turn the knurled slotted screw on the back of
the EME and raise the cover.
e. Check battery compartment for cleanliness,
corrosion and security of contacts.
f. Install 3 fully charged AA batteries before each
flight.
g. Ensure battery switch indicates the proper
setting dependent on the type of batteries
installed (Ni-MH or Alkaline).
h. Close the cover and secure the slotted screw.
i. Ensure Jack-Box (J-Box)/Windtalker Encryption Device (WED) retaining screws are
secure.
6
.5
SDU-39/N
a. Check flash rate. Turn light on. Count number
Distress
of flashes in a 2-minute duration. Light must
Marker
operate at 50 flashes per minute 10 flashes.
Light
(PSGC/BAOS)
Light does not

operate at 50
flashes per minute
10 flashes.
(WP 0104 00)
b. Check for light leakage. Inspect the SDU-39/N No leakage

is allowed
in the IR mode for light leakage. Ensure
housing is closed over light and IR lens cap is (WP 0104 00).
securely attached over lens. In a dark room,
acclimate eyes for a minimum of five minutes.
Turn SDU-39/N on and check for any white
light leakage at all angles.
7
.1
Flashlight
Inspect for signs of damage, cracking, corrosion,
(PSGC/BAOS) operation and battery leakage.

END OF WORK PACKAGE
0091 00-2
Does not illuminate

or corrosion
in battery
compartment.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0092 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
CLEANING PROCEDURES, GEN I/II AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Detergent, Laundry, Non-Chlorine

(WP 0139 00, Item 51)
Sponge (WP 0139 00, Item 52)
Cleaning Cloth (WP 0139 00)
Lint-Free Cloth (WP 0139 00)
Soft Brush (WP 0139 00)

References
WP 0079 00
WP 0080 00
CLEANING
1.
Remove surface dirt using a soft brush or a cloth.
2.
Remove all survival items from PSGC.
3.
Mix a proper strength solution of non-chlorine detergent following manufacturers instructions or using 1/4 to
1/2 oz. of detergent per gallon of water.
4.
Apply cleaning solution to seriously soiled areas with sponge.
5.
Allow solution to remain on surface for several minutes, then agitate with soft brush or cloth.
6.
Immerse components in solution and allow to soak for five minutes. Agitate gently with hands for two minutes
then remove from solution and allow to drain; do not wring.
7.
Rinse components in cool, fresh water until all traces of detergent are gone. Wipe with cloth or sponge, as
necessary.
CAUTION
Do not use dryer or hang in direct sun-light. Do not iron or press. Fire retardant properties
become degraded.
8.
Hang on wooden hanger in a well-ventilated area until dry. Drying time may be reduced up by using forced
air (fan) at near-ambient temperature.
9.
For rigging and packing GEN I/II PSGC, refer to WP 0079 00.
10. For rigging and packing GEN III PSGC, refer to WP 0080 00.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0092 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 15
FOR
(PART NO. 1005804-5) (NSN: 8415-01-513-8143)
(PART NO. 1028611-1)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0093 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
UNIT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES PROCEDURES INTRODUCTION
CAUTION
Replace equipment when exposed to an aircraft mishap. Replace entire fall arrest system
(including PSGC, ET and PRT) in the event of a fall from the aircraft which induces a dynamic
arrest force.
INTRODUCTION
"Item No." Column
Form 2408-25, (Mesh Net Survival Vest Inspection Record), place this number in "TM Item No." column.
"Interval" Column
Before - Do before you begin operating equipment or pre-flight.
Annual - Do once per 3606 interval.
"Man Hour" Column
"Procedure" Column
0093 00-1
0093 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
NOTE
request assistance.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0093 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0094 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES, GEN I/II AND III
INITIAL SETUP:
References
WP 0104 00
WP 0095 00
WP 0099 00
WP 0128 00
WP 0107 00
WP 0140 00
References (cont.)
WP 0200 00
WP 0105 00
WP 0119 00
WP 0116 00
TB 9-1300-385
Table 1. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services.

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE
.5
PSGC/BAOS
Components
Inspect overall condition of each major component: PSGC/BAOS, ASEK, extension tether
(non-rated crewmembers only), pouches and
holster.
.5
Fabric
Inspect fabric and webbing for cuts, tears,
and
abrasions, fraying and contamination.
Webbing
(PSGC/BAOS)
0094 00-1
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Any component is
missing.
Fabric cut or tear

is greater than
1/2-inch and is not
mendable; webbing
in load component
is abraded
completely through
any yarn; webbing
in load-bearing
component is cut
or torn; cuts, tears
to adjustment
webbing for torso
girth greater
than 1/4-inch in
length; abrasion
of adjustment
webbing for torso
girth prevents
proper functioning
of adjustment
hardware
(WP 0099 00).
0094 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Table 1. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services. - Continued

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Stitching
Inspect stitching for breaks, security, and/or loose
(PSGC/BAOS) seams.
Any stitch is broken

on the load bearing
webbing; more than
8 adjacent stitches
are broken on any
other component
(WP 0099 00,
GENERAL
STITCHING
INSTRUCTIONS).
Pockets
Inspect pockets and snap fasteners for damage,
and Snap
security, and ease of operation.
Fasteners
(PSGC/BAOS)
Pocket cannot
secure contents;
snap fastener
broken or fails to
engage/disengage
properly
(WP 0119 00).
Zippers
a. Inspect zippers for damage, security, and ease Zippers missing
(PSGC/BAOS)
of operation.
teeth; slider fails to
engage zipper or
not functioning
properly
(WP 0116 00).
b. Inspect bead slider pulls for presence and
security of attachment.
Hook and
Inspect hook and pile fastener for damage and
Pile
secure closure.
Fastener
(PSGC/BAOS)
0094 00-2
Bead slider pull

missing or not
securely attached
(WP 0118 00).
Hook and pile
fastener fails to
engage securely
(WP 0115 00).
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0094 00
Table 1. Unit Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services. - Continued

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Hardware
Inspect hardware for security, corrosion, dents,
(PSGC/BAOS) burrs, distortion, sharp edges, and ease of
operation.
Buckle does not

securely engage;
buckle does not
easily disengage;
triglide or adjuster
hardware is bent
or jammed; sharp
edge located in
area that could
cut load bearing
webbing; carabiner
not closing fully
EVERY time
pressure is applied
and released;
carabiner bent or
jammed.
Strap
Ensure all excess strap material is secured with
Material
Strap End Keeper.
(PSGC/BAOS)
Strap end keeper

missing; hook and
pile fastener on
strap end keeper
not closing securely
(WP 0124 00).
Survival
Inspect survival items for vacuum seals, missing
Items
items, and serviceable condition.
(PSGC/BAOS)
Vacuum seal
broken or items
missing or
unserviceable
(WP 0128 00).
10
PSGC/BAOS
Excessively dirty
or POL soaked
(WP 0092 00).
11
Inspection
Document inspection, refer to DA Pamphlet
Docu738-751 and attach DD Form 1574 (Serviceable
mentation
Tag- Materiel).
(PSGC/BAOS)
Inspect for cleanliness.
0094 00-3
0094 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Table 2. Left Hand Inner Pocket or Utility Pouch.

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Survival
Items
The service life of the medical items will be

ascertained by checking each item for an
expiration date. The ALSE technician performing
the inspection should check DOD MEDCAT and
AR 702-18. These sealed packets are exempt
from opening for inspection, but packet may be
opened to replace an expired item.
Replace expired,
damaged or
missing survival
items of the PSGC
with serviceable
items from
stock, refer to
WP 0128 00.
Create medical
packet data card
(WP 0107 00, Step
9.).
Safety
Restraint
Tether
(SRT)
Cuts, tears, burns, cleanliness, broken or loose

stitching.
No damage
allowed.
0094 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0094 00
Table 3. Right PSGC Pocket or BAOS Utility Pouch.

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Signal Kit
Lot numbers of ammunitions items and distress

signals (flares) will be checked for serviceability,
refer to TB 9-1300-385. Lot numbers will be
entered on the reverse side of serviceable tag,
(DD Form 1574), to facilitate checking lot numbers
between periodic inspections.
Unserviceable,
refer to TB
9-1300-385.
Radio
Batteries
Batteries used with the various types of survival

receiver-transmitters have a service life, which is
computed from the date of manufacture stamped
on each battery.
Refer to the
appropriate
radio set manual
for battery
shelf/service life.
(WP 0140 00
for PRC-90 or
WP 0200 00 for
PRC-112)
Mirror
Scratches, chips, cracks, distortion and security.
Illegible operating
instructions,
broken mirror or
missing lanyard
(WP 0104 00 and
WP 0105 00).
Lensatic
Compass
Cracked or broken dial face cover, broken or

missing lanyard and operation.
No damage allowed
(WP 0104 00 and
WP 0105 00).
Flashlight
Inspect light for signs of damage, cracking,

corrosion, operation and battery leakage.
Does not illuminate

or corrosion
in battery
compartment
(WP 0104 00 and
WP 0105 00).
0094 00-5
0094 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Table 3. Right PSGC Pocket or BAOS Utility Pouch. - Continued

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
6
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Batteries
NOTE
Installed battery life shall be 2 years for survival vest applications. Shelf life shall be 5 years from date
of manufacture, 3 years for AA alkaline batteries.
The L91 Battery is highly recommended for use in all applications since it has up to three times more
energy than the alkaline battery.
Inspect batteries:
Survival
Radio
Test the L91 or AA batteries using a standard

digital multimeter.
Attach the leads of a digital multimeter to the
corresponding ends of the battery and take a
reading.
Structural damage; perforated seals; presence

of salt, sand or oil accumulations; condition of
earphone and case; leaking or corroded battery;
operation.
0094 00-6
Voltage reading
less than 1.5 volts.
Refer to PRC-90
(WP 0140 00)
or PRC-112
(WP 0200 00).
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0094 00
Table 4. PMCS for Signal Light SDU-39/N.

NO.
HOUR CHECKED OR
SERVICED
1
B/A/P
PROCEDURE
EQUIPMENT
NOT READY/
AVAILABLE IF:
Distress
Marker
Light
NOTE
The lights shall perform in both lighted areas and in conditions of total darkness.
It is recommended that eyes acclimate in total darkness for a minimum of 5-minutes before performing
IR lens test.
Inspect Distress Marker Light for signs of damage,
cracking, corrosion and battery leakage.
No damage allowed
(WP 0104 00 and
WP 0104 00).
Batteries
NOTE
Installed life shall be 2 years installed life for survival vest applications. Shelf life shall be 5 years from
date of manufacture, 3 years for AA alkaline batteries.
The L91 Battery used in the SDU-39/N is highly recommended for use in all applications since it has
up to three times more energy than the alkaline battery.
Inspect batteries:
Test the L91 and AA batteries using a

standard digital multimeter.
Attach the leads of a digital multimeter to the
corresponding ends of the battery and take a
reading.
Voltage reading should be 1.5 volts or
greater.
Voltage reading
less than 1.5 volts.
B/A/P
Flash
Rate
Turn light on. Count number of flashes in a

2-minute duration. Light must operate at 50
flashes per minute 10 flashes.
Light does not

operate at 50
flashes per minute
10 flashes
(WP 0104 00).
B/A/P
Light
Leakage
Inspect the SDU-39/N in the IR mode for light

leakage. Ensure housing is closed over light and
IR lens cap is securely attached over lens. In a
dark room, acclimate eyes for a minimum of five
minutes. Turn SDU-39/N on and check for any
white light leakage at all angles.
No leakage
is allowed
(WP 0104 00).
0094 00-7
0094 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

END OF WORK PACKAGE
0094 00-8
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0095 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PSGC FITTING, GEN I/II
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician/Crew Member

To fit PSGC harness, proceed as follows:
NOTE
Body armor is worn under PSGC. Fitting adjustments will be required when changing configurations.
1.
Loosen torso and shoulder straps to allow adjustment after donning.
2.
Place PSGC on aircrew ensuring cross point of restraint/extraction loop is just above and centered between
wearers shoulder blades, refer to Figure 1.
CROSS POINT OF
RESTRAINT/EXTRACTION
STRAP
MS098804A
Figure 1.
Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC).
3.
Connect front buckles on upper and lower torso straps.
4.
Tighten front buckles on upper and lower torso straps ensuring pockets are adjusted as close together as
possible.
0095 00-1
0095 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
WARNING
All loose straps must be properly secured to eliminate snag hazards. Snag hazards may impede
emergency egress.
5.
Roll excess webbing tightly as close to buckles as possible and secure rolls in hook and pile keepers.
UPPER TORSO STRAP
LOWER TORSO STRAP
MS098757A
Figure 2.
Front Buckles on Upper and Lower Torso Straps.
6.
Adjust shoulder straps, ensuring that top of left and right pockets are horizontal to floor.
7.
Middle and lower torso straps must be routed through back loops parallel to floor to avoid creating folds and
bunching of straps.
SHOULDER STRAP
MS098806A
Figure 3.
Adjusting Shoulder Straps.

0095 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0095 00
NOTE
8.
If lower torso strap is below lower edge of soft body armor, jettison of rear ballistic upgrade
plate will be inhibited. If necessary, change middle and lower torso straps to back panel
slots that position webbing above lower edge of soft body armor.
Vest should have a snug but not tight fit. Adjustment of rear torso straps may be required
for comfortable fit. Bottom of vest should rest close to wearers waist when seated.
Adjust middle and lower torso straps to fit snugly, ensuring lower torso strap sits above lower edge of body
armor, refer to Figure 4.
MIDDLE TORSO STRAP
LOWER TORSO STRAP
MS098807A
Figure 4.
9.
Adjusting Middle and Lower Torso Straps.
Adjust back of leg strap assembly so that sub-pelvic strap aligns with lower edge of buttocks, refer to Figure
5.
SUBPELVIC STRAP
MS098808A
Figure 5.
Adjusting Back Leg Straps.
10. Secure front leg straps into buckles and cinch webbing to fit securely. Secure loose webbing ends with hook
and pile keepers.
0095 00-3
0095 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
LEG RESTRAINT STRAP
MS100936A
Figure 6.
Securing Front Leg Straps.
11. If necessary, re-adjust back torso straps for snug fit.

12. If necessary, re-adjust shoulder straps ensuring that left and right pockets are horizontal to floor.
13. Alternate tightening back and shoulder blade strap adjustments until vest fits comfortably to wearer, ensuring
that left and right pockets remain horizontal.
14. Fold excess strap webbing and secure in hook and pile keepers.
WARNING
Adjusting PSGC side pockets aft may cause restrictions to arm movement in OH-58D.
15. Non-rated crew members may re-adjust position of gear pockets under arms for comfort and mission requirements.
16. If necessary, re-adjust back leg straps to position sub-pelvic strap connecting webbing with lower edge of
buttocks such that sub-pelvic strap is centered and relatively snug under buttocks.
17. Re-adjust leg straps for snug (not tight) fit. Secure excess webbing with hook and pile keepers.
18. Once all adjustments and attachments are made, instruct aircrew to sit down for a few minutes and then
stand back up. Harness is fit well if there are no pinch points or hot spots. Re-adjust PSGC as necessary for
best fit.
19. Have aircrew remove PSGC.
20. For over-land use, attach extended equipment pouch (EEP) to back of PSGC.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0095 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0096 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PSGC FITTING, GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required

To fit PSGC harness, proceed as follows:
NOTE
Body armor is worn under PSGC. Fitting adjustments will be required when changing configurations.
1.
Loosen torso, shoulder and leg straps to allow adjustment after donning.
2.
Place PSGC on aircrew ensuring cross point of restraint/extraction loop is just above and centered between
wearers shoulder blades.
3.
Connect and tighten front buckles on upper and lower torso straps to allow the zipper halves to come together,
refer to Figure 1.
UPPER TORSO STRAP
LOWER TORSO STRAP
MS100967A
Figure 1.
Front Buckles on Upper and Lower Torso Straps.
0096 00-1
0096 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
WARNING
All loose straps must be properly secured to eliminate snag hazards. Snag hazards may impede
emergency egress.
4.
Fold excess webbing and secure folds with hook and pile keepers. Secure front zipper, refer to Figure 2.
ZIPPER
MS100968A
Figure 2.
5.
Zipper.
Adjust shoulder straps evenly, ensuring that top of left and right pockets are horizontal to floor, refer to Figure
3.
SHOULDER STRAP
MS100939A
Figure 3.
Adjusting Shoulder Straps.
0096 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0096 00

6.
Middle and lower torso straps must be routed through back loops parallel to floor to avoid creating folds and
bunching of straps.
NOTE
7.
If lower torso strap is below lower edge of soft body armor, jettison of rear ballistic upgrade
plate will be inhibited, which may interfere with water survival. If necessary, raise torso
straps through back panel slots that position webbing above lower edge of ballistic
upgrade plate.
Vest should have a snug but not tight fit. Adjustment of rear torso straps may be required
for comfortable fit. Bottom of vest should rest close to wearers waist when seated.
Adjust middle and lower torso straps to fit snugly, ensuring lower torso strap sits above lower edge of ballistic
upgrade plate, refer to Figure 4.
MIDDLE TORSO STRAP
LOWER TORSO STRAP
MS100969A
Figure 4.
Adjusting Middle and Lower Torso Straps.
8.
Adjust back of leg strap assembly so that sub-pelvic strap aligns with lower edge of buttocks and is horizontal
to floor, refer to Figure 4.
9.
Connect leg strap buckles and tighten webbing for a snug fit. Secure loose webbing ends with hook and pile
keepers, refer to Figure 5.
0096 00-3
0096 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
LEG RESTRAINT STRAP
MS100997A
Figure 5.
Securing Front Leg Straps.
10. If necessary, re-adjust back torso straps for snug fit.

11. If necessary, re-adjust shoulder straps ensuring that left and right pockets are horizontal to floor.
12. Alternate tightening back and shoulder strap adjustments until vest fits comfortably to wearer, ensuring that
left and right pockets remain horizontal.
13. Fold excess strap webbing and secure with hook and pile keepers.
14. Non-rated crew members may re-adjust position of gear pockets under arms for comfort and mission requirements.
15. If necessary, re-adjust back leg straps to position sub-pelvic strap with lower edge of buttocks such that
sub-pelvic strap is centered and relatively snug under buttocks.
16. Re-adjust leg straps for snug (not tight) fit. Secure excess webbing with hook and pile keepers.
17. Once all adjustments and attachments are made, instruct aircrew to sit down for a few minutes and then
stand back up. Harness is fit well if there are no pinch points or hot spots. Re-adjust PSGC as necessary for
best fit.
18. Have aircrew remove PSGC.
19. Attach equipment pockets as needed.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0096 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0097 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
BODY ARMOR OVERLAY SYSTEM (BAOS) FITTING
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
References
WP 0094 00
AR 95-1
WARNING
The use of the Hoisting Harness is required in accordance with AR 95-1. Failure to comply
with AR 95-1 will impede the extraction capability of personnel from a combat zone.
When wearing M45 protective mask, pouch for blower motor must be positioned properly
to prevent flight control interference, head and arm movement restrictions, and minimize
field of view restrictions.
All loose straps must be properly secured to eliminate snag hazards. Snag hazards may
impede emergency egress.
NOTE
Before donning and using the BAOS perform PMCS (WP 0094 00).
Equipment pouches may be attached in accordance to the items issued to the individual.
Tourniquet will be placed on the left side shoulder strap.
The extraction strap will be placed on the upper right side of the BAOS main pocket.
If utilizing the utility pouch for first aid items, place the pouch on the left side of the wearer.
The BAOS has a radio pouch, multi-purpose pouch (flashlight/tourniquet), and magazine
pouches that may be used in any combination and position which will not interfere with the
mission.

FITTING BODY ARMOR OVERLAY SYSTEM (BAOS)
To fit Hoisting Harness, proceed as follows:
NOTE
The BAOS is not recommended to be used with other aircraft platforms.

The Hoisting Harness is not recommended to be used as a retention assembly.
Body Armor Overlay System is worn with the Flexible body armor over the Hoisting
Harness.
Shoulder straps are labeled "L" for left shoulder and "R" for right shoulder.
1.
Loosen torso, shoulder and leg straps to allow adjustment after donning.
2.
Place Hoisting Harness on crew member ensuring cross point of harness (Figure 1) is just above and
centered between wearers shoulder blades.
0097 00-1
0097 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

FITTING BODY ARMOR OVERLAY SYSTEM (BAOS) CONTINUED
CROSS POINT OF
HARNESS
SUBPELVIC
STRAP
MS040399
Figure 1.
3.
Harness Cross Point.
Connect the lifting loops to the carabiner and buckle leg straps (Figure 2) to keep the Hoisting Harness is
place while being adjusted.
0097 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0097 00

LIFTING LOOPS
LEG STRAPS
MS040400
Figure 2.
Lifting Loops and Leg Straps.
4.
Adjust the back of the Hoisting Harness so that sub-pelvic strap (Figure 1) aligns with lower edge of buttocks
and is horizontal to floor.
5.
Adjust the front leg straps until the leg buckles reach the pelvis, refer to Figure 2.
6.
Tighten leg strap webbing for a snug fit. Secure loose webbing ends with hook and pile keepers.
WARNING
NOTE
7.
Use all pouches and components from the PSGC to complete the BAOS.
Placement of equipment pouches on the BAOS is user preference, refer to Figure 3.
The first aid platform with contents may be placed in mesh pocket behind the BAOS, or
the first aid items may be placed in a utility pouch (Figure 4).
Install equipment pouches onto the BAOS.
0097 00-3
0097 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

MS040477
Figure 3.
Equipment Pouch Placement Example.
MESH POCKET
FIRST AID
PLATFORM
MS040401
Figure 4.
8.
First Aid Platform Location.
Install the BAOS to the Flexible Body Armor by sliding the BAOS securing straps (Figure 5) over the shoulder
tabs (Figure 5) of the body armor front panel.
0097 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0097 00

LEFT
SHOULDER
TAB
SECURING
STRAPS
RIGHT
SHOULDER
TAB
ACTIVITY: 81996
WS8RGZ09D0130
CONTRACT N/O.:
P/N: 10060415
70133
MFR CAGE CODE:
XXXXXXX
NSN: XXXXXX
03/11
LOT NUMBER:
PN:10060405
ON FROM
PROVIDES PROTECTI
ARMOR INSERTS
WITH
FLEXIBLE BODY
IN ACCORDANCE
9MM, TYPE IIIA
WITH
WHEN WORN
HIGH VELOCITY
AND NIJ 0101.04.
MILC44050
INSERT, PROVIDES
MILSTD662,
PROTECTIVE
D SMALL ARM
AP IN
THE ENHAMCE
AP, TYPE IV, M2
AGAINST .30 CALIBER
50 AND NIJ 0101.04.
PROTECTION
62, MILC440
WITH MILSTF6
ACCORDANCE
MS040402
Figure 5.
9.
Securing the BAOS to the Flexible Body Armor.
Secure hook and pile fastener on rear of front body armor panel, refer to Figure 6.
HOOK AND PILE
FASTENER
ACTIVITY: 81996
CONTRACT N/O.: WS8RGZ09D0130
P/N: 10060415
MFR CAGE CODE: 70133
NSN: XXXXXXXXXXXXX
PROTECTION FROM
FLEXIBLE BODY ARMOR INSERTS PROVIDES
WITH
HIGH VELOCITY 9MM, TYPE IIIA IN ACCORDANCE
WHEN WORN WITH
MILSTD662, MILC44050 AND NIJ 0101.04.
INSERT, PROVIDES
THE ENHAMCED SMALL ARM PROTECTIVE
IV, M2 AP IN
PROTECTION AGAINST .30 CALIBER AP, TYPE
MS040403
Figure 6.
Securing BAOS to Body Armor.
10. Disconnect carabiner from lifting loops.

11. Fit the body armor, refer to WP 0522 00.
12. Route lifting loops through sides of body armor to front of BAOS, reconnect carabiner, refer to Figure 7.
0097 00-5
0097 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

LIFTING LOOPS
MS040404
Figure 7.
Route Lifting Loops.
13. Buckle and adjust torso strap and secure excess strap with hook and pile keeper.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0097 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0098 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
BASTING STITCH ADJUSTMENT, GEN I/II AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Size E Thread (WP 0139 00, Item 39)

Personnel Required
Needle (WP 0133 00, Item 33)

Scissors (WP 0133 00, Item 34)
ALSE Technician
Materials/Parts
ADJUSTMENT
PSGC BASTING STITCH ADJUSTMENT
To allow crewmember to tailor his/her own equipment, a basting stitch may be used to mark upper and lower torso
straps. Multiple fittings can be done in unit established configurations (e.g., with/without body armor).
Mark torso straps with a basting stitch to different configurations to allow operator to easily adjust PSGC. Do not use
permanent ink. Use a basting stitch in a contrasting color thread (different color thread for different configurations) to
set webbing position and to preserve alternate harness configurations. This enables user to adjust PSGC without returning to ALSE shop.
This basting stitch is a shallow stitch that will simulate a weaving effect by only using needle to catch threads on top of
webbing, not penetrating reverse side.
1.
To secure stitch on webbing, start at midway or center point, with your needle facing toward left hand edge
of webbing (see Figure 1). Start catching top layer of threads across to left hand edge without penetrating
reverse side. Pull thread through until there is a small tail. Be careful not to pull thread completely out.
MS101008A
Figure 1.
Begin Basting Stitch.
0098 00-1
0098 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ADJUSTMENT CONTINUED
PSGC BASTING STITCH ADJUSTMENT CONTINUED
2.
Reverse direction and secure stitch by placing needle in second yarn from left hand edge (see Figure 2).
MS101009A
Figure 2.
3.
Reverse to Secure Basting Stitch.
Then baste top layer of threads across entire width of webbing to right hand edge (see Figure 3).
MS101010A
Figure 3.
Baste across Entire Width.
0098 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0098 00
4.
Reverse stitch direction again, starting with second yarn from right-hand webbing edge, and baste back to
midway point (see Figure 4).
MS101011A
Figure 4.
5.
Reverse Stitch Direction Again.
Secure stitching by running needle through last two stitches made in previous step (see Figure 5). This
buries thread end into webbing.
MS101012A
Figure 5.
Secure Stitching.
0098 00-3
0098 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
6.
Without knotting thread, cut remaining thread and thread ends (see Figure 6).
MS101013A
Figure 6.
Completed Basting.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0098 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0099 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PSGC AND COMPONENTS REPAIR
INITIAL SETUP:
Sewing Machine, Med. Wt. (WP 0133 00, Item 9)
Needle, Sewing Machine, Size 20 (WP 0133 00, Item
28)
Shears, Tailors (WP 0133 00, Item 13)
Ruler, Wood (WP 0133 00, Item 18)
Pencil, China Marking (WP 0133 00, Item 5)
Cutter, Nylon Webbing (WP 0133 00, Item 1)
Materials/Parts
Thread, Size E (WP 0139 00, Item 39)

Webbing, Nylon Textile (WP 0139 00, Item 25)
Flame Retardant Textured Nylon Cloth Denier
(WP 0139 00, Item 55)
Oxford Aramid Cloth, Universal Camouflage
(WP 0139 00, Item 23)
References
ASTM-D6193
FAR Sec 25.853
GENERAL STITCHING INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING
Never sew PSGC lifting harness. Unauthorized procedures may result in crewmember injury or
death.
1.
For repair of material on the PSGC, straight stitching shall be IAW ASTM-D6193, Type 301, 7-11 stitches per
inch using size E thread (WP 0139 00, Item 39), lock stitch 1/2-inch minimum.
2.
For double stitching, place stitching 3/16-inches apart centered on binding tape.
3.
Using a nylon cutter (WP 0133 00, Item 1), sear cut ends of webbing and tape to prevent fraying. Do not form
sharp edges when doing so.
4.
Trim elastic and webbing ends to match edge contour approximately. The trimmed end should remain under
the binding.
5.
Using webbing (WP 0139 00, Item 25), tape joints to overlap a minimum of one inch of top layer turned under
and stitched.
6.
The basic color of the repair material should match the material being repaired.
7.
If substitute webbing and fabrics are used, they must meet flammability requirements of FAR Sec 25.853,
Compartment Interiors.
0099 00-1
0099 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

GENERAL PATCHING INSTRUCTIONS
WARNING
Never sew PSGC lifting harness. Unauthorized procedures may result in crewmember injury or
death.
NOTE
Worn, torn, or cut areas of material may be patched. If areas are not easily patched, entire
assemblies or subassemblies may need to be replaced.
A hole or tear in a textile component of the Air Warrior Ensemble that exceeds one inch in
length or one inch in diameter should be patched.
The affected area must be located at a point which will allow the finished patch to be
square or rectangular in shape.
The patch should be applied on the outside of the applicable item only.
Do not pin the damaged area.
1.
Place the repairable item on a repair table, smooth the fabric around the damaged area, and secure the item
to the table.
2.
Using a marking pencil (WP 0133 00, Item 5) and ruler (WP 0133 00, Item 18), mark a square or rectangle
around the area to be patched. Ensure that one side of the marked square or rectangle is parallel to the warp
or filling of the fabric.
3.
Using shears (WP 0133 00, Item 13), cut the damaged area fabric along the lines made in Step 1. above.
4.
Cut the fabric diagonally at each corner to allow a 1/2-inch foldback in the raw edges.
5.
Make a 1/2-inch foldback on each raw edge of material, baste to complete the prepared hole.
6.
From patching material, mark and cut a patch 2-1/2 inches wider and longer than the inside measurements
of the prepared hole. Ensure that one side of the patching material is marked and cut along the warp or filling
of the fabric.
7.
Center the cut patching material on the prepared hole and ensure the warp or filling of the patch material
matches the warp or filling of the fabric being patched.
8.
Make a 1/2-inch fold under each edge of the patching material and baste the patching material to the prepared
area.
9.
Secure the repairable item to the repair table. Turn the item over and place a second row of stitching around
the prepared hole, refer to Figure 1.
0099 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0099 00

GENERAL PATCHING INSTRUCTIONS CONTINUED
1/2 IN.
1/16 IN.
1/16 IN.
1/2 IN.
3/4 IN.
OUTSIDE VIEW
INSIDE VIEW
MS100338A
Figure 1.
Outside/Inside View of Patch.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0099 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0100 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PSGC REPLACEMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0094 00
PSGC REPLACEMENT
NOTE
Serviceable fittings may be removed and retained as desired.
1.
Remove all equipment from old PSGC and discard PSGC.
2.
Inspect all equipment removed from PSGC, refer to WP 0094 00.
3.
Install all equipment in new PSGC.

Table 1. Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), Pocket, Content Table.
Location
Description
P/N/NSN
Key
8465-00-634-4499
Drinking Water Bg
7210-00-935-6666
Blanket, Casualty
8960-01-124-4543
Water, Drinking Pk
8970-01-028-9406
Ration Candy
6850-00-985-7166
Water Purification
4020-00-246-0688
Cord, 550 LB
1WG0415-BX
Blast Match
1001040
Plastic Freezer
8415-01-514-1061
Signaling Pouch Platform
6230-01-411-8535
Light, Distress Marker
M1
1370-00-490-7362
Signal Kit, Personnel Distress
M1
6350-00-105-1252
Mirror, Emergency Signaling
M1
6605-01-196-6971
Compass
8465-00-254-8803
Whistle
Multi-Purpose Pouch
6230-01-259-4495
Flashlight
Radio Pouch
5820-01-279-5450
Radio Set
1005-01-359-8310
M-9 Magazine
EEP (optional)
Right PSGC Pocket Assembly
0100 00-1
M
M1
0100 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

PSGC REPLACEMENT CONTINUED
Table 1.
Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), Pocket, Content Table. Continued
Location
Description
P/N/NSN
Key
6510-00-159-4883
Cinch Tight Bandage
2014-50
Duct Tape
6505-00-582-4190
Bacitracin Ointment
6505-00-009-5060
Doxycycline Hyclate
6505-01-238-5632
Loperamide Capsules
6505-01-436-9606
Acetaminophine Tablets
6840-01-452-9582
Sunscreen
6505-00-914-3593
Povidone-Iodine Topical Solution
6510-00-913-7909
Adhesive Bandages
6510-01-538-6292
Combat Trauma Wrap Kit
7920-00-240-2559
Sponge, Rectangular
6510-00-203-6010
Moleskin
6515-01-461-8929
Gloves
6510-01-497-0711
Eye Pad
1680-01-233-0061
Fire Starter, Aviation Survival, Spark Lite
Tourniquet Pouch
6515-01-521-7976 or
6515-00-383-0564
Tourniquet, 3-ft.
Tourniquet Pouch
MIL-T-36 8045
00-383-0565
15-inch Extraction Strap w/Carabiner
AWIS EME Pouch
1005991-1
AWIS Enhanced Mobile Equipment

(EME)
PSGC Left Removable Mask

Blower
8415-01-514-1075
Mask Blower Pouch, Containing:
4240-01-511-9495
Motor Blower, Pusher
First Aid Platform / (Utility Pouch

- optional)
M - Mandatory, O - Optional
1 A minimum of one signaling device will be carried in the survival vest.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0100 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0101 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PSGC FLASHLIGHT POUCH DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT AND ASSEMBLY, GEN I/II
AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Cord, Fibrous, Nylon (WP 0139 00, Item 29)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
EM 0250 Bowline Video
WP 0094 00
WP 0129 00
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Lay vest on a table, front side up, refer to Figure 1.
NOTE
The flashlight pouch for GEN I/II (Figure 1) is located on and is part the left front outer
pocket.
The multi-purpose pouch (flashlight) for GEN III (Figure 2) may be placed in any combination or position on the PSGC, which will not interfere with the mission.
2.
Unsnap flashlight pouch.
3.
Remove flashlight from pouch and unwind cord from around flashlight.
4.
Untie bowline knot at wire loop at bottom of flashlight, remove flashlight.

Inspect flashlight for serviceability according to PMCS procedures (WP 0094 00).
1.
Replace flashlight if light does not operate or damaged, refer to Assembly Steps 2. through 4.
2.
Replace batteries.
ASSEMBLY
1.
Lay vest on a table, front side up, refer to Figure 1.
2.
If flashlight is equipped with a shirt-pocket clip that slides on flashlight barrel, remove clip and discard.
3.
If installed, remove neck loop from flashlight.
4.
Tether flashlight using a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord, secured with a bowline (Refer to Bowline Video, EM
0250 or WP 0129 00) knot through grommet on pocket and a bowline (Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or
WP 0129 00) knot at bottom of flashlight.
5.
Wind cord around flashlight and place upright into pouch.
6.
Close and snap pouch.
0101 00-1
0101 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ASSEMBLY CONTINUED
RADIO POUCH
MAGAZINE/AMMO POUCH
FLASHLIGHT POUCH
MS098778B
Figure 1.
Flashlight Pouch, GEN I/II.
MS098816B
Figure 2.
Multi-Purpose Pouch (Flashlight), GEN III.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0101 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0102 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PSGC RADIO POUCH DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT AND ASSEMBLY, GEN I/II AND
GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Cord, 100 lb. (WP 0139 00, Item 5)
Cord, Coreless, 100 lb. (WP 0139 00, Item 15)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References

WP 0094 00
WP 0140 00
WP 0200 00
WP 0129 00
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Lay vest on a table, front side up, refer to Figure 1 for GEN I/II and Figure 2 for GEN III.
MS098779A
Figure 1.
Radio Pouch, GEN I/II.
0102 00-1
0102 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
DISASSEMBLY CONTINUED
MS101015A
Figure 2.
Radio Pouch, GEN III.
NOTE
The radio pouch for GEN I/II is located on and is part of the left front pocket outer pocket of
the PSGC.
The radio pouch for GEN III may be placed in any combination or position on the PSGC,
2.
Unsnap radio pouch.
3.
Remove radio from pouch and unwind cord from around radio.
4.
Untie bowline knot tied to attachment fitting on radio, remove radio.

Inspect radio for serviceability according to PMCS procedures (WP 0094 00). Replace equipment as required.
1.
If replacement of radio is required, refer to AN/PRC -90 (Vol. 2, WP 0140 00) and AN/PRC-112 (Vol. 2,
WP 0200 00).
2.
To attach replacement radio to PSGC, refer to ASSEMBLY, Steps 2. through 3..
0102 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0102 00
ASSEMBLY
1.
Lay vest on a table, front side up.
NOTE
The radio pouch for GEN I/II is located on left center front pocket of the PSGC.
The radio pouch for GEN III may be placed in any combination or position on the PSGC,
2.
Tether survival radio using a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord, secured with a bowline (Refer to Bowline Video, EM
0250 or WP 0129 00) knot through grommet on pocket and a bowline (Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or
WP 0129 00) knot tied to attachment fitting on radio.
3.
Wind cord around survival radio and place upright into radio pouch.
4.
Close and snap radio pouch.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0102 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0103 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
AWIS DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT AND ASSEMBLY, GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Personnel Required
AWIS Enhanced Mobile Equipment (EME) Pouch

AWIS Windtalker Encryption Device (WED) ME
Pouch (WP 0135 00, Figure 7, Item 2)

References
WP 0091 00
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Unsnap the pouch strap.
3.
Remove EME.
4.
Unsnap and remove pouch from PSGC vest.

Inspect EME for serviceability according to Operator PMCS procedures (WP 0091 00). Replace equipment as required.
1.
Replace EME if it does not operate or damaged.
2.
Replace batteries (WP 0091 00).
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Attach pouch to PSGC vest.
3.
Place EME in pouch with buttons facing outward.
4.
Route pouch strap around antenna and snap. Alternative is to snap strap across top of EME. Refer to Figure
1.
0103 00-1
0103 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ASSEMBLY CONTINUED
EME POUCH
STRAP
ANTENNA
PREFERRED METHOD FOR SECURING EQUIPMENT

ANTENNA
EME POUCH
STRAP
ALTERNATIVE METHOD FOR SECURING EQUIPMENT

MS039820
Figure 1.
PSGC AWIS Pouch.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0103 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0104 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PSGC SIGNALING PLATFORM DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT AND ASSEMBLY, GEN I/II
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Plastic Bag (WP 0139 00, Item 55)

Cord, Fibrous, Nylon 100 lb. (WP 0139 00, Item 5)
Whistle (WP 0135 00, Figure 6, Item 1)
Compass (WP 0135 00, Figure 6, Item 2)
Light, Distress Marker (WP 0135 00, Figure 6, Item 3)

Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0094 00
WP 0129 00
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Unzip right hand PSGC pocket and remove Signaling Platform from hook and pile.
2.
Open Signaling Platform and lay platform as shown in Figure 1.
2
3
5
MS100210A
Figure 1.
Signaling Platform, GEN I/II.
3.
Remove the Magnetic Lensatic Compass from the upper left pocket of the Signaling Platform and unwind the
cord, refer to Figure 1, Item 6.
4.
Untie the bowline knot tied to neck cord of compass, and remove compass.
5.
Remove Distress Light Marker from center pocket of Signaling Platform and unwind the cord, refer to Figure
1, Item 3.
0104 00-1
0104 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
6.
Untie bowline knot tied to neck cord of distress light, remove distress light.
NOTE
Flares and Flare Bandolier make up the Personnel Distress Signal Kit.
7.
Remove Personnel Distress Signal Kit from flare pocket/closure pouch and unwind cord, refer to Figure 1,
Item 2.
8.
Untie bowline knot in cord at bag and remove flares from plastic bag.
9.
Remove 2-inch x 3-inch Emergency Signaling Mirror from elastic keeper on lower left side of platform and
unwind the cord, refer to Figure 1, Item 5.
10. Untie bowline knot at mirror attachment fitting and remove mirror.
11. Remove plastic whistle from right pocket of Signaling Platform and unwind the cord, refer to Figure 1, Item 4.
12. Untie the bowline knot tied to neck cord of whistle and remove whistle.
Once Signaling Platform equipment is removed from platform, inspect equipment for serviceability according to PMCS
procedures (WP 0094 00). Replace equipment as required.
1.
Remove unserviceable Magnetic Lensatic Compass from Signaling Platform according to DISASSEMBLY,
Steps 3. through 4.
2.
Tether replacement compass with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer to Bowline
Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet and the neck cord of the compass.
3.
Remove unserviceable Distress Light Marker from Signaling Platform according to DISASSEMBLY, Steps
5. through 6..
4.
When replacing Distress Light Marker, turn the Distress Light Marker ON for 5 to 10 seconds to ensure the
replacement distress light functions, and then turn the light OFF.
5.
Tether replacement distress marker with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer to
Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet and the neck cord of the distress light.
NOTE
6.
Remove unserviceable Personnel Distress Signal Kit from Signaling Platform according to DISASSEMBLY,
Steps 7. through 8.
7.
Place replacement flares in plastic bag and tether launcher for flares with bowline (Refer to Bowline Video,
EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) knot through a small hole cut in bag.
8.
Tether flare bandolier with bowline (Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) knot at flare bandolier
attachment fitting.
9.
Remove unserviceable Emergency Signaling Mirror from Signaling Platform according to DISASSEMBLY,
Steps 9. through 10.
10. Tether replacement signaling mirror with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer
to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet and the neck cord of the signaling
mirror.
11. Remove unserviceable whistle from Signaling Platform according to DISASSEMBLY, Steps 11. through 12.
0104 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0104 00

12. Tether replacement whistle with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer to Bowline
Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet and the neck cord of the whistle.
ASSEMBLY
1.
Lay Signaling Platform as shown in Figure 1.
2.
Tether the Magnetic Lensatic Compass with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer
to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet and the neck cord of the compass.
3.
Wind the cord around the compass and place in the upper left pocket of the Signaling Platform, refer to Figure
1, Item 6.
4.
Turn the Distress Light Marker ON for 5 to 10 seconds to ensure the light functions, and then turn the light
OFF.
CAUTION
When installing Distress Light Marker, ensure switch is in OFF position.
5.
Tether the Distress Light Marker with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer to
6.
Wind the cord around the Distress Light Marker and place in the pocket next to the Magnetic Lensatic
Compass with the switch side facing up and the bottom facing the pocket opening, refer to Figure 1, Item 3.
7.
Tether the 2" x 3" Emergency Signaling Mirror with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots
(Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet and the mirror attachment
fitting.
8.
Wind cord around mirror and place in elastic keeper on lower left side of platform refer to Figure 1, Item 5.
9.
Place flares in a plastic bag and tether launcher flares with a bowline knot (Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250
or WP 0129 00) through a small hole cut in bag.
10. Tether the flare bandolier with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer to Bowline
Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet and the flare bandolier attachment fitting.
11. Wind the cord around the Personal Distress Signal Kit launcher and place both in flare pocket/closure pouch,
refer to Figure 1, Item 2.
12. Tether whistle with 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250
or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet, then place in right pocket of platform with open end toward
pocket opening, refer to Figure 1, Item 4.
13. Close Signaling Platform flap and stow in right hand PSGC pocket, refer to Figure 2.
0104 00-3
0104 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ASSEMBLY CONTINUED
MS101023A
Figure 2.
Signaling Platform Placement.
14. Close right hand PSGC pocket and zip around completely ensuring zipper pulls are placed in a location that
is easily accessible for one-handed operation.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0104 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0105 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PSGC SIGNALING PLATFORM DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT AND ASSEMBLY, GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts

Cord, Fibrous, Nylon 100 lb. (WP 0139 00, Item 5)
Whistle (WP 0135 00, Figure 6, Item 1)
Compass (WP 0135 00, Figure 6, Item 2)
Light, Distress Marker (WP 0135 00, Figure 6, Item 3)

Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0129 00
WP 0094 00
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Unzip right hand PSGC inner pocket.
2.
Unfasten the Signaling Platform from the snap fasteners and lay platform as shown in Figure 1.
3.
Remove the Magnetic Lensatic Compass from the lower right hand pocket of the Signaling Platform and
unwind the cord, refer to Figure 1, Item 3.
4.
Untie the bowline knot tied to neck cord of compass, and remove compass.
5.
Remove Distress Light Marker from center pocket of Signaling Platform and unwind the cord, refer to Figure
1, Item 4.
6.
Untie bowline knot tied to neck cord of distress light, remove distress light.
NOTE
7.
Remove Personnel Distress Signal Kit located in lower left hand pocket behind the signal mirror, and unwind
cord, refer to Figure 1, Item 6.
8.
Untie bowline knot in cord flare bandolier attachment fitting and remove flares from plastic bag.
9.
Remove 2-inch x 3-inch Emergency Signaling Mirror from front pocket of Personnel Distress Signal Kit
pocket on lower left side of platform and unwind the cord, refer to Figure 1, Item 5.
10. Untie bowline knot at mirror attachment fitting and remove mirror.
11. Remove plastic whistle from right pocket of Signaling Platform and unwind the cord, refer to Figure 1, Item 2.
12. Untie the bowline knot tied to neck cord of whistle and remove whistle.
0105 00-1
0105 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

Once Signaling Platform equipment is removed from platform, inspect equipment for serviceability according to PMCS
1.
Remove unserviceable Magnetic Lensatic Compass from Signaling Platform according to DISASSEMBLY,
Steps 3. through 4.
2.
Tether replacement compass with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer to Bowline
Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet and the neck cord of the compass.
3.
Remove unserviceable Distress Light Marker from Signaling Platform according to DISASSEMBLY, Steps
5. through 6.
4.
When replacing Distress Light Marker, turn the Distress Light Marker ON for 5 to 10 seconds to ensure the
replacement distress light functions, and then turn the light OFF.
5.
Tether replacement distress marker with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer to
NOTE
6.
Remove unserviceable Personnel Distress Signal Kit from Signaling Platform according to DISASSEMBLY,
Steps 7. through 8.
7.
Tether the launcher to the bandolier using a bowline (Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) knot.
8.
Tether flare bandolier with bowline (Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) knot at flare bandolier
attachment fitting through a platform grommet.
9.
Remove unserviceable Emergency Signaling Mirror from Signaling Platform according to DISASSEMBLY,
Steps 9. through 10.
10. Tether replacement signaling mirror with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer to
Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet and the signaling mirror attachment
fitting.
11. Remove unserviceable whistle from Signaling Platform according to DISASSEMBLY, Steps 11. through 12.
12. Tether replacement whistle with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer to Bowline
Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet and the neck cord of the whistle.
ASSEMBLY
1.
Lay Signaling Platform as shown in Figure 1.
2.
Tether the Magnetic Lensatic Compass with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer
to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet and the neck cord of the compass.
3.
Wind the cord around the compass and place in the lower right pocket of the Signaling Platform, refer to
Figure 1, Item 3.
4.
Turn the distress light marker ON for 5 to 10 seconds to ensure the light functions, and then turn the light OFF.
CAUTION
When installing Distress Light Marker, ensure switch is in OFF position.
5.
Tether the Distress Light Marker with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer to
6.
Wind the cord around the Distress Light Marker and place in the pocket next to the Magnetic Lensatic
Compass with the switch side facing up and the bottom facing the pocket opening, refer to Figure 1, Item 4.
0105 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0105 00
ASSEMBLY CONTINUED
7.
Tether the 2" x 3" Emergency Signaling Mirror with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots
(Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet and the mirror attachment
fitting.
8.
Wind cord around mirror and place in front pocket of Personnel Distress Signal Kit pocket on lower left side
of platform, refer to Figure 1, Item 5.
9.
Place flares and launcher tethered together in a plastic bag and tether with a bowline knot (Refer to Bowline
Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00).
10. Tether the flare bandolier with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord through a small hole cut in bag with bowline (Refer
to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00)knots through a platform grommet attachment fitting.
11. Wind the cord around the Personal Distress Signal Kit and place both in lower left hand pocket behind the
signal mirror, refer to Figure 1, Item 6.
12. Tether whistle, plastic with 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord fastened with bowline knots (Refer to Bowline Video,
EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) through a platform grommet, then place in right pocket of platform with open end
toward pocket opening, refer to Figure 1, Item 2.
13. Using pull-the-dot fasteners, attach Signaling Platform to inner right hand pocket.
14. Secure zipper.
2
6
1
3
W
WARNING
DO NOT EXTEND
SHIELD FOR I.R.
OPERATION
MS098817B
Figure 1.
Signaling Platform, GEN III.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0105 00-3/4 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0106 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
SAFETY RESTRAINT TETHER DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT AND ASSEMBLY, GEN I/II
AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Safety Restraint Tether, GEN I/II
Safety Restraint Tether, GEN III
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0094 00
DISASSEMBLY
1.
For GEN I/II, unzip left PSGC pocket and remove SRT.
2.
For GEN III, unzip left inner PSGC pocket and remove SRT.

1.
Inspect SRT (Figure 1) for serviceability according to PMCS procedures (WP 0094 00).
2.
If SRT is found unserviceable, discard SRT.
Replace with new SRT.
ASSEMBLY
1.
For GEN I/II, roll SRT loosely to reduce bulk and place in bottom of left PSGC pocket.
2.
For GEN III, roll SRT loosely to reduce bulk and place in left inner PSGC pocket or utility pouch.
3.
Zip left PSGC pocket closed.
MS098821A
Figure 1.
Safety Restraint Tether (SRT).
END OF WORK PACKAGE

0106 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0107 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PSGC FIRST AID PLATFORM DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT AND ASSEMBLY, GEN I/II
AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Shears, Straight Trimmers (WP 0133 00, Item 12)
Punch, Leather (WP 0133 00, Item 14)
Materials/Parts
Tape (WP 0135 00, Figure 5, Item 10)
Povidone-Iodine Topical Solution
(WP 0135 00, Figure 5, Item 12)
Fire Starter, Aviation Survival, Spark Lite
Bacitracin Ointment (WP 0135 00, Figure 5, Item 14)
Doxycycline Hyclate (WP 0135 00, Figure 5, Item 2)
Loperamide Capsules (WP 0135 00, Figure 5, Item 3)
Sunscreen (WP 0135 00, Figure 5, Item 11)
Acetaminophen Tablets,USP
(WP 0135 00, Figure 5, Item 15)
Adhesive Bandages (WP 0135 00, Figure 5, Item 5)
Combat Trauma Wrap Kit
Sponge, Rectangular (WP 0135 00, Figure 5, Item 13)
Moleskin (WP 0135 00, Figure 5, Item 6)
Eye Pad (WP 0135 00, Figure 5, Item 8)
Bandage,Elastic (WP 0135 00, Figure 5, Item 7)
Gloves (WP 0135 00, Figure 5, Item 1)
Cord, 100 lb. (WP 0139 00, Item 5)
Plastic Wrap (WP 0139 00, Item 53)
References
WP 0094 00
WP 0128 00
WP 0129 00
NOTE
The First Aid Platform for PSGC GEN I/II, GEN III and BAOS are disassembled and assembled
in the same manner.
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Unzip left hand PSGC pocket and remove First Aid Platform from pocket.
2.
Unfasten pull-the-dot or snap fastener to remove platform from extension strap lay platform so snap fasteners
are on left and under platform, refer to Figure 1 for GEN I/II and Figure 2 for GEN III.
0107 00-1
0107 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
16
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
MS100211A
Figure 1.
1
First Aid Platform, GEN I/II.

2
16
15
10
11
12
13
14
5
6
7
8
9
MS100214A
Figure 2.
First Aid Platform, GEN III.
3.
Remove the vacuum-packed bag containing two pairs of patient exam gloves from top left elastic keeper on
platform and unwind the cord from around bag, refer to Figure 1, Item 16.
4.
Untie the bowline knot tied at bag tether tab, and remove bag.
5.
Remove the 50-inch roll of 2-inch Duct Tape from top center (left) elastic keeper on platform and unwind the
cord from around bag, refer to Figure 1, Item 2.
6.
Remove the vacuum-packed bag containing a 1/2 oz. bottle of Betadine from top center (right) elastic keeper
on platform and unwind the cord from around bag, refer to Figure 1, Item 3.
7.
8.
Remove the vacuum-packed bag containing Aviation Survival Fire Starter from top right elastic keeper on
platform and unwind the cord from around bag, refer to Figure 1, Item 4.
9.
0107 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0107 00
10. Remove the vacuum-packed bag containing 10 Doxycycline Hyclate Capsules, 10 Loperamide HCL Capsules, 10 Acetaminophen Tablets and two tubes of Ophthalmic Bacitracin Ointment, and 3 Sunsect packs
from bottom right two elastic keepers on platform and unwind the cord from around bag, refer to Figure 1,
Item 5-9.
11. Untie the bowline knot tied at bag tether tab, and remove bag.
12. Remove the vacuum-packed bag containing 6 adhesive bandages, a combat trauma wrap kit, a 3.5 x 2.5-inch
expandable sponge, a gauze eye pad, and a 3-inch x 5-inch piece of moleskin from bottom center two elastic
keepers on platform and unwind the cord from around bag, refer to Figure 1, Item 10-14.
14. Remove the vacuum-packed bag containing elastic bandage from bottom right elastic keepers on platform
and unwind the cord from around bag, refer to Figure 1, Item 5.
Once First Aid Platform equipment is removed from platform, inspect equipment for serviceability according to PMCS
Medical item(s) in vacuum-sealed bags are exempt from opening for inspection, but packet may be opened to replace
an expired item.
1.
Remove equipment that has expired according to the disassembly instructions Steps 3. through 15.
2.
Open vacuum-packed bag containing expired equipment- remove and discard.
3.
Place replacement equipment in new vacuum-seal bag and prepare bag according to WP 0128 00.
ASSEMBLY
1.
Lay First Aid Platform so snap fasteners are on left and under platform, refer to Figure 1.
2.
Tether a vacuum-packed bag containing two pairs of patient exam gloves to first aid platform with a 3 ft.
length of 100 lb. cord using a bowline (Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) knot through bag
tether tab and through a platform grommet.
3.
Wind cord around bag and place in top left elastic keeper on platform, refer to Figure 1, Item 16.
4.
Place 50-inch roll of 2-inch Duct Tape in top center (left) elastic keeper, refer to Figure 1, Item 2.
5.
Tether a vacuum-packed bag containing a 1/2 oz. bottle of Betadine with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord using a
bowline (Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) knot through bag tether tab and through a platform
grommet.
6.
Wind cord around bag and place in top center (right) elastic keeper next to duct tape on platform, refer to
Figure 1, Item 3.
7.
Tether a vacuum-packed bag containing a Aviation Survival Fire Starter with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord
using a bowline (Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) knot through bag tether tab and through a
platform grommet.
8.
Wind cord around bag and place in top right elastic keeper on platform, refer to Figure 1, Item 4.
0107 00-3
0107 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
ASSEMBLY CONTINUED
9.
In medical packet containing Doxycycline Hyclate Capsules, Loperamide HCL Capsules, Acetaminophen
Tablets and two tubes of Ophthalmic Bacitracin Ointment and Sunsect packs insert a 2-inch by 3.5-inch
card/paper on clear side of packet containing the Expiration dates and Lot numbers of the items with expiration date. See sample below.
Doxycycline
Exp
Lot#
Acetaminophen
Exp
Lot#
Ophthalmic Bacitracin
Exp
Lot#
Loperamide HCL
Exp
Lot#
10. Tether a vacuum-packed bag containing 10 Doxycycline Hyclate Capsules, 10 Loperamide HCL Capsules,
10 Acetaminophen Tablets and two tubes of Ophthalmic Bacitracin Ointment and 3 Sunsect packs with a 3
ft. length of 100 lb. cord using a bowline (Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) knot through bag
tether tab and through a platform grommet.
11. Wind cord around bag and place in bottom right elastic keeper on platform, refer to Figure 1, Item 5-9.
12. Tether a plastic vacuum-packed bag containing 6 adhesive bandages, a combat trauma wrap kit, a 3.5-inch
x 2.5-inch expandable sponge, a gauze eyepad, and a 3-inch x 5-inch piece of moleskin with a 3 ft. length of
100 lb. cord using a bowline (Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) knot through bag tether tab
and through a platform grommet.
13. Wind cord around bag and place in bottom center elastic keepers on platform, refer to Figure 1, Item 10-14.
14. Tether a plastic vacuum-packed bag containing a elastic bandage with a 3 ft. length of 100 lb. cord using a
bowline (Refer to Bowline Video, EM 0250 or WP 0129 00) knot through bag tether tab and through a platform
grommet.
15. Wind cord around bag and place in bottom left elastic keepers on platform, refer to Figure 1, Item 15.
NOTE
The first aid platform for the BAOS may be placed in mesh pocket on backside of BAOS, or the
first aid items may be placed in a utility pouch.
16. Attach First Aid Platform to left pocket extension strap with snaps.
17. Insert platform into pocket so that platform lays flat in pocket.
18. Zip pocket closed.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0107 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0108 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
EXTENDED EQUIPMENT POUCH (EEP) DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT AND ASSEMBLY,
GEN I/II
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Drinking Water Bag (WP 0135 00, Figure 4, Item 2)
Blanket, Casualty (WP 0135 00, Figure 4, Item 5)
Water, Drinking Packet (WP 0135 00, Figure 4, Item 8)
Ration Candy (WP 0135 00, Figure 4, Item 10)
Water Purification (WP 0135 00, Figure 4, Item 3)
Cord, 550 lb (WP 0135 00, Figure 4, Item 7)
Fire Starter, Spark-Lite (WP 0135 00, Figure 4, Item 6)
Plastic Freezer Bags (WP 0135 00, Figure 4, Item 4)
Gauze Bandage (WP 0135 00, Figure 4, Item 11)
Sunscreen (WP 0135 00, Figure 4, Item 1)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0094 00
WP 0128 00
DISASSEMBLY
1.
Unsnap two snaps holding EEP to PSGC. These are unmarked pull-the-dot fasteners and must be pulled
from bottom edge of EEP, see Figure 1.
MS038564
Figure 1.
Extended Equipment Pouch (EEP).
2.
Unweave straps between PSGC and EEP.
3.
Unzip EEP.
4.
Remove 3 plastic bags containing 1 each 4 oz. drinking water packet from EEP.
5.
Remove plastic vacuum-packed bag containing a roll of individually wrapped candies, a bottle of 50 water
purification tablets, sunsect and three resealable plastic bags from EEP.
6.
Remove plastic vacuum-packed bag containing 20 ft. of 550 cord from EEP.
7.
Remove plastic bag containing a casualty blanket from EEP.

0108 00-1
0108 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
8.
Remove plastic vacuum-packed bag containing a water bag from EEP.
9.
Remove plastic bag containing a gauze bandage from EEP.
10. Remove plastic bag containing Spark-Lite Fire Starter from EEP.
Once EEP (Figure 1) is removed from PSGC, inspect equipment for serviceability according to PMCS procedures
(WP 0094 00). Replace equipment as required.
1.
Open vacuum-packed bag or plastic bag containing expired equipment and discard.
2.
Place replacement equipment in new vacuum-seal bag, prepare vacuum-seal bag according to WP 0128 00.
3.
For equipment not in vacuum-sealed bag, place replacement equipment in bag and close bag.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
The EEP can be mounted on either side of the PSGC, behind the right or left pocket and along
the harness torso straps.
1.
Place 3 plastic bags containing 1 each 4 oz. water packets in EEP.
2.
Place plastic vacuum-packed bag containing a roll of individually wrapped candies, a bottle of 50 water
purification tablets, sunsect and three resealable plastic bags in EEP.
3.
Place plastic vacuum-packed bag containing 20 ft. of 550 cord in EEP.
4.
Place plastic bag containing a casualty blanket in EEP.
5.
Place plastic vacuum-packed bag containing a water bag in EEP.
6.
Place plastic bag containing a gauze bandage in EEP.
7.
Place plastic bag containing Spark-Lite Fire Starter from EEP.
8.
Zip EEP closed.
9.
Weave two retention straps through two sets of retention loops on PSGC and two sets of loops on EEP.
10. Snap two retention strap fasteners to EEP. These are unmarked pull-the-dot fasteners and must be attached
from top toward bottom of pouch.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0108 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0109 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
LEFT AND RIGHT FRONT PSGC POCKETS, REMOVE AND REPLACEMENT, GEN I/II
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
NOTE
PSGC is serviceable if pockets have two zipper sliders. Close pocket and zip completely
ensuring zipper pulls are placed in a location easily accessible for one-handed operation.
REMOVAL
1.
Unzip pocket so that both sliders are at zipper stops.
2.
Remove outer slider by removing free pin.
3.
Slide slider off of open zipper ends.
1.
Lay PSGC on table, pocket side up.
2.
Slide zipper pulls against stops, lay outer half of pocket on PSGC ensuring it is positioned properly.
3.
Start with inner portion of zipper, carefully insert open end into slider throat and slide zipper slider up tape to
catch teeth.
4.
Repeat Step 3. for outer zipper slide.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0109 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0110 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PSGC TOURNIQUET POUCH DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION, REPLACEMENT AND ASSEMBLY, GEN I/II
AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Tourniquet (WP 0135 00, Figure 7, Item 7)
Tourniquet Pouch (WP 0135 00, Figure 1, Item 13)
Tourniquet Pouch (WP 0135 00, Figure 2, Item 12)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0094 00
DISASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Unsnap tourniquet pouch (Figure 1) and remove tourniquet.
3.
Unsnap and remove tourniquet pouch from PSGC vest.

Inspect tourniquet for serviceability according to PMCS procedures (WP 0094 00).
If tourniquet is unserviceable, replace tourniquet, refer to ASSEMBLY, Step 3.
ASSEMBLY
1.
2.
Attach tourniquet pouch to left shoulder strap of the PSGC vest.
3.
Unsnap pouch and place tourniquet in pouch.
4.
Close and snap pouch.
MS098748A
Figure 1.
Tourniquet Pouch.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0110 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
ADAPTER PLATFORM INSTALLATION, GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
References
ALSE Technician
EM 0250 Adapter Platform Video
INSTALLATION
See Adapter Platform Video, EM 0250.
NOTE
Adapter platform may be installed on the left or the right side of the PSGC and one or two may
be installed depending on the comfort of the wearer. Is best if the panel is installed level with the
vest pocket.
1.
Loop adapter platform thru the last column of the PSGC main pocket.
2.
Loop remaining straps thru the upper and lower torso straps.
3.
Secure in place with snaps.
MS098734A
Figure 1.
Adapter Platform.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0111 00-1/2 blank
0111 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0112 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
FIRST AID PLATFORM LH POCKET EXTENSION REPLACEMENT, GEN I/II AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
28)
Materials/Parts

Socket, Snap Fastener (WP 0139 00, Item 31)
Cap, Snap Fastener (WP 0139 00, Item 32)
Webbing, 1 1/2-inch (WP 0139 00, Item 47)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
1.
Remove damaged pocket extension by cutting/searing 2-inches from point of attachment to PSGC. This
leaves an attachment tab for application of new extension. If made of aramid cloth, cut fabric as close as
possible from edge binding.
2.
Using a nylon webbing cutter, cut/sear 18-inches of 1 1/2-inch webbing.
3.
Make a 2 1/2-inch fold on one end of webbing and using sewing machine, make a box stitch.
4.
Install a snap fastener socket and cap centered on box stitch facing wearer when vest is worn.
5.
Place repair webbing onto attachment tab with a 1 1/2-inch overlap and sew a box stitch.
6.
If aramid cloth was removed, align repair webbing with edge binding and stitch in place with three rows of
stitches being careful not to damage zipper.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0112 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0113 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PSGC FIRST AID PLATFORM ELASTIC KEEPER REPLACEMENT, GEN I/II AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
China Marker (WP 0133 00, Item 5)
Razor, Surgical Preparation (WP 0133 00, Item 8)
Materials/Parts
Elastic Webbing, 1-inch wide (WP 0139 00, Item 28)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
1.
Using shears, cut a length of elastic webbing equal in length to damaged elastic strip.
2.
If applicable, mark new elastic with locations of bartacks with China marker.
3.
Carefully unstitch binding with surgical preparation razor, ensuring that binding is not cut. Loosen enough
binding to remove damaged elastic.
4.
If applicable, cut bartacks to remove damaged elastic. Remove loose threads.
5.
Place new elastic according to previous China marker markings.
6.
Using sewing machine and size E thread, stitch ends with three rows of straight stitching, making sure not to
catch binding in this stitching.
7.
If applicable, sew three rows of stitching at bartack locations.
8.
Tuck ends of elastic inside unstitched binding; stitch 1/8-inch from each side of binding, backstitching
1/2-inch at start and end of stitching.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0113 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0114 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
BINDING TAPE REPAIR
INITIAL SETUP:
Razor (WP 0133 00, Item 8)
Sewing Machine, Med. Wt (WP 0133 00, Item 9)
28)
Materials/Parts
Webbing, Nylon, Textile, Type III

(WP 0139 00, Item 18)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
FM 10-16
1.
If required, trim away shredded or damaged binding.
2.
Using shears, cut a strip of webbing 3-inches longer than edge to be repaired.
3.
Fold under 1/2-inch on each end of webbing to prevent ends from unraveling.
4.
Fold webbing lengthwise and place it over damaged area overlapping the webbing 1-inch on each side.
5.
Using a sewing machine, size 20 needle, and size E thread, stitch length of webbing maintaining a distance
of 1/4-inch from folded edge.
6.
Stitch 1/8-inch from folded edge, backstitching 1/2-inch at both beginning and end of stitch line.
7.
Stitch 1/8-inch from webbing edge, backstitching 1/2-inch at both beginning and end of stitch line.
8.
Another row of stitching may be added 1/8-inch from folded edge of webbing for appearance.
PATCHING LOCATIONS WHEN BACKING MATERIAL IS PRESENT

1.
Follow Patching Procedure in FM 10-16, p. 4-6, section 4-3.a.(1) Top Patch, using steps a through c.
2.
If backing material is not penetrated, stop repair after Step 1.
3.
If backing material is penetrated, perform Step 1. Then turn item over and repeat steps a through c on reverse
side.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0114 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0115 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
HOOK AND PILE FASTENER TAPE REPLACEMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts

28)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
1.
With China marker, mark location of hook and pile fastener tape.
2.
Cut stitches with razor to remove damaged hook and pile fastener tape. If edges are secured in binding,
carefully unstitch enough binding to loosen fastener tape.
3.
Using damaged hook and pile fastener tape as a guide, cut a new length of fastener tape.
4.
Place hook and pile fastener tape on marked area from Step 1.
5.
Using size E thread, stitch along both edges of hook and pile fastener tape.
6.
If applicable, tuck ends of fastener tape under binding and restitch binding.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0115 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0116 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PSGC POCKET ZIPPER REPLACEMENT, GEN I/II AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Pencil, China Marker (WP 0133 00, Item 5)
Clamp, Spring, Small (WP 0133 00, Item 31)
Materials/Parts
Zipper (WP 0139 00, Item 48)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
REMOVAL
NOTE
On left or right side of harness, PSGC pocket zipper is attached to a webbing repair strip.
This webbing strip remains on harness to allow replacement of zipper without stitching on
load-bearing webbing.
Stitching on load-bearing webbing is NOT authorized for any repair.
1.
With a China marker, mark beginning and end of zipper box and pin ends. Note orientation of overlap of box
and pin ends.
2.
Using razor, remove damaged zipper half, making sure not to damage zipper repair strip. Remove all loose
thread ends.
NOTE
If original location and orientation of zipper box and pin ends are not maintained, zipper will not
mate to pocket zipper properly.
1.
Secure new zipper half to zipper repair strip, using small clamps to align with China marker lines and to
ensure even placement along zipper repair strip.
2.
Using sewing machine, stitch zipper to zipper repair strip 1/8-inch from zipper tape edge. Back stitch at least
1/2-inch to secure stitch end.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0116 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0117 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
POCKET PULL TABS, REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT, GEN I/II AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Nippers, End Cutting (WP 0133 00, Item 4)
Materials/Parts
Webbing, Nylon Textile (WP 0139 00, Item 55)
Stud (WP 0139 00, Item 28)
Socket (WP 0139 00, Item 31)
Button (WP 0139 00, Item 32)
Eyelet (WP 0139 00, Item 33)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
NOTE
Same procedure is used to replace all pocket pull tabs.
1.
Carefully cut stitching holding pull tab webbing to pocket using a surgical preparation razor.
2.
Remove underside of snap fastener using end-cutting nippers. Remove top and bottom of snap fastener
from pocket.
3.
Using nylon webbing cutter, cut and sear a 4.75-inch length of 1-inch webbing.
4.
Fold 1-inch of webbing on itself and using sewing machine, box stitch edges using size E thread.
5.
Lay free end of webbing on underside of pocket flap in same position as original webbing.
6.
Attach webbing to flap with a box stitch using size E thread.
7.
Install button and eyelet in original position on pocket, through new webbing, using a snap fastener press.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0117 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
BEAD SLIDER PULL REPLACEMENT, GEN I/II AND GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Webbing, Elastic, 1-inch (WP 0139 00, Item 18)
Cord, Coreless (WP 0139 00, Item 26)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
1.
Cut existing bead slider pull webbing if attached and discard. Bead may be reused.
2.
Using a nylon cutter, cut and sear an 8-inch length of coreless cord.
3.
Loop cord through zipper pull tab, refer to Figure 1.
4.
Fold cord in half and slide bead onto cord against pull tab.
5.
Tie a binder knot to secure bead.
6.
Cut and sear excess cord.
MS098727A
Figure 1.
Bead Slider Pull.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0118 00-1/2 blank
0118 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0119 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
SNAP FASTENER REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Press, Hand, Chuck & Die, M369 and M370
(WP 0133 00, Item 6)
Materials/Parts
Stud (WP 0139 00, Item 30)
Cap (WP 0139 00, Item 32)
Cap (WP 0139 00, Item 37)
Stud (WP 0139 00, Item 38)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0099 00
Repair a loose snap fastener by reseating fastener on a hand or foot-operated press as follows:
1.
Install an applicable size chuck and die on press.
2.
Snap fastener socket or stud, refer to Figure 1, as applicable, in chuck. Position fastener cap or post, as
applicable on die.
3.
Depress press handle or lever to seat socket and cap or stud and eyelet, as applicable.
4.
Check fastener for firm seating. If required, repeat procedure in Step 3. above. Ensure socket snaps on and
off stud without hindrance.
NOTE
A snap, fastener which is defective or cannot be reseated shall be replaced with a serviceable
item from stock. However, if only one part of fastener is defective (such as socket assembly or
stud assembly) just that particular assembly will need to be replaced.
Remove and replace a damaged snap fastener as follows:
1.
Using nippers, remove original snap fastener.
2.
If necessary, repair fabric area around fastener, refer to WP 0099 00, GENERAL PATCHING
INSTRUCTIONS.
3.
Install replacement fastener or fastener part assembly using procedures in REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT
above.
4.
Place hole cut in fabric over stem of cap or stud prior to actuating press.
0119 00-1
0119 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

SOCKET
ASSEMBLY
CHUCK MATERIAL
CAP
SOCKET
DIE
CHUCK
STUD
ASSEMBLY
MATERIAL
POST
STUD
DIE
MS100938A
Figure 1.
Seating a Snap Fastener, Typical.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0119 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0120 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
DEFECTIVE GROMMET REPLACEMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Punch and Die, Grommet Inserting (WP 0133 00,
Item 7)
Punch, Leather (WP 0133 00, Item 14)
Mallet, Rawhide (WP 0133 00, Item 17)
Materials/Parts
Grommet (WP 0139 00, Item 7)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
Replace a defective eyelet grommet and washer with serviceable items of same size from stock and follow procedures
below:
1.
Using cutting nippers, cut crimped edge of original grommet at three or four points.
2.
Pry cut crimped edges back and remove original grommet and washer.
3.
Using a grommet hole cutter, cut a suitable sized hole in reinforcement material to accommodate applicable
size grommet. Ensure hole is cut with a slightly smaller diameter than diameter of replacement grommet
barrel.
4.
Insert barrel of replacement grommet or through hole cut in Step 3. above.
5.
Ensure grommet flange is located on same side of webbing as original grommet.
6.
Position grommet on a comparable sized die with barrel facing up and place washer over grommet barrel,
refer to Figure 1.
7.
Using a punch and mallet, spread grommet barrel by hammering until barrel collar is flattened and rolled
down smooth on washer.
8.
Check seating of grommet. If grommet can be turned by hand, repeat procedure in Step 7. until grommet is
firmly seated.
0120 00-1
0120 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
MALLET
PUNCH
WASHER
MATERIAL
GROMMET BARREL
GROMMET
DIE
MS100937A
Figure 1.
Installing an Eyelet-Type Grommet, Typical.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0120 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0121 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
4-GROMMET TAB REPLACEMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
28)
Materials/Parts
Webbing, 1-inch (WP 0139 00, Item 17)

Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0120 00
1.
With China marker, mark location of damaged 4-Grommet Tab.
2.
Using razor, cut stitches to remove damaged 4-Grommet Tab.
3.
Using shears, cut a 2-inch length of 1-inch webbing. Using a nylon cutter, sear ends.
4.
Using damaged 4-Grommet Tab as a pattern, mark locations for 4 grommets.
5.
Replace with 4 new grommets, refer to WP 0120 00. Ensure that grommets are placed close to one edge of
strip to allow room for stitching.
6.
Place new 4-Grommet Tab in location marked in Step 1.
7.
Using size 20 needle and size E thread, stitch in place, back stitching both ends 1/2-inch.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0121 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0122 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
EEP CONNECTOR STRAP REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Cap (WP 0139 00, Item 32)
Stud (WP 0139 00, Item 30)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0119 00
1.
Remove damaged connector strap by cutting 1 1/2-inch from attachment point to EEP, refer to Figure 1.
2.
Remove piece of webbing not attached to EEP. This forms an attachment tab for new connector strap.
3.
Using nylon webbing cutter, sear end of attachment tab.
4.
Using shears, cut a length of webbing 28-inches long. Sear cut ends with nylon webbing cutter.
5.
Fold webbing in half and position cut ends over attachment tab with cut ends of webbing about 1/8-inch from
attachment point.
6.
Using sewing machine and size E thread, stitch a box that is 1/8-inch from webbing edges and 1-inch long.
7.
Stitch another box that is 1/8-inch from webbing edges and starts about 1/8-inch from end of previous box
and ends 1/8-inch from folded edge.
8.
Install cap and socket (WP 0119 00), centered 1 1/4-inches from folded edge of webbing making sure that
button is on corresponding side of strap as it is on EEP strap and can be snapped onto EEP, refer to Figure 1.
1 IN
EEP
1 IN
1 IN
MS100982A
Figure 1.
EEP Strap Repair.
END OF WORK PACKAGE

0122 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0123 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
POUCH RETAINING STRAP FABRICATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Needle, Size 20 (WP 0133 00, Item 28)
Materials/Parts
Webbing, Textile, Nylon Type, 1-inch
(WP 0139 00, Item 25)
Cap (WP 0139 00, Item 32)

Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0119 00
1.
Remove damaged connector strap by cutting 1-inch from attachment point.
2.
Remove piece of webbing not attached. This forms an attachment tab for new connector strap.
3.
Using nylon webbing cutter, sear end of attachment tab.
4.
Using shears, cut a length of webbing double the length of cut piece. Sear cut ends with nylon webbing cutter.
5.
Fold webbing in half and position cut ends over attachment tab with cut ends of webbing about 1/8-inch from
attachment point.
6.
Using sewing machine and size E thread, stitch a box that is 1/8-inch from webbing edges and 3/4-inch long.
7.
Stitch another box that is 1/8-inch from webbing edges and starts about 1/8-inch from end of previous box
and ends 1/8-inch from folded edge.
8.
Install cap and socket (WP 0119 00), centered 3/4-inches from folded edge of webbing making sure that
button is on corresponding side of strap as it is on pouch strap and can be snapped onto pouch.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0123 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0124 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
STRAP END KEEPER FABRICATION
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts

28)

Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
1.
Using shears, cut a piece of webbing 6-inches long; using a nylon cutter, sear ends.
2.
Using shears, cut a piece of hook and a piece of pile fastener tape, 1 3/4-inches long each.
3.
Align hook fastener tape with one end of webbing, and stitch all around tape using sewing machine and size
E thread.
4.
Turn webbing over, and align pile fastener tape on opposite end of webbing; stitch all around tape.
5.
With a razor, cut stitches to remove damaged strap end keeper from PSGC, noting orientation of hook and
pile in relation to harness webbing.
6.
Attach new strap end keeper by placing it at end of harness webbing and stitching in place with a box stitch.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0124 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0125 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
TORSO STRAP, LEFT UPPER OR LOWER, REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Shears (WP 0133 00, Item 12)
28)
Materials/Parts
Webbing, Elastic, 1-in (WP 0139 00, Item 28)

Fastener, Hook and Pile (WP 0139 00, Item 11)
Webbing, Elastic, 1.75-in (WP 0139 00, Item 28)
Buckle, Quick Release Adjustable
(WP 0139 00, Item 20)
NOTE
Only section extending from PSGC is authorized for repair.

Repair is possible only if damaged area is 2-inches or more from PSGC.
Right torso strap assembly is not repairable.
1.
Using shears, cut webbing 2 to 3-inches from PSGC. Retain serviceable buckle for reuse. Discard unserviceable buckle and webbing.
2.
Using a nylon cutter, cut and sear a 5 3/4-inch length of 1-inch webbing.
3.
Cut and sear a 1 3/4-inch length of 1-inch hook fastener.
4.
Cut and sear a 1 3/4-inch length of 1-inch pile fastener.
5.
Attach hook fastener and pile fastener to ends of 1-inch webbing as shown using a box stitch and size E
thread.
6.
Using a nylon cutter, cut and sear a 34-inch length of 1 3/4-inch webbing.
7.
Fold 1 1/2-inches of end of webbing over on itself and stitch with a bar stitch using size E thread.
8.
Attach 5 3/4-inch webbing sections to end of folded end of 34-inch webbing 3/4-inch from end of webbing fold
using a box stitch and size E thread.
9.
Place free end of 34-inch webbing over original 2 to 3-inch PSGC torso strap stub with a 2-inch overlap and
secure two sections together with a box-X stitch using size E thread.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0125 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
LEG STRAP ASSEMBLY, REMOVE AND REPLACEMENT
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Leg Straps Regular or Long
ALSE Technician
References
WP 0095 00
Personnel Required
REMOVAL
Remove left and right leg straps from PSGC by unweaving straps from tri-glide fittings.
1.
Weave straps through tri-glides.
2.
Adjust leg strap assembly for proper fit, refer to WP 0095 00, Steps 9. through 10.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0126 00-1/2 blank
0126 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0127 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
LEG STRAP PAD REPAIR, GEN III
INITIAL SETUP:
Shears (WP 0133 00, Item 12)
Materials/Parts

Nylon Tape, 3/4 Inch Wide (WP 0139 00, Item 19)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
1.
Using a nylon cutter, cut and sear a 4-inch length of 3/4-inch nylon tape, refer to Figure 1, Detail A.
2.
Fold in half lengthwise and stitch 1/8-inch from the open tape edge with E thread, refer to Figure 1, Detail A.
3.
Place bottom of tape 1-inch from the top edge of the pad as shown. On one side stitch two rows following
the stitch pattern around the pad edge binding, backstitch each end with size E thread as shown in Figure 1,
Detail B.
4.
Insert 3/4-inch nylon tape through leg strap, refer to Figure 1, Detail C.
5.
On the remaining open 3/4-inch tape edge, stich two rows following the stitch pattern around the pad edge
binding, backstitch each end with size E thread as shown in Figure 1, Detail D.
0127 00-1
0127 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

FOLDED 3/4" NYLON WEBBING
PSGC LEG STRAP PAD
STITCH
1"
DETAIL B
1"
1/8"
FOLD TAPE
DETAIL A
STITCH 1/8"
FROM EDGE
DETAIL D
STITCH
4"
DETAIL C
FOLDED 3/4" NYLON

WEBBING
LEG
STRAP
PAD
BUCKLE
MS100113A
Figure 1.
Leg Strap Pad.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0127 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0128 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
GENERAL VACUUM-SEAL PLASTIC BAG ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
INITIAL SETUP:
Sealing Iron, Electric (WP 0133 00, Item 30)
Punch (WP 0133 00, Item 26)
Materials/Parts

Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
ASSEMBLY
1.
Using shears, cut a 3 x 5 piece of plastic wrap to create bags for first aid items. To create bag for other
equipment cut plastic wrap 1" larger than equipment to be packed.
2.
Using the sealing iron, seal three sides of the plastic wrap, insert equipment.
3.
Vacuum seal remaining side of bag.
4.
Using a single punch, punch a hole in side of bag for tethering tab.
WARNING
Each vacuum packed bag must have a tear strip on all 4 sides to aid in opening by injured
aircrew.
5.
Using shears, cut a tear strip on all four sides of bag toward the center of the vacuum bag.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0128 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0129 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
BOWLINE KNOT TYING INSTRUCTIONS
INITIAL SETUP:
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
End B of cord is already attached to an eyelet.
1.
End A of the cord, make a small loop over end B.
2.
Bring end A of cord up through the loop that was made in Step 1.
3.
Run end A around (behind) end B and down through the loop.
4.
Pull ends A and B tight to form bowline knot.

B
A
A
A
MS040280
Figure 1.
Tying a Bowline Knot.
END OF WORK PACKAGE
0129 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0130 00

PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
MODIFICATION OF AIR WARRIOR PRIMARY SURVIVAL GEAR CARRIER (PSGC), GEN II/III
INITIAL SETUP:
Materials/Parts
Ring Strap (WP 0139 00, Item 56)
Personnel Required
ALSE Technician

Needle, Size 20 (WP 0133 00, Item 28)
Shears, Straight Trimmers (WP 0133 00, Item 12)
PURPOSE OF MODIFICATION
To install Ring Strap on the PSGC GEN II and GEN III providing an attachment point for the cinching strap of the Air Warrior Flotation Collar Assembly.
Table 1.
Applicable Vests for Modification.
NOMENCLATURE
NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER
CAGE
PART NUMBER
Vest, Survival (GEN II)
8415-01-513-8143
81996
1005804-1
Vest, Survival (GEN III)
8415-01-513-8143
81996
1005804-3
INSTALL RING STRAP ON GEN II
1.
Using a China marker, draw a reference line on ring strap webbing 1/8-inch from the male snap end. See
Figure 1.
2.
Draw a reference line on ring strap webbing 1-3/4-inch from the male snap end. See Figure 1.
3.
Draw a reference line on ring strap webbing 3-5/8-inches from the male snap end. See Figure 1.
4.
Unzip left hand outside cap pocket and remove pocket with first aid platform.
5.
On the left hand pocket back side of vest, align the reference line closest to the ring with the edge bedding of
the vest and center with the shoulder strap. See Figure 2.
6.
Set sewing machine to 10-12 stitches per inch.
7.
Sew at reference lines indicated with 3 rows of stitching at each reference line with size E thread starting with
the reference line closest to the metal ring.
8.
Trim excess thread.
9.
Reinstall outside pocket cap with first aid platform back onto vest.
INSTALL RING STRAP ON GEN III

1.
Using a China marker, draw a reference line on ring strap webbing 1/8-inch from the male snap end. See
Figure 1.
2.
Draw a reference line on ring strap webbing 1-3/4-inch from the male snap end. See Figure 1.
3.
Draw a reference line on ring strap webbing 3-5/8-inches from the male snap end. See Figure 1.
0130 00-1
0130 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

INSTALL RING STRAP ON GEN III CONTINUED
4.
Unzip left hand main pocket and remove first aid platform.
5.
On left hand inside of vest, align the reference line closest to the metal ring with edge beading of the vest.
See Figure 2.
NOTE
When sewing the center reference mark and the reference mark on the male snap end, ensure
that the zipper is not in the path of the needle of the sewing machine. Sewing machine may
break zipper.
6.
Set sewing machine to 10-12 stitches per inch.
7.
Sew at reference lines indicated with 3 rows of stitching at each reference line with size E thread starting with
the reference line closest to the metal ring.
8.
Using shears, trim excess thread.
9.
Insert first aid platform and zip pocket.
1/8
1 3/4
3 5/8
MS098726A
Figure 1.
Measure.
MS098805A
Figure 2.
Reference Line.
END OF WORK PACKAGE

0130 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
CHAPTER 16
FOR
(PART NO. 1005804-5) (NSN: 8415-01-513-8143)
(PART NO. 1028611-1)
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0131 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
REFERENCES
SCOPE
This section lists all forms and publications referenced in this manual and required by the user to maintain the PSGC.
AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE
ANSI Z359.1
American National Standard Safety Requirements for Personal

Fall Arrest System, Subsystems and Components
ARMY REGULATIONS
AR 700-138
AR 702-18
AR 710-2

Materiel Quality Storage Standards Policy for Shelf-Life Materiel
Supply Policy Below the National Level
COMMON TABLES OF ALLOWANCE (CTA)

CTA 50-970
CTA 8-100
Expendable/Durable Items (Except Medical,

Class V, Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items)
Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY FORMS (DA)

DA Form 2408-25
Mesh Net Survival Vest Inspection Record

DA PAM 710-2-2
DA PAM 738-751
DA PAM 750-8

Functional Users Manual for the Army Maintenance
Management System - Aviation (TAMMS-A)
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE FORMS (DD)

DD Form 1574
Serviceable Tag- Materiel
FIELD MANUALS(FM)
FM 10-16
General Fabric Repair
STANDARD FORMS (SF)

SF 368
TECHNICAL BULLETINS (TB)

TB 9-1300-385
TB 43-0108
TB 43-180
Munitions Restricted or Suspended

Handling, Storage and Disposal of Army Aircraft
Components Containing Radioactive Materials
Interactive Electronic Technical Manual for Calibration and Repair
Requirements for The Maintenance of Army Materiel

TM 1-1500-204-23 (Series)
Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM) Manual for General Aircraft Maintenance
0131 00-1
0131 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
TECHNICAL MANUALS (TM) CONTINUED

TM 55-1680-317-23&P
TM 750-244-1-5
TM 11-1520-237-23
TM 11-1520-240-23
TM 9-1005-317-10
Aviation Unit and Aviation Intermediate Maintenance Manual (Including

Repair Parts and Special Tools List) for Army Aircraft Survival Kits
Aviation Unit and Intermediate Maintenance Manual for Helicopters,
Utility Tactical Transport UH-60A NSN 1520-01-035-0266 (EIC:
RSA), UH-60L NSN 1520-01-298-4532 (EIC: RSM), EH-60A NSN
1520-01-082-0686 (EIC: RSB), HH-60A NSN 1520-01-459-9468
(EIC: RSN), HH-60L NSN 1520-01-471-6743 (EIC: RSI)
Army Model CH-47D Helicopter (NSN 1520-01-088-3669)
(EIC: RCD) Avionics Configuration
Operators Manual, Pistol, SemiAutomatic, 9mm, M9
0131 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0132 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
INTRODUCTION MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC)
INTRODUCTION
Aviation Maintenance Allocation Chart
The MAC (immediately following the introduction) designates overall authority and responsibility for the performance
of maintenance functions on the identified end item or component. The application of the maintenance functions to the
end item or component shall be consistent with the capacities and capabilities of the designated maintenance level
which are shown on the MAC as:
Field - includes two columns:
"O" which corresponds to Aviation Maintenance Company (AMC)
"F" which corresponds to Aviation Support Battalion (ASB)
Sustainment - includes two columns:

"L" which corresponds to Theater Aviation Sustainment Maintenance Group (TASMG) and other organizations that have National Maintenance Program certification
"D" which corresponds to Depot.
The maintenance to be performed below depot and in the field is described as follows:
1.
Aviation Maintenance Company (AMC). The primary purpose of the aviation maintenance company is to
support the momentum of offensive operations. Composition of the AMC will be based on type of operations
being supported, nature of the battlefield, and the need for flexibility. AMCs will provide forward positioning
of essential maintenance repair parts and supplies, maximum use of support teams, use of airlift/air drops
for resupply, for maintenance that does not interfere with the tactical plans and operations. AMCs are agile,
mobile, and well equipped. They will carry limited stockpiles of demand supported, essential parts and supplies. The AMC performs battle damage assessment and repair (BDAR) and unit level repairs on Aviation
Life Support Systems (ALSS). The AMC performs production control, quality control, and Maintenance Management/Maintenance Test Pilot functions. AMCs will rig aircraft for recovery operations. The AMC manages
the battalion maintenance program and operates a central tool room. The AMC conducts forward arming
and refueling. AMCs will be comprised of 3 to 4 modular platoons, which are configured to maintain unit level
operational readiness and aircraft availability:
Headquarters Platoon - Establishes standard operating procedures, receives and processes work
requests, schedules maintenance, maintains status of aircraft, coordinates inspections and test flights
and return of repaired aircraft, enforces quality standards, responsible for safety. Also, obtains, stores,
and issues Classes II, III, IV, and IX, prescribe load list, shop stock and authorized stockage list items.
Airframe Repair Platoon - Tailored to battalion it supports. Performs scheduled and unscheduled
maintenance, troubleshoots faulty components, and removes and replaces aircraft components.
Provides mission capable aircraft to support flight company operations.
Component Repair Platoon - Performs scheduled and unscheduled maintenance, troubleshoots
faulty components, and removes and replaces aircraft components. Performs BDAR and manages
Class IX spare/shop stock. This platoon uses Shop Equipment Contact Maintenance (SECM) trucks
which are multi-capable and self-contained and are used to perform on-site maintenance using enhanced power tools, test, measurement, and diagnostic equipment, welding and cutting equipment,
and an air compressor. The SECM truck is highly mobile.
Armament Platoon - Only used in attack battalions and cavalry squadrons. Performs scheduled and
unscheduled maintenance on armament components.
0132 00-1
0132 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
2.
Aviation Support Company (ASC) in the Aviation Support Battalion (ASB). Comprised of Headquarters,
Airframe, and Component Repair Platoons. Provides maintenance assistance to aviation units helping them
maintain operational readiness and aircraft availability. Utilizes SECM trucks. Capable of supporting split
based operations in two separate and distinct locations. Performs the following types of maintenance:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
3.
Intermediate maintenance and logistics support operations.

Maintenance actions which require more than 3 days to correct.
Phased maintenance and preventive maintenance services.
In-depth troubleshooting and diagnosis of airframe and component malfunctions.
Repairs airframes and LRU component.
Fixes night vision systems, aviation life support systems, aviation electrical and hydraulic components.
Limited capability to fabricate hydraulic lines.
Repairs engines, prop and rotors, armament, and armament subsystems.
Fixes and fuels organic battalion equipment, ground aviation vehicles, and aviation ground support
equipment.
j.
Operates and performs field maintenance on aviation ground power units, generator, and ground support equipment.
k.
Battle damage assessment and repair (BDAR).
l.
Production control and quality control.
m. Test Pilot functions.
Theater Aviation Sustainment Maintenance Group (TASMG). Assists in deployment and redeployment,
provides technical assistance, supports increased operational tempo, sustains Army aviation across the entire spectrum of operations. The TASMG:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
Provides support to CONUS deploying forces.

Provides support to OCUNUS deployed forces.
OCONUS aviation maintenance support for contingency and stability and/or support operations.
Expands aviation maintenance capabilities of CONUS depots.
Classifies and inspects aviation stocks and components.
Repairs engines, airframes, armament, composite materials, electrical systems, avionics, hydraulics.
Fabricates hydraulics lines.
Backup ASB and AMC maintenance functions.
Use of the MAC
NOTE
Approved item names are used throughout this MAC. Generic terms/nomenclature (if any) are
expressed in parentheses and are not to be considered as official terminology.
This MAC assigns maintenance functions to the lowest level of maintenance, based on past experience and the following considerations:
Skills available.
Work time required.
Tools and test equipment required and/or available.
Only the lowest level of maintenance authorized to perform a maintenance function is indicated. If the lowest maintenance level cannot perform all tasks of any single maintenance function (e.g., test, repair), then the higher maintenance level(s) that can accomplish additional tasks will also be indicated.
A maintenance function assigned to a maintenance level will automatically be authorized to be performed at any higher
maintenance level.
0132 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0132 00
A maintenance function that cannot be performed at the assigned level of maintenance for any reason may be evacuated to the next higher maintenance level. Higher maintenance levels will perform the maintenance functions of lower
maintenance levels when required by the commander who has the authority to direct such tasking.
The assignment of a maintenance function will not be construed as authorization to carry the related repair parts or
spares in stock. Information to requisition or otherwise secure the necessary repair parts will be as specified in the
associated RPSTL.
Normally there will be no deviation from the assigned level of maintenance. In cases of operational necessity, at the
request of the lower maintenance level and on a one- time basis, transfer of a maintenance functions to a lower level
may be accomplished by specific authorization of the maintenance officer of the higher level of maintenance to which
the function is assigned. The special tools, equipment, etc., required by the lower level of maintenance to perform this
function will be furnished by the maintenance level to which the function is assigned. This transfer of a maintenance
function to a lower maintenance level does not relieve the higher maintenance level of the responsibility for the function. The higher level of maintenance will provide technical supervision and inspection of the function being performed
at the lower level.
Maintenance Functions
Maintenance Functions will be limited to and defined as follows:
1.
2.
3.
Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or electrical
characteristics with established standards through examination (e.g., by sight, sound or feel).
Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic, hydraulic or electrical characteristics
of an item and comparing those characteristics with prescribed standards.
Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition,i.e., to clean (includes decontaminate, when required), to preserve, to drain, to paint or to replenish fuel, lubricants, chemical
fluids or gases.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Unpack. To remove from packing box for service when required for the performance of maintenance
operations.
Repack. To return item to packing box after service and other maintenance operations.
Clean. To rid the item of contamination.
Touch up. To spot paint scratched or blistered surfaces.
Mark. To restore obliterated identification.
4.
Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper or exact position, or by setting the operating characteristics to specified parameters.
5. Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance.
6. Calibrate. To determine and cause corrections to be made or to be adjusted on instruments or test, measuring or diagnostic equipments used in precision measurement. Consists of comparisons of two instruments,
one of which is a certified standard of known accuracy, to detect and adjust any discrepancy in the accuracy
of the instrument being compared.
7. Remove/Install. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service or other maintenance
functions. Install may be the act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position a spare, repair part or module
(component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an equipment or system.
8. Paint. To prepare and spray color coats of paint so that the ammunition can be identified and protected. The
color indicating primary use is applied, preferably, to the entire exterior surface as the background color of the
item. Other markings are to be painted as original so as to retain proper ammunition identification.
9. Replace. To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its place. "Replace" is authorized by the MAC and assigned maintenance level is shown as the third position code of the Sourse, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) code.
10. Repair. The application of maintenance services, including fault location/troubleshooting, removal/installation, disassembly/assembly procedures, and maintenance actions to identify troubles and restore serviceability to an item by correcting specific damage, fault, malfunction, or failure in a part, subassembly, module
0132 00-3
0132 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(component or assembly), end item or system. The following definitions are applicable to the "repair" maintenance function:
Services. Inspect, test, service, adjust, align, calibrate, and/or replace.
Fault location/troubleshooting. The process of investigating and detecting the cause of equipment
malfunctioning; the act of isolating a fault within a system or Unit Under Test (UUT).
Disassembly/assembly. The step-by-step taking apart (or breakdown) of a spare/functional group
coded item to the level of its least component identified as maintenance significant (i.e., assigned an
SMR code) for the level of maintenance under consideration.
Actions. Welding, grinding, riveting, straightening, facing, machining, and/or resurfacing.
11. Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore an item to a completely serviceable/operational condition as required by maintenance standards in appropriate technical publications.
Overhaul is normally the highest degree of maintenance performed by the Army. Overhaul does not normally
return an item to like new condition.
12. Rebuild. Those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of material maintenance applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements (e.g., hours/miles) considered in classifying Army equipment/components.
Explanation of Entries in the MAC
Group Number and Component/Assembly. The functional groupings in the sample below identify maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the next higher assembly.
Term
Definition
GROUP
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
04
POWER PLANT
0401
ENGINE, GENERAL
Servicing, handling inspection requirements, overhaul and retirement
schedules. External lines and hoses. (As applicable.)
0402
COMPRESSOR SECTION (COLD SECTION MODULE)
Rotor, blades, vanes, impeller, stators, inlet guide vanes, mainframe, particle
separator, bleed valve, bearings, seals, external lines and hoses.
0403
COMBUSTION SECTION (HOT SECTION MODULE)
Liners, nozzles, stators, rotor, seals, couplings, blades.
0404
POWER-TURBINE (POWER TURBINE MODULE)
Nozzles, rotors, blades, exit guide vanes, exhaust frame, drive
shaft, bearings, seals, external lines and hoses.
0405
ACCESSORY GEAR BOX (ACCESSORY SECTION MODULE)
Input and output gears, seals, chip detector, housings, drive shaft, bearings.
0406
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel control, fuel boost pump, governors, fuel filter assembly, sequence
valve, fuel manifold, fuel nozzle, external lines and hoses.
0407
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical control units, exciters, thermocouples, ignition harness,
electrical cables, history record, torque overspeed
sensor, Np sensor, external lines and hoses.
0408
OIL SYSTEM
Tanks, oil filter, oil cooler, lube and scavenger pumps,
oil filter bypass sensor, external lines and hoses.
Maintenance Function. Entry lists the functions to be performed on the items listed in Component/Assembly.
0132 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0132 00
Maintenance Level. The maintenance levels field and sustainment are listed on the MAC with individual columns for
AMC, ASB, TASMG, and Depot that include the work times for maintenance functions at each maintenance level. Work
time presentations such as "0.1" indicate the average time (expressed in manhours in whole hours or decimals) it requires a maintenance level to perform a specified maintenance function. If a work time has not been established, the
columnar presentation will indicate "--". Maintenance levels higher than the level of maintenance indicated are authorized to perform the indicated function.
Remarks Code. When applicable, this column contains a letter code, in alphabetical order, which is keyed to the remarks.
Explanation of Entries in the Tools and Test Equipment Requirements
Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code. The tool or test equipment reference code correlates with a code used in
tasks and equipment reference code entry of the MAC.
Maintenance Level. The lowest level of maintenance authorized to use the tool or test equipment.
Nomenclature. Name or identification of the tool or test equipment.
National Stock Number (NSN). The NSN of the tool or test equipment.
Tool Number. The manufacturers part number.
Explanation of Entries in the Remarks
Remarks Code. The code recorded in remarks code entry of the MAC.
Remarks. This entry lists information pertinent to the maintenance function being performed as indicated in the MAC.
0132 00-5/6 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0133 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART FOR THE PSGC
Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart.
(1)
GROUP
NUMBER
00
(2)
DESCRIPTION
Primary Survival Gear

Carrier (PSGC), GEN I/II
(3)
MAINTENANCE
FUNCTION
INSPECT
REPAIR
(4)
MAINTENANCE LEVEL
FIELD
SUSTAINMENT
AMC
ASB TASMG DEPOT
(O)
(F)
(L)
(D)
.5
1.5
REPLACE
PSGC Integrated
INSPECT
Extraction/Restraint
Harness
PSGC Right Hand Pocket, INSPECT
GEN I/II
REPAIR
1.0
REPLACE
Signal Equipment Platform INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
.5
.2
.1
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
.1
.1
PSGC Left Hand Pocket,

GEN I/II
First Aid Platform
Tourniquet Pouch
(5)
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT
REF CODE
1, 4, 5, 6,
8, 9, 12,
13, 18, 28
1.5
.1
.1
REPAIR
1.0
REPLACE
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
.5
.2
.1
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
REMOVE
.1
.1
.1
0133 00-1
4, 5, 8, 9,
28, 31
1, 4, 5, 7,
8, 9, 13,
14, 17, 18,
28
5, 8, 9, 28,
31
1, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 13,
14, 17, 22,
23, 24, 25,
28
(6)
REMARKS
CODE
0133 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Table 1. Maintenance Allocation Chart Continued
(1)
GROUP
NUMBER
(2)
DESCRIPTION
Extended Equipment
Pouch (EEP)
Mask Blower Pouch

Extraction Strap
(SRT)
01
Primary Survival Gear

Carrier (PSGC), GEN III
(3)
MAINTENANCE
FUNCTION
(4)
MAINTENANCE LEVEL
FIELD
SUSTAINMENT
AMC
ASB TASMG DEPOT
(O)
(F)
(L)
(D)
REPAIR
.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
.1
.1
REMOVE
REPAIR
.1
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
REPLACE
INSPECT
REPLACE
INSPECT
.2
.1
.1
.1
.1
.1
REPLACE
.1
INSPECT
.5
REPAIR
1.5
REPLACE
PSGC Integrated
INSPECT
Extraction/Restraint
Harness
PSGC Right Hand Pocket, INSPECT
GEN III
REPAIR
1.5
.1
Signal Equipment Platform INSPECT

REMOVE
REPAIR
.2
.1
1.5
PSGC Left Hand Pocket,

GEN III
REPLACE
INSPECT
REPAIR
(5)
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT
REF CODE
1, 4, 5, 6,
8, 9, 13,
18, 22, 23,
24, 25, 28
1, 5, 6, 8,
9, 13, 14,
22, 23, 24,
25, 28
1, 5, 8, 9,
12, 13, 18,
28
.1
1.0
5, 8, 9, 28,
31
1, 5, 8, 9,
13, 18, 28
.1
.3
1.0
0133 00-2
5, 8, 9, 28,
31
(6)
REMARKS
CODE
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0133 00

(1)
GROUP
NUMBER
(2)
DESCRIPTION
First Aid Platform
Radio Pouch
Multi-Purpose Pouch
Tourniquet Pouch
Utility Pouch
M-4 Magazine Pouches
Mask Blower Pouch

Extraction Strap
(3)
MAINTENANCE
FUNCTION
(4)
MAINTENANCE LEVEL
FIELD
SUSTAINMENT
AMC
ASB TASMG DEPOT
(O)
(F)
(L)
(D)
INSPECT
.2
REMOVE
REPAIR
REPLACE
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
.1
1.5
.1
.1
.1
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
.1
.1
.1
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
.1
.1
.1
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
.1
.1
.1
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
.1
.1
.1
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
INSPECT
REPLACE
.1
.1
.1
.1
0133 00-3
(5)
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT
REF CODE
1, 4, 5, 6,
7, 8, 9, 13,
14, 17, 18,
22, 23, 24,
25, 28
1, 4, 5, 6,
8, 9, 13,
18, 22, 23,
24, 25, 28
1, 4, 5, 6,
8, 9, 13,
18, 22, 23,
24, 25, 28
1, 4, 5, 6,
8, 9, 13,
18, 22, 23,
24, 25, 28
1, 4, 5, 6,
8, 9, 13,
18, 22, 23,
24, 25, 28
1, 4, 5, 6,
8, 9, 13,
18, 22, 23,
24, 25, 28
(6)
REMARKS
CODE
0133 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(1)
GROUP
NUMBER
(2)
DESCRIPTION

(SRT)
Adapter Platform
02
Body Armor Overlay

System (BAOS)
BAOS Hoisting Harness

First Aid Platform
Radio Pouch
Multi-Purpose Pouch
Tourniquet Pouch
Utility Pouch
(3)
MAINTENANCE
FUNCTION
(4)
MAINTENANCE LEVEL
FIELD
SUSTAINMENT
AMC
ASB TASMG DEPOT
(O)
(F)
(L)
(D)
INSPECT
.1
REPLACE
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
.1
.1
.1
1.5
REPLACE
.2
INSPECT
.5
REPAIR
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
REPLACE
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
1.5
.1
.2
.1
1.5
.1
.1
.1
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
.1
.1
.1
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
.1
.1
.1
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
REMOVE
.1
.1
.1
0133 00-4
(5)
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT
REF CODE
4, 6, 8, 13,
22, 23, 24,
25
1, 5, 8, 9,
12, 13, 18,
28
1, 4, 5, 6,
8, 9, 13,
18, 22, 23,
24, 25, 28
1, 4, 5, 6,
8, 9, 13,
18, 22, 23,
24, 25, 28
1, 4, 5, 6,
8, 9, 13,
18, 22, 23,
24, 25, 28
(6)
REMARKS
CODE
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0133 00

(1)
GROUP
NUMBER
(2)
DESCRIPTION
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPAIR
.1
.1
.1
1.5
REPLACE
INSPECT
REPLACE
INSPECT
.1
.1
.1
.1
REPLACE
.1
Extended Equipment
INSPECT
Pouch (EEP) Components,
GEN I/II
REMOVE
REPLACE
.5
Extraction Strap
(SRT)
04
05
06
07
08
MAINTENANCE
FUNCTION
(4)
MAINTENANCE LEVEL
FIELD
SUSTAINMENT
AMC
ASB TASMG DEPOT
(O)
(F)
(L)
(D)
REPAIR
M-4 Magazine Pouches
03
(3)
PSGC/BAOS First Aid

Components
PSGC/BAOS Signaling
Components
PSGC/BAOS Additional
Components
Aviation Survival and

Egress Knife (ASEK)
Holster Assembly
.1
.5
INSPECT
.5
REMOVE
REPLACE
.2
.2
INSPECT
.2
REMOVE
REPLACE
.5
.2
INSPECT
.5
REMOVE
REPLACE
.2
.2
INSPECT
.1
REMOVE
REPLACE
.1
.1
INSPECT
REMOVE
REPLACE
.1
.1
.1
0133 00-5
(5)
TOOLS AND
EQUIPMENT
REF CODE
1, 4, 5, 6,
8, 9, 13,
18, 22, 23,
24, 25, 28
1, 4, 5, 6,
8, 9, 13,
18, 22, 23,
24, 25, 28
13, 26, 30
13, 26, 30
13, 26, 30
(6)
REMARKS
CODE
0133 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Table 2. Tool and Test Equipment Requirements.
TOOLS OR
TEST EQUIP
REF CODE
MAINTENANCE
LEVEL
1
2
3
4
5
6
O
O
O
O
O
O
7
8
8A
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
NOMENCLATURE
Cutter, Nylon Webbing
DELETED
DELETED
Nippers, End Cutting
Pencil, China Marking
Press, Hand, Chuck & Die, M369 and
M370
Punch and Die, Grommet Inserting
Razor, Surgical Preparation
Razor, Surgical Preparation
Sewing Machine, Med. Wt.
Safety Goggles
Faceshield
Shears, Straight Trimmers
Shears, Tailors
Punch, Leather
Rule, Steel, Machinist
Awl, Saddlers
Mallet, Rawhide
Ruler, Wood
Pliers, Cutting
Yard Stick
Tool, Fastener
Chuck, Socket
Chuck Stud
Die, Eyelet
Die, Button, Fastener
Punch
DELETED
Needle, Sewing Machine, Size 20
Needle, Sewing Machine, Size 16
Sealing Iron, Electric
Clamp, Spring, Small
DELETED
Needle, Sewing
Scissors
Table 3. MAC REMARKS.

REMARK CODE
*
REMARKS
THERE ARE NO MAC REMARKS.
0133 00-6
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
TOOL
NUMBER
5130-00-956-0081
5110-00-221-1499
7520-00-223-6676
5120-00-880-0619
5120-00-221-1146
6515-01-363-1212
6515-00-754-0426
3530-01-507-4081
4240-00-052-3776
4240-00-202-9473
5110-00-161-6912
5110-00-223-6370
5110-00-596-9604
5210-00-293-3514
5120-00-223-8191
5120-00-293-3397
7510-00-161-6217
5110-01-089-1240
5210-00-985-6610
5120-00-090-4412
5120-00-144-2084
5120-00-144-2088
5120-00-144-2097
5120-00-343-8210
5120-00-628-4265
3530-00-257-2819
3530-00-245-7981
3540-01-386-2478
COMMERCIAL
COMMERCIAL
COMMERCIAL
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0134 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
INTRODUCTION TO RPSTL
INTRODUCTION
SCOPE
This RPSTL lists and authorizes spares and repair parts; special tools; special test, measurement, and diagnostic
equipment (TMDE); and other special support equipment required for performance of Operator and Unit Level Maintenance of the PSGC. It authorizes the requisitioning, issue, and disposition of spares, repair parts, and special tools
as indicated by the source, maintenance, and recoverability (SMR) codes.
GENERAL
In addition to the Introduction work package, this RPSTL is divided into the following work packages.
1.
2.
3.
Repair Parts List Work Packages. Work packages containing lists of spares and repair parts authorized by
this RPSTL for use in the performance of maintenance. These work packages also include parts which must
be removed for replacement of the authorized parts. Parts lists are composed of functional groups in ascending alphanumeric sequence, with the parts in each group listed in ascending figure and item number
sequence. Sending units, brackets, filters, and bolts are listed with the component they mount on. Bulk materials are listed by item name in FIG. BULK at the end of the work packages. Repair parts kits are listed
separately in their own functional group and work package. Repair parts for reparable special tools are also
listed in a separate work package. Items listed are shown on the associated illustrations.
Special Tools List Work Packages. Work packages containing lists of special tools, special TMDE, and special support equipment authorized by this RPSTL (as indicated by Basis of Issue (BOI) information in the
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column). Tools that are components of common tool sets
and/or Class VII are not listed.
Cross-Reference Indexes Work Packages. There are two cross reference indexes work packages in this RPSTL: the National Stock Number (NSN) Index work package and the Part Number (P/N) Index work package.
The National Stock Number Index work package refers you to the figure and item number. The Part Number
Index work package refers you to the figure and item number.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE REPAIR PARTS LIST AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST WORK PACKAGES
ITEM NO. (Column (1)). Indicates the number used to identify items called out in the illustration.
SMR CODE (Column (2)). The SMR code containing supply/requisitioning information, maintenance level authorization criteria, and disposition instruction, as shown in the following breakout:
Source Code
XXXXX
1st two positions: How to
get an item.
Maintenance Code
XXXXX
Recoverability Code
XXXXX
3rd position: who can

install, replace, or use the
item.
4th position: Who can do

complete repair* on the
item
XXXXX
5th position: Who
determines disposition
action on unserviceable
items.
*Complete Repair: Maintenance capacity, capability, and authority to perform all corrective maintenance tasks of the
"Repair" function in a use/user environment in order to restore serviceability to a failed item.
0134 00-1
0134 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Source Code. The source code tells you how you get an item needed for maintenance, repair, or overhaul of an end
item/equipment. Explanations of source codes follow:
Source Code
PA
NOTE
PB
Items coded PC are subject to

deterioration.
PC
PD
PE
PF
PG
KD
KF
KB
MO-Made at unit/AVUM level
MF-Made at DS/AVIM level
MH-Made at GS level
ML-Made at SRA
MD-Made at depot
AO-Assembled by unit/AVUM level

AF-Assembled by DS/AVIM level
AH-Assembled by GS level
AL-Assembled by SRA
AD-Assembled by depot
Stock items; use the applicable NSN to requisition/request items with these source codes. They are authorized to the level indicated by the code entered in the 3rd
position of the SMR code.
Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. They are part of a kit which is
authorized to the maintenance level indicated in the 3rd
position of the SMR code. The complete kit must be
requisitioned and applied.
Items with these codes are not to be requisitioned/requested individually. They must be made from bulk
material which is identified by the P/N in the DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column and
listed in the bulk material group work package of the RPSTL. If the item is authorized to you by the 3rd position
code of the SMR code, but the source code indicates it is
made at higher level, order the item from the higher level
of maintenance.
Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. The parts that make up the
assembled item must be requisitioned or fabricated
and assembled at the level of maintenance indicated
by the source code. If the 3rd position of the SMR code
authorizes you to replace the item, but the source code
indicates the item is assembled at a higher level, order
the item from the higher level of maintenance.
XA
Do not requisition an "XA" coded item. Order the next

higher assembly. (Refer to NOTE below.)
XB
If an item is not available from salvage, order it using

the Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC)
and P/N.
XC
Installation drawings, diagrams, instruction sheets, field

service drawings; identified by manufacturers P/N.
XD
Item is not stocked. Order an XD-coded item through

normal supply channels using the CAGEC and P/N
given, if no NSN is available.
0134 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0134 00
Source Code
NOTE
Cannibalization or controlled exchange, when authorized, may be used as a source of supply
for items with the above source codes except for those items source coded "XA" or those AV
support items restricted by requirements of AR 750-1.
Maintenance Code. Maintenance codes tell you the level(s) of maintenance authorized to use and repair support
items. The maintenance codes are entered in the third and fourth positions of the SMR code as follows:
Third Position. The maintenance code entered in the third position tells you the lowest maintenance level authorized to
remove, replace, and use an item. The maintenance code entered in the third position will indicate authorization to the
following levels of maintenance:
Maintenance Code
C-
Crew or operator maintenance done within unit/AVUM

maintenance.
O-
Unit level/AVUM maintenance can remove, replace, and

use the item.
F-
Direct support/AVIM maintenance can remove, replace,

and use the item.
H-
General support maintenance can remove, replace, and

use the item.
L-
Specialized repair activity can remove, replace, and use

the item.
D-
Depot can remove, replace, and use the item.
Fourth Position. The maintenance code entered in the fourth position tells you whether or not the item is to be repaired
and identifies the lowest maintenance level with the capability to do complete repair (perform all authorized repair functions).
NOTE
Some limited repair may be done on the item at a lower level of maintenance, if authorized by
the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) and SMR codes.
Maintenance Code
O-
Unit/AVUM is the lowest level that can do complete

repair of the item.
0134 00-3
0134 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
Maintenance Code
F-
Direct support/AVIM is the lowest level that can do

H-
General support is the lowest level that can do complete

repair of the item.
L-
Specialized repair activity (enter specialized repair

activity designator) is the lowest level that can do
D-
Depot is the lowest level that can do complete repair of

the item.
Z-
Nonreparable. No repair is authorized.
B-
No repair is authorized. No parts or special tools are

authorized for maintenance of "B" coded item. However,
the item may be reconditioned by adjusting, lubricating,
etc., at the user level.
Recoverability Code. Recoverability codes are assigned to items to indicate the disposition action on unserviceable
items. The recoverability code is shown in the fifth position of the SMR code as follows:
Recoverability Code
Z-
Nonreparable item. When unserviceable, condemn and

dispose of the item at the level of maintenance shown in
the third position of the SMR code.
O-

condemn and dispose of the item at the unit level.
F-

condemn and dispose of the item at the direct support
level.
H-

condemn and dispose of the item at the general support
level.
D-
Reparable item. When beyond lower level repair

capability, return to depot. Condemnation and disposal
of item are not authorized below depot level.
L-
Reparable item. Condemnation and disposal not

authorized below Specialized Repair Activity (SRA).
A-
Item requires special handling or condemnation

procedures because of specific reasons (such as
precious metal content, high dollar value, critical
material, or hazardous material). Refer to appropriate
manuals/directives for specific instructions.
NSN (Column (3)). The NSN for the item is listed in this column.
0134 00-4
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0134 00
CAGEC (Column (4)). The Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) is a five-digit code which is used to
identify the manufacturer, distributor, or Government agency/activity that supplies the item.
PART NUMBER (Column (5)). Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual, company, firm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the item by means of its engineering
drawings, specifications, standards, and inspection requirements to identify an item or range of items.
NOTE
When you use an NSN to requisition an item, the item you receive may have a different P/N from
the number listed.
NOTE
UOC GEN I is for the PSGC 1st Generation.

UOC GEN II is for the PSGC 2nd Generation.
UOC GEN III is for the PSGC 3rd Generation.
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) (Column (6)). This column includes the following information:
1.
2.
3.
4.
The federal item name, and when required, a minimum description to identify the item.
P/Ns of bulk materials are referenced in this column in the line entry to be manufactured or fabricated.
Hardness Critical Item (HCI). A support item that provides the equipment with special protection from electromagnetic pulse (EMP) damage during a nuclear attack.
The statement END OF FIGURE appears just below the last item description in column (6) for a given figure
in both the repair parts list and special tools list work packages.
QUANTITY (QTY) (Column (7)). The QTY (quantity per figure) column indicates the quantity of the item used in the
breakout shown on the illustration/figure, which is prepared for a functional group, subfunctional group, or an assembly. A "V" appearing in this column instead of a quantity indicates that the quantity is variable and quantity may change
from application to application.
EXPLANATION OF CROSS-REFERENCE INDEXES WORK PACKAGES FORMAT AND COLUMNS
1.
National Stock Number (NSN) Index Work Package.

STOCK NUMBER Column. This column lists the NSN in National item identification number (NIIN) sequence. The NIIN consists of the last nine digits of the NSN.
NSN
(e.g., 5385-01-574-1476)
NIIN
When using this column to locate an item, ignore the first four digits of the NSN. However, the complete NSN should
be used when ordering items by stock number.
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located. The figures are
in numerical order in the repair parts list and special tools list work packages.
ITEM Column. The item number identifies the item associated with the figure listed in the adjacent FIG.
column. This item is also identified by the NSN listed on the same line.
0134 00-5
0134 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
2.
Part Number (P/N) Index Work Package. P/Ns in this index are listed in ascending alphanumeric sequence
(vertical arrangement of letter and number combinations which places the first letter or digit of each group in
order A through Z, followed by the numbers 0 through 9 and each following letter or digit in like order).
PART NUMBER Column. Indicates the P/N assigned to the item.
list and special tools list work packages.
3.
Reference Designator Index Work Package. Reference designators in this index are listed in ascending
alphanumeric sequence (vertical arrangement of letter and number combination which places the first letter
or digit of each group in order "A" through "Z," followed by the numbers "0" through "9" and each following
letter or digit in like order).
REFERENCE DESIGNATOR Column. Indicates the reference designator assigned to the item.
list or special tools list work package.
HOW TO LOCATE REPAIR PARTS

1.
When NSNs or P/Ns Are Not Known.

First. Using the table of contents, determine the assembly group to which the item belongs. This is necessary
since figures are prepared for assembly groups and subassembly groups, and lists are divided into the same
groups.
Second. Find the figure covering the functional group or the subfunctional group to which the item belongs.
Third. Identify the item on the figure and note the number(s).
Fourth. Look in the repair parts list work packages for the figure and item numbers. The NSNs and part
numbers are on the same line as the associated item numbers.
2.
When NSN Is Known.

First. If you have the NSN, look in the STOCK NUMBER column of the NSN index work package. The NSN
is arranged in NIIN sequence. Note the figure and item number next to the NSN.
Second. Turn to the figure and locate the item number. Verify that the item is the one you are looking for.
3.
When P/N Is Known.

First. If you have the P/N and not the NSN, look in the PART NUMBER column of the P/N index work package.
Identify the figure and item number.
Second. Look up the item on the figure in the applicable repair parts list work package.
0134 00-6
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL)
0135 00-1
0135 00
0135 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
LEFT
RIGHT
1
13
2
4
12
11
10
5
9
6
MS040344
Figure 1
Primary Survival Gear Carrier, GEN I/II.
0135 00-2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
0135 00
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 00
PRIMARY SURVIVAL GEAR CARRIER, GEN I/II
FIGURE 1.
PRIMARY SURVIVAL GEAR
CARRIER, GEN I/II
1
PAOOO
PAOOO
2
3
XAOZZ
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
8415-01-513-8143
1YHY2
612100-1
81996
1005804
78848
1YHY2
OPD5
612500-1
81996
1005815
1YHY2
612408-1
PAOOO
81996
1005812
5
6
PCOZZ
PAOZZ
81996
1YHY2
1001039
612501-1
PAOZZ
81996
1005816
PAOZZ
45187
13/4CL
8
9
PCOZZ
PAOZZ
8415-01-572-6710
8415-01-514-1075
70133
1YHY2
1005943-1
612603-1
PAOZZ
8415-01-514-1075
70133
1005829-1
10
PAOOO
8415-01-514-1072
1YHY2
612153-1
10
PAOOO
81996
1005809
11
PAOOO
1YHY2
612300-1
11
PAOOO
81996
1005810
12
PAOOO
8415-01-514-1067
1YHY2
612320-1
13
PAOZZ
8415-01-514-1086
70133
612412-1
13
PAOZZ
8415-01-514-1086
70133
1005813-1
8465-01-322-7433
8415-01-513-8148
8415-01-514-1061
8415-01-514-1062
Primary Survival Gear Carrier ......................................

UOC:GEN I
UOC:GEN II
. Snap Link, Front .........................................................
. Right Hand Pocket Assy .............................................
UOC:GEN I
. Right Hand Pocket Assy .............................................
UOC:GEN II
. . Signaling Pouch Assy ..............................................
UOC:GEN I
. . Signaling Pouch Assy ..............................................
UOC:GEN II
. Safety Restraint Tether (SRT) ....................................
. PSGC Leg Straps ......................................................
UOC:GEN I
. PSGC Leg Straps ......................................................
UOC:GEN II
. . PSGC Leg Strap Buckle ...........................................
UOC:GEN I/II
. Extraction Strap .........................................................
. Mask Blower Pouch ...................................................
UOC:GEN I
UOC:GEN II
. EE Pouch Assy (EEP) ................................................
UOC:GEN I
. EE Pouch Assy (EEP) ................................................
UOC:GEN II
. Left Hand Pocket Assy ...............................................
UOC:GEN I
. Left Hand Pocket Assy ...............................................
UOC:GEN II
. . First Aid Platform .....................................................
UOC:GEN I/II
. Tourniquet Pouch .......................................................
UOC:GEN I
UOC:GEN II
END OF FIGURE
0135 00-3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0135 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
1
4
2
13
14
12
11
6
10
9
MS040342
Figure 2
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), GEN III.

(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 01
PRIMARY SURVIVAL GEAR CARRIER (PSGC),
GEN III
FIGURE 2.
PRIMARY SURVIVAL GEAR
CARRIER (PSGC), GEN III
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
9
10
PAOOO
PAOZZ
PAOOO
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOOO
PCOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PCOZZ
PAOZZ
8415-01-513-8143
8465-01-322-7433
8415-01-514-1067
8415-01-546-8380
8415-01-553-0218
8415-01-572-6710
8465-01-547-9843
81996
58536
70133
81996
81996
54786
81996
81996
81996
70133
70133
1005804-5
A-A-50041
1005811-1
1005948-1
1005946-3
1005825-1
1001039
1005816-1
1005816-3
1005943-1
1005945-1
0135 00-4

. Snap Link, Front, Type III ...........................................
. First Aid Platform .......................................................
. Adapter Platform ........................................................
. Radio Pouch ..............................................................
. Multi-Purpose Pouch .................................................
. Safety Restraint Tether (SRT) ....................................
. Leg Straps Regular ....................................................
. Leg Straps Long .........................................................
. Extraction Strap .........................................................
. Magazine Pouch, M-4 ................................................
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
11
12
13
PAOZZ
PAOOO
PAOOZ
8415-01-547-9846
8415-01-514-1086
8415-01-514-1075
70133
70133
70133
1005944-1
1005813-1
1005829-1
14
PAOOO
8415-01-514-1061
81996
1005840-1
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
0135 00
(6)
CODE(UOC)
. Utility Pouch ...............................................................

UOC:GEN III
. Signaling Platform ......................................................
END OF FIGURE
0135 00-5
(7)
QTY
1
1
1
1
0135 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
8
L
1
R
Figure 3
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
MS040391
Body Armor Overlay System (BAOS).

(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 02
FIGURE 3.
BODY ARMOR OVERLAY SYSTEM
(BAOS)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
PCOZZ
PCOZZ
PAOOO
8415-01-547-9846
8415-01-546-8380
8465-01-547-9843
8415-01-514-1086
8465-01-553-0218
8415-01-572-6710
8415-01-514-1067
81996
81996
81996
70133
81996
70133
70133
54786
70133
81996
70133
1028611-1
1028612-1
1028613-1
1005944-1
1005946-3
1005945-1
1005813-1
1005825-1
1005943-1
1001039
1005811-1
Body Armor Overlay System (BAOS) ...........................

. Body Armor Overlay ...................................................
. Hoisting Harness .......................................................
. Utility Pouch ...............................................................
. Radio Pouch ..............................................................
. M-4 Magazine Pouch .................................................
. Multi-Purpose Pouch .................................................
. Extraction Strap (Not Shown) .....................................
. Safety Restraint Tether (SRT) (Not Shown) ................
. First Aid Platform (Not Shown) ...................................
END OF FIGURE
0135 00-6
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
1
0135 00
3
4
SPF
15
SUNSCREEN
INSECT
REPELLENT

WATER IN CANTEENS
BAG, STORAGE
DRINKING WATER
SIZE: B
SPEC. MILB8571D
SPO 10095C5114
MFD. 12/1995
INSPECTION 12/2000
0.3 FL OZ.
ASSORTED
10
9
6
FIRE STARTER
AVIATION
STERILE
SURVIVAL
EMERGENCY
SPARKLITE
7
MS040314
Figure 4
Extended Equipment Pouch (EEP) Components, GEN I/II.
0135 00-7
0135 00
(1)
ITEM
NO.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 03
EXTENDED EQUIPMENT POUCH (EEP)
COMPONENTS, GEN I/II
FIGURE 4.
EXTENDED EQUIPMENT POUCH
(EEP) COMPONENTS, GEN I/II
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
6840-01-452-9582
8465-00-634-4499
6850-00-985-7166
7210-00-935-6666
1680-01-233-0061
4020-00-246-0688
8960-01-124-4543
8970-01-028-9406
6510-00-201-1755
1RGC8
6T584
81349
81996
81349
1HP49
81755
63298
4N5D6
63298
58536
SUNSECT
MIL-B-8571D
MILW283
1001040
MIL-B-36964
SL3
P5006-4G
A-A-20332
1WG0415-BX
A-A-20331
BANDAGE,MUSLIN
Sunscreen ...................................................................
Drinking Water BG .......................................................
Water Purification Tablets ............................................
Bags, Plastic Freezer ...................................................
Blanket, Casualty .........................................................
Fire Starter, Spark-Lite .................................................
Cord, 550 lb .................................................................
Water, Drinking PK .......................................................
Blastmatch ..................................................................
Ration Candy ...............................................................
Bandage, Gauze (Not Shown) .....................................
END OF FIGURE
0135 00-8
3
1
1
3
1
1
20
3
1
1
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0135 00
1
2
LOPER AMIDE HCI

2mg CAPSULE
DOXYCYCLINE
HYCLATE
100mg TABLET
LOPER AMIDE HCI

2mg CAPSULE
DOXYCYCLINE
HYCLATE
100mg TABLET
LOPER AMIDE HCI

2mg CAPSULE
DOXYCYCLINE
HYCLATE
100mg TABLET
LOPER AMIDE HCI

2mg CAPSULE
DOXYCYCLINE
HYCLATE
100mg TABLET
LOPER AMIDE HCI

2mg CAPSULE
INE
DOXYCYCL
HYCLATE
T
100mg TABLE
15
4
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
OR
ENED
USE
IF OP
USE
ILE
NOT
DO
STER
ADH
BAN ESIV
DAG E
E
ADH
BAN ESIV
DAG E
E
DO
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
NOT
STER
ILE
IF OP
DAMA
ENED
GED
OR
DAMA
GED

1 SHEET 6" X 60"
PART # DMH 1115
ASPRIN
325 mg (5gr) TABLET
5
BAC
IT
OPH RACIN
THA
LMI
OIN
C
TM
ENT
USP
STER
ILE
14
13
CINCH TIGH
SSION
E COMPRE
STERIL
ABD PAD
E 8" X 10"
BANDAG
FIRE STARTER
SPF
15
AVIATION
SURVIVAL
SUNSCREEN
INSECT
REPELLENT
BETADINE
solution
SPARKLITE
povidoneiodine, 10%
TOPICAL ANTISEPTIC
0.3 FL OZ.
E YE
FOR DEGERMING SKIN

MUCOUS MEMBRANE
12
11
10
PA
TC
8
MS040315
Figure 5
PSGC/BAOS First Aid Components.
0135 00-9
0135 00
(1)
ITEM
NO.
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 04
PSGC/BAOS FIRST AID COMPONENTS
FIGURE 5.
PSGC/BAOS FIRST AID
COMPONENTS
1
2
PAOZZ
PCOZZ
6515-01-491-5719
6505-00-009-5060
1V571
63488
PCOZZ
6505-01-238-5632
65751
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
PAOZZ
PCOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PCOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
6510-01-538-6292
6510-00-913-7909
6510-00-203-6010
6510-01-503-2109
6510-01-497-0711
1680-01-233-0061
6840-01-452-9582
0VMU5
81348
81348
1NNH6
64616
1HP49
038C1
1RGC8
12
PCOZZ
6505-00-914-3593
3LEA3
13
PAOZZ
7920-00-240-2559
83421
14
PCOZZ
6505-00-582-4190
23301
15
PCOZZ
6505-01-436-9606
0ZV89
EF1109D
NDC001821035-89
NDC510790690-20
DMH1115
DDD-B-0035
UP401
6510015032109
3583002841
SL3
6020-0101
SUNSECT/320
PACKETS/BX
NDC676180150-05
7920-00-2402559
NDC001680026-38
NDC000450501-30
Gloves ......................................................................... 2
Doxycycline Hyclate .................................................... 10
Loperamide Capsules .................................................. 10
Combat Trauma Wrap Kit ............................................
Bandages, Adhesive ....................................................
Moleskin ......................................................................
Bandage,Elastic ..........................................................
Eye Pad .......................................................................
Fire Starter, Aviation Survival, Spark Lite .....................
Tape ............................................................................
Sunscreen ...................................................................
Povidone-Iodine Topical Solution ................................. 1

Sponge, Rectangular ................................................... 1
Bacitracin Ointment ..................................................... 2
Acetaminophen Tablets,USP ....................................... 10
END OF FIGURE
0135 00-10
1
6
1
1
1
1
1
3
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0135 00
1
4
WARNING
DO NOT EXTEND
SHIELD FOR I.R.
OPERATION
2
3
MS040345
Figure 6
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
PSGC/BAOS Signaling Components.

(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 05
PSGC/BAOS SIGNALING COMPONENTS
FIGURE 6.
PSGC/BAOS SIGNALING
COMPONENTS
1
2
3
4
5
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
8465-00-254-8803
6605-01-196-6971
6230-01-411-8535
6350-00-105-1252
1370-00-490-7362
83421
81349
18560
0EYE8
98747
A-A-55106
MIL-C-10436
ACR/MS-2000M
WG0601
89108839
Whistle ........................................................................
Compass .....................................................................
Light, Distress Marker ..................................................
Mirror, Emergency Signaling ........................................
Signal Kit, Personnel Distress ......................................
END OF FIGURE
0135 00-11
1
1
1
1
1
0135 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
4
Figure 7
(1)
(2)
ITEM
NO.
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
MS040366
PSGC/BAOS Additional Components.

(4)
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 06
PSGC/BAOS ADDITIONAL COMPONENTS
FIGURE 7.
PSGC/BAOS ADDITIONAL
COMPONENTS
1
2
PCOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
3
4
5
PCOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
1680-01-564-6813
81996
70133
1005942-3
1005996-1
70133
1006055-1
1680-01-518-7270
8645-01-322-7432
81996
58536
70133
1005851-1
A-A-50041
1005991-1
6230-01-259-4495
06134
103-000-235
0135 00-12
Personal Restraint Tether (PRT) ..................................

AWIS WED Pouch (UC) ...............................................
UOC:GEN II/III
AWIS WED Pouch (OCP) ............................................
UOC:GEN II/III
Extension Tether ..........................................................
. Snap Link, Rear, Type II .............................................
Enhanced Mobile Equipment (EME) Pouch .................
UOC:GEN II/III
Flashlight (Not Shown) ................................................
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
(4)
NSN
CAGEC
(5)
PART
NUMBER
6
6
7
7
8
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
6230-01-562-3691
6230-01-259-4495
6515-00-383-0565
6515-01-521-7976
1095-01-519-5174
3W1N8
50711
81349
06ST7
81996
P2160-B
860-0022-5
MILT36045
30-0001
LBT-0372H-LH
PAOZZ
1095-01-519-5179
81996
LBT-0372H-RH
0135 00
(6)
CODE(UOC)

Tourniquet (Not Shown) ...............................................
Tourniquet, Combat Application (Not Shown) ..............
Holster, LH (Not Shown) ..............................................
UOC:GEN I/II
Holster, RH (Not Shown) ..............................................
UOC:GEN I/II
END OF FIGURE
0135 00-13
(7)
QTY
1
1
1
1
1
1
0135 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
MS040389
Figure 8
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
Knife System.
(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 07
KNIFE SYSTEM
FIGURE 8.
KNIFE SYSTEM
1
PAOZZ
1095-01-530-0833
2V376
1410
PAOOO
1095-01-530-0827
2V376
1412
PAOZZ
1095-01-530-0832
2V376
1411
PAOOO
1095-01-530-0826
2V376
1417
5
1
PAOZZ
PAOZZ
1095-01-518-6879
1095-01-518-6832
2V376
2V376
1429
1400
PAOOO
1095-01-518-6875
2V376
1402
PAOZZ
1095-01-518-6868
2V376
1401
PAOOO
1095-01-518-6877
2V376
1417
Knife System ...............................................................

UOC:GEN II/III
. Scabbard ...................................................................
UOC:GEN II/III
. Combat Knife .............................................................
UOC:GEN II/III
. Strap Cutter ...............................................................
UOC:GEN II/III
. . Replacement Blade, Strap Cutter (Not Shown) ........
Knife System (Not Shown) ...........................................
UOC:GEN I
. Scabbard (Not Shown) ...............................................
UOC:GEN I
. Combat Knife (Not Shown) .........................................
UOC:GEN I
. Strap Cutter (Not Shown) ...........................................
UOC:GEN I
END OF FIGURE
0135 00-14
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0135 00
1
6
7
9
8
MS040390
Figure 9
(1)
ITEM
NO.
(2)
SMR
CODE
(3)
NSN
(4)
CAGEC
Holster Assembly, GEN III.

(5)
PART
NUMBER
(6)
CODE(UOC)
(7)
QTY
GROUP 08
HOLSTER ASSEMBLY, GEN III
FIGURE 9.
HOLSTER ASSEMBLY, GEN III
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
PAOOO
1095-01-550-3913
8465-01-559-1707
1095-01-550-3883
8465-01-559-1716
8465-01-559-1702
1670-01-550-5338
81996
0EYB3
0EYB3
0EYB3
81996
0EYB3
0EYB3
0EYB3
0EYB3
1005845-5
LBT 6099B
LBT-6099J
LBT 0370D
1005845-43
LBT-6099H
LBT 6099E
LBT 0373-6S
LBT 0373B-4F
Holster, Univer Assy ....................................................

. Platform Thigh Mount .................................................
. Strap, Back ................................................................
. Harness, Shoulder .....................................................
. Holster, Univer ...........................................................
. Kit, Holster Flap .........................................................
. Pouch, Magazine 9MM ..............................................
. Extender 6-inch Swivel ..............................................
. Extender 4-inch ..........................................................
END OF FIGURE
0135 00-15/16 blank
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0136 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
NSN INDEX
STOCK NUMBER
FIG.
ITEM
STOCK NUMBER
FIG.
ITEM
6505-00-009-5060
6350-00-105-1252
6510-00-201-1755
6510-00-203-6010
7920-00-240-2559
4020-00-246-0688
8465-00-254-8803
6515-00-383-0565
1370-00-490-7362
6505-00-582-4190
8465-00-634-4499
6510-00-913-7909
6505-00-914-3593
7210-00-935-6666
6850-00-985-7166
8970-01-028-9406
8960-01-124-4543
6605-01-196-6971
1680-01-233-0061
5
6
4
5
5
4
6
7
6
5
4
5
5
4
4
4
4
6
5
4
5
7
7
7
2
1
6
5
5
4
5
5
5
1
2
1
2
1
1
2
1
2
4
11
6
13
7
1
7
5
14
2
5
12
5
3
10
8
2
9
6
3
6
6
4
2
2
3
15
11
1
1
8
7
1
1
3
14
4
11
3
12
8415-01-514-1072
8415-01-514-1075
1
1
2
1
3
1
1
2
8
8
8
8
8
7
7
7
7
8
8
8
8
5
2
3
2
3
3
2
9
9
9
2
3
9
9
9
7
7
1
2
3
10
9
13
9
7
13
13
12
1
3
2
4
5
3
8
8
7
4
2
3
1
4
5
5
10
6
4
11
5
1
9
6
8
8
4
7
6
1
8
9
9
6505-01-238-5632
6230-01-259-4495
8645-01-322-7432
8465-01-322-7433
6230-01-411-8535
6505-01-436-9606
6840-01-452-9582
6515-01-491-5719
6510-01-497-0711
6510-01-503-2109
8415-01-513-8143
8415-01-513-8143
8415-01-513-8148
8415-01-514-1061
8415-01-514-1062
8415-01-514-1067
8415-01-514-1086
1095-01-518-6832
1095-01-518-6868
1095-01-518-6875
1095-01-518-6877
1095-01-518-6879
1680-01-518-7270
1095-01-519-5174
1095-01-519-5179
6515-01-521-7976
1095-01-530-0826
1095-01-530-0827
1095-01-530-0832
1095-01-530-0833
6510-01-538-6292
8415-01-546-8380
8465-01-547-9843
8415-01-547-9846
1095-01-550-3883
1095-01-550-3913
1670-01-550-5338
8415-01-553-0218
8465-01-559-1702
8465-01-559-1707
8465-01-559-1716
6230-01-562-3691
1680-01-564-6813
1680-01-572-6710
0136 00-1/2 blank
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0137 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
PART NUMBER (P/N) INDEX
PART NUMBER
A-A-20331
A-A-20332
A-A-50041
A-A-55106
ACR/MS-2000M
BANDAGE,MUSLIN
DDD-B-0035
DMH1115
EF1109D
LBT 0370D
LBT 0373-6S
LBT 0373B-4F
LBT 6099B
LBT 6099E
LBT-0372H-LH
LBT-0372H-RH
LBT-6099H
LBT-6099J
MIL-B-36964
MIL-B-8571D
MIL-C-10436
MILT36045
MILW283
NDC00045-0501-30
NDC00168-0026-38
NDC00182-1035-89
NDC51079-0690-20
NDC67618-0150-05
OPD5
P2160-B
P5006-4G
SL3
SUNSECT/320
PACKETS/BX
SUNSECT
UP401
WG0601
1001039
FIG.
ITEM
4
4
2
7
6
6
4
5
5
5
9
9
9
9
9
7
7
9
9
4
4
6
7
4
5
5
5
5
5
1
7
4
5
4
5
10
8
2
4
1
3
11
5
4
1
4
8
9
2
7
8
8
6
3
5
2
2
7
3
15
14
2
3
12
2
6
7
9
6
11
4
5
6
1
3
1
6
4
5
10
PART NUMBER
1001040
1005804-5
1005804
1005809
1005810
1005811-1
1005812
1005813-1
1005815
1005816-1
1005816-3
1005816
1005825-1
1005829-1
1005840-1
1005845-43
1005845-5
1005851-1
1005942-3
1005943-1
1005943-1
1005944-1
1005945-1
1005946-3
1005948-1
1005991-1
1005996-1
1006055-1
1028611-1
1028612-1
1028613-1
103-000-235
0137 00-1
FIG.
2
4
2
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
2
1
2
2
1
2
3
2
1
2
9
9
7
7
1
2
3
1
3
2
3
2
2
3
2
7
7
7
3
3
3
7
ITEM
7
4
1
1
10
11
3
4
7
13
12
3
8
8
6
6
8
13
9
14
5
1
3
1
8
9
9
8
4
11
6
10
5
5
4
5
2
2
1
2
3
6
0137 00
PART NUMBER
13/4CL
1400
1401
1402
1410
1411
1412
1417
1429
1WG0415-BX
30-0001
3583002841
6020-0101
612100-1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
FIG.
1
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
4
7
5
5
1
ITEM
7
1
3
2
1
3
2
4
5
9
7
8
10
1
PART NUMBER
612153-1
612300-1
612320-1
612408-1
612412-1
612500-1
612501-1
612603-1
6510015032109
720M
7920-00-240-2559
860-0022-5
89108839
0137 00-2
FIG.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
5
7
6
ITEM
10
11
12
4
13
3
6
9
7
7
13
6
5
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0138 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST (AAL)
INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package lists additional items you are authorized for the support of the PSGC/BAOS.
General
This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the PSGC and that do not have to be turned in with it. These
items are all authorized to you by CTA, MTOE, TDA, or JTA.
Explanation of Columns in the AAL
Column (2) Description, Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC), and Part Number (P/N). Identifies the
Federal item name (in all capital letters) followed by a minimum description when needed. The last line below the description is the CAGEC (in parentheses) and the part number.
Column (3) Usable On Code. When applicable, gives you a code if the item you need is not the same for different models of equipment.
Column (5) Qty Recm. Indicates the quantity recommended.
Table 1. Additional Authorization List.
(1)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
6530-01-262-4510
(2)
Locking Carabiner
(97427) SK-206-13
0138 00-1/2 blank
(3)
USABLE
ON CODE
(4)
U/I
SZ1-SZ6
EA
(5)
QTY RECM
1
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0139 00
PART NO. 1005804-5 NSN 8415-01-513-8143 EIC: NA
EXPENDABLE AND DURABLE ITEMS LIST
INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package lists expendable and durable items that you will need to operate and maintain the Primary Survival
Gear Carrier (PSGC) and Body Armor Overlay System (BAOS). This list is for information only and is not authority to
requisition the listed items. These items are authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable/Durable Items (Except
Medical, Class V Repair Parts, and Heraldic Items), or CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable
Items.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE EXPENDABLE/DURABLE ITEMS LIST
Column (1) Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the list and is referenced in the narrative instructions
to identify the item.
Column (2) Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item. (C = Operator/Crew, O = Field/AMC, F = Field/ASB, H = Below Depot Sustainment, D = Depot).
Column (3) National Stock Number (NSN). This is the NSN assigned to the item which you can use to requisition it.
Column (4) Item Name, Description, Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC), and Part Number (P/N). This
column provides the other information you need to identify the item.
Table 1. Expendable and Durable Items List.
(1)
(2)
ITEM
NUMBER LEVEL
1
2
3
O
O
O
6
7
8
9
10
11
O
O
O
O
O
O
12
13
(3)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
(4)
CAGE, PART NUMBER
Adjuster, Y1, 1 7/8-inch (45187)
Tactile Bead, Small (81996) 1005843-1
Buckle, Quick Release Adjustable (81996)
1005833-31
Buckle, Quick Release Adjustable (81996)
1005833-33
Cord, Fibrous, Nylon, 100 lb, TY 1A, CG 483
MIL-C-5040H
Ring, Dee-Medium (56536) A-A-59557-A4
Grommet type 1, class 3, size#0, black NASM16491
Leg Strap Assy (81996) 1005816-1
Leg Strap Pad Assy 1005839
Loop (81996) 1005832-1
Tape, Hook and Pile, TY 2, CL1, 1-inch, 1-inch,
4-inch, FG 504 A-A-55126
Webbing, Nylon Textile, Type VIII Class
1/1A,CG483, 1 15/16-inch (NOM)
Eyelet MS27980-9B
0139 00-1
(5)
U/I
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
GR
EA
EA
EA
YD
HD
0139 00
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
(1)
(2)
ITEM
NUMBER LEVEL
(3)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
14
15
16
O
O
O
4020-00-246-0688
17
18
19
20
O
O
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
O
O
O
O
O
O
5325-00-842-1879
5325-00-285-6250
5325-00-359-6844
5325-01-023-3843
35
5325-00-945-2577
36
5325-00-276-4978
37
38
39
40
41
O
O
O
5325-00-276-4908
(4)
CAGE, PART NUMBER
Cord, 550lb, 20ft. (81755) P5006-4G
Cord, Coreless, 100 lb test
Webbing, Nylon Textile, Type VIII Class 1/1A, 1
23/32 Inch Wide, FG504 PIA-W-4088
Webbing, Nylon Textile, Type IV Class 1/1A, 1 Inch
Wide, FG504 PIA-T-5038
Webbing, Nylon Textile, Type III Class 1/1A, 1 Inch
Wide, FG504 PIA-T-5038
Nylon Tape, 3/4 Inch Wide (70133) MIL-T-5038
Quick release adjustable buckle, FG504, Cobra
(45187) FC45B-FG-XL
Side release dual bar buckle, 1-inch, FG503, Assy
1005834-1 (02768) 101-1100-5676
Side release dual bar buckle, 2-inch, FG504, Assy
1005870-1 (02768) 101-0200-5676
Oxford Aramid cloth, universal camouflage
1005836-1
Webbing, textile, woven, nylon CL 1 or 2, 2 inch,
FG504 MIL-W-17337
Webbing, textile, nylon type 3, 1 inch, FG504
A-A-55301
Nylon hook and pile fastener tape, 1-inch, FG504
A-A-55126
Nylon hook and pile fastener tape, 2-inch, FG505
A-A-55126
Webbing, textile, elastic type 2, class 1, 1-inch,
FG504 PIA-W-5664
Cord Fibrous, Nylon, Type IIA, FG504 PIA-C-5040
Stud, snap fastener, male, black MS27980-7B
Socket, snap fastener, black MS27980-6B
Cap, snap fastener, black MS27980-1B
Eyelet, metallic, black MS27980-8B
Grommet, metallic, type 1, class 3, size #00, black
NASM16491
Socket, snap fastener, black, Pull the Dot
MS27983-2
Eyelet, snap fastener, post, metallic, black, Pull the
Dot MS27983-4
Cap, snap fastener, Button, FG504, (MS279831G), Pull the Dot MS27983-1
Stud, snap fastener, male, black, Pull the Dot
MS27983-3
Thread, nylon, size E, FG504 V-T-295
Adapter, 1005837-1, FG503 Y1-GRN
Welded, Wire Rectangle, black WR32 X 6-12 BS
0139 00-2
(5)
U/I
SL
RL
YD
YD
YD
YD
EA
EA
EA
YD
YD
YD
YD
YD
YD
YD
EA
EA
EA
EA
GR
EA
HD
EA
HD
TU
EA
EA
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1
0139 00
(1)
(2)
ITEM
NUMBER LEVEL
42
43
44
45
46
47
O
O
O
O
O
O
48
49
50
O
O
O
51
52
53
54
55
O
O
O
O
O
56
(3)
NATIONAL
STOCK NUMBER
7920-00-240-2559
8105-01-381-6365
8105-01-381-6374
(4)
CAGE, PART NUMBER
D-ring A-A-59557-A4
Wingless snap hook, black (02768) 106-3000-5676
Locking carabiner, FG504 (78848) OPLFG
Tension Lock Retainer, black (70474) SL-DB-1
Snap hook, black (70474) WSB
Webbing, Nylon Textile, Type IV Class 1/1A, 1 1/2
inch, FG504 PIA-T-5038
Zipper Chain, FG504 1005831-1
Locking Slider, FG504 1005831-3
Zipper, Center Front, 6110 EAD 601-LOFV 11/16
tape, FG504 1005849-1
Laundry Detergent, Non-Chlorine Local Purchase
Sponge (83421)
Plastic Wrap 8-inch x 22 Ft. Roll Bulk-8 ( OHUB7)
Plastic Wrap 11-inch x 22 Ft. Roll Bulk-11 ( OBUB7))
Flame Retardant Textured Nylon Cloth 500 Denier
1005936-1
Ring Strap (81996) 1005856-13
0139 00-3/4 blank
(5)
U/I
EA
EA
EA
EA
EA
YD
YD
EA
EA
EA
EA
PG
PG
YD
EA
By Order of the Secretary of the Army:
RAYMOND T. ODIERNO
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:
JOYCE E. MORROW
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
1206001
By Order of the Secretary of the Air Force:

NORTON A. SCHWARTZ
General, United States Air Force
Chief of Staff
Official:
DONALD J. HOFFMAN
General, United States Air Force
Commander, AFMC
By Order of the Secretary of the Navy:

DAVID ARCHITZEL
Vice Admiral, United States Navy
Commander, Air Systems Command
Distribution:
TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1 to be distributed in Electronic Media Only.
These are the instructions for sending an electronic 2028

The following format must be used if submitting an electronic 2028. The subject line must be
exactly the same and all fields must be included; however only the following fields are
mandatory: 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 13, 15, 16, 17, and 27.
From: Whomever whomever@wherever.army.mil
To: 2028@redstone.army.mil
Subject: DA Form 2028
1
From: Joe Smith
2
Unit: home
3
Address: 4300 Park
4
City: Hometown
5
St: MO
6
Zip: 77777
7
Date Sent: 19--OCT--93
8
Pub no: 55--2840--229--23
9
Pub Title: TM
10
Publication Date: 04--JUL--85
11
Change Number: 7
12
Submitter Rank: MSG
13
Submitter FName: Joe
14
Submitter MName: T
15
Submitter LName: Smith
16
Submitter Phone: 123--123--1234
17
Problem: 1
18
Page: 2
19
Paragraph: 3
20
Line: 4
21
NSN: 5
22
Reference: 6
23
Figure: 7
24
Table: 8
25
Item: 9
26
Total: 123
27
Text:
This is the text for the problem below line 27.
Use Part II (reverse) for Repair Parts and

Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/ Supply Manuals (SC/SM)
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND

BLANK FORMS
DATE
8/30/02
For use of this form, see AR 25--30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form)(Include ZIP Code)
FROM: (Activity and location)(Include ZIP Code)
Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command
MSG, Jane Q. Doe
ATTN: AMSAM--MMC--MA--NP
1234 Any Street
Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898
Nowhere Town, AL 34565
PART 1 - ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER
DATE
TM 9-1005-433-24
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARAGRAPH
WP0005
PG 3
TITLE Organizational, Direct Support, And

General Support Maintenance Manual for
Machine Gun, .50 Caliber M3P and M3P
Machine Gun Electrical Test Set Used On
Avenger Air Defense Weapon System
16 Sep 2002
LINE
NO. *
FIGURE
NO.
TABLE
NO.
RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
Test or Corrective Action column should identify a different WP number.
E
L
M
A
X
E
TYPED NAME, GRADE OR TITLE
* Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.
MSG, Jane Q. Doe, SFC

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/
AUTOVON, PLUS EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
788-1234
REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.
USAPA V3.01
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)
FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
MSG, Jane Q. Doe
ATTN: AMSAM-MMC-MA-NP
1234 Any Street
Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898
Nowhere Town, AL 34565
DATE
8/30/02
PART II - REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER
PAGE
NO.
COLM
NO.
LINE
NO.
DATE
NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER
REFERENCE
NO.
TITLE
FIGURE
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED
ITEM
NO.
RECOMMENDED ACTION
E
L
M
A
PART III - REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and
blank forms. Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
X
E
MSG, Jane Q. Doe, SFC
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION
788-1234
SIGNATURE
USAPA V3.01
Use PartII(reverse) for Repair Parts and

Special Tool Lists (RPSTL) and Supply
Catalogs/ Supply Manuals (SC/SM)
RECOMMENDED CHANGES TO PUBLICATIONS AND

BLANK FORMS
DATE
For use of this form, see AR 25--30; the proponent agency is ODISC4.
TO: (Forward to proponent of publication or form)(Include ZIP Code)

Commander, U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command ATTN:
AMSAM-MMC-MA-NP Redstone Arsenal, AL 35898
FROM: (Activity and location)(Include ZIP Code)
PART 1 --ALL PUBLICATIONS (EXCEPT RPSTL AND SC/SM) AND BLANK FORMS
PUBLICATION/FORM NUMBER
ITEM
NO.
PAGE
NO.
PARAGRAPH
LINE
NO. *
DATE
FIGURE
NO.
TABLE
NO.
TITLE
RECOMMENDED CHANGES AND REASON
* Reference to line numbers within the paragraph or subparagraph.

DA FORM 2028, FEB 74
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/
AUTOVON, PLUS
EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
REPLACES DA FORM 2028, 1 DEC 68, WHICH WILL BE USED.
USAPA V3.01
TO: (Forward direct to addressee listed in publication)

ATTN: AMSAM-MMC-MA-NP Redstone Arsenal, AL
35898
FROM: (Activity and location) (Include ZIP Code)
DATE
PART II --REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOL LISTS AND SUPPLY CATALOGS/SUPPLY MANUALS
PUBLICATION NUMBER
PAGE
NO.
COLM
NO.
LINE
NO.
DATE
NATIONAL STOCK
NUMBER
REFERENCE
NO.
TITLE
FIGURE
NO.
ITEM
NO.
TOTAL NO.
OF MAJOR
ITEMS
SUPPORTED
RECOMMENDED ACTION
PART III --REMARKS (Any general remarks or recommendations, or suggestions for improvement of publications and blank forms.
Additional blank sheets may be used if more space is needed.)
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE/AUTOVON,
PLUS EXTENSION
SIGNATURE
USAPA V3.01
The Metric System and Equivalents

Linear Measure
Liquid Measure
1 centimeter = 10 millimeters = .39 inch

1 decimeter = 10 centimeters = 3.94 inches
1 meter = 10 decimeters = 39.37 inches
1 dekameter = 10 meters = 32.8 feet
1 hectometer = 10 dekameters = 328.08 feet
1 kilometer = 10 hectometers = 3,280.8 feet
1 centiliter = 10 milliters = .34 fl. ounce

1 deciliter = 10 centiliters = 3.38 fl. Ounces
1 liter = 10 deciliters = 33.81 fl. ounces
1 dekaliter = 10 liters = 2.64 gallons
1 hectoliter = 10 dekaliters = 26.42 gallons
1 kiloliter = 10 hectoliters = 264.18 gallons
Weights
Square Measure
1 centigram = 10 milligrams = .15 grain

1 decigram = 10 centigrams = 1.54 grains
1 gram = 10 decigram = .035 ounce
1 decagram = 10 grams = .35 ounce
1 hectogram = 10 decagrams = 3.52 ounces
1 kilogram = 10 hectograms = 2.2 pounds
1 quintal = 100 kilograms = 220.46 pounds
1 sq. centimeter = 100 sq. millimeters = .155 sq. inch

1 sq. decimeter = 100 sq. centimeters = 15.5 sq. inches
1 sq. meter (centare) = 100 sq. decimeters = 10.76 sq. feet
1 sq. dekameter (are) = 100 sq. meters = 1,076.4 sq. feet
1 sq. hectometer (hectare) = 100 sq. dekameters = 2.47 acres
1 sq. kilometer = 100 sq. hectometers = .386 sq. mile
1 metric ton = 10 quintals = 1.1 short tons
Cubic Measure
1 cu. centimeter = 1000 cu. millimeters = .06 cu. Inch
1 cu. decimeter = 1000 cu. centimeters = 61.02 cu. Inches
1 cu. meter = 1000 cu. decimeters = 35.31 cu. feet
Approximate Conversion Factors

To change
inches
feet
yards
miles
square inches
square feet
square yards
square miles
acres
cubic feet
cubic yards
fluid ounces
pints
quarts
gallons
ounces
pounds
short tons
pound-feet
pound-inches
To
Multiply by
centimeters
meters
meters
kilometers
square centimeters
square meters
square meters
square kilometers
square hectometers
cubic meters
cubic meters
milliliters
liters
liters
liters
grams
kilograms
metric tons
Newton-meters
Newton-meters
2.540
.305
.914
1.609
6.451
.093
.836
2.590
.405
.028
.765
29,573
.473
.946
3.785
28.349
.454
.907
1.356
.11296
To change
To
ounce-inches
centimeters
meters
meters
kilometers
square centimeters
square meters
square meters
square kilometers
square hectometers
cubic meters
cubic meters
milliliters
liters
liters
liters
grams
kilograms
metric tons
Newton-meters
inches
feet
yards
miles
square inches
square feet
square yards
square miles
acres
cubic feet
cubic yards
fluid ounces
pints
quarts
gallons
ounces
pounds
short tons
Temperature (Exact)
F
Fahrenheit
temperature
5/9 (after
subtracting 32)
Celsius C
temperature
Multiply by
.007062
.394
3.280
1.094
.621
.155
10.764
1.196
.386
2.471
35.315
1.308
.034
2.113
1.057
.264
.035
2.205
1.102
3,1 05967-000

TM - 1 1680 377 13&P 1 - HGU 56 - Mar - 12 1

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

TM - 1 1680 377 13&P 1 - HGU 56 - Mar - 12 1

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

*TM 1-1680-377-13&P-1

HEADQUARTERS, DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY

WARNING SUMMARY Continued

WARNING SUMMARY Continued

WARNING SUMMARY Continued

WARNING SUMMARY Continued

WARNING SUMMARY Continued

* Zero in this column indicates an original page or work package

* Zero in this column indicates an original page or work package

* Zero in this column indicates an original page or work package

* Zero in this column indicates an original page or work package

* Zero in this column indicates an original page or work package

HELMET SYSTEM, AIRCREW INTEGRATED

CURRENT AS OF 23 MARCH 2012

WARNING SUMMARY, Vol 1

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Continued

WARNINGS, CAUTIONS, AND NOTES

Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC)

MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS

CORROSION PREVENTION AND CONTROL (CPC)

0001 00-3/4 blank

Air Warrior Ensemble (AWE).

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS

Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), GEN I/II.

Primary Survival Gear Carrier (PSGC), GEN III.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS CONTINUED

Body Armor Overlay System (BAOS).

Over Water Gear Carrier (OWGC)

Over Water Gear Carrier (OWGC), GEN I/II.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS CONTINUED

Over Water Gear Carrier (OWGC), GEN III.

Body Armor (BA)

Body Armor (BA), GEN I/II.

Body Armor (BA), GEN III.

LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF MAJOR COMPONENTS CONTINUED

Low Profile Flotation Collar (LPFC), GEN I/II.